Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

 

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): October 31, 2013

 

 

IGNYTA, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Nevada   333-183886   59-3564984
(State of Incorporation)   (Commission
File Number)
  (IRS Employer
Identification No.)

11095 Flintkote Avenue, Suite D

San Diego, California 92121

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (858) 255-5959

Infinity Oil & Gas Company

750 Broadway

Woodmere, NY 11598

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

 

 


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

Ignyta, Inc., a Nevada corporation formerly known as Infinity Oil & Gas Company, is providing the disclosure contained in this Current Report on Form 8-K in connection with the closing of the Merger (as defined in Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K) on October 31, 2013, under the following items of Form 8-K: Item 1.01, Item 2.01, Item 3.02, Item 3.03, Item 4.01, Item 5.01, Item 5.02, Item 5.03, Item 5.06, Item 5.07, and Item 9.01. A table of contents of this Current Report on Form 8-K is as follows:

 

     Page No.  

Forward-Looking Statements

     2   

Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement

     3   

Item 2.01 Completion of Acquisition of Disposition of Assets

     3   

Business

     5   

Risk Factors

     29   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     55   

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

     65   

Management

     66   

Executive Compensation

     71   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     72   

Market Price of and Dividends on Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

     74   

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

     77   

Description of Securities

     79   

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     82   

Financial Statements

     83   

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     83   

Item 3.02 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

     84   

Item 3.03 Material Modification of Rights of Security Holders

     84   

Item 4.01 Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

     84   

Item 5.01 Changes in Control of Registrant

     85   

Item  5.02 Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers

     85   

Item 5.03 Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year

     86   

Item 5.06 Change in Shell Company Status

     87   

Item 5.07 Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

     87   

Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits

     87   

As used in this Current Report on Form 8-K, unless the context indicates or otherwise requires, all references to “Ignyta” refer to Ignyta, Inc., a Nevada corporation formerly known as Infinity Oil & Gas Company; all references to “Ignyta Operating” refer to Ignyta Operating, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as Ignyta, Inc. that became the wholly owned subsidiary of Ignyta following the completion of the Merger, as described in this report; all references to the “Combined Company” refer to Ignyta and its subsidiaries, including Ignyta Operating; and all references to “we,” “our” and “us” refer to the Combined Company from and after the closing of the Merger.

Ignyta and Ignyta Operating effected reverse stock splits of their capital stock, at the ratios of 100-to-one and three-to-one, respectively, shortly prior to and in connection with the transactions described in this report. Unless the context indicates or otherwise requires, all share numbers and share price data included in this Current Report on Form 8-K relating to the common stock of Ignyta and the capital stock of Ignyta Operating have been adjusted to give effect to those reverse stock splits.

We have registered trademarks for Ignyta ® , Methylome ® , and Trailblaze ® , and pending trademark applications for Oncolome™ and Actagene™. All other trademarks, trade names and service marks included in this Current Report on Form 8-K are the property of their respective owners.

 

1


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements in this Current Report on Form 8-K that are not descriptions of historical facts are forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions and are subject to risks and uncertainties. If such risks or uncertainties materialize or such assumptions prove incorrect, our business, operating results, financial condition and stock price could be materially negatively affected. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology including “anticipates,” “believes,” “can,” “continue,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those currently anticipated include those set forth in the section titled “Risk Factors” including, without limitation, risks relating to:

 

    the results of our research and development activities, including uncertainties relating to the discovery of potential product candidates and the preclinical and clinical testing of our product candidates;

 

    the early stage of our product candidates presently under development;

 

    our ability to obtain and, if obtained, maintain regulatory approval of our current product candidates, and any of our other future product candidates, and any related restrictions, limitations, and/or warnings in the label of any approved product candidate;

 

    our need for substantial additional funds in order to continue our operations, and the uncertainty of whether we will be able to obtain the funding we need;

 

    our ability to retain or hire key scientific or management personnel;

 

    our ability, with partners, to validate, develop and obtain regulatory approval of companion diagnostics for our product candidates;

 

    our ability to protect our intellectual property rights that are valuable to our business, including patent and other intellectual property rights;

 

    our dependence on third-party manufacturers, suppliers, research organizations, testing laboratories and other potential collaborators;

 

    our ability to develop successful sales and marketing capabilities in the future as needed;

 

    the size and growth of the potential markets for any of our approved product candidates, and the rate and degree of market acceptance of any of our approved product candidates;

 

    competition in our industry; and

 

    regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries

We operate in a very competitive and rapidly-changing environment and new risks emerge from time to time. As a result, it is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this report may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements included in this report speak only as of the date hereof, and except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this report to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

 

2


Table of Contents
Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

Merger Agreement

On October 31, 2013, Ignyta, IGAS Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ignyta (Merger Sub), and Ignyta Operating entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the Merger Agreement). The Merger Agreement provides for the merger of Merger Sub with and into Ignyta Operating (the Merger), with Ignyta Operating surviving the transaction as a wholly owned subsidiary of Ignyta. The Merger closed on October 31, 2013 concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement. Reference is made to the description of the Merger and the Merger Agreement included in Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which disclosure is incorporated herein by reference. The description of the Merger Agreement set forth in this report is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of that document, which is attached hereto as Exhibit 2.2 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Indemnification Agreements

On October 31, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a form of indemnification agreement to be entered into between us and our directors and certain executive officers. The indemnification agreement requires that we, under the circumstances and to the extent provided for therein, indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against certain expenses and other amounts incurred by any such person as a result of such person being made a party to certain actions, suits and proceedings by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of Ignyta, any entity that was a predecessor corporation of Ignyta or any of its affiliates. The rights of each person who is a party to an indemnification agreement are in addition to any other rights such person may have under applicable law, our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, our Bylaws, any other agreement, a vote of our stockholders, a resolution adopted by our Board of Directors or otherwise. Immediately following the closing of the Merger on October 31, 2013, we entered into indemnification agreements in the form approved by our Board of Directors with each of our newly appointed executive officers and directors, consisting of Jonathan E. Lim, M.D., Zachary Hornby, Patrick O’Connor, Ph.D., Alexander Casdin and Heinrich Dreismann, Ph.D. The foregoing is only a brief description of the indemnification agreement, does not purport to be a complete description of the rights and obligations of the parties thereunder and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of indemnification agreement filed as Exhibit 10.10 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2.01 Completion of Acquisition of Disposition of Assets.

The Merger closed on October 31, 2013 concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement.

Effective as of October 31, 2013, prior to the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement and the concurrent closing of the Merger, (i) Ignyta amended and restated its Articles of Incorporation to, among other things, change its name from Infinity Oil & Gas Company to “Ignyta, Inc.” and to effect a 100-to-one reverse stock split, resulting in 87,336 outstanding shares of Ignyta’s common stock, (ii) the Board of Directors of Ignyta declared a $3.50 per share cash dividend to its stockholders of record, and (iii) Ignyta repurchased 80,000 shares of its common stock (on a post reverse stock split basis) at a price of $0.99 per share from its principal stockholder, Betty Sytner.

Also on October 31, 2013, prior to the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement and the concurrent closing of the Merger, (i) the holders of all series of outstanding preferred stock of Ignyta Operating, consisting of series A preferred stock and series B preferred stock, voluntarily converted such shares into shares of Ignyta Operating’s common stock in accordance with the certificate of incorporation of Ignyta Operating and at the then-effective conversion rates therefor, which were one-to-one in all cases, and (ii) Ignyta Operating amended its certificate of incorporation to change its name to “Ignyta Operating, Inc.” and to effect a three-to-one reverse stock split of its capital stock, resulting in 4,916,469 outstanding shares of Ignyta Operating’s common stock, outstanding warrants to acquire up to an aggregate of 25,001 shares of Ignyta Operating’s common stock, and outstanding options granted under Ignyta Operating’s Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the Ignyta Plan) to purchase up to an aggregate of 358,986 shares of Ignyta Operating’s common stock.

At the closing of the Merger and pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, Ignyta issued an aggregate of 4,916,469 shares of its common stock to the former stockholders of Ignyta Operating in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of Ignyta Operating’s capital stock. That number of shares was negotiated and agreed to by Ignyta and Ignyta Operating prior to entering into the Merger Agreement. As a result, the equity holders of Ignyta Operating became entitled to receive one

 

3


Table of Contents

share of Ignyta’s common stock, or the right to acquire one share of Ignyta’s common stock, in exchange for each one share of Ignyta Operating’s common stock, or right to acquire one share of Ignyta Operating’s common stock, held by them prior to the closing of the Merger. As of immediately following the closing of the Merger, Ignyta Operating has become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ignyta, and the former stockholders of Ignyta Operating collectively own approximately 99.85% of the outstanding shares of Ignyta’s common stock. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, Ignyta has assumed (i) the Ignyta Plan, under which an aggregate of 342,209 shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to future equity grants, (ii) the obligation to issue up to an aggregate of 358,986 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of all options granted under the Ignyta Plan that were outstanding as of immediately prior to the closing of the Merger, and (iii) the obligation to issue up to an aggregate of 25,001 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of two warrants previously issued by Ignyta Operating and outstanding as of immediately prior to the closing of the Merger.

In connection with the closing of the Merger, Ignyta Operating changed its name from “Ignyta, Inc.” to “Ignyta Operating, Inc.”

The Merger Agreement includes customary representations, warranties and covenants made by Ignyta and Ignyta Operating as of specific dates. The assertions embodied in those representations and warranties were made solely for purposes of the Merger Agreement and are not intended to provide factual, business, or financial information about Ignyta, Ignyta Operating or the Combined Company. Moreover, those representations and warranties generally were made solely for the benefit of the parties to the Merger Agreement, and some or all of them (i) may not be accurate or complete as of any specified date, (ii) may be subject to a contractual standard of materiality different from those generally applicable to stockholders or different from what a stockholder might view as material, and/or (iii) may have been qualified by certain disclosures of Ignyta or Ignyta Operating not reflected in the Merger Agreement. The description of the Merger Agreement set forth in this report does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of that document. A copy of the Merger Agreement is attached to this Current Report on Form 8-K as Exhibit 2.2 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Post-Merger Ownership of Ignyta

As of immediately after the closing of the Merger, our securities (on a fully diluted basis) are owned as follows:

 

    Former holders of Ignyta Operating’s common stock hold an aggregate of 4,916,469 shares of our common stock, or approximately 87.02% on a fully diluted basis;

 

    Holders of our common stock prior to the closing of the Merger hold an aggregate of 7,336 shares of our common stock, or approximately 0.13% on a fully diluted basis;

 

    Holders of Ignyta Operating’s outstanding warrants, which we have assumed, have the right to acquire up to an aggregate of 25,001 shares of our common stock, or approximately 0.44% on a fully diluted basis;

 

    Holders of outstanding options granted under the Ignyta Plan, which we have assumed, have the right to purchase up to an aggregate of 358,986 shares of our common stock, or approximately 6.35% on a fully diluted basis; and

 

    342,209 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to future equity grants to employees, directors and consultants under the Ignyta Plan, representing approximately 6.06% on a fully diluted basis.

Accounting Treatment of the Merger

The Merger is being accounted for as a reverse-merger and recapitalization. Ignyta Operating is the acquirer for financial reporting purposes and Ignyta is the acquired company. Consequently, the assets and liabilities and the operations that will be reflected in the historical financial statements prior to the Merger will be those of Ignyta Operating and will be recorded at the historical cost basis of Ignyta Operating, and the consolidated financial statements after completion of the Merger will include the assets and liabilities of Ignyta and Ignyta Operating, the historical operations of Ignyta Operating and the operations of the Combined Company from and after the closing date of the Merger.

Tax Treatment; Smaller Reporting Company

The Merger is intended to constitute a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Following the Merger, the Combined Company continues to be a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC).

 

4


Table of Contents

Background of Ignyta; Form 10 Information

Ignyta was incorporated on August 21, 2012 in the State of Nevada with the name “Infinity Oil & Gas Company.” Ignyta filed a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-183886) that was declared effective by the SEC on December 13, 2012, and sold an aggregate of 7,336 shares of its common stock (on a post reverse stock split basis) under that registration statement. Prior to the Merger, Ignyta intended to pursue a business in buying property for oil and gas drilling, buying oil and gas leases and acquiring and managing oil and gas royalties. Upon the closing of the Merger, Ignyta has abandoned those business plans and is now pursuing the business of Ignyta Operating.

Prior to the closing of the Merger, Ignyta was a “shell company,” as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act). Accordingly, pursuant to the requirements of Item 2.01(f) and Item 5.01(a)(8) of Form 8-K, this Item 2.01 sets forth the information that would be required if the Combined Company were filing a general form for registration of a class of securities on Form 10 under the Exchange Act, with such information reflecting the Combined Company and its securities upon completion of the Merger. The Combined Company intends to carry on the business of Ignyta Operating. Upon closing the Merger, our executive office is the San Diego, California office of Ignyta Operating.

BUSINESS

Corporate Overview

Ignyta was incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada on August 21, 2012 with the name “Infinity Oil & Gas Company.” Ignyta changed its name to “Ignyta, Inc.” concurrently with the closing of the Merger. On October 31, 2013, Ignyta effected a 100-to-one reverse stock split of its issued and outstanding shares of common stock, and all share information in this report with respect to Ignyta gives retroactive effect to that reverse stock split.

Ignyta Operating was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on August 29, 2011 with the name “NexDx, Inc.” Ignyta Operating changed its name to “Ignyta, Inc.” on October 8, 2012, and changed its name to “Ignyta Operating, Inc.” in connection with the closing of the Merger. On May 20, 2013, Ignyta Operating completed its acquisition of Actagene Oncology, Inc. (Actagene), which merged with and into Ignyta Operating on that date. On October 31, 2013, in connection with the closing of the Merger, (i) all then-outstanding shares of each series of Ignyta Operating’s preferred stock were voluntarily converted into shares of Ignyta Operating’s common stock in accordance with Ignyta Operating’s certificate of incorporation, and (ii) Ignyta Operating effected a three-to-one reverse stock split of its issued and outstanding shares of capital stock. All share information in this report with respect to Ignyta Operating’s capital stock gives retroactive effect to that reverse stock split.

On October 30, 2013, Ignyta formed IGAS Acquisition Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary formed for the purpose of the Merger, and on October 31, 2013, that wholly owned subsidiary merged with and into Ignyta Operating, and Ignyta Operating became our wholly owned subsidiary. Concurrent with the closing of the Merger, Ignyta has abandoned it pre-Merger business plan in the oil and gas industry, and we are now solely pursuing the business of Ignyta Operating in the oncology drug development industry. The following discussion describes the business now being collectively pursued by the Combined Company.

Business Overview

We are a precision medicine biotechnology company dedicated to discovering or acquiring, then developing and commercializing, precisely targeted new drugs for cancer patients whose tumors harbor specific molecular alterations. We pursue an integrated drug and diagnostic, or Rx/Dx, strategy, where we anticipate pairing each of our drug candidates with biomarker-based companion diagnostics, developed by us or by third parties with which we may partner, that are designed to identify the patients that are most likely to benefit from the use of the drugs we may develop. Our current development plans focus on two product candidates: RXDX-101, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor directed to the TrkA, ROS1 and ALK proteins, which is in a Phase I/II clinical study in molecularly defined patient populations for the treatment of solid tumors; and RXDX-102, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor directed to the Trk family tyrosine kinase receptors, TrkA, TrkB and TrkC, which is currently in preclinical development for the treatment of multiple cancers. We have entered into a license agreement granting us exclusive global development and marketing rights to RXDX-101 and RXDX-102, which will become effective upon our satisfaction of certain financing conditions set forth in that license agreement. We also have three discovery stage programs, Spark-1, Spark-2, and Spark-3, directed to emerging oncology targets identified through mining our database of information from proprietary and publicly available tumor samples, called Oncolome™. We

 

5


Table of Contents

currently have no products that have obtained marketing approval in any jurisdiction, have not generated revenues since inception and do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future due to the early stage nature of our current product candidates, and we have an accumulated deficit as of June 30, 2013 of approximately $3.5 million.

From our inception, we have focused on discovering novel biomarkers that define diseases based on our belief that such biomarkers could provide rich biological insight into the underlying pathophysiology that drives the clinical symptomatology of those diseases. One of our core platforms for revealing multivariate biomarkers that characterize diseases of interest is epigenetic analysis, particularly assessment of DNA methylation signatures. Our initial business strategy was to use epigenetic biomarkers to develop new biomarker-based molecular diagnostic assays to help physicians differentially diagnose clinically confounding diseases, particularly chronic autoimmune and rheumatic diseases. However, in part due to macroeconomic challenges facing the molecular diagnostics industry, we determined that a more valuable deployment of our biomarker discovery engine would be to seek biomarkers that can serve as novel disease targets for therapeutic intervention. As a consequence, in May 2013, we acquired Actagene, a discovery stage precision medicine company applying genomic insights to discover new biomarkers and targets for cancer therapeutics. With the acquisition of Actagene we added important members to our management and drug discovery team, which is utilizing genetic and epigenetic analysis to discover and understand genes that are inappropriately activated in tumors. Our current focus is to identify genes and pathways that are altered in tumors of interest and to then acquire or develop drugs that target the proteins encoded by those genes and test those drugs in precise patient populations who have the underlying molecular alteration that our drug candidates seek to address.

To identify molecular alterations that drive cancers, we mine both publicly available, as well as proprietary, tumor repositories to seek genetic (e.g., sequence mutations, fusions, inversions, translocations, copy number variants) and epigenetic (e.g., differential DNA methylation) changes that are common across cancers. We aggregate these tumor data along with detailed de-identified patient phenotypic information into our proprietary in-house Oncolome TM database. Our Oncolome database currently consists of data from hundreds of proprietary tumor samples, as well as publicly available data from tens of thousands of tumor samples.

We currently pursue a two-pronged strategy to leverage the biomarker insights that we have gained through our genetic and epigenetic mining of Oncolome, as well as the knowledge of cancer biology of our management and drug discovery team.

In the first case, when we identify a molecular alteration that is driving the growth of tumors in cancers of interest and if there is already a company(ies) developing a drug candidate(s) that targets that specific molecular alteration, we plan to seek to in-license what we believe to be the most promising or most advanced drug candidate(s) available for licensing. This approach is exemplified by our in-license of RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 from Nerviano Medical Sciences S.r.l. (NMS), an Italian state-owned biopharmaceutical company based in Nerviano, Italy, pursuant to a license agreement entered in October 2013 that will become effective upon the completion of a financing pursuant to which we or our affiliates receive gross proceeds of at least $20 million. We believe that RXDX-101 is the most clinically advanced inhibitor of TrkA, a target that we believe is an activating alteration in several cancers with high unmet need. RXDX-101 also has been observed to have potent activity against ROS1, a second cancer target against which there are no approved products, and ALK, a clinically and commercially validated oncology target. RXDX-102 has potential to be one of the first pan-Trk (TrkA, TrkB and TrkC) inhibitors in active clinical development. We believe each of these agents has a potential opportunity to be a first-in-class drug against important molecular targets that are driving alterations in various cancers.

In the second case, when we identify an activating molecular alteration that drives the growth of tumors in cancers of interest and there is no known company(ies) developing a drug candidate(s) that targets that specific molecular alteration, we plan to seek to initiate target validation and drug discovery activities against such molecular target. This approach is exemplified by our Spark programs. To date, we have identified six molecular targets, denoted Spark-1 through Spark-6, that appear to be commonly altered in different cancer tissues. To our knowledge, no other commercial entity is currently developing clinical stage drug candidates that are specifically directed to these molecular targets. We have prioritized three of these six targets, denoted Spark-1, Spark-2 and Spark-3, and have initiated target validation and drug discovery activities against some of these molecular targets.

Our ability to identify innovative cancer targets and develop drugs against them is enabled by, and dependent on, a set of essential capabilities and the experience of our drug discovery and management team. Key aspects of our core drug discovery capabilities include the ability to perform x-ray crystallography on protein targets, conduct in silico structure based drug design and run virtual chemistry screens. Once compounds with activity against our target have been identified by those or other tests and procedures, our drug discovery and scientific team further pursues the drug development process. The members of our team have significant experience in medicinal chemistry, lead optimization, ADME & PK

 

6


Table of Contents

(the study of absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion, and pharmacokinetics), preclinical development and clinical development, and have collectively led or contributed to the development of more than a dozen drugs approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), including several cancer therapeutics.

Cancer Background

Cancer is a heterogeneous group of diseases characterized by uncontrolled cell division and growth. Cancerous cells that arise in the lymphatic system and bone marrow are referred to as hematological tumors. Cancer cells that arise in other tissues or organs are referred to as solid tumors. Researchers believe that exposure to chemical agents, viruses and various forms of radiation can cause genetic alterations that cause cancer. Genetic predisposition also can increase the risk of cancer in some people. Epigenetic factors are also increasingly believed to contribute to development of cancer.

Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the United States, exceeded only by heart disease. The American Cancer Society (ACS) estimates that in 2013, there will be approximately 1.6 million new cases of cancer and approximately 580,000 deaths from cancer in the United States. The World Health Organization estimated that 7.6 million people worldwide died of cancer in 2008. According to ACS data, lung, colon and rectal, breast, and prostate cancer are the most prevalent cancers in the United States.

The most common methods of treating patients with cancer are surgery, radiation and drug therapy. A cancer patient often receives treatment with a combination of these methods. Surgery and radiation therapy are particularly effective when the disease is localized. Physicians generally use systemic drug therapies when the cancer has spread beyond the primary site or cannot otherwise be treated through surgery. The goal of drug therapy is to damage and kill cancer cells or to interfere with the molecular and cellular processes that control the development, growth and survival of cancer cells. In many cases, drug therapy entails the administration of several different drugs in combination. Over the past several decades, drug therapy has been evolving from non-specific drugs that kill both healthy and cancerous cells, to drugs that target specific molecular pathways involved in cancer and, more recently, to therapeutics that target specific activating alterations that are the “drivers” of cancer.

Cytotoxic Chemotherapies . The earliest approach to pharmacological cancer treatment was to develop drugs referred to as cytotoxic drugs that kill rapidly proliferating cancer cells through non-specific mechanisms, such as deterring cell metabolism or causing damage to cellular components required for survival and rapid growth. While these drugs have been effective in the treatment of some cancers, many unmet medical needs for the treatment of cancer remain. Also, cytotoxic drug therapies act in an indiscriminate manner, killing healthy, as well as cancerous, cells. Due to their mechanism of action, many cytotoxic drugs have a narrow dose range above which the toxicity causes unacceptable or even fatal levels of damage to healthy cells and below which the drugs are not effective in eradicating cancer cells.

Targeted Therapies . The next approach to pharmacological cancer treatment was to develop drugs, referred to as targeted therapeutics, that target specific biological molecules in the human body that play a role in rapid cell growth and the spread of cancer. Targeted therapeutics are designed to preferentially kill cancer cells and spare normal cells, to improve efficacy and minimize side effects. The drugs are designed to attack either a target that causes uncontrolled growth of cancer cells because of either a specific genetic alteration primarily found in cancer cells but not in normal cells, or a target that cancer cells are more dependent on for their growth than normal cells. These drugs focus on eradicating processes that help the cancer cell survive, but not on the oncogenes, which are the drivers or cause of the cancer itself.

Oncogene-Targeted Therapies . A more recent approach to pharmacological cancer treatment is to develop drugs that affect the drivers that cause uncontrolled growth of cancer cells because of a specific activating molecular alteration. In some cases these agents may be initially identified as targeted therapeutics without knowledge, at the time of development, of the underlying genetic change causing the disease. One primary shortcoming of this approach is that historically it has not been pursued systematically, but rather has tended to follow a conventional trial and error approach to drug discovery. Clinical development of oncogene-targeted therapies has involved the treatment of large populations from which a defined subpopulation that responds to treatment is identified through post-hoc analysis, after the trial has been completed. As a result, this approach can be time-consuming and costly, with success often uncertain.

Strategy

Our goal is to become a preeminent precision medicine oncology company by developing the next generation of therapeutics that treat cancer by targeting specific oncogenic activating molecular alterations and the corresponding patient populations. We believe our competitive advantage lies at the nexus of our two fundamental approaches: (1) a bottom up,

 

7


Table of Contents

data driven, unbiased, genome-wide multi-omics (e.g., DNA sequence, DNA methylation, DNA expression, protein expression) approach to mining extensive tumor data to identify activating alterations and their key biomarkers; and (2) a top down “drug hunter” approach of applying our senior scientific leadership team’s many decades of successful cancer drug discovery and development experience. Key elements of our strategy are to:

 

    Utilize public and proprietary sources of tumor samples and cancer data so that we are informed by a rich knowledge base . We have assembled a proprietary database of hundreds of tumor samples from primary human tumors from multiple solid tissues and hematological cancers. We supplement our proprietary database of tumor data by electronically integrating publicly available databases of tumor data. The combined database, with data from tens of thousands of tumor samples, is called Oncolome TM . Oncolome consists of elements such as DNA sequences, gene copy number variants, and RNA transcript levels. This database also contains information on patient characteristics (such as age, gender, diagnosis, and treatments) and, in some cases, analysis from such patients of ex-vivo chemosensitivity of their tumor cells to approved anticancer agents. We apply disciplined bioinformatic mining strategies and complex biostatisical algorithms to the data available in Oncolome, with the goal of identifying non-obvious trends and biomarkers that indicate activating alterations that drive cancer biology.

 

    Apply a multi-omics approach to discover activating molecular alterations that drive cancer biology. We believe that genetic insight can be very valuable in understanding cancer biology, but that the exploration of biological factors in addition to genetics can provide a more comprehensive understanding of the precise activating molecular alterations that drive oncogenicity. Thus, when we mine Oncolome to seek new cancer biomarkers and potential drug targets, we often explore epigenetic phenomena, such as DNA methylation patterns, in addition to DNA sequencing and transcript counting. Our team has identified potential cancer targets that are marked by epigenetic alterations that we may not have identified had we applied a genetic approach alone.

 

    Leverage deep cancer biology expertise and systems biology understanding to identify the specific role of activating alterations . Our senior scientific leadership team has been involved with the discovery or development of eight approved cancer drugs and has a vast knowledge of the pathways involved with tumorigenicity. We aim to apply this knowledge, along with gene pathway mapping software, to gain insight into the biomarkers that are revealed from our unbiased genome-wide mining of Oncolome. We believe that this approach could expose unique druggable targets that are actually distinct from the specific biomarkers or activating alterations that characterize the cancer of interest.

 

    Deploy drug design tools to develop small molecule inhibitors of activating targets . Our team has extensive experience with x-ray crystallography, structure based drug design and virtual screening, in addition to more traditional chemistry screening methods and medicinal chemistry. We believe that by using these tools, we can more efficiently discover novel chemical series that bind to and inhibit our protein targets without incurring the expense of developing and maintaining a large chemical library and automated high throughput screening infrastructure.

 

    Employ a capital-efficient drug development team . The members of our development leadership team have served in positions at global pharmaceutical organizations, and importantly, each has also worked productively in resource-constrained environments, such as at start-up biotechnology companies. Key members of our team have also led critical disciplines such as oncology discovery biology, chemistry, ADME & PK, and clinical development of approved products. This set of diverse experiences provides our team with the knowledge of how to develop novel drug candidates, but the ability to do so in a capital-efficient fashion.

 

    Test our drug candidates only in the patients that we believe are most likely to derive benefit . We plan to use biomarkers both to identify the activating molecular alterations that represent the drug targets that we wish to pursue, and to precisely define the patient populations in which we would test those drug candidates based on the presence of the biomarkers associated with those specific alterations. If our product candidates demonstrate a therapeutic benefit in those specific molecularly defined patients, then, provided that we are able to complete appropriate clinical trials and obtain regulatory approvals for those product candidates, we intend to use biomarkers to inform physicians which patients are strong candidates to receive commercial access to the applicable drugs.

 

   

Develop, or pursue relationships with third parties to develop, companion diagnostics to assist in identifying appropriate patients for any product candidates we are able to successfully commercialize . We believe that the availability of high quality companion diagnostics is essential to formalize biomarker discovery and utilization

 

8


Table of Contents
 

into a platform that can be used by regulators, physicians, payors and, most importantly, patients themselves, to facilitate administration of the applicable therapeutics to the most appropriate patients. A companion diagnostic is a test or measurement that evaluates the presence of biomarkers in a patient, which information can then assist physicians in selecting the specific drugs or treatments that may be most effective for that patient. With respect to our proposed and potential future product candidates, we believe that any high quality companion diagnostics that we or a third parties are able to successfully develop, could be used to select patients for late stage clinical testing, to inform regulators precisely which patients should be indicated for access to the therapeutics, to advise physicians and patients which individuals are good candidates for treatment with the therapeutics, and to guide payors as to the value the therapeutics provide to well-defined patients and the circumstances under which the therapeutics should be reimbursed.

 

    In-license development candidates that meet our strict criteria . In some instances, the most promising oncogenic activating gene alteration targets that we identify through our analyses may be the subject of a compound already in development with potent activity against such target. In these cases, we may attempt to in-license such compounds if they meet our strict scientific and development criteria, particularly if we believe that their therapeutic potential could be better realized by us. This approach is exemplified by our recent in-license of RXDX-101 and RXDX-102, two investigational agents with first-in-class potential against the TrkA receptor, a target that we prioritized for development based on our analyses using Oncolome.

 

    Seek and maintain commercial rights and, when and if appropriate, establish commercialization and marketing capabilities . We currently have exclusive worldwide commercialization rights to all of our programs in development. We intend, when and if it makes strategic and operational sense, to retain these commercial rights and those for any future product candidates we may pursue on a territory-by-territory basis and establish internal commercialization and marketing capabilities.

Pipeline

Consistent with our strategy, each of our initial two in-licensed product candidates and each of our three internal discovery programs, for all of which we hold or have entered into agreements granting us exclusive global marketing rights, is being developed for precise biomarker-defined precise patient groups. Each of our product candidates is in the early stage of development, and we anticipate that it will likely be several years before any of our product candidates could be commercialized. The following table summarizes the status of our current product candidates and programs:

 

LOGO

We have only recently entered into a license agreement to obtain the rights to develop our two lead product candidates, RXDX-101 and RXDX-102. That license agreement, entered in October 2013 with NMS, will not become effective until the completion of a financing of equity or debt securities pursuant to which we or our affiliates receive gross proceeds of at least $20 million. As a result, all discovery-stage, preclinical and clinical studies and other development activities relating to those product candidates that have been conducted to date have been performed by NMS and any third parties with which it has contracted. We have had no involvement or input in, nor have we had any control over, any of those activities. All of the descriptions of those product candidates in this report have been generated based on information provided by NMS or, in some cases, such as the graphic disclosure of preclinical study results for RXDX-101 and RXDX-102, are included in the form provided to us by NMS. As discussed below under the heading “Collaborations and License Agreements—NMS,” we will begin the process of obtaining all data relating to these product candidates from NMS following the effective date of the license agreement, which data transfer process we expect will continue for a number of months. We have not validated any of the information included in this report that has been provided by, or based on

 

9


Table of Contents

information provided by, NMS, and will not be fully able to do so until that data transfer process is complete. NMS has consented to our use of the data it has provided in this report.

RXDX-101: Lead Oncology Clinical Asset

RXDX-101 is a new chemical entity that we are in-licensing upon the effectiveness of our license agreement with NMS entered in October 2013. RXDX-101 is an orally available, selective tyrosine kinase inhibitor of the TrkA, ROS1 and ALK proteins. RXDX-101 is designed as a targeted therapeutic candidate to treat patients with cancers that harbor activating alterations to TrkA, ROS1 and ALK. Candidate alterations include gene rearrangements or mutations, splice variants, increased gene copy number and increased gene expression.

Rationale for Targeting TrkA, ROS1 and ALK

About TrkA (Tropomyosin Receptor Kinase A). The Trk (tropomyosin receptor kinase)/NTRK (neurotrophin tyrosine receptor kinase) family tyrosine kinase receptors, which include TrkA/NTRK1, TrkB/NTRK2 and TrkC/NTRK3, are activated by neurotrophins, a family of nerve growth factors. The Trk family members play a key role in normal central and peripheral neuronal cell development and differentiation. They regulate the survival (or prevention of programmed cell death) and maintain the function of neuronal cells throughout the body. Trk receptors are found on a number of different cell types, and many non-neuronal cells also produce neurotrophins. Deregulated kinase activities of Trk family members occur due to gene rearrangements and translocations, mutations, overexpression and alternative splicing and are associated with a number of human neuronal and non-neuronal cancers. Oncogenic TrkA translocations (fusion proteins with tropomycin-3) have been reported in colorectal, non small cell lung (NSCLC), papillary thyroid, pancreatic and certain prostate cancers. The TrkA fusion protein has a constitutively active kinase that provides the driving force for transformation and tumor progression, via the relay of growth and survival signals within cancer cells. In addition, TrkA overexpression and activation of kinase driven signal transduction pathways can be activated by its neural growth factor (NGF) ligand, produced by tumors or non-tumor cells. The growth and survival of cancers such as ovarian, breast, and oral squamous cancers are maintained by TrkA/NGF auto-stimulation and often occur early in the process of tumor formation. Further, in neuroblastomas, a type of extracranial solid cancer, a TrkA splice variant (TrkAIII) can be produced that switches TrkA to an oncogene, which promotes tumor progression often with a more aggressive character. TrkAIII containing tumors are resistant to chemotherapy-induced cell death, and they induce the formation of new blood vessels (angiogenesis) to allow the tumors to grow larger and metastasize.

About ROS1. ROS1 belongs to the insulin-receptor superfamily. Like other tyrosine kinase receptor molecules, it plays a role in relaying growth signals from the environment outside the cell into the cell’s nucleus. ROS1 is one of two orphan receptor tyrosine kinase family members with no known binding ligand. Genetic changes in ROS1 such as fusions, rearrangements, mutations, or copy number increases, create oncogenes, which can lead to cancer. Molecular rearrangements of ROS1 create fusion proteins with constitutively active kinase domains that activate downstream signaling pathways, which lead to oncogenic properties in cells, including uncontrolled proliferation and resistance to cell death with increased tumor cell survival. ROS1 was first discovered in NSCLC patients in the form of a ROS fusion protein (six different partners for ROS1). Two other genetic rearrangements of ROS1 have been detected in a variety of other cancers, including glioblastoma multiforme, cholangiocarcinoma, ovarian cancer, gastric adenocarcinoma, colorectal cancer, inflammatory myofibroblastic tumor, angiosarcoma and epitheloid hemangioendothelioma.

About ALK (Anaplastic lymphoma kinase). ALK also belongs to the insulin-receptor superfamily and is related to ROS1. ALK was first identified in anaplastic lymphomas, a distinct subset of non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. Molecular changes in ALK through gene rearrangements, mutations, and overexpression lead to the formation of at least 14 ALK oncogenes. Aberrant ALK fusion proteins spontaneously form molecular structures that lead to self-activation and constitutive activity within cancer cells, via activation of signal transduction pathways and intracellular kinases that drive uncontrolled tumor cell growth, metabolism, and survival. In addition to anaplastic lymphomas, ALK oncogenes are found in a number of cancers such as NSCLC, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, neuroblastomas, inflammatory myofibroblastic tumors and possibly subsets of esophageal/gastric and renal cell cancers. A currently available ALK inhibitor drug, crizotinib, has demonstrated potent in vitro, in vivo and human anti-tumor activity, validating the utility of ALK inhibitors. However, the rapid emergence of crizotinib-resistant tumors (especially in NSCLC) and the poor penetration of crizotinib into the brain for treating brain metastases support the need for the development of improved ALK inhibitors with better penetration of the blood brain barrier, a separation of circulating blood from the brain, and activity against crizotinib-resistant ALK mutations.

 

10


Table of Contents

Incidence of TrkA, ROS1 and ALK Mutations; Opportunity for RXDX-101

Research to date indicates that TrkA, ROS1 and ALK gene rearrangements and fusion proteins are most prevalent in solid tumors. Each of these genes also appears to be overexpressed in a portion of certain tumor types, though the importance of overexpression of these genes in cancer biology is not currently well understood.

 

    TrkA appears to be rearranged across a range of tumor types with a frequency usually in the low single digit percentages. Studies suggest that TrkA is rearranged in ALK mutation negative and epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) mutation negative non small cell lung adenocarcinoma patients, as well as in colorectal adenocarcinoma patients and in papillary thyroid cancer patients.

 

    ROS1 appears to be rearranged across a range of tumor types with a frequency usually in the low single digit percentages. Studies suggest that ROS1 is rearranged in non small cell lung adenocarcinoma cancer patients, stomach cancer patients, glioblastoma patients, and cholangiocarcinoma patients.

 

    ALK appears to be rearranged across a range of tumor types with a frequency usually in the single digit percentages. Studies suggest that ALK is rearranged in non small cell lung adenocarcinoma cancer patients, neuroblastoma patients and anaplastic large cell lymphoma patients.

The potential ability of RXDX-101 to act as a potent inhibitor of the TrkA, ROS1, and ALK proteins, as well as its observed ability to be administered orally and reach systemic circulation (oral bioavailability) and its observed ability to cross the blood brain barrier in preclinical studies, attracted us to the profile of this drug candidate and support the market opportunity for the product.

RXDX-101 Preclinical Data

RXDX-101 is an orally available potent inhibitor of the TrkA, ROS1 and ALK tyrosine kinases. In vitro , RXDX-101 achieves low nanomolar inhibition of TrkA, ROS1 and ALK. RXDX-101 has been preclinically tested in vivo in three species to date, the mouse, rat and dog. It has demonstrated in vivo antitumor activity against various TrkA, ROS1 or ALK-driven mouse xenograft models of different human cancers, has also demonstrated oral bioavailability in all three species tested, and has been observed to efficiently cross the blood brain barrier in all three species tested.

The graphs below depict the results of some of the preclinical studies of RXDX-101 conducted to date. Each of the studies whose results are shown below involved the administration of RXDX-101 orally twice daily for 10 days in mouse xenograft models of various cancers driven by one of the molecular targets of RXDX-101, TrkA, ROS1 or ALK. All of those studies were conducted by NMS or its third party contractors, we had no involvement in the conduct of such studies and the graphs below were provided by NMS.

 

    The following graph demonstrates the in vivo anti-tumor activity observed with the use of RXDX-101 against a TrkA-driven mouse xenograft model of human colorectal cancer:

 

LOGO

 

    The following graph demonstrates the in vivo anti-tumor activity observed with the use of RXDX-101 against a ROS1-driven Ba/F3 mouse xenograft model:

 

11


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

    The following graph demonstrates the in vivo anti-tumor activity observed with the use of RXDX-101 against an ALK-driven mouse xenograft model of human NSCLC:

 

LOGO

 

    The following graph demonstrates the survival benefit observed with the use of RXDX-101 against an ALK-driven mouse xenograft model of brain metastases associated with human NSCLC, which provides support for the product candidate’s potential ability to cross the blood brain barrier:

 

LOGO

Phase I/II Clinical Trial

NMS has filed a Clinical Trial Application (CTA) under the European Directive to the Italian Competent Authority that enabled NMS to commence a Phase I/II clinical study in patients with solid tumors that are positive for alterations in TrkA, ROS1 or ALK. This study, which is currently ongoing at two clinical sites in Italy, is an open label trial that has two phases. The first phase is a Phase I dose escalation phase that will include 20 to 30 patients, depending on when the maximum tolerated dose is achieved, with solid tumors with genetic mutations of TrkA, ROS1 or ALK. The second phase is an expansion phase utilizing the recommended Phase II dose identified in the first phase and is expected to include several cohorts of patients that have alterations to TrkA, ROS1 or ALK. Although we have not yet determined the types of cancer we may study in the second phase of this trial, we currently anticipate that the cohorts will consist of colorectal

 

12


Table of Contents

cancer and NSCLC, among other cancer types. To date, 11 patients have been dosed in the first, dose escalation phase of this trial, and the two trial sites in Italy are currently enrolling additional patients. We intend to file an investigational new drug application (IND) and add additional sites in the United States, as well as additional sites in Europe. Based on currently available data and certain assumptions regarding the ongoing clinical trial and FDA requirements, we project that such an IND application could be submitted as early as 2014.

The Phase I/II trial is not powered to show results with statistical significance. Statistical significance means that an effect is unlikely to have occurred by chance. Clinical trial results are considered statistically significant when the probability of the results occurring by chance, rather than from the efficacy of the drug candidate, is sufficiently low. Since this trial is not powered to show results with statistical significance, the results from the trial may be attributable to chance and not the clinical efficacy of RXDX-101. This trial design is customary for a Phase I and some Phase II clinical trials, the principal purpose of which is to provide the basis for the design of larger, definitive trials that are powered by the addition of more patients to potentially show statistical significance. Pending guidance from regulatory agencies such as the FDA, we would likely design any later stage trials that are intended to support marketing approval applications to show statistical significance. We would do so by enrolling a larger number of patients based on the clinical data observed in earlier trials.

The primary objectives of the trial are to evaluate the safety and tolerability of RXDX-101 and to determine its maximum tolerated dose when administered to patients with TrkA-, ROS1- or ALK-positive solid tumors.

Secondary objectives of this trial are to:

 

    determine the process by which RXDX-101 is distributed and metabolized in the body, which is referred to as pharmacokinetics;

 

    assess the biochemical and physiological effects of RXDX-101 on the human body, which is referred to as pharmacodynamics; and

 

    evaluate any early evidence of anti-tumor activity in patients with TrkA-, ROS1- or ALK-positive tumors

Patients treated with RXDX-101 have experienced some adverse events, which have been predominantly gastrointestinal or constitutional in nature, but there have been no dose limiting toxicities or Grade 3 or Grade 4 treatment-related adverse events experienced by any of the patients treated with RXDX-101 in this trial to date.

If we observe an anti-tumor effect in one or more of the proposed expansion cohorts, such results, pending discussions with regulatory agencies such as the FDA, could serve as the basis to either initiate randomized Phase II studies or to potentially enter directly into registration-enabling clinical studies under an accelerated registration path.

RXDX-101 Companion Diagnostic

Several companion diagnostic technologies are available for measuring alterations in TrkA, ROS1 and ALK. There is an FDA-approved FISH (fluorescence in situ hybridization) test for measuring ALK translocations (Vysis manufactured by Abbott Molecular). There is also a commercially available FISH test for measuring ROS1 fusion proteins, and we are aware of at least one group that has developed a FISH test for measuring TrkA fusion proteins. TrkA fusion proteins can also be measured by IHC (immunohistochemistry) using commercially available antibodies. In addition, NMS has developed and is expected to transition to us PCR (polymerase chain reaction) assays for measuring fusion proteins for each of TrkA, ROS1 and ALK. Finally, several commercial, as well as academic, groups evaluate sequence mutations and translocations of TrkA, ROS1 and ALK by next generation sequencing. It is our intent to evaluate each of these candidate diagnostic approaches for measuring alterations to TrkA, ROS1 and ALK and select a technology to be pursued by us or, most likely for later stage development and commercialization, a third party collaborator, after taking into consideration scientific, as well as commercial, factors.

RXDX-102: Preclinical Asset

RXDX-102 is a second new chemical entity that we are in-licensing upon the effectiveness of our license agreement with NMS entered in October 2013. RXDX-102 is an orally available, selective pan-TRK tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or inhibitor of the TrkA, TrkB and TrkC proteins. RXDX-102 is designed as an oncogene-targeted therapeutic candidate to treat patients with cancers that harbor activating alterations to TrkA, TrkB or TrkC. Candidate alterations include gene rearrangements or mutations, increased gene copy number and increased gene expression. RXDX-102 is a preclinical product candidate, and we anticipate that we will next pursue repeat dose toxicology studies of this product candidate in a rodent and non-rodent species in compliance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice (GLP) regulations. Based on

 

13


Table of Contents

currently available data and estimates of our scientific team, we believe an IND application could potentially be submitted for RXDX-102 as early as 2014.

Rationale for Targeting TrkA, TrkB and TrkC

About TrkA. See the description of TrkA set forth above under the same heading in the discussion about RXDX-101.

About TrkB. TrkB acts as an oncogene when overexpressed in neuroblastomas and ovarian cancer. TrkB expression can respond to its growth factor ligand, BDNF, produced by tumor cells or non-tumor cells around the tumor, including immune cells such as macrophages. Activated TrkB receptors relay growth and survival signals into the cancer cells and amplify the expression of additional oncogenes such as mycN. Tumors expressing TrkB oncogenes are more aggressive, drug resistant, highly angiogenic, and more invasive for establishing metastatic tumors. Studies have shown that patients with TrkB driven tumors have poor survival.

About TrkC. Neurotrophin-3 is the normal growth factor for TrkC. Oncogenic translocations involving TrkC kinase domain generate fusion proteins that have been identified in acute myeloid leukemia, salivary gland carcinoma, adult secretory breast cancer, congenital fibrosarcoma, and pediatric nephroma and neuroblastoma. Depending on the tumor type, TrkC expression can accelerate angiogenesis and can be associated with perineural skin invasion (basal cell and cutaneous squamous cell carcinomas) via expression of proteases to break barriers and migration molecules to establish metastatic tumors.

RXDX-102 Preclinical Data

RXDX-102 is an orally available selective inhibitor of TrkA, TrkB and TrkC. In in vitro studies performed to date, RXDX-102 achieves single digit nanomolar inhibition of TrkA, TrkB and TrkC enzymatic assays. RXDX-102 has been tested in vivo in four species to date, the mouse, rat, dog and primate. It has demonstrated in vivo antitumor activity against various TrkA, TrkB or TrkC-driven mouse xenograft models of cancer, and has also demonstrated oral bioavailability in all four species tested to date.

The graphs below depict the results of some of the preclinical studies of RXDX-102 conducted to date. Each of the studies whose results are shown below involved the administration of RXDX-102 orally twice daily for 10 days in mouse xenograft models of various cancers driven by one of the molecular targets of RXDX-102, TrkA, TrkB or TrkC. All of those studies were conducted by NMS or its third party contractors, we had no involvement in the conduct of such studies and the graphs below were provided by NMS.

 

    The following graph demonstrates the in vivo anti-tumor activity observed with the use of RXDX-102 against a TrkA-driven mouse xenograft model of human colorectal cancer:

 

LOGO

 

    The following graph demonstrates the in vivo anti-tumor activity observed with the use of RXDX-102 against a TrkB-driven Ba/F3 mouse xenograft model and a TrkC-driven Ba/F3 mouse xenograft model:

 

14


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

RXDX-102 Companion Diagnostic

We intend to pursue a companion diagnostic strategy for RXDX-102 similar to that described above for RXDX-101 under the heading “RXDX 101 Companion Diagnostic.” We plan to compare multiple possible diagnostic methods, such as IHC, rtPCR and next generation sequencing, to determine the most appropriate diagnostic method for patient selection for RXDX-102.

Spark-1 through Spark-6

In our mining of the Oncolome database for molecular alterations that frequently occur in tumor tissue samples to date, we have identified six molecular targets, which, when altered, we believe to drive tumorigenesis. We denote these six targets as Spark-1 through Spark-6, respectively. We have prioritized three of these targets (Spark-1 through Spark-3) and have initiated target validation and small molecule drug discovery activities against some of these targets. Such discovery activities include, or may in the future include, but are not limited to: x-ray crystallography, structure based drug design, virtual screening, in vitro screening, in vivo screening, medicinal chemistry and lead optimization. We aim to have developed our first IND candidate against one of the Spark-1, Spark-2 or Spark-3 targets as early as 2015.

Collaborations and License Agreements

NMS

We entered into a license agreement with NMS on October 10, 2013, which was amended on October 25, 2013, and which grants us exclusive global rights to develop and commercialize RXDX-101 and RXDX-102. The license agreement will become effective upon the completion of a financing of equity or debt securities pursuant to which we or our affiliates receive gross proceeds of at least $20 million. Our development rights under the license agreement are exclusive for the term of the agreement with respect to RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 and also, as to NMS, are exclusive for a five-year period with respect to any product candidate with activity against the target proteins of RXDX-101 and RXDX-102, and include the right to grant sublicenses. The license agreement provides that we will assume control of financial and all other responsibility for the ongoing Phase I/II clinical trial of RXDX-101 that is currently being conducted by NMS and for continued preclinical development of RXDX-102. We are obligated under the license agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize RXDX-101 and RXDX-102, and, with the exception of transfer to us without cost of NMS’ existing inventory of RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 material, we are responsible for all remaining development and commercialization costs for RXDX-101 and RXDX-102.

Under the terms of the license agreement, we have agreed to issue to NMS a warrant to acquire up to 16,667 shares of our common stock upon the effective date of the license agreement, which will have an exercise price per share equal to that used in the financing that causes the license agreement to become effective, and will be exercisable at any time at the option of the holder from the effective date of the license agreement until the five-year anniversary thereof. We are also obligated to make an up-front payment to NMS of $7.0 million on the earlier of 10 days following the effective date of the license agreement and December 31, 2013, $1.0 million of which NMS may elect to receive in the form of shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to that used in the financing that causes the license agreement to become effective, and the remainder of which shall be paid in cash. If we fail to make this upfront payment, the license agreement terminates. When and if commercial sales of RXDX-101 or RXDX-102 begin, we are obligated to pay NMS tiered royalties ranging from a mid-single digit percentage to a low double digit percentage of our net sales, depending on the amount of our net sales, with standard provisions for royalty offsets to the extent we need to obtain any rights from third parties to commercialize either RXDX-101 or RXDX-102. We are obligated under the terms of the license agreement to engage NMS to perform services valued at $1 million or more between the effective date of the license agreement and December 31, 2014, which services could include, among others at our election, manufacture and supply services, technology transfer activities, preclinical

 

15


Table of Contents

activities, process development activities and assay development activities. We are also required to make development and regulatory milestone payments to NMS of up to $105.0 million in the aggregate if specified clinical study initiations and regulatory approvals are achieved across multiple products or indications. The first such milestone payment is not due until we elect to initiate the first randomized Phase II clinical study, which, based on our current estimates and certain assumptions, we anticipate could occur as early as 2015.

The license agreement with NMS provides that NMS will transfer to us all data, technology and know-how related to RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 and necessary for their continued development. That data and technology transfer will commence upon the effectiveness of the license agreement, and we anticipate that the transfer will be complete in 2014. Our ability to continue all ongoing studies, design and commence any new studies or trials and solidify our development plans for RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 is dependent on that transfer process being completed successfully and in a timely manner.

The license agreement will not become effective if we do not satisfy the financing conditions to its effectiveness by December 31, 2013. Additionally, following its effectiveness, the license agreement with NMS will remain in effect until the expiration of all of our royalty and sublicense revenue obligations to NMS, determined on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis, unless we elect to terminate the license agreement earlier. If we fail to meet our obligations under the license agreement and are unable to cure such failure within specified time periods, NMS can terminate the license agreement, resulting in a loss of our rights to RXDX-101 and RXDX-102.

Competition

The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our technology, development experience, scientific knowledge and strategies provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions and governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Any product candidates that we are able to successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. Our competitors may develop or market products or other novel technologies that are more effective, safer, more convenient or less costly than any that may be commercialized by us, or may obtain regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours.

The acquisition or licensing of pharmaceutical products is also very competitive, and a number of more established companies, some of which have acknowledged strategies to license or acquire products and many of which are bigger than us and have more institutional experience and greater cash flows than we have, may have competitive advantages over us, as may other emerging companies taking similar or different approaches to product licenses and/or acquisitions. In addition, a number of established research-based pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies may acquire products in late stages of development to augment their internal product lines, which may provide those companies with an even greater competitive advantage.

Many of our competitors will have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we have. Additional mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical industry may result in even more resources being concentrated in some of our competitors. Competition may increase further as a result of advances made in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these fields. Our success will be based in part on our ability to build, obtain regulatory approval for and market acceptance of, and actively manage a portfolio of drugs that addresses unmet medical needs and creates value in patient therapy.

We compete in the segments of the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other related markets that pursue precision medicine approaches to combatting activating molecular alterations in cancer. There are a number of other companies presently working to develop therapies for cancer in the field of precision medicines, including divisions of large pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies of various sizes.

The most common methods of treating patients with cancer are surgery, radiation and drug therapy, including chemotherapy, hormone therapy and targeted drug therapy or a combination of such methods. There are a variety of available drug therapies marketed for cancer. In many cases, these drugs are administered in combination to enhance efficacy. While our product candidates, if any are approved, may compete with these existing drug and other therapies, to the extent they are ultimately used in combination with or as an adjunct to these therapies, our product candidates may not be competitive with them. Some of the currently approved drug therapies are branded and subject to patent protection, and

 

16


Table of Contents

others are available on a generic basis. Many of these approved drugs are well established therapies and are widely accepted by physicians, patients and third-party payors. As a result, market acceptance of, and a significant share of the market for, any of our product candidates that we successfully introduce to the market will pose challenges.

In addition to currently marketed therapies, there are also a number of medicines in late stage clinical development to treat cancer. These medicines in development may provide efficacy, safety, convenience and other benefits that are not provided by currently marketed therapies and may not be provided by any of our current or future product candidates. As a result, they may provide significant competition for any of our product candidates.

RXDX-101

RXDX-101 has demonstrated potent activity in testing to date against the three molecular targets, TrkA, ROS1 and ALK. We may pursue indications in cancers where any one or more of these three genes are altered.

Based on publicly available information, we believe that other pharmaceutical companies may be seeking to develop TrkA selective inhibitors. Although we are unaware of other compounds that are specifically directed to TrkA activating alterations in cancer that are more advanced in clinical development than RXDX-101, any of the TrkA selective inhibitors being developed could progress through clinical development faster than or during a similar timeframe as RXDX-101.

We also believe that other pharmaceutical companies may be seeking to develop ROS1 selective inhibitors, and are aware of several such products currently in clinical development by other companies.

Xalkori ® is the only drug currently approved in the U.S. to treat ALK-mutant NSCLC. In addition, we are aware of several products in clinical development targeting cancer-causing mutant forms of ALK for the treatment of NSCLC patients, some of which are more advanced in clinical development than RXDX-101. We believe RXDX-101 potentially offers several important advantages over Xalkori, including potentially superior efficacy due to activity against certain ALK resistant mutations, as well as potentially increased ability to cross the blood brain barrier, therefore offering an opportunity for clinical activity against brain metastases that are common in ALK mutant NSCLC.

RXDX-102

RXDX-102 has demonstrated potent activity against three molecular targets, TrkA, TrkB and TrkC. We may pursue indications in cancers where any one or more of these three genes are altered.

The only compound of which we are presently aware that is currently in clinical development and targets TrkA, TrkB or TrkC activating alterations is Daiichi Sankyo and its subsidiary Plexxikon’s PLX-7486, which has activity against TrkA, among other molecular targets, and we believe to be in a Phase I clinical study. We believe that other pharmaceutical companies may be seeking to develop TrkA, TrkB or TrkC selective inhibitors that may enter clinical development before or during a similar timeframe as RXDX-102.

Spark-1 through Spark-3

Spark-1, Spark-2 and Spark-3 represent activating gene alterations that we believe to drive cancer biology in certain tumors. To our knowledge, there are no commercial entities actively developing clinical stage drugs against any of these three targets. We believe that other pharmaceutical companies may seek to develop selective inhibitors against the Spark-1, Spark-2 or Spark-3 targets and that these potential inhibitors may enter clinical development before or during a similar timeframe as the compounds that we aim to develop against one or more of these three targets.

 

17


Table of Contents

Commercialization

We have not yet established a sales, marketing or product distribution infrastructure because our lead candidates are still in discovery, preclinical or early clinical development. We generally aim to retain commercial rights in the United States for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approvals. We currently anticipate that, when appropriate, we will seek to access the United States oncology market through a focused, specialized, internal sales force.

Subject to receiving marketing approvals, we expect to commence commercialization activities by building a focused internal sales and marketing team in the United States to sell our products. We believe that such an approach will enable us to address the community of oncologists who are the key specialists in treating the patient populations for which our current product candidates are being developed. Outside the United States, we may enter into distribution and other marketing arrangements with third parties for any of our product candidates that obtain marketing approval in foreign jurisdictions.

We also aim to build a marketing and sales management force to create and implement marketing strategies for any products that we market through our own sales teams and to oversee and support our sales force. We anticipate that our goals for any such marketing force include developing educational initiatives with respect to any approved products and establishing relationships with thought leaders in relevant fields of medicine.

We currently expect that any third parties with which we may collaborate in the future on the development of any commercial companion diagnostics for use with our therapeutic products will most likely hold the commercial rights to those diagnostic products. We expect that we would coordinate closely with any future diagnostic collaborators in connection with the marketing and sale of such diagnostic products and our related therapeutic products.

Manufacturing

We do not own or operate, and currently have no plans to establish, any manufacturing facilities. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical and clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacture of any products that we may commercialize. Our license agreement with NMS requires NMS to provide us with its existing inventory of clinical supply of RXDX-101, which can help support our planned expansion cohorts of the ongoing Phase I/II clinical study of that product candidate. We aim to engage, by entering into a supply agreement or through another arrangement, NMS and/or third party manufacturers to provide us with additional RXDX-101 clinical supply. We do not currently have any long-term supply commitments or other arrangements in place, and may obtain our supplies from NMS or any other manufacturer on a purchase order basis or through a formal supply agreement. We also do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply of bulk drug substance. For all of our product candidates, we aim to identify and qualify manufacturers to provide the active pharmaceutical ingredient and fill-and-finish services prior to submission of a new drug application (NDA) to the FDA.

RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 are organic compounds of low molecular weight, generally called small molecules. We believe that they can be manufactured in reliable and reproducible synthetic processes from readily available starting materials. We believe that the chemistry is amenable to scale-up and does not require unusual or expensive equipment in the manufacturing process. We expect to continue to develop drug candidates that can be produced cost-effectively at contract manufacturing facilities.

We generally expect to rely on third parties for the manufacture of any companion diagnostics we or our collaborators may develop.

Intellectual Property

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary or intellectual property protection for our product candidates and our core technologies, including novel biomarker and diagnostic discoveries and other know-how, to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary or intellectual property rights. We expect that we will seek to protect our proprietary and intellectual property position by, among other methods, licensing or filing our own U.S., international and foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our proprietary and intellectual property position, which we generally seek to protect through contractual obligations with third parties.

 

18


Table of Contents

We currently, and expect that we will continue to, file or license patent applications directed to our key product candidates in an effort to establish intellectual property positions regarding new chemical entities relating to these product candidates, as well as uses of new chemical entities in the treatment of various cancers. We also intend to seek patent protection, if available, with respect to biomarkers that may be useful in selecting the right patient population for use of any of our product candidates. Following the effective date of our license agreement with NMS, we will own or exclusively license a patent portfolio consisting of two issued U.S. patents and their respective counterparts in a number of foreign jurisdictions, nine pending U.S. patent applications, two pending applications under the Patent Cooperation Treaty and corresponding pending patent applications in a number of foreign jurisdictions. The two issued U.S. patents and one of the U.S. applications cover RXDX-101 and RXDX-102, and those two issued patents are expected to expire in 2028 and 2027 without patent term extension. The remaining pending U.S. patent applications and a significant portion of our pending patent applications in foreign jurisdictions pertain to our DNA methylation biomarkers and our platform for generating DNA methylation biomarkers, as well as the use of such biomarkers to diagnose, prognose and select treatments for certain autoimmune diseases, which activities we are not presently pursuing as a material aspect of our business and operations. We would expect that any patents that may issue from the pending U.S. patent applications would likely expire between 2031 and 2033; however, any and all of these patent applications may not result in issued patents.

In addition to the patent applications that we have filed as of the date of this report, we intend to file additional applications covering potential discoveries that we may make in relation to our drug discovery and biomarker activities directed to the Spark-1 through Spark-6 targets. We plan to continue to expand our intellectual property portfolio by filing patent applications directed to dosage forms, methods of treatment and additional inhibitor compounds of oncology molecular targets and their derivatives. Specifically, we anticipate that we will seek patent protection in the United States and internationally for novel compositions of matter covering the compounds, the chemistries and processes for manufacturing these compounds, the use of these compounds in a variety of therapies and the use of biomarkers for patient selection for these compounds. However, these or other patent applications that we may file or license from third parties may not result in the issuance of patents, and any issued patents may cover limited claims that reduce their value and/or may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. See “Risk Factors—Rights Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

In addition to patents, we hold three trademarks in the United States, for Ignyta ® , Methylome ® and Trailblaze ® , and have two trademark applications pending in the United States for Oncolome™ and Actagene™. We also rely upon unpatented trade secrets and know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary information, in part, using confidentiality agreements with our collaborators, scientific advisors, employees and consultants, and invention assignment agreements with our employees and selected consultants, scientific advisors and collaborators. The confidentiality agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information and, in the case of agreements or clauses requiring invention assignment, to grant us ownership of technologies that are developed through a relationship with a third-party.

With respect to our proprietary DNA methylation analysis platform, we consider trade secrets and know-how to be a critical component of our intellectual property. Trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. In particular, with respect to this technology platform we anticipate that these trade secrets and know-how will over time be disseminated within the industry through independent development, the publication of journal articles describing the methodology and the movement of personnel skilled in the art from academic to industry scientific positions. As a result, those proprietary trade secrets and know-how may lose their value to us over a period of time, and we may lose any competitive advantage afforded by them as they become public knowledge.

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, including any manufacturing changes, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, post-approval monitoring and reporting, import and export of pharmaceutical products, such as those we are developing.

United States Drug Approval Process

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA), and implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable United States requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applying company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions.

 

19


Table of Contents

The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

    completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with GLP regulations;

 

    submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

    approval by an independent institutional review board (IRB) at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

 

    performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practices (GCP) to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for each indication;

 

    submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

    satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with current good manufacturing practices (CGMP) requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity; and

 

    FDA review and approval of the NDA.

Preclinical Studies and IND

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry and formulation, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess the potential for adverse events and, in some cases, to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations for safety/toxicology studies. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical studies, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. Some long-term preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the trial on clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include, among other things, the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing before their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under written study protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the safety and effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. In addition, an IRB at each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution, and the IRB must conduct continuing review. The IRB must review and approve, among other things, the study protocol and informed consent information to be provided to study subjects. An IRB must operate in compliance with FDA regulations. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health for public dissemination.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in the following three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

    Phase I: The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

 

    Phase II: The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

 

    Phase III: The drug is administered to an expanded patient population in adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to generate sufficient data to statistically confirm the efficacy and safety of the product for approval for specified indications, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and, more frequently, if serious adverse events occur. Phase I, Phase II and Phase III clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any

 

20


Table of Contents

time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

Marketing Approval

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of the preclinical and clinical studies, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is additionally subject to a substantial application user fee.

The FDA generally conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days after submission before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information in connection with this preliminary review rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is subject to further review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA has agreed to specified performance goals in the review of NDAs. Under these goals, the FDA has committed to review most such applications for non-priority products within 10 months, and most applications for priority review products, that is, drugs that the FDA determines represent a significant improvement over existing therapy, within six months. The review process may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider certain information or clarification regarding information already provided in the submission. The FDA may also refer applications for novel drugs or products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. The FDA is not required to adhere its review time goals, and its review could experience delays that cause those goals to not be met.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and are adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. In addition, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP and integrity of the clinical data submitted.

The testing and approval process for each product candidate requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and each may take many years to complete. Data obtained from preclinical and clinical activities are not always conclusive and may be susceptible to varying interpretations, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. The FDA may not grant approval of an application for a product candidate on a timely basis, or at all. Further, applicants often encounter difficulties or unanticipated costs in their efforts to develop product candidates and secure necessary governmental approvals, which could delay or preclude the marketing of those products.

After the FDA’s evaluation of the NDA and inspection of the manufacturing facilities, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a complete response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing or information in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If and when those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA may then issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval and refuse to approve the NDA.

Post-Market Drug Regulation

If the FDA approves a drug product for commercial marketing, it may limit the approved indications for use of the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase IV clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety and/or other factors after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization and/or patients using the product for observation of the product’s long-term effects, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, including Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies (REMs), which can materially affect

 

21


Table of Contents

the potential market and profitability of the product. Any approved product is also subject to requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion, labeling, and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-market studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and re-approval.

In addition, drug manufacturers with which we partner and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon drug developers and their manufacturers. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the areas of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information, imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMs program. Other potential consequences of a failure to comply with regulatory requirements during or after the FDA approval process include, among other things:

 

    restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

    fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

    refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

    product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

    consent decrees, injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off label uses may be subject to significant liability.

Programs for Expedited Approval

The FDA has developed certain programs and designations that enable NDAs for product candidates meeting specified criteria to be eligible for certain expedited approval processes such as the fast track designation, priority review, accelerated approval, and breakthrough therapy designation. Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.

Fast Track Designation. The FDA is required to facilitate the development and expedite the review of drugs that are intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition for which there is no effective treatment and that demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Under the fast track program, the sponsor of a new drug candidate may request the FDA to designate the product for a specific indication as a fast track product concurrent with or after the filing of the IND for the product candidate. The FDA must determine if the product candidate qualifies for fast track designation within 60 days after receipt of the sponsor’s request.

In addition to other benefits, such as the ability to use surrogate endpoints (see the description of surrogate endpoints under “—Accelerated Approval” below) and have greater interactions with the FDA, the FDA may initiate review of sections of a fast track product’s NDA before the application is complete. This rolling review is available if the applicant provides and the FDA approves a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the applicant pays applicable user fees. However, the FDA’s review time goal for a fast track application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted. In addition, the fast track designation may be withdrawn by the FDA if the FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

 

22


Table of Contents

Priority Review. Under FDA policies, a product candidate may be eligible for priority review, or review generally within a six-month timeframe from the time a complete application is received. Products regulated by the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research (CDER) are eligible for priority review if they provide a significant improvement compared to marketed products in the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a disease. A fast track designated product candidate would ordinarily meet the FDA’s criteria for priority review.

Accelerated Approval. Under the FDA’s accelerated approval regulations, the FDA may approve a drug for a serious or life-threatening illness that provides meaningful therapeutic benefit to patients over existing treatments based upon a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit. In clinical trials, a surrogate endpoint is a measurement of laboratory or clinical signs of a disease or condition that substitutes for a direct measurement of how a patient feels, functions or survives. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. A product candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase IV or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, would allow the FDA to withdraw the drug from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for drug candidates approved under accelerated regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA.

Breakthrough Therapy Designation. Under the provisions of the new Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (FDASIA) enacted in 2012, a sponsor can request designation of a product candidate as a “breakthrough therapy.” A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies are also eligible for accelerated approval. The FDA must take certain actions, such as holding timely meetings and providing advice, intended to expedite the development and review of an application for approval of a breakthrough therapy.

Alternative Approval Pathways

In addition to the expedited approval programs and designations, the FDA also recognizes certain other designations and alternative approval pathways that afford certain benefits over filing a traditional NDA, such as the orphan drug designation and alternative types of NDAs under the Hatch-Waxman Act.

Orphan Drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to drugs intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the drug and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process. The first NDA applicant to receive FDA approval for a particular active ingredient to treat a particular disease with FDA orphan drug designation is entitled to a seven-year exclusive marketing period in the United States for that product, for that indication. During the seven-year exclusivity period, the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same orphan indication, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent the FDA from approving a different drug for the same disease or condition, or the same drug for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the NDA application user fee.

The Hatch-Waxman Act: Abbreviated New Drug Applications. In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s product or a method of using the product. Upon approval of a drug, each of the patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. Drugs listed in the Orange Book can, in turn, be cited by potential competitors in support of approval of an abbreviated new drug application (ANDA). Generally, an ANDA provides for marketing of a drug product that has the same active ingredients in the same strengths, dosage form and route of administration as the listed drug and has been shown to be bioequivalent through in vitro or in vivo testing or otherwise to the listed drug. ANDA applicants are not required to conduct or submit results of preclinical or clinical tests to prove the safety or effectiveness of their drug product, other than the requirement for bioequivalence testing. Drugs approved in this way are commonly referred to as “generic equivalents” to the listed drug, and can be and are often substituted by pharmacists under prescriptions written for the original listed drug.

 

23


Table of Contents

The ANDA applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the FDA’s Orange Book, except for patents covering methods of use for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval. Specifically, the applicant must certify with respect to each patent that:

 

    the required patent information has not been filed;

 

    the listed patent has expired;

 

    the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or

 

    the listed patent is invalid, unenforceable or will not be infringed by the new product.

A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicate that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired.

If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days after the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

The ANDA also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity period, such as exclusivity for obtaining approval of a new chemical entity, for the referenced product has expired. Federal law provides a period of five years following approval of a drug containing no previously approved active part of any molecule (moiety) during which ANDAs for generic versions of those drugs cannot be submitted unless the submission contains a Paragraph IV challenge to a listed patent, in which case the submission may be made four years following the original product approval. Federal law provides for a period of three years of exclusivity during which the FDA cannot grant effective approval of an ANDA if a listed drug contains a previously approved active moiety, but FDA requires as a condition of approval new clinical trials conducted by or for the sponsor. This three-year exclusivity period often protects changes to a previously approved drug product, such as a new dosage form, route of administration, combination or indication. Under the Best Pharmaceuticals for Children Act, federal law also provides that periods of patent and non-patent marketing exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for a drug may be extended by six months if the NDA sponsor conducts pediatric studies identified by the FDA in a written request. If such a written request is issued by the FDA, the FDA must grant pediatric exclusivity no later than six months prior to the date of expiration of patent or non-patent exclusivity in order for the six-month pediatric extension to apply to that exclusivity period.

The Hatch-Waxman Act: Section 505(b)(2) New Drug Applications. Most drug products obtain FDA marketing approval pursuant to an NDA or an ANDA. A third alternative is a special type of NDA, commonly referred to as a Section 505(b)(2) NDA, which enables the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA’s previous approval of a similar product, or published literature, in support of its application.

505(b)(2) NDAs often provide an alternate path to FDA approval for new or improved formulations or new uses of previously approved products. Section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. If the 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on the FDA’s previous approval is scientifically appropriate, it may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical or clinical studies of the new product. The FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or measurements to support the change from the approved product. The FDA may then approve the new product candidate for all or some of the label indications for which the referenced product has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would. As a result, approval of a 505(b)(2) NDA can be stalled until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired, until any non-patent exclusivity, such as exclusivity for obtaining approval of a new chemical entity, listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired, and, in the case of a Paragraph IV certification and subsequent patent infringement suit, until the earlier of 30 months, settlement of the lawsuit or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

 

24


Table of Contents

Combination Products

The FDA regulates combinations of products that cross FDA centers, such as drug, biologic or medical device components that are physically, chemically or otherwise combined into a single entity, as a combination product. The FDA center with primary jurisdiction for the combination product will take the lead in the premarket review of the product, with the other center consulting or collaborating with the lead center.

The FDA’s Office of Combination Products (OCP) determines which center will have primary jurisdiction for the combination product based on the combination product’s “primary mode of action.” A mode of action is the means by which a product achieves an intended therapeutic effect or action. The primary mode of action is the mode of action that provides the most important therapeutic action of the combination product, or the mode of action expected to make the greatest contribution to the overall intended therapeutic effects of the combination product.

Often it is difficult for the OCP to determine with reasonable certainty the most important therapeutic action of the combination product. In those difficult cases, the OCP will consider consistency with other combination products raising similar types of safety and effectiveness questions, or which center has the most expertise to evaluate the most significant safety and effectiveness questions raised by the combination product.

A sponsor may use a voluntary formal process, known as a Request for Designation, when the product classification is unclear or in dispute, to obtain a binding decision as to which center will regulate the combination product. If the sponsor objects to that decision, it may request that the agency reconsider the decision.

FDA Regulation of Companion Diagnostics

We may seek to develop, or seek to partner with third parties to develop in vitro and in vivo companion diagnostics for use in selecting the patients that we believe will respond to our drug therapeutics.

FDA officials have issued draft guidance that, when finalized, would address issues critical to developing in vitro companion diagnostics, such as biomarker qualification, establishing clinical validity, the use of retrospective data, the appropriate patient population and when the FDA will require that the device and the drug be approved simultaneously. The draft guidance issued in July 2011 states that if safe and effective use of a therapeutic product depends on an in vitro diagnostic, then the FDA generally will require approval or clearance of the diagnostic at the same time that the FDA approves the therapeutic product. The FDA has yet to issue further guidance regarding these matters, and it is unclear whether it will do so or what the scope of any additional guidance would be.

The FDA previously has required in vitro companion diagnostics intended to select the patients who will respond to a cancer treatment to obtain pre-market approval (PMA) simultaneously with approval of the drug.

PMA Approval Pathway

A medical device, including an in vitro diagnostic (IVD) to be commercially distributed in the United States must receive either 510(k) clearance or PMA approval from the FDA prior to marketing. There are three classes of medical devices recognized by the FDA, Class I (the least regulated), Class II, and Class III (the most regulated), and devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously 510(k) cleared device or a pre-amendment Class III device for which PMA applications have not been called, are placed in Class III requiring PMA approval. The PMA approval pathway requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction.

A PMA application for an IVD must provide extensive preclinical and clinical trial data. Preclinical data for an IVD includes many different tests, including how reproducible the results are when the same sample is tested multiple times by multiple users at multiple laboratories. The clinical data need to establish that the test is sufficiently safe, effective and reliable in the intended use population. In addition, the FDA must be convinced that a device has clinical utility, meaning that an IVD provides information that is clinically meaningful. A biomarker’s clinical significance may be obvious, or the applicant may be able to rely upon published literature or submit data to the FDA to show clinical utility.

A PMA application also must provide information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling. The sponsor must pay an application fee to the FDA upon submission of a PMA.

 

25


Table of Contents

As part of the PMA review, the FDA will typically inspect the manufacturer’s facilities for compliance with Quality System Regulation (QSR) requirements, which impose elaborate testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures.

Upon submission, the FDA determines if the PMA application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review, and, if so, the FDA accepts the application for filing. The FDA then commences an in-depth review of the PMA application. The entire process typically takes one to three years from submission of the PMA, but may take longer. The review time is often significantly extended as a result of the FDA asking for more information or clarification of information already provided. The FDA also may respond with a not approvable determination based on deficiencies in the application and require additional clinical trials that are often expensive and time-consuming to conduct and can substantially delay approval.

During the review period, an FDA advisory committee, typically a panel of clinicians, may be convened to review the PMA application and recommend to the FDA whether, or upon what conditions, the device should be approved. Although the FDA is not bound by the advisory panel decision, the panel’s recommendation is important to the FDA’s overall decision-making process.

If the FDA’s evaluation of the PMA application is favorable, the FDA typically issues an approvable letter requiring the applicant’s agreement to specific conditions, such as changes in labeling, or specific additional information, such as submission of final labeling, in order to secure final approval of the PMA. If the FDA concludes that the applicable criteria have been met, the FDA will issue a PMA for the approved indications, which can be more limited than those originally sought by the applicant. The PMA can include post-approval conditions that the FDA believes necessary to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in an enforcement action, including the loss or withdrawal of the approval.

Even after approval of a PMA, a new PMA or PMA supplement may be required in the event of a modification to the device, its labeling or its manufacturing process. Supplements to a PMA often require the submission of the same type of information required for an original PMA, except that the supplement is generally limited to the information needed to support the proposed change from the product covered by the original PMA.

Clinical Trials and IDEs

A clinical trial is almost always required to support a PMA application. In some cases, one or more smaller Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) studies may precede a pivotal clinical trial intended to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the investigational device.

All clinical studies of investigational devices must be conducted in compliance with the FDA’s requirements. If an investigational device could pose a significant risk to patients pursuant to FDA regulations, the FDA must approve an IDE application prior to initiation of investigational use. IVD trials usually do not require an IDE, as the FDA does not judge them to be a significant risk because the results do not affect the patients in the study. However, for a trial where the IVD result directs the therapeutic care of patients with cancer, we believe that the FDA may consider the investigation to present significant risk and require an IDE application.

An IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as laboratory test results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The FDA typically grants IDE approval for a specified number of patients. A non-significant risk device does not require FDA approval of an IDE. Both significant risk and non-significant risk investigational devices require approval from IRBs at the study centers where the device will be used.

During the critical trial, the sponsor must comply with the FDA’s IDE requirements for investigator selection, trial monitoring, reporting and record keeping. The investigators must obtain patient informed consent, rigorously follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of investigational devices and comply with all reporting and record keeping requirements. Prior to granting PMA approval, the FDA typically inspects the records relating to the conduct of the study and the clinical data supporting the PMA application for compliance with applicable requirements.

Although the QSR does not fully apply to investigational devices, the requirement for controls on design and development does apply. The sponsor also must manufacture the investigational device in conformity with the quality controls described in the IDE application and any conditions of IDE approval that the FDA may impose with respect to manufacturing.

 

26


Table of Contents

Post-Market Device Regulation

After a device obtains FDA approval and is on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These requirements include the QSR, labeling regulations, the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or “off label” uses, the Medical Device Reporting regulation, which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur, and the Reports of Corrections and Removals regulation, which requires manufacturers to report recalls and field actions to the FDA if initiated to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA.

The FDA enforces these requirements by inspection and market surveillance. If the FDA finds a violation, it can institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe sanctions such as fines, injunctions and civil penalties; recall or seizure of products; operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production; refusing requests for PMA approval of new products; withdrawing PMA approvals already granted; and criminal prosecution.

Foreign Regulation

To obtain marketing approval of a drug under European Union regulatory systems, we may submit marketing authorization applications (MAAs) either under a centralized or decentralized procedure. The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization that is valid for all European Union member states. The centralized procedure is compulsory for medicines produced by specified biotechnological processes, products designated as orphan medicinal products, and products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of specified diseases, and optional for those products that are highly innovative or for which a centralized process is in the interest of patients. Under the centralized procedure in the European Union, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of an MAA is 210 days, excluding clock stops, when additional written or oral information is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions asked by the Scientific Advice Working Party of the Committee of Medicinal Products for Human Use (CHMP). Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is expected to be of a major public health interest, defined by three cumulative criteria of the seriousness of the disease, such as heavy disabling or life-threatening diseases, to be treated; the absence or insufficiency of an appropriate alternative therapeutic approach; and anticipation of high therapeutic benefit. In this circumstance, the European Medicines Agency (EMA) ensures that the opinion of the CHMP is given within 150 days.

The EMA grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that may offer therapeutic benefits for life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions affecting not more than five in 10,000 people in the European Union. In addition, orphan drug designation can be granted if the drug is intended for a life threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition in the European Union and without incentives it is unlikely that sales of the drug in the European Union would be sufficient to justify developing the drug. Orphan drug designation is only available if there is no other satisfactory method approved in the European Union of diagnosing, preventing or treating the condition, or if such a method exists, the proposed orphan drug will be of significant benefit to patients. Orphan drug designation provides opportunities for free protocol assistance, fee reductions for access to the centralized regulatory procedures before and during the first year after marketing authorization and between six and 10 years of market exclusivity following drug approval.

The decentralized procedure for submitting an MAA provides an assessment of an application performed by one member state, known as the reference member state, and the approval of that assessment by one or more other member states, known as concerned member states. Under this procedure, an applicant submits an application, or dossier, and related materials, including a draft summary of product characteristics, and draft labeling and package leaflet, to the reference member state and concerned member states. The reference member state prepares a draft assessment and drafts of the related materials within 120 days after receipt of a valid application. Within 90 days of receiving the reference member state’s assessment report, each concerned member state must decide whether to approve the assessment report and related materials. If a member state cannot approve the assessment report and related materials on the grounds of potential serious risk to public health, the disputed points may eventually be referred to the European Commission, whose decision is binding on all member states. Prior to submitting an MAA for use of drugs in pediatric populations the EMA requires submission of, or a request for waiver or deferral of, a Pediatric Investigation Plan.

In the European Union, new chemical entities qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity. This data exclusivity, if granted, prevents regulatory authorities in the

 

27


Table of Contents

European Union from assessing a generic (abbreviated) application for eight years, after which generic marketing authorization can be submitted but not approved for two years. Even if a compound is considered to be a new chemical entity and the sponsor is able to gain the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company nevertheless could also market another version of the drug if such company can complete a full MAA with a complete human clinical trial database and obtain marketing approval of its product.

Additional Regulations and Environmental Matters

In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing of pharmaceutical products, several other types of state and federal laws have been applied to restrict certain marketing practices in the pharmaceutical industry in recent years. These laws, which generally will not be applicable to us or our product candidates unless and until we obtain FDA marketing approval for any of our product candidates, include anti-kickback statutes, false claims statutes and regulation regarding providing drug samples.

The federal healthcare program anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for the purchase, lease or order of any healthcare item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other federally financed healthcare programs. Violations of the federal anti-kickback statute are punishable by imprisonment, criminal fines, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs.

Federal false claims laws prohibit any person from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false claim for payment to the federal government, or knowingly making, or causing to be made, a false statement to have a false claim paid. Recently, several pharmaceutical companies have been prosecuted under these laws for allegedly inflating drug prices they report to pricing services, which in turn were used by the government to set Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement rates, and for allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal programs for the product. In addition, certain marketing practices, including off-label promotion, may also violate false claims laws.

The majority of states also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal anti-kickback law and false claims laws, which apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor.

Additionally, the Prescription Drug Marketing Act (PDMA) imposes requirements and limitations upon the provision of drug samples to physicians, as well as prohibits states from licensing distributors of prescription drugs unless the state licensing program meets certain federal guidelines that include minimum standards for storage, handling and record keeping. In addition, the PDMA sets forth civil and criminal penalties for violations. If we obtain approval from the FDA to market any of our drug product candidate, these product sampling restrictions may impact and curtail our marketing efforts to physicians.

Further, sales of any of our product candidates that may be approved will depend, in part, on the extent to which the cost of the product will be covered by third party payors. Third party payors may limit coverage to an approved list of products, or formulary, which might not include all drug products approved by the FDA for an indication. Any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective by third party payors, and we may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in the future to demonstrate the medical necessity and/or cost effectiveness of any such product. The U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown increased interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit government-paid health care costs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Continued interest in and adoption of such controls and measures, and tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceuticals such as the drug candidates we are developing.

In addition to regulatory schemes that apply, or may in the future apply, to our business, we are or may become subject to various environmental, health and safety laws and regulations governing, among other things, laboratory procedures and any use and disposal by us of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances in connection with our research and development activities. We do not presently expect such environmental, health and safety laws or regulations to materially impact our present or planned future activities.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our Scientific Advisors

We have assembled a world-class scientific advisory board that includes renowned experts in oncology, autoimmune disease, epigenetics, drug discovery and translational medicine. These advisors work in close collaboration with our scientific and drug discovery team to identify new research directions and accelerate our target validation and drug discovery programs.

 

Name

  

Primary Affiliation

James Bristol, Ph.D.   
Sai-Hong Ignatius Ou, M.D., Ph.D.    University of California, Irvine
Daniel D. Von Hoff, M.D., F.A.C.P.    Translational Genomics Research Institute
Mary “Peggy” Crow, M.D.    The Hospital for Special Surgery
Gary Firestein, M.D.    University of California, San Diego
V. Michael Holers, M.D.    University of Colorado
Tom Huizinga, M.D.    Leiden University Medical Center
Bruce Richardson, M.D., Ph.D.    University of Michigan
Wei Wang, Ph.D.    University of California, San Diego

Employees

As of the date of this report, we have six full-time employees, including four employees with M.D. or Ph.D. degrees, and two part-time employees. Of these full-time and part-time employees, five employees are engaged in research and development activities. Patrick O’Connor, our Chief Scientific Officer, went on medical leave as of September 2013, and we expect him to return in January 2014. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

We occupy approximately 3,945 rentable square feet of office and laboratory space in San Diego, California under a lease that expires in August 2016 and provides for our monthly rent payment of approximately $7,350, which amount will increase beginning in March 2014 to approximately $9,941 per month and by additional amounts in the years thereafter, and an additional 1,841 rentable square feet of laboratory space in San Diego, California under a lease that expires in November 2014 and provides for our monthly rent payment of approximately $3,774. We believe that our facilities are sufficient to meet our current needs and that suitable additional space will be available as and when needed.

Legal Proceedings

Neither we nor our subsidiaries are currently a party to, nor is our property the subject of, any material legal proceedings.

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this report, including our financial statements and the related notes attached as exhibits, before making any decision to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the events discussed in the risk factors below occurs, our business, operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially harmed. If that were to happen, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Requirements

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We are a clinical-stage company with no approved products, and have generated no revenue to date and may never generate revenue or achieve profitability.

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. We have not generated any revenue to date and are not profitable, and have incurred losses in each year since our inception in August 2011. Our net loss for the

 

29


Table of Contents

year ended December 31, 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was $1.3 million and $2.2 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $3.5 million. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase as we continue our development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our product candidates, and begin to commercialize any approved products. We are currently focused primarily on the development of our in-licensed clinical and preclinical product candidates RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 and our discovery stage programs Spark-1, Spark-2 and Spark-3, which we believe will result in our continued incurrence of significant research and development and other expenses related to those programs. If the clinical trials for any of our products fail or produce unsuccessful results and those product candidates do not gain regulatory approval, or if any of our product candidates, if approved, fail to achieve market acceptance, we may never become profitable. Even if we achieve profitability in the future, we may not be able to sustain profitability in subsequent periods. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital.

We will need substantial additional funding to continue our operations. We may not be able to raise capital when needed, if at all, which would force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts and could cause our business to fail.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. We expect to need substantial additional funding to pursue the clinical development of our product candidates and launch and commercialize any product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval, which may include building internal sales and marketing forces to address certain markets.

We expect our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our capital requirements for at least the next two months. We will require additional capital for the further development and commercialization of our product candidates and may need to raise additional funds sooner if we choose to expand more rapidly than we currently anticipate. Further, we expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue the ongoing Phase I/II clinical trial of RXDX-101 and prepare for and initiate a Phase I clinical trial of RXDX-102, and continue research and development and initiate additional clinical trials of, and seek regulatory approval for, these and other product candidates. In addition, if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution. Furthermore, upon the closing of the Merger, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. We may also encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may increase our capital needs and/or cause us to spend our cash resources faster than we expect. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in order to continue our operations. As noted in our unaudited financial statement for the six months ended June 30, 2013, the uncertainties surrounding our ability to fund our operations raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

To date, we have financed our operations entirely through investments by founders and other investors and the incurrence of debt, and we expect to continue to do so in the foreseeable future. We may also seek funding through collaborative arrangements. Additional funding from those or other sources may not be available when or in the amounts needed, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise capital through the sale of equity, or securities convertible into equity, it would result in dilution to our then existing stockholders, which could be significant depending on the price at which we may be able to sell our securities. If we raise additional capital through the incurrence of indebtedness, we would likely become subject to covenants restricting our business activities, and holders of debt instruments may have rights and privileges senior to those of our equity investors. In addition, servicing the interest and principal repayment obligations under debt facilities could divert funds that would otherwise be available to support research and development, clinical or commercialization activities. If we obtain capital through collaborative arrangements, these arrangements could require us to relinquish rights to our technology or product candidates and could result in our receipt of only a portion of the revenues associated with the partnered product.

If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts. Any of these events could significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

Our short operating history may hinder our ability to successfully meet our objectives, and may limit the amount of information about us upon which you can base an evaluation of our business and prospects.

Ignyta Operating’s operations commenced in August 2011. Our initial focus was on the discovery and development of biomarkers and molecular and companion diagnostic tests for certain autoimmune diseases. Only since May 2013 have we refocused our efforts on precision medicines for the treatment of cancers. Consequently, we have limited experience and

 

30


Table of Contents

have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully overcome many of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving fields, particularly in the biopharmaceutical area. Further, the early stage nature of our business results in a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. Our lead product candidates are in the earliest stages of development, have not obtained regulatory marketing approval, have never generated any sales and will require extensive testing before commercialization. Our limited operating history may adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategy and achieve our business goals, which include, among others, the following activities:

 

    develop our product candidates using unproven technologies;

 

    obtain the human and financial resources necessary to develop, test, manufacture and market our product candidates;

 

    engage corporate partners to assist in developing, testing, manufacturing and marketing our product candidates;

 

    continue to build and maintain an intellectual property portfolio covering our technology and our product candidates;

 

    satisfy the requirements of clinical trial protocols, including patient enrollment, establish and demonstrate the clinical efficacy and safety of our product candidates and obtain necessary regulatory approvals;

 

    market our product candidates that receive regulatory approvals to achieve acceptance and use by the medical community in general;

 

    maintain, grow and manage our internal teams as and to the extent we increase our operations and develop new segments of our business;

 

    develop and maintain successful collaboration, strategic and other relationships for the development and commercialization of our product candidates and those of our partners that receive regulatory approvals; and

 

    manage our cash flows and any growth we may experience in an environment where costs and expenses relating to clinical trials, regulatory approvals and commercialization continue to increase.

If we are unsuccessful in accomplishing these objectives, we may not be able to develop product candidates, raise capital, expand our business or continue our operations.

Risks Related to our Employees

If we are not able to attract and retain highly qualified personnel, we may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy.

Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biotechnology and pharmaceuticals industries depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific and medical personnel. We are highly dependent on our management, scientific and medical personnel, especially Jonathan Lim, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, and Patrick O’Connor, our Senior Vice President, Research and Chief Scientific Officer, whose services are critical to the successful implementation of our product candidate development and regulatory strategies. As of the date of this report, Patrick O’Connor is on medical leave and is expected to return in early 2014. Further, as our approach is built in part upon the drug discovery and development experience of our scientific “drug hunter” team, which we believe is a significant contributor to our competitive advantage, we are dependent on the maintenance and growth of that team with qualified members containing high levels of expertise in specific scientific fields.

We are not aware of any present intention of any of our executive officers or other members of management to leave our company, but our industry tends to experience a high rate of turnover of management personnel and our personnel are generally able to terminate their relationships with us on short notice. All of our employment arrangements provide for at-will employment, which means that any of our employees could leave our employment at any time, with or without notice. Additionally, several members of our scientific team are consultants rather than employees, and could terminate their consulting relationship with us at any time or with short notice, depending on the terms of their respective consulting agreements with us. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers or other key employees and our inability to find suitable replacements could potentially harm our business, financial condition and prospects. Our success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled junior and mid-level managers as well as junior and mid-level scientific and medical personnel.

Moreover, there is intense competition for a limited number of qualified personnel among biopharmaceutical, biotechnology, pharmaceutical and other businesses. Many of the other pharmaceutical companies against which we compete for qualified personnel have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles, longer histories in the

 

31


Table of Contents

industry and greater ability to provide valuable cash or stock incentives to potential recruits than we do. They also may provide more diverse opportunities and better chances for career advancement. Some of these characteristics may be more appealing to high quality candidates than what we are able to offer as an early stage company. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, the rate and success at which we can develop and commercialize product candidates will be limited.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that our employees or we have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, with contractual provisions and other procedures, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against any such claims.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact contributes to the development of intellectual property that we regard as our own. Further, the terms of such assignment agreements may be breached and we may not be able to successfully enforce their terms, which may force us to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of intellectual property rights we may regard and treat as our own.

Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could cause our business to suffer.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by employees could include intentional failures to comply with FDA or EMA regulations, provide accurate information to the FDA or EMA, comply with manufacturing standards we have established, comply with federal, state and international healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations as they become applicable to our operations, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we currently take and the procedures we may establish in the future as our operations and employee base expand to detect and prevent this type of activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure by our employees to comply with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

Risks Related to the Discovery and Development of Our Product Candidates

We will not obtain development rights to our two lead product candidates until we satisfy certain financing conditions.

In October 2013, we entered into a license agreement with NMS that grants us exclusive rights to commercialize our two lead product candidates, RXDX-101 and RXDX-102. The effectiveness of the license agreement is conditioned upon the completion of a financing of equity or debt securities pursuant to which we or our affiliates receive gross proceeds of at least $20 million. If the required financing has not been completed by December 31, 2013, then the license agreement will not become effective and will automatically terminate. As of the date of this report, neither we nor any of our affiliates have contractual obligations or other firm commitments for any future funding toward the satisfaction of that financing condition. As is further described in the other risks set forth under the heading “Risk Factors,” funding may not be available to us when or in the amounts needed, on acceptable terms, or at all. As a result, the license agreement with NMS may never become effective and we may never have any rights to pursue either of our two proposed lead product candidates. If that were to occur, our business plans would require material modification and our business, prospects and operations would be materially harmed. Further, we cannot commence any development plans or activities relating to those

 

32


Table of Contents

lead product candidates unless and until the financing condition set forth in the license agreement is satisfied and the license agreement becomes effective. As a result, if we are not able to quickly obtain the required funding, then our development objectives would experience delays and our operations would suffer.

We are heavily dependent on the success of our two early-stage lead product candidates, both of which will require significant additional efforts to develop and may prove not to be viable for commercialization.

To date, we have invested significant efforts in the acquisition of our two lead product candidates. Our future success is substantially dependent on our ability to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for, and then successfully commercialize these two product candidates. One of our product candidates, RXDX-101, is in clinical trials, while our second product candidate, RXDX-102, is in preclinical development. Our business depends entirely on the successful development, clinical testing and commercialization of these and any other product candidates we may seek to develop in the future, which may never occur.

Before we could generate any revenues from sales of our lead product candidates, we must complete the following activities for each of them, any one of which we may not be able to successfully complete:

 

    conduct substantial additional clinical development;

 

    manage clinical, preclinical and manufacturing activities;

 

    achieve regulatory approval in multiple jurisdictions;

 

    establish manufacturing relationships for the supply of the applicable product candidate;

 

    build a commercial sales and marketing team, if we choose to market any such product ourselves;

 

    develop and implement marketing strategies;

 

    develop and/or work with third-party collaborators to develop companion diagnostics and conduct clinical testing and achieve regulatory approvals for those companion diagnostics; and

 

    invest significant additional cash in each of the above activities.

If the results of the ongoing RXDX-101 Phase I/II clinical trial are not successful, we may not be able to use those results as the basis for advancing the product candidate into further clinical development. In that case, we may not have the resources to conduct new clinical trials, and/or we may determine that further clinical development of this product candidate is not justified and may decide to discontinue the program. Clinical testing of RXDX-102 has not yet commenced, and the results of any future preclinical or clinical studies, if unsuccessful, could lead to our abandonment of the development of that product candidate as well. If studies of these product candidates produce unsuccessful results and we are forced or elect to cease their development, our business and prospects would be substantially harmed.

We may not be able to pursue further clinical development of our lead product candidates, or such development may be delayed, if NMS does not provide to us on a timely basis its data, technology and know-how related to those product candidates, or if we experience challenges assuming control of ongoing testing and studies.

All development to date of RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 has been conducted by their licensor, NMS. In connection with our license of the rights to develop those product candidates, NMS has agreed that it will, over a period of time, transfer to us all data, technology and know-how relating to those product candidates and that is reasonably necessary for their continued development, including detailed information regarding the performance and results of the preclinical and clinical studies conducted to date. However, NMS may not provide that material to us on a timely basis within the terms of the license agreement and/or the material NMS provides may be incomplete. We will not be able to assess the development work conducted to date and solidify our prospective development plans for these product candidates until we have obtained, processed and reviewed that material. Additionally, in connection with the transition of any ongoing studies and trials for these product candidates from NMS’s control to our control, we may seek to engage a third party CRO to pursue all further development efforts. However, we will not be able to engage a CRO to pursue those further development activities, including the continuation of the Phase I/II clinical trial for RXDX-101, until necessary data and technology have been provided by NMS. Further, NMS’s failure to provide complete information about its development activities to date could create challenges in connection with our preparation and submission of any future regulatory filings relating to these product candidates. These potential data and technology transfer and other transition challenges could result in increased costs to us, and could cause us to experience delays in, or be forced to discontinue, the further development of our lead product candidates, which would materially harm our business and operational results.

 

33


Table of Contents

Preclinical and clinical testing of our lead product candidates that has been conducted to date may not have been performed in compliance with applicable regulatory standards, which could lead to increased costs or material delays for their further development.

We have only recently entered a license agreement relating to our lead product candidates, and the development to date of those product candidates has been conducted wholly by NMS or any third parties with which it has contracted. As a result, we have not been involved with nor have we had any control over any of those development activities. Although NMS has provided certain information regarding those product candidates and the related preclinical and clinical studies conducted to date, including certain data that is included in this report, we have not received and do not yet have access to comprehensive information regarding those development activities, including the raw data from all studies that have been conducted, information regarding their design, procedural implementation and structure and information regarding the manufacture of the product candidate used in the studies. Because we have had no input on NMS’ development to date of these product candidates, we may discover that all or certain elements of the trials and studies it has performed have not been in compliance with applicable regulatory standards or have otherwise been deficient, and that advancement of the development of these product candidates on the basis of those trials and studies is not warranted. Further, the development of each of our lead product candidates to date has been conducted only in Europe. As a result, although those studies may meet the standards of applicable European regulatory bodies, the structure and design of those clinical and preclinical studies may not meet applicable FDA standards to allow immediate further development of those product candidates in the United States, and also may not meet the standards of any regulatory authority in any foreign country in which we desire to pursue marketing approval for these product candidates. As of the date of this report, although we are in the process of receiving data regarding, and assuming control of, those studies, we do not yet have access to sufficient information to fully assess the standard and design of prior clinical and preclinical work. If the studies conducted to date have not been in compliance with applicable regulatory standards or are otherwise not eligible for continued development in the United States, then we may be forced to conduct new studies in order to progress their development, which we may not have the funding or other resources to complete and which would severely delay our development plans for these product candidates. Any such deficiency in the prior development of these product candidates would significantly harm our business plans and prospects.

Our research and development is based on a rapidly evolving area of science, and our approach to drug discovery and development is novel and may never lead to marketable products.

Biopharmaceutical product development is generally a highly speculative undertaking and by its nature involves a substantial degree of risk. The specific line of our business, the discovery of personalized drug therapeutics for patients with molecularly defined cancers, is an emerging field, and the scientific discoveries that form the basis for our efforts to develop product candidates are relatively new. Further, the scientific evidence to support the feasibility of developing product candidates based on those discoveries is both preliminary and limited. Although epigenetic regulation of gene expression plays an essential role in biological function, very few drugs premised on epigenetics have been discovered. Moreover, drugs based on an epigenetic mechanism that have received marketing approval are not targeted to differentially methylated genes, which is the focus of our epigenetic research and development. Although research suggests that differential methylation of certain genes can cause them to drive particular human cancers, we are not aware of any company that has translated these biological observations into a drug that has received marketing approval. As a result, identifying drug targets based in part on differential gene methylation, which is a fundamental aspect of our business approach, may not lead to the discovery or development of any drugs that successfully treat patients with molecularly defined cancers. The failure of the scientific underpinnings of our business model to produce viable product candidates would substantially harm our operations and prospects.

We may not be successful in our efforts to build a pipeline of product candidates.

A key element of our strategy is to use and expand our product platform to build a pipeline of small molecule inhibitors of genetically and epigenetically altered targets, and progress those product candidates through clinical development for the treatment of a variety of different types of cancer. Although our research efforts to date have resulted in identification of a series of genetically or epigenetically altered cancer drug targets, we may not be able to develop product candidates that are safe and effective inhibitors of all or any of these targets. Even if we are successful in building a pipeline, the potential product candidates that we identify may not be suitable for clinical development for a number of reasons, including causing harmful side effects or demonstrating other characteristics that indicate a low likelihood of receiving marketing approval and achieving market acceptance. If our methods of identifying potential product candidates fail to produce a pipeline of potentially viable drug candidates, then our success as a business will be dependent on the success of fewer potential product candidates, which introduces risks to our business model and potential limitations to our success.

 

34


Table of Contents

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with uncertain outcomes, and any of our clinical trials or studies could produce unsuccessful results or fail at any stage in the testing process.

Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. Additionally, any positive results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of a product candidate may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials, such that product candidates may reach later stages of clinical trials and fail to show the desired safety and efficacy traits despite having shown indications of those traits in preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. For example, although the preclinical and early clinical results for our lead product candidates have been positive, those results and the results that may be generated in the ongoing Phase I/II clinical trial for RXDX-101 do not imply that later clinical trials will demonstrate similar results. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials. The results of any future clinical trials we conduct may not be successful.

Although there is a clinical trial ongoing for RXDX-101, of which we will commence the process of assuming control upon the effectiveness of our license agreement with NMS, and although we are planning to initiate clinical trials for RXDX-102 as early as 2014, we may experience delays in pursuing those or any other clinical or preclinical studies, and any planned clinical trials may not begin on time, may require redesign, may not enroll sufficient patients in a timely manner, and may not be completed on schedule, if at all. Clinical trials can be delayed for a variety of reasons, including delays related to:

 

    obtaining regulatory approval to commence a trial;

 

    reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

    obtaining IRB approval at each trial site;

 

    recruiting suitable patients to participate in a trial;

 

    developing and validating companion diagnostics on a timely basis;

 

    changes in dosing or administration regimens;

 

    having patients complete a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

    clinical sites deviating from trial protocol or dropping out of a trial;

 

    regulators instituting a clinical hold due to observed safety findings;

 

    adding new clinical trial sites; or

 

    manufacturing sufficient quantities of product candidate for use in clinical trials.

We plan to rely on CROs and clinical trial sites to ensure the proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials. Although we expect that we will have agreements in place with CROs governing their committed activities and conduct, we will have limited influence over their actual performance. As a result, we ultimately will not have control over a CRO’s compliance with the terms of any agreement it may have with us, its compliance with applicable regulatory requirements, or its adherence to agreed time schedules and deadlines, and a future CRO’s failure to perform those obligations could subject any of our clinical trials to delays or failure.

We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by the Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB) for the trial, if applicable, or by the FDA, EMA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may impose such a suspension or termination due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA, EMA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug candidate, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. If we experience delays in the completion of, or suspension or termination of, any clinical trial for our product candidates, the commercial prospects of the product candidate will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues from the product candidate will be delayed or eliminated. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues. The occurrence of any of these events could harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of the applicable product candidate.

 

35


Table of Contents

If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients in clinical trials, those clinical trials could take longer than expected to complete and our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented.

We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our product candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials as required by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States. In particular, because we are focused on patients with molecularly defined cancers, our pool of suitable patients may be smaller and more selective and our ability to enroll a sufficient number of suitable patients may be limited or take longer than anticipated. For example, NMS’ enrollment for the Phase I/II clinical trial of RXDX-101 has been slow because of delays in recruiting suitable patients. In addition, some of our competitors have ongoing clinical trials for product candidates that treat the same indications as our product candidates, and patients who would otherwise be eligible for our clinical trials may instead enroll in clinical trials of our competitors’ product candidates.

Patient enrollment for any of our clinical trials may also be affected by other factors, including without limitation:

 

    the severity of the disease under investigation;

 

    the frequency of the molecular alteration we are seeking to target in the applicable trial;

 

    the eligibility criteria for the study in question;

 

    the perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study;

 

    the extent of the efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;

 

    the patient referral practices of physicians;

 

    the ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment; and

 

    the proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients.

Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials would result in significant delays and could require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our product candidates, and we may not have or be able to obtain sufficient cash to fund such increased costs when needed, which could result in the further delay or termination of the trial.

Consistent with our general product development strategy, we intend to design the Phase II aspect of the ongoing Phase I/II clinical trial of RXDX-101, the planned Phase I clinical trial of RXDX-102 and any future trials for those or other product candidates to include some patients with the applicable molecular alteration that causes the disease, with a view to assessing possible early evidence of potential therapeutic effect. If we are unable to locate and include such patients in those trials, then our ability to make those early assessments and to seek participation in FDA expedited review and approval programs, including breakthrough therapy and fast track designation, or otherwise to seek to accelerate clinical development and regulatory timelines, could be compromised.

The approval processes of regulatory authorities are lengthy, time consuming, expensive and inherently unpredictable. If we are unable to obtain approval for our product candidates from applicable regulatory authorities, we will not be able to market and sell those product candidates in those countries or regions and our business will be substantially harmed.

The time required to obtain approval by the FDA, EMA and comparable foreign authorities is unpredictable, but typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. In addition, approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. We have not submitted an NDA or similar filing or obtained regulatory approval for any product candidate in any jurisdiction and it is possible that none of our existing product candidates or any product candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval.

Our product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including any one or more of the following:

 

    the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

    we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate is safe and effective for its proposed indication;

 

36


Table of Contents
    the results of clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

 

    we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

 

    the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

    the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may not be sufficient to support the submission of an NDA or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

 

    the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may fail to approve the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies;

 

    the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may fail to approve the companion diagnostics we contemplate developing internally or with partners; and

 

    the approval policies or regulations of the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

The time and expense of the approval process, as well as the unpredictability of future clinical trial results and other contributing factors, may result in our failure to obtain regulatory approval to market, in one or more jurisdictions, RXDX-101, RXDX-102, our discovery stage Spark-1 – Spark-6 programs, or any other product candidates we may seek to develop in the future, which would significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

In order to market and sell our products in any jurisdiction, we or our third party collaborators must obtain separate marketing approvals in that jurisdiction and comply with its regulatory requirements. The approval procedure can vary drastically among countries, and each jurisdiction may impose different testing and other requirements to obtain and maintain marketing approval. Further, the time required to obtain those approvals may differ substantially among jurisdictions. In addition, in many countries outside the United States, it is required that the product be approved for reimbursement before the product can be approved for sale in that country. Moreover, approval by the FDA or an equivalent foreign authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in any other countries or jurisdictions. As a result, the ability to market and sell a product candidate in more than one jurisdiction can involve the significant additional time, expense and effort to undertake separate approval processes, and would subject us and our collaborators to the numerous and varying post-approval requirements of each jurisdiction governing commercial sales, manufacturing, pricing and distribution of our product candidates. We or any third parties with whom we may collaborate may not have the resources to pursue those approvals, and we or they may not be able to obtain any approvals that are pursued. The failure to obtain marketing approval for our product candidates in foreign jurisdictions could severely limit their potential market and ability to generate revenue.

In addition, even if we were to obtain regulatory approval in one or more jurisdictions, regulatory authorities may approve any of our product candidates for fewer or more limited indications than we request, may not approve the price we intend to charge for our products, may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials, or may approve a product candidate with a label that does not include the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of that product candidate. Any of the foregoing circumstances could materially harm the commercial prospects for our product candidates.

Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in significant negative consequences following marketing approval, if any.

To date, patients treated with RXDX-101 have experienced some adverse events, which have been predominantly gastrointestinal or constitutional in nature. While we have not yet initiated clinical trials for RXDX-102, as is the case with many oncology drugs, it is likely that there may be side effects associated with its use. Results of our trials for these or other product candidates could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and frequency of these or other side effects. In such an event, our trials could be suspended or terminated and the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of, or deny approval of, our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Further, any observed drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial, or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may materially harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

Additionally, if one or more of our product candidates receives marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

37


Table of Contents
    regulatory authorities may withdraw approvals of such product;

 

    regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the product’s label;

 

    we may be required to create a medication guide for distribution to patients that outlines the risks of such side effects;

 

    we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; and

 

    our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular product candidate, if approved, and could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

Failure to successfully validate, develop and obtain regulatory approval for companion diagnostics could harm our drug development strategy and operational results.

As one of the central elements of our business strategy and clinical development approach, we seek to identify molecularly-defined subsets of patients within a disease category that may derive selective and meaningful benefit from the product candidates we are developing. We anticipate that the development of companion diagnostics concurrently with our drug candidates will help us more accurately identify the patients that belong to the target subset, both during our clinical trials and in connection with the commercialization of our product candidates. We do not plan to internally commercialize, or seek regulatory approval of, companion diagnostics and, as a result, we will likely rely on third party collaborators to successfully commercialize companion diagnostics. To date, we have not developed relationships with any such third-party collaborators to develop companion diagnostics for any of our product candidates. We may not be able to establish arrangements with any such third-party collaborators for the development and production of companion diagnostics when needed or on terms that are beneficial to us, or at all, which could negatively affect our development efforts with respect to our drug product candidates and materially harm our business, operations and prospects.

Companion diagnostics are subject to regulation by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities as medical devices and require separate regulatory approval prior to their commercialization. We are likely to be dependent on the sustained cooperation and effort of any third-party collaborators with whom we may partner in the future to develop and obtain approval for these companion diagnostics. We and our potential future collaborators may encounter difficulties in developing and obtaining approval for these companion diagnostics, including issues relating to the selectivity and/or specificity of the diagnostic, analytical validation, reproducibility, or clinical validation. Any delay or failure by us or our potential future collaborators to develop or obtain regulatory approval of any companion diagnostics could delay or prevent approval of our related product candidates. In addition, our potential future collaborators may encounter production difficulties that could constrain the supply of the companion diagnostics, and we or they may experience difficulties gaining acceptance of the use of the companion diagnostics in the clinical community. In addition, the third parties with whom we may contract to develop and produce companion diagnostics could decide to discontinue selling or manufacturing the companion diagnostic, and we may not be able to enter into arrangements with other parties to obtain supplies of alternative diagnostic tests on a timely basis or reasonable terms, or at all. The occurrence of any such event could adversely affect and/or delay the development or commercialization of our product candidates.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication that does not produce any commercially viable products and may fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we must focus our efforts on particular research programs and product candidates for specific indications. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Further, our resource allocation decisions may result in our use of funds for research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications that may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate. Any such failure to improperly assess potential product candidates could result in missed opportunities and/or our focus on product candidates with low market potential, which would harm our business and financial condition.

 

38


Table of Contents

We may not be able to obtain orphan drug exclusivity for the product candidates for which we seek it, which could limit the potential profitability of such product candidates.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and Europe, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan drug if it is a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals annually in the United States. Generally, if a product with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it receives the designation, then the product is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity that precludes the applicable regulatory authority from approving another marketing application for the same drug for the exclusivity period.

We expect that we may in the future pursue an orphan drug designation for at least some of our product candidates. However, obtaining an orphan drug designation can be difficult and we may not be successful in doing so for any of our product candidates. Even if we were to obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product candidate, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from the competition of different drugs for the same condition, which could be approved during the exclusivity period. Additionally, after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA could subsequently approve another application for the same drug for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later drug is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. The failure to obtain an orphan drug designation for any drug candidates we may develop for the treatment of rare cancers, and/or the inability to maintain that designation for the duration of the applicable exclusivity period, could reduce our ability to make sufficient sales of the applicable drug candidate to balance our expenses incurred to develop it, which would have a negative impact on our operational results and financial condition.

If we seek and obtain a fast track or breakthrough therapy designation by the FDA for any of our product candidates, such designations may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process or any other material benefits.

We may in the future seek fast track designation for some of our product candidates that reach the regulatory review process. If a drug candidate is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the drug candidate demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the sponsor may apply to the FDA for a fast track designation for the drug candidate. The FDA has broad discretion over whether to grant a fast track designation and, as a result, even our product candidates that may be eligible for such a designation may not receive it. Even if we were to receive fast track designation for any of our product candidates, the designation may not result in a materially faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. Additionally, the FDA could withdraw a fast track designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program.

Additionally, we may in the future seek a breakthrough therapy designation for some of our product candidates that reach the regulatory review process. A breakthrough therapy is a drug candidate that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and that, as indicated by preliminary clinical evidence, may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA are eligible for accelerated approval and increased interaction and communication with the FDA designed to expedite the development and review process.

As with fast track designation, designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe one of our product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and may determine not to grant such a designation. Even if we receive a breakthrough therapy designation for any of our product candidates, the designation may not result in a materially faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. Further, obtaining a breakthrough therapy designation does not assure or increase the likelihood of the FDA’s approval of the applicable product candidate. In addition, even if one or more of our product candidates qualifies as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA could later determine that those products no longer meet the conditions for the designation or determine not to shorten the time period for FDA review or approval.

As a result, even if a fast track or breakthrough therapy designation is granted for any product candidate for which we seek such designations, we may not experience any material expediting of or noticeable benefit relating to the FDA’s review and approval, which could result in delayed marketing approval of the applicable product candidate and our resulting inability to generate revenues from any sales of the product until later periods.

 

39


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

We plan to rely on third parties to conduct preclinical and clinical trials of our product candidates. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates and our business could be substantially harmed.

We plan to rely upon third-party CROs to execute our preclinical and clinical trials and to monitor and manage data produced by and relating to those trials. To date, we have not established relationships with any such third-party CROs for any preclinical or clinical studies, although we expect that we will pursue such relationships in the near future in connection with clinical and preclinical work for our lead product candidates, including continuation of the ongoing Phase I/II clinical trial for RXDX-101. We may not be able to establish arrangements with CROs when needed or on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, which could negatively affect our development efforts with respect to our drug product candidates and materially harm our business, operations and prospects.

As a result of our planned use of CROs, we will have only limited control over certain aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we will be responsible for ensuring that each of our studies is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on any CRO will not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. Based on our present expectations, we and our CROs will be required to comply with GCP for all of our product candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce GCP through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of our CROs fail to comply with applicable GCP, the clinical data generated in the applicable trial may be deemed unreliable and the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving a product candidate for marketing, which we may not have sufficient cash or other resources to support and which would delay our ability to generate revenue from any sales of such product candidate. In addition, we expect that our clinical trials will be required to be conducted with product produced under cGMP regulations. Our failure to comply with those regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would also require significant cash expenditures and delay the regulatory approval process.

Although we currently do not have any relationships in place with CROs, we anticipate that any agreements governing our relationships with CROs we may engage in the future may provide those CROs with certain rights to terminate a clinical trial under specified circumstances. If a CRO we engage in the future terminates its relationship with us during the performance of a clinical trial, we would be forced to seek an engagement with a substitute CRO, which we may not be able to do on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, and the applicable trial would experience delays or may not be completed. In addition, CROs we engage will not be our employees, and except for remedies available to us under any agreements we enter with them, we will be unable to control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our clinical, nonclinical and preclinical programs. If CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to a failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize, the affected product candidates. As a result, our operations and the commercial prospects for the effected product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed.

We plan to rely completely on third parties to manufacture our preclinical and clinical drug supplies and any approved product candidates, and our operations could be harmed if those third parties fail to provide sufficient quantities of product in accordance with applicable regulatory and contractual obligations.

We do not currently have, nor do we plan to acquire, the infrastructure or capability internally to manufacture our preclinical and clinical drug supplies for use in the conduct of our clinical trials or commercial quantities of any product candidates that may obtain regulatory approval. As a result, we expect that we will need to rely completely on third party manufacturers for those services. Other than the limited supply of RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 materials that NMS has agreed to provide to us in connection with recent in-license of the rights to develop those product candidates, we have no commitments from any third-party manufacturer for the supply of any of our product candidates for use in preclinical and clinical trials. We expect that we will seek to establish contractual arrangements with third-party manufacturers, which could include NMS or any other third party, for that purpose in the near future, but we may not be able to establish those relationships when needed, on reasonable terms, or at all. Any failure to secure sufficient supply of our product candidates for clinical testing or, in the future, commercial purposes would materially harm our operations and financial results.

 

40


Table of Contents

We expect that the facilities to be used by any contract manufacturers we engage to manufacture our product candidates will be required to be approved by the FDA pursuant to inspections in connection with its regulatory approval process. We will not control the manufacturing process of, and will be dependent on, our contract manufacturing partners for compliance with cGMP for the manufacture of clinical and, if regulatory approval is obtained, commercial quantities of our product candidates. In addition, we expect to have no control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If any of our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA, EMA or other comparable foreign authorities, we would be prevented from obtaining regulatory approval for our product candidates unless and until we engage a substitute contract manufacturer that can comply with such requirements, which we may not be able to do. Any such failure by any of our contract manufacturers would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved.

We expect to rely on our manufacturers to purchase from third-party suppliers the materials necessary to produce our product candidates for our clinical trials. We do not have, nor do we expect to enter, any agreements for the commercial production of these raw materials, and we do not expect to have any control over the process or timing of our manufacturers’ acquisition of raw materials needed to produce our product candidates. Any significant delay in the supply of a product candidate or the raw material components thereof for an ongoing clinical trial due to a manufacturer’s need to replace a third-party supplier of raw materials could considerably delay completion of our clinical trials, product testing and potential regulatory approval of our product candidates. Additionally, if our future manufacturers or we are unable to purchase these raw materials to commercially produce any of our product candidates that gains regulatory approvals, the commercial launch of our product candidates would be delayed or there would be a shortage in supply, which would impair our ability to generate revenues from the sale of our product candidates.

Risks Related to the Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

Even if we receive regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and review. Maintaining compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements may result in significant additional expense to us, and any failure to maintain such compliance could subject us to penalties and cause our business to suffer.

Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates may be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing, including Phase IV clinical trials, and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. In addition, if the FDA, EMA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves any of our product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and recordkeeping for the product will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMP for all manufacture of the applicable product and GCP for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:

 

    restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

    fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

    refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

    product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; and

 

    consent decrees, injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA’s or EMA’s policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are otherwise not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained, which would adversely affect our business, prospects and ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

 

41


Table of Contents

We currently have no marketing and sales force. If we are unable to establish effective marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our product candidates, we may not be able to effectively market and sell our product candidates, if approved, or generate product revenues.

We currently do not have a marketing or sales team for the marketing, sales and distribution of any of our product candidates that are able to obtain regulatory approval. In order to commercialize any product candidates, we must build on a territory-by-territory basis marketing, sales, distribution, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services, and we may not be successful in doing so. If our product candidates receive regulatory approval, we intend to establish an internal sales and marketing team with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize our product candidates, which will be expensive and time consuming and will require significant attention of our executive officers to manage. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of any of our products that we obtain approval to market. With respect to the commercialization of all or certain of our product candidates, we may choose to collaborate, either globally or on a territory-by-territory basis, with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements when needed on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval or any such commercialization may experience delays or limitations. If we are not successful in commercializing our product candidates, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our future product revenue will suffer and we may incur significant additional losses.

Our commercial success depends upon attaining significant market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved, among physicians, patients, healthcare payors and major operators of cancer clinics.

Even if we obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, the products may not gain market acceptance among physicians, health care payors, patients and the medical community, which is critical to commercial success. Market acceptance of any product candidate for which we receive approval depends on a number of factors, including:

 

    the efficacy and safety as demonstrated in clinical trials;

 

    the timing of market introduction of the product candidate, any associated companion diagnostic, and/or competitive products;

 

    the clinical indications for which the drug is approved;

 

    the approval, availability, market acceptance and reimbursement for any companion diagnostic;

 

    the ability of a companion diagnostic to successfully identify all tested patients that harbor the underlying molecular alteration that our product targets;

 

    acceptance of the drug as a safe and effective treatment by physicians, major operators of cancer clinics and patients;

 

    the size of the markets for the product candidate, based on the size of the patient subsets that we are targeting, in the territories for which we gain regulatory approval and have commercial rights;

 

    the potential and perceived advantages of the product candidate over alternative treatments, especially with respect to patient subsets that we are targeting with the product candidate;

 

    the safety of the product candidate as demonstrated through broad commercial use including, potentially, under conditions not tested in clinical trials;

 

    the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

 

    the availability of adequate reimbursement and pricing by third-party payors and government authorities;

 

    relative convenience and ease of administration;

 

    the prevalence and severity of adverse side effects; and

 

    the effectiveness of our sales, marketing and distribution efforts.

If our product candidates are approved but fail to achieve an adequate level of acceptance by key market participants, we will not be able to generate significant revenues, and we may not become or remain profitable.

We face significant competition from other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and our operating results will suffer if we fail to compete effectively.

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are intensely competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. In addition, the competition in the oncology market is intense. We have competitors both in the

 

42


Table of Contents

United States and internationally, including major multinational pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies and universities and other research institutions.

With respect to our two lead product candidates, we are aware of one agent that has been approved by the FDA for ALK-positive NSCLC, which is Pfizer’s Xalkori ® /crizotinib, and we are aware of several other products in development targeting TrkA, ROS1 and/or ALK for the treatment of cancer, some of which may be in a more advanced stage of development than RXDX-101. There are also many other compounds directed to other molecular targets that are in clinical development by a variety of companies to treat cancer types that we may choose to pursue with RXDX-101 or RXDX-102.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources than we do, such as larger research and development staff and experienced marketing and manufacturing organizations. Additional mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated in certain of our competitors. As a result, these companies may be able to obtain regulatory approval more rapidly than we can and may be more effective in selling and marketing their products. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large, established companies. Competition may increase further as a result of advances in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these industries. Our competitors may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing drug products that are more effective or less costly to produce or purchase on the market than any drug candidate we are currently developing or that we may seek to develop in the future. If approved, our product candidates will face competition from commercially available drugs as well as drugs that are in the development pipelines of our competitors.

Established pharmaceutical companies may invest heavily to accelerate discovery and development of or in-license novel compounds that could make our product candidates less competitive. In addition, any new product that competes with an approved product must demonstrate compelling advantages in efficacy, convenience, tolerability and safety in order to overcome price competition and to be commercially successful. Accordingly, our competitors may succeed in obtaining patent protection, receiving FDA, EMA or other regulatory approval, or discovering, developing and commercializing medicines before we do, which would have a material adverse impact on our business and ability to achieve profitability from future sales of our approved product candidates, if any.

Reimbursement may be limited or unavailable in certain market segments for our product candidates, which could make it difficult for us to sell on a profitable basis any products for which we obtain marketing approvals.

There is significant uncertainty related to the third-party coverage and reimbursement of newly approved drugs. Market acceptance and sales of any of our product candidates that obtain regulatory approval in domestic or international markets will depend significantly on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for any of our product candidates, and may be affected by existing and future healthcare reform measures.

Pricing and reimbursement for any of our approved product candidates is uncertain. Government authorities and other third-party payors decide which drugs they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels for them, and obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval for a product from any such third-party payor is a time consuming and costly process. Adoption of our product candidates by the medical community may be limited if doctors, patients and other key market participants do not receive adequate partial or full reimbursement for our approved products, if any. As a result, any denial of private or government payor coverage or inadequate reimbursement for use of our product candidates, if any are commercialized, could harm our business and reduce our prospects for generating revenue.

Further, there have been, and may continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels and in foreign jurisdictions directed at broadening the availability and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare may adversely affect our ability to set prices for our products that would

 

43


Table of Contents

allow us to achieve or sustain profitability. In addition, governments may impose price controls on any of our products that obtain marketing approval, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

In some foreign countries, particularly in the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can be a long and expensive process after the receipt of marketing approval for a product candidate. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct additional clinical trials that compare the cost-effectiveness of our product candidates to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our product candidates is unavailable or limited in scope or amount in a particular country, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability for sales of any of our product candidates that are approved for marketing in that country.

We could be subject to product liability lawsuits based on the use of our product candidates in clinical testing or, if obtained, following marketing approval and commercialization. If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to cease clinical testing or limit commercialization of our product candidates.

We could be subject to product liability lawsuits if any product candidate we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable for human use during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates, if approved. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

    decreased demand for our product candidates;

 

    injury to our reputation;

 

    withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

    initiation of investigations by regulators;

 

    costs to defend the related litigation;

 

    a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

    substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

    product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

    loss of revenues from product sales; and

 

    the inability to commercialize our product candidates.

Our inability to obtain and retain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the clinical testing and commercialization of products we develop. We do not currently carry product liability insurance. We may seek to obtain such insurance after we assume control of clinical trials of RXDX-101 from NMS, but we may not be able to obtain the levels of coverage desired on acceptable terms, or at all. If we do secure product liability insurance, we may subsequently determine that additional amounts of coverage would be desirable at later stages of clinical development of our product candidates or upon commencing commercialization of any product candidate that obtains required approvals, but we may not be able to obtain such additional coverage amounts when needed on acceptable terms, or at all. Unless and until we obtain such insurance, we would be solely responsible for any product liability claims relating to our preclinical and clinical development activities. Further, even after any such insurance coverage is obtained, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by any insurance policies we may then have or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. We would be required to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed the coverage limitations or that are not covered by any product liability insurance we may obtain, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts.

 

44


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we breach any of the agreements under which we license from third parties the commercialization rights to our product candidates, we could lose license rights that are important to our business and our operations could be materially harmed.

Upon the effectiveness of our license agreement with NMS, we will in-license from NMS the use, development and commercialization rights for our two lead product candidates, RXDX-101 and RXDX-102. As a result, our current business plans are dependent upon our satisfaction of certain conditions to the effectiveness of that agreement, and thereafter upon our maintenance of that agreement and the rights we license under it. Our license agreement with NMS provides that it will not become effective until the completion of a financing of equity or debt securities pursuant to which we or our affiliates receive gross proceeds of at least $20 million. If the required financing has not been completed by December 31, 2013, then the license agreement will not become effective and will automatically terminate. Additionally, the license agreement provides that, following its effectiveness, we are subject to diligence obligations relating to the commercialization and development of RXDX-101 and RXDX-102, milestone payments, royalty payments and other obligations. In addition to our license agreement with NMS, we may seek to enter into additional agreements with other third parties in the future granting similar license rights with respect to other potential product candidates. If we fail to comply with any of the conditions or obligations or otherwise breach the terms of our license agreement with NMS, or any future license agreement we may enter on which our business or product candidates are dependent, NMS or other licensors may have the right to terminate the applicable agreement in whole or in part and thereby extinguish our rights to the licensed technology and intellectual property and/or any rights we have acquired to develop and commercialize certain product candidates, including, with respect to our license agreement with NMS, RXDX-101 and RXDX-102. The loss of the rights licensed to us under our license agreement with NMS, or any future license agreement that we may enter granting rights on which our business or product candidates are dependent, would eliminate our ability to further develop the applicable product candidates and would materially harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

If our efforts to protect the proprietary nature of the intellectual property related to our technologies are not adequate, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market and our business would be harmed.

We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our technologies. Any disclosure to or misappropriation by third parties of our proprietary information could enable competitors to quickly duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, thus eroding any competitive advantage we may derive from the proprietary information.

The strength of patents in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. The patent applications we own or license may fail to result in issued patents in the United States or in foreign countries. Third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of any issued patents we own or license or any applications that may successfully issue in the future, which may result in those patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. Even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property or prevent others from developing similar products that do not infringe the claims made in our patents. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patents we hold or pursue is threatened, our ability to commercialize any product candidates with technology protected by those patents could be threatened. Further, if we encounter delays in our clinical trials, the period of time during which we would have patent protection for any covered product candidates that obtain regulatory approval would be reduced. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain at the time of filing that we are the first to file any patent application related to our product candidates.

The license agreement with NMS will grant us an exclusive, worldwide license under a portfolio of patents and patent applications directed to the RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 composition of matter, which begin to expire in 2028 for the patents and applications relating to RXDX-101 and in 2027 for the patents and applications relating to RXDX-102. While patent term extensions under the Hatch-Waxman Act in the United States and under supplementary protection certificates in Europe may be available to extend our patent exclusivity for either RXDX-101 or RXDX-102, the applicable patents may not meet the specified conditions for eligibility for any such term extension and, even if eligible, we may not be able to obtain any such term extension. Further, because filing, prosecuting and defending patents in multiple jurisdictions can be expensive, we may elect to pursue patent protection relating to RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 or any other product candidates we may pursue in only certain jurisdictions. As a result, competitors would be permitted to use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products, any of which could compete with our product candidates.

 

45


Table of Contents

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we seek to rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know-how that is not patentable, processes for which patents are difficult to enforce and any other elements of our discovery platform and drug development processes that involve proprietary know-how, information or technology that is not covered by patents. Although we require all of our employees and certain consultants and advisors to assign inventions to us, and all of our employees, consultants, advisors and any third parties who have access to our proprietary know-how, information or technology to enter into confidentiality agreements, our trade secrets and other proprietary information may be disclosed or competitors may otherwise gain access to such information or independently develop substantially equivalent information. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant difficulty in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent material disclosure of the intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, we will not be able to establish or maintain the competitive advantage that we believe is provided by such intellectual property, which could materially adversely affect our market position and business and operational results.

Claims that we infringe the intellectual property rights of others may prevent or delay our drug discovery and development efforts.

Our research, development and commercialization activities, as well as any product candidates or products resulting from those activities, may infringe or be accused of infringing a patent or other form of intellectual property under which we do not hold a license or other rights. Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. There may be third-party patents of which we are currently unaware with claims that cover the use or manufacture of our product candidates. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications that may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may infringe. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. If our activities or product candidates infringe the patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties, the holders of such intellectual property rights may be able to block our ability to commercialize such product candidates unless we obtain a license under the intellectual property rights or until any applicable patents expire or are determined to be invalid or unenforceable.

Defense of any intellectual property infringement claims against us, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a significant diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, obtain one or more licenses from third parties, limit our business to avoid the infringing activities, pay royalties and/or redesign our infringing product candidates, any or all of which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. Further, if we were to seek a license from the third party holder of any applicable intellectual property rights, we may not be able to obtain the applicable license rights when needed or on reasonable terms, or at all. The occurrence of any of the above events could prevent us from continuing to develop and commercialize one or more of our product candidates and our business could materially suffer.

We may desire to, or be forced to, seek additional licenses to use intellectual property owned by third parties, and such licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

A third party may hold intellectual property, including patent rights, that are important or necessary to the development of our product candidates, in which case we would need to obtain a license from that third party or develop a different formulation of the product that does not infringe upon the applicable intellectual property, which may not be possible. Additionally, we may identify product candidates that we believe are promising and whose development and other intellectual property rights are held by third parties. In such a case, we may desire to seek a license to pursue the development of those product candidates, as we have done with RXDX-101 and RXDX-102. Any license that we may desire to obtain or that we may be forced to pursue may not be available when needed on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Any inability to secure a license that we need or desire could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

The patent protection covering some of our product candidates may be dependent on third parties, who may not effectively maintain that protection.

While we intend to, and expect that we will, seek and gain the right to fully prosecute any patents covering product candidates we may in-license from third-party owners, there may in the future be instances when platform technology patents that cover our product candidates remain controlled by our licensors. If any of our future licensing partners retain

 

46


Table of Contents

the right to prosecute patents covering the product candidates we license from them and fail to appropriately maintain that patent protection, we may not be able to prevent competitors from developing and selling competing products and our ability to generate revenue from any commercialization of the affected product candidates may suffer.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents or the patents of our potential licensors. To attempt to stop infringement or unauthorized use, we may need to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming and distract management. If we pursue any infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours or our licensors is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the relevant technology on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. Further, the legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, which could reduce the likelihood of success of any infringement proceeding we pursue in any such jurisdiction. An adverse result in any infringement litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable, or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing, which could limit the ability of our product candidates to compete in those jurisdictions.

Interference proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the United States Patent and Trademark Office may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications or those of our licensors. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to use it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Litigation or interference proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patents for some of our technology and product candidates, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We currently, and expect in the future to continue to, seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for any such disclosure. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they disclose the trade secrets, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed.

Risks Related to Managing Any Growth We May Experience

We will need to grow the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing any growth we may achieve.

As of the date of this report, we have six full-time employees. As our development and commercialization plans and strategies develop, we expect to need additional research, development, managerial, operational, sales, marketing, financial, accounting, legal and other resources. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

 

    effectively managing our clinical trials and submissions to regulatory authorities for marketing approvals;

 

    effectively managing our discovery research and preclinical development;

 

    identifying, recruiting, maintaining, motivating and integrating additional employees;

 

    effectively managing our internal development efforts;

 

    establishing relationships with third parties essential to our business and ensuring compliance with our contractual obligations to such third parties;

 

47


Table of Contents
    developing and managing new divisions of our internal business, including any sales and marketing segment we elect to establish;

 

    maintaining our compliance with public company reporting and other obligations, including establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures; and

 

    improving our managerial, development, operational and finance systems.

We may not be able to accomplish any of those tasks, and our failure to do so could prevent us from effectively managing future growth, if any, and successfully growing our company.

We may in the future be subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, false claims laws and health information privacy and security laws. If we are unable to comply with any such laws, we could face substantial penalties.

If we obtain FDA approval for any of our product candidates and begin commercializing those products in the United States, our operations may be directly, or indirectly through our customers, subject to various federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, anti-kickback and false claims statutes. These laws may impact, among other things, any sales, marketing and education programs we may develop in the future and the manner in which we implement any of those programs. In addition, we may be subject to federal and state patient privacy regulations, such as the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA). If our operations are found to be in violation of any of those laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us in connection with marketing and sales of any product candidates that may gain regulatory approval, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial condition.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that apply to us, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could harm our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of any hazardous materials we use and wastes we produce. The use of these materials in our business could result in contamination or injury, which could cause damage for which we may be responsible but may not have sufficient resources to pay. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with these laws and regulations, which we may not be able to afford.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological, hazardous or radioactive materials.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts or impact the research activities we pursue, particularly with respect to research involving human subjects or animal testing. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions, which could cause our financial condition to suffer.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited or eliminated as a result of the Merger.

We have incurred substantial losses during our history and do not expect to become profitable in the foreseeable future and may never achieve profitability. To the extent we continue to generate taxable losses, unused losses will carry forward to offset future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-ownership change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-ownership change tax attributes to offset its post-ownership change income may be limited. We expect that we will experience an ownership change as a result of the Merger, and as a result may lose some or all of the benefit of our net operating loss carryforwards. As of December 31, 2012, we had federal and state net

 

48


Table of Contents

operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1.3 million that could be limited or eliminated if the Merger is an ownership change, or if we experience any other ownership change, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we have not experienced any such system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or ongoing or planned clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and we may incur substantial costs to attempt to recover or reproduce the data. If any disruption or security breach resulted in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and/or the further development of our product candidates could be delayed.

Our operations are vulnerable to interruption by natural disasters, power loss, terrorist activity and other events beyond our control, the occurrence of which could materially harm our business.

Businesses located in California have, in the past, been subject to electrical blackouts as a result of a shortage of available electrical power, and any future blackouts could disrupt our operations. We are vulnerable to a major earthquake, wildfire and other natural disasters, and we have not undertaken a systematic analysis of the potential consequences to our business as a result of any such natural disaster and do not have an applicable recovery plan in place. We do not carry any business interruption insurance that would compensate us for actual losses from interruption of our business that may occur, and any losses or damages incurred by us could cause our business to materially suffer.

Risks Related to the Merger and Ownership of our Common Stock

There is not now, and there may never be, an active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock, which may make it difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

There is not now, nor has there been since our inception, any trading activity in our common stock or a market for shares of our common stock, and an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained. As a result, investors in our common stock must bear the economic risk of holding those shares for an indefinite period of time. Although our common stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board (OTCBB), an over-the-counter quotation system, trading of our common stock is extremely limited and sporadic and at very low volumes. We do not now, and may not in the future, meet the initial listing standards of any national securities exchange. We presently anticipate that our common stock will continue to be quoted on the OTCBB or another over-the-counter quotation system in the foreseeable future. In those venues, our stockholders may find it difficult to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of their shares of our common stock, and may find few buyers to purchase their stock and few market makers to support its price. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the price for which you purchased them, or at all. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling additional equity in the future, and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

Our share price is volatile and may be influenced by numerous factors, some of which may be beyond our control.

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile, and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report, these factors include:

 

    The product candidates we seek to pursue, and our ability to obtain rights to develop, commercialize and market those product candidates;

 

    our decision to initiate a clinical trial, not to initiate a clinical trial or to terminate an existing clinical trial;

 

    actual or anticipated adverse results or delays in our clinical trials;

 

    our failure to commercialize our product candidates, if approved;

 

    unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of any of our product candidates;

 

    adverse regulatory decisions;

 

49


Table of Contents
    additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

 

    changes in laws or regulations applicable to our product candidates, including without limitation clinical trial requirements for approvals;

 

    disputes or other developments relating to patents and other proprietary rights and our ability to obtain patent protection for our product candidates;

 

    our dependence on third parties, including CROs as well as our potential partners that provide us with companion diagnostic products;

 

    failure to meet or exceed any financial guidance or expectations regarding development milestones that we may provide to the public;

 

    actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;

 

    failure to meet or exceed the estimates and projections of the investment community;

 

    overall performance of the equity markets and other factors that may be unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors, including changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

    conditions or trends in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries;

 

    introduction of new products offered by us or our competitors;

 

    announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors;

 

    our ability to maintain an adequate rate of growth and manage such growth;

 

    issuances of debt or equity securities;

 

    sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future, or the perception that such sales could occur;

 

    trading volume of our common stock;

 

    ineffectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures;

 

    general political and economic conditions;

 

    effects of natural or man-made catastrophic events; and

 

    other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the stocks of small-cap biotechnology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The realization of any of the above risks or any of a broad range of other risks, including those described in these “Risk Factors,” could have a dramatic and material adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Our common stock may be a “penny stock.”

Generally, a “penny stock” is an equity security that is not listed on a national securities exchange and has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to specific exceptions. Our common stock presently has, and since our inception has had, no trading activity to support a market price, but historical sales of our common stock have all been at a price per share less than $5.00. As a result, our common stock may be considered to be a penny stock. Regulations imposed by the SEC and other regulatory authorities requiring, among other things, that broker-dealers effecting transactions in a penny stock make certain disclosures to and obtain a written suitability statement from potential purchasers, could restrict the ability of broker-dealers to sell our common stock if it were to be considered a penny stock, which could affect the ability of our stockholders to sell their shares of our stock. In addition, if our common stock continues to be quoted on the OTCBB, then our stockholders may find it difficult to obtain accurate quotations for our stock, and may find few buyers to purchase our stock and few market makers to support its price.

FINRA sales practice requirements may limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our stock.

In addition to rules applicable to “penny stock,” the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) has adopted rules requiring that, in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA has indicated its belief that there is a high probability that speculative low-priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. These FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that at least some of their customers buy our common stock, which may limit the ability of our stockholders to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market for and price of our shares.

 

50


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

Any trading market for our common stock that may develop will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on us or our business. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively affected. If securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, and one or more of those analysts downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

We may have material liabilities that are not discovered until after the closing of the Merger.

As a result of the Merger, the former business plan and management of Ignyta, previously known as Infinity Oil & Gas Company, have been replaced with the business and management team of Ignyta Operating. Prior to the Merger, there were no relationships or other connections among the businesses or individuals associated with those two entities. As a result, Ignyta may have material liabilities that are not discovered until after the Merger is completed. The Combined Company could experience losses as a result of any such undisclosed liabilities that are discovered following the Merger, which could materially harm our business and financial condition. Although the Merger Agreement contains customary representations and warranties from Ignyta concerning its assets, liabilities, financial condition and affairs, there may be limited or no recourse against Ignyta’s pre-Merger stockholders or principals in the event those representations prove to be untrue. As a result, the stockholders of the Combined Company following the closing of the Merger will bear some, or all, of the risks relating to any such unknown or undisclosed liabilities.

We may be exposed to additional risks as a result of “going public” by means of a reverse merger transaction.

We may be exposed to additional risks because the business of Ignyta Operating has become a public company through a “reverse merger” transaction. There has been increased focus by government agencies on transactions such as the Merger in recent years, and we may be subject to increased scrutiny by the SEC and other government agencies and holders of our securities as a result of the completion of that transaction. Further, since we existed as a “shell company” under applicable rules of the SEC prior to the closing of the Merger on October 31, 2013, we are subject to certain restrictions and limitations for certain specified periods of time relating to potential future issuances of our securities and compliance with applicable SEC rules and regulations. Additionally, our “going public” by means of a reverse merger transaction may make it more difficult for us to obtain coverage from securities analysts of major brokerage firms following the Merger because there may be little incentive to those brokerage firms to recommend the purchase of our common stock. The occurrence of any such event could cause our business or stock price to suffer.

We will incur increased costs associated with, and our management will need to devote substantial time and effort to, compliance with public company reporting and other requirements.

As a public company, and particularly if and after we cease to be an “emerging growth company” or a “smaller reporting company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that Ignyta Operating did not incur as a private company. In addition, the rules and regulations of the SEC and national securities exchanges impose numerous requirements on public companies, including requirements relating to our corporate governance practices, with which we will now need to comply. Further, upon becoming subject to the Exchange Act, we will be required to, among other things, file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. Our management and other personnel will need to devote substantial time to gaining expertise regarding operations as a public company and compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and our efforts and initiatives to comply with those requirements could be expensive.

Ignyta Operating was not subject to requirements to establish, and did not establish, internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures prior to the Merger. Our management team and Board of Directors will need to devote significant efforts to maintaining adequate and effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting in order to comply with applicable regulations, which may include hiring additional legal, financial reporting and other finance staff. Additionally, any of our efforts to improve our internal controls and design, implement and maintain an adequate system of disclosure controls may not be successful and will require that we expend significant cash and other resources.

 

51


Table of Contents

We have elected under the JOBS Act to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies.

Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act), an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected to take advantage of this extended transition period. Since we will not be required to comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of companies that comply with the effective dates of those accounting standards.

Until we register a class of our securities under Section 12 or become subject to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, we will be a “voluntary filer.”

We are not currently required under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to file periodic reports with the SEC. We have in the past voluntarily elected to file some or all of these reports to ensure that sufficient information about us and our operations is publicly available to our stockholders and potential investors. Because we are a voluntary filer, we are considered a non-reporting issuer under the Exchange Act. Until we become subject to the reporting rules under the Exchange Act, we are not required to file annual, quarterly or current reports and could cease doing so at any time. Additionally, until we register a class of our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, we are not be subject to the SEC’s proxy rules, and large holders of our capital stock will not be subject to beneficial ownership reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 16 of the Exchange Act and their related rules. As a result, our stockholders and potential investors may not have available to them as much or as robust information as they may have if and when we become subject to those requirements.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Certain of our executive officers, directors and large stockholders own a significant percentage of our outstanding capital stock. Immediately after the closing of the Merger, our executive officers, directors, holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and their respective affiliates beneficially own approximately 72.40% of our outstanding voting stock. Accordingly, even after giving effect to the Merger, our directors and executive officers have significant influence over our affairs due to their substantial ownership coupled with their positions on our management team, and have substantial voting power to approve matters requiring the approval of our stockholders. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This concentration of ownership in our Board of Directors and management team and certain other large stockholders may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that some of our stockholders may believe is in their best interest.

Shares of our common stock that have not been registered under federal securities laws are subject to resale restrictions imposed by Rule 144, including those set forth in Rule 144(i) which apply to a former “shell company.”

Prior to the closing of the Merger, we were deemed a “shell company” under applicable SEC rules and regulations, because we had no or nominal operations and either no or nominal assets, assets consisting solely of cash and cash equivalents, or assets consisting of any amount of cash and cash equivalents and nominal other assets. Pursuant to Rule 144 (Rule 144), promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), sales of the securities of a former shell company, such as us, under that rule are not permitted until at least 12 months have elapsed from the date on which this report, reflecting our status as a non-shell company, is filed with the SEC. As a result, most of our stockholders will be forced to hold their shares of our common stock for at least that 12-month period before they are eligible to sell those shares, and even after that 12-month period, sales may not be made under Rule 144 unless we and the selling stockholders are in compliance with other requirements of Rule 144. Further, it will be more difficult for us to raise funding to support our operations through the sale of debt or equity securities unless we agree to register such securities under the Securities Act, which could cause us to expend additional time and cash resources. Additionally, our previous status as a shell company could also limit our use of our securities to pay for any acquisitions we may seek to pursue in the future (although none are currently planned). The lack of liquidity of our securities as a result of the inability to sell under Rule 144 for a longer period of time could cause the market price of our securities to decline.

 

52


Table of Contents

If we issue additional shares of our capital stock in the future, our existing stockholders will be diluted.

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation authorize the issuance of up to 100,000,000 shares of our common stock and up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with the rights, preferences and privileges that our Board of Directors may determine from time to time. In addition to capital raising activities, which we expect to pursue in order to raise the funding we will need in order to continue our operations, other possible business and financial uses for our authorized capital stock include, without limitation, future stock splits, acquiring other companies, businesses or products in exchange for shares of our capital stock, issuing shares of our capital stock to partners or other collaborators in connection with strategic alliances, attracting and retaining employees by the issuance of additional securities under our equity compensation plans, or other transactions and corporate purposes that our Board of Directors deems are in the best interest of our company. Additionally, shares of our capital stock could be used for anti-takeover purposes or to delay or prevent changes in control or our management. Any future issuances of shares of our capital stock may not be made on favorable terms or at all, they may not enhance stockholder value, they may have rights, preferences and privileges that are superior to those of our common stock, and they may have an adverse effect on our business or the trading price of our common stock. The issuance of any additional shares of our common stock will reduce the book value per share and may contribute to a reduction in the market price of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Additionally, any such issuance will reduce the proportionate ownership and voting power of all of our current stockholders.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could cause our stock price to fall.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the legal restrictions on resale discussed in this report lapse or after those shares become registered for resale pursuant to an effective registration statement, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Upon the closing of the Merger, a total of 4,923,805 shares of our common stock are outstanding. Of those shares, only approximately 7,336 are currently freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market. Although we have no present intent to file a registration statement for the resale of any of the shares of our common stock that are outstanding as of the closing of the Merger and no holders of such shares presently hold registration rights with respect to those shares, if we elect to pursue the registration of any of those shares under the Securities Act in the future, those shares that become registered would be freely tradable without restriction, except for shares held by our affiliates, and any sales of those shares or any perception in the market that such sales may occur could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

In addition, shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and any future registration of such shares under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans or otherwise, could result in dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.

We expect that significant additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations. To raise capital, we may sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in more than one transaction, investors in a prior transaction may be materially diluted by subsequent sales. Additionally, any such sales may result in material dilution to our existing stockholders, and new investors could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock.

Pursuant to the Ignyta Plan, which we assumed upon the closing of the Merger from Ignyta Operating, we are authorized to grant future equity awards to our employees, directors and consultants for up to an aggregate of 342,209 shares of our common stock. Additionally, we have assumed upon the closing of the Merger all options previously granted under the Ignyta Plan and outstanding as of the closing of the Merger, which, following the closing of the Merger and giving effect to our and Ignyta Operating’s reverse stock splits, are exercisable for up to 358,986 shares of our common stock. Further, upon the completion of the Merger, warrants to acquire shares of Ignyta Operating’s common stock have converted by their terms into warrants to acquire up to 25,001 shares of Ignyta’s common stock. Any future grants of options, warrants or other securities exercisable or convertible into our common stock, or the exercise or conversion of such shares, and any sales of such shares in the market, could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

 

53


Table of Contents

Some provisions of our charter documents and Nevada law may discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if the acquisition may be beneficial to some of our stockholders.

Provisions in our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws as in effect upon the closing of the Merger, as well as certain provisions of Nevada law, could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us, even if doing so may benefit some of our stockholders. These provisions include the authorization of 10,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be established and shares of which may be issued by our Board of Directors at its discretion from time to time and without stockholder approval.

Because we are incorporated in Nevada, we may be governed by Nevada’s statutes governing combinations with interested stockholders and control share acquisitions, which may discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring us or merging with us, whether or not it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders. Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws, we have elected not to be governed by Nevada’s laws governing combinations with interest stockholders, and as a result will only be subject to those laws upon a future amendment to the applicable provisions of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. Under Nevada’s laws governing combinations with interested stockholders, a corporation may not, in general, engage in certain types of business combinations with any beneficial owner of 10% or more of the corporation’s voting shares or an affiliate of the corporation who at any time within two years immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the corporation’s voting shares, unless the holder has held the stock for two years or the board of directors approved the beneficial owner’s acquisition of its shares, the board of directors approved the transaction before the beneficial owner acquired its shares, or holders of at least a majority of the outstanding voting power approve the transaction after the beneficial owner acquired its shares. In addition, Nevada’s control share acquisition laws prohibit a purchaser of the shares of an “issuing corporation” from voting those shares, under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations, after crossing specified threshold ownership percentages, unless the purchaser obtains the approval of the issuing corporation’s disinterested stockholders. As the control share acquisition law only applies to an “issuing corporation,” which is a corporation with 200 or more stockholders of record and at least 100 stockholders of record with addresses in Nevada appearing on the stock ledger of the corporation, we do not presently believe that the control share acquisition laws are applicable to us. However, such control share acquisition laws could become applicable to us in the future, and could have an anti-takeover effect.

Any provision of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or of Nevada law that is applicable to us that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock in the event that a potentially beneficial acquisition is discouraged, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

The elimination of personal liability against our directors and officers under Nevada law and the existence of indemnification rights held by our directors, officers and employees may result in substantial expenses.

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws eliminate the personal liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer to the extent permissible under Nevada law. Further, our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws and individual indemnification agreements we have entered with each of our directors and executive officers provide that we are obligated to indemnify each of our directors or officers to the fullest extent authorized by the Nevada law and, subject to certain conditions, advance the expenses incurred by any director or officer in defending any action, suit or proceeding prior to its final disposition. Those indemnification obligations could expose us to substantial expenditures to cover the cost of settlement or damage awards against our directors or officers, which we may be unable to afford. Further, those provisions and resulting costs may discourage us or our stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against any of our current or former directors or officers for breaches of their fiduciary duties, even if such actions might otherwise benefit our stockholders.

We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future.

Other than the cash dividend paid in connection with the Merger, we have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future payment of cash dividends in the future would depend on our financial condition, contractual restrictions, solvency tests imposed by applicable corporate laws, results of operations, anticipated cash requirements and other factors and will be at the discretion of the our Board of Directors. Our stockholders should not expect that we will ever pay cash or other dividends on our outstanding capital stock.

 

54


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information attached as exhibits to this report. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this report, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties as described under the heading “Forward-Looking Statements” elsewhere in this report. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

All references to “we,” “us,” “our” and “Ignyta Operating” in this discussion and analysis refer solely to Ignyta Operating, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as “Ignyta, Inc.” Ignyta Operating become the wholly owned subsidiary of Ignyta, Inc., a Nevada corporation formerly known as “Infinity Oil & Gas Company” (Ignyta), upon the closing of a merger (the Merger) pursuant to which a wholly owned subsidiary of Ignyta formed solely for the purpose of the Merger merged with and into Ignyta Operating. The Merger is accounted for as a reverse merger and recapitalization, with Ignyta Operating as the acquirer and Ignyta as the acquired company for financial reporting purposes. As a result, the assets and liabilities and the operations that will be reflected in the historical financial statements prior to the Merger will be those of Ignyta Operating and will be recorded at the historical cost basis of Ignyta Operating, and the consolidated financial statements after completion of the Merger will include the assets and liabilities of Ignyta and Ignyta Operating, the historical operations of Ignyta Operating and the operations of the combined enterprise of Ignyta and Ignyta Operating from and after the closing date of the Merger.

Overview

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on August 29, 2011 with the name “NexDx, Inc.” We changed our name to “Ignyta, Inc.” on October 8, 2012, and changed our name to “Ignyta Operating, Inc.” in connection with the closing of the Merger. On May 20, 2013, we completed our acquisition of Actagene Oncology, Inc. (Actagene), which merged with and into our company on that date. On October 31, 2013, prior to the closing of the Merger, (i) all then-outstanding shares of each series of our preferred stock were voluntarily converted by the holders thereof into shares of our common stock in accordance with our certificate of incorporation, and (ii) we effected a three-to-one reverse stock split of our issued and outstanding shares of capital stock. All share information in this discussion and analysis relating to our capital stock gives retroactive effect to that reverse stock split. On October 31, 2013, a wholly owned subsidiary of Ignyta merged with and into our company, pursuant to which we have become the wholly owned subsidiary of Ignyta.

We are a precision medicine biotechnology company dedicated to discovering or acquiring, then developing and commercializing, precisely targeted new drugs for cancer patients whose tumors harbor specific molecular alterations. We pursue an integrated drug and diagnostic, or Rx/Dx, strategy, where we anticipate pairing each of our drug candidates with biomarker-based companion diagnostics, developed by us or by third parties with which we may partner, that are designed to identify the patients that are most likely to benefit from the use of the drugs we may develop. Our current development plans focus on two product candidates: RXDX-101, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor directed to the TrkA, ROS1 and ALK proteins, which is in a Phase I/II clinical study in molecularly defined patient populations for the treatment of solid tumors; and RXDX-102, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor directed to the Trk family tyrosine kinase receptors, TrkA, TrkB and TrkC, which is currently in preclinical development for the treatment of multiple cancers. We have entered into a license agreement granting us exclusive global development and marketing rights to RXDX-101 and RXDX-102, which will become effective upon our satisfaction of certain financing conditions set forth in that license agreement. We also have three discovery stage programs, Spark-1, Spark-2, and Spark-3, directed to emerging oncology targets identified through mining of our database of information from proprietary and publicly available tumor samples, called Oncolome™. Our strategy is to leverage the biomarker insights that we gain through our genetic and epigenetic mining of Oncolome and the knowledge of cancer biology of our management and drug discovery team, with the goal of discovering, validating, developing and commercializing a pipeline of novel drug candidates for the treatment of cancer.

Since inception, our operations have focused on organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, assembling our core capabilities in genetic and epigenetic based biomarker and drug target discovery, and identifying potential product candidates. In the future, as we discover or acquire product candidates for development, we expect that our operations will also include preparing, managing and conducting preclinical and clinical studies and trials, preparing

 

55


Table of Contents

regulatory submissions relating to those product candidates, if regulatory approval is obtained, pursuing the commercialization of our product candidates, and establishing and managing relationships with third parties in connection with all of those activities. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through funding received from private placement offerings of our preferred stock and under a loan agreement. We have had no revenue to date. Since our inception, and through June 2013, we have raised an aggregate of approximately $7.5 million to fund our operations, of which approximately $6.0 million has been received from our issuance and sale of our preferred stock and approximately $1.5 million has been received under our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (SVB).

Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net losses were $2.2 million, $1.3 million and $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of June 30, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $3.5 million. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and operating losses over the next several years. Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and from year to year. We anticipate that our expenses will increase significantly as we assume control of the ongoing studies and trials of RXDX-101 and RXDX-102; plan for the commencement of potential Phase II clinical development activities for RXDX-101; advance the preclinical and potential clinical development of RXDX-102; pursue the initial stages of development of our Spark-1 through Spark-3 programs; continue to discover, validate and develop additional novel product candidates; expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio; and hire additional scientific, business, accounting and financial personnel. In addition, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

Recent Developments

Merger with Ignyta

We completed the Merger on October 31, 2013, pursuant to which a wholly owned subsidiary of Ignyta that was formed solely for the purpose of the Merger merged with and into us. Upon the closing of the Merger, we have become the wholly owned subsidiary of Ignyta and have changed our name to Ignyta Operating, Inc. In connection with the Merger, the holders of shares of our preferred stock elected, in accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation then in effect, to convert all issued and outstanding shares of all classes of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock at the applicable conversion rate therefor, which in each case was one-to-one, with such conversion taking effect immediately prior to the closing of the Merger. Upon completion of the Merger, all holders of shares of our common stock and outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of our common stock became entitled to receive or became entitled to the right to acquire one share of the common stock of Ignyta, for each one share of our common stock held by them or which they had the right to acquire.

License Agreement with NMS

We entered into a license agreement with NMS on October 10, 2013, which was amended on October 25, 2013, and which grants us exclusive global rights to develop and commercialize RXDX-101 and RXDX-102. The license agreement will become effective upon the completion of a financing of equity or debt securities pursuant to which we or our affiliates receive gross proceeds of at least $20 million. Our development rights under the license agreement are exclusive for the term of the agreement with respect to RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 and also, as to NMS, are exclusive for a five-year period with respect to any product candidate with activity against the target proteins of RXDX-101 and RXDX-102, and include the right to grant sublicenses. The license agreement provides that we will assume control of and financial and all other responsibility for the ongoing Phase I/II clinical trial of RXDX-101 that is currently being conducted by NMS and for continued preclinical development of RXDX-102. We are obligated under the license agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize RXDX-101 and RXDX-102, and, with the exception of transfer to us without cost of NMS’ existing inventory of RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 material, we are responsible for all remaining development and commercialization costs for RXDX-101 and RXDX-102.

Under the terms of the license agreement, we have agreed to issue to NMS a warrant to acquire up to 16,667 shares of our common stock upon the effective date of the license agreement, which will have an exercise price per share equal to that used in the financing that causes the license agreement to become effective, and will be exercisable at any time at the option of the holder from the effective date of the license agreement until the five-year anniversary thereof. We are also obligated to make an up-front payment to NMS of $7.0 million on the earlier of 10 days following the effective date of the license agreement and December 31, 2013, $1.0 million of which NMS may elect to receive in the form of shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to that used in the financing that causes the license agreement to become effective, and the remainder of which shall be paid in cash. If we fail to make this upfront payment, the license agreement terminates. When and if commercial sales of RXDX-101 or RXDX-102 begin, we are obligated to pay NMS tiered royalties ranging from a

 

56


Table of Contents

mid-single digit percentage to a low double digit percentage of our net sales, depending on the amount of our net sales, with standard provisions for royalty offsets to the extent we need to obtain any rights from third parties to commercialize either RXDX-101 or RXDX-102. We are obligated under the terms of the license agreement to engage NMS to perform services valued at $1 million or more between the effective date of the license agreement and December 31, 2014, which services could include, among others at our election, manufacture and supply services, technology transfer activities, preclinical activities, process development activities and assay development activities. We are also required to make development and regulatory milestone payments to NMS of up to $105.0 million in the aggregate if specified clinical study initiations and regulatory approvals are achieved across multiple products or indications. The first such milestone payment is not due until we elect to initiate the first randomized Phase II clinical study, which, based on our current estimates and certain assumptions, we anticipate could occur as early as 2015.

The license agreement with NMS provides that NMS will transfer to us all data, technology and know-how related to RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 and necessary for their continued development. That data and technology transfer will commence upon the effectiveness of the license agreement, and we anticipate that the transfer will be complete in 2014. Our ability to continue all ongoing studies, design and commence any new studies or trials, and solidify our development plans for RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 is dependent on that transfer process being completed successfully and in a timely manner.

The license agreement will not become effective if we do not satisfy the financing conditions to its effectiveness by December 31, 2013. Additionally, following its effectiveness, the license agreement with NMS will remain in effect until the expiration of all of our royalty and sublicense revenue obligations to NMS, determined on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis, unless we elect to terminate the license agreement earlier. If we fail to meet our obligations under the license agreement and are unable to cure such failure within specified time periods, NMS can terminate the license agreement, resulting in a loss of our rights to RXDX-101 and RXDX-102.

Acquisition of Actagene

In May 2013, we acquired Actagene, a discovery stage precision medicine company applying genomic insights to discover new biomarkers and targets for cancer therapeutics, by way of its merger with and into us on May 20, 2013. Prior to our acquisition of Actagene, our business focus was on the development of new biomarker-based molecular diagnostic assays to facilitate the diagnosis of certain clinically confounding diseases, such as chronic autoimmune and rheumatic diseases. With the acquisition of Actagene, we shifted the focus of our business to the use of biomarkers to discover and develop drug candidates for the treatment of cancer. Several members of our drug discovery and scientific team, which we consider to be a valuable asset and an important element of our strategy, joined our company in connection with the acquisition of Actagene. All consideration paid by us in connection with our acquisition of Actagene was paid with shares of our common stock, totaling an aggregate of 1,583,336 shares. The merger with Actagene was accounted for as a combination of entities under common control, and as a result the shares issued as merger consideration were valued for accounting purposes at $0.003 per share (see footnote 2 of our unaudited financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2013 attached as Exhibit 99.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K).

Financial Operations Overview

Revenue

To date, we have not generated any revenue from product sales or otherwise, and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the near future.

In the future, we expect that we will seek to generate revenue primarily from product sales, but may also seek to generate revenue from research funding, milestone payments and royalties on future product sales in connection with any out-license or other strategic relationships we may establish.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for our research activities, including our drug and biomarker discovery efforts and the development of our product candidates, which include:

 

    employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation expense;

 

57


Table of Contents
    expenses incurred under agreements with third parties, including consultants and advisors we engage for research-related services and, in the future, any contract research organizations (CROs) that we may engage in connection with conducting preclinical and clinical activities on our behalf;

 

    the cost of laboratory supplies; and

 

    facilities, depreciation, and other expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, insurance and other operating costs.

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in the future for use in research and development activities are deferred and capitalized. The capitalized amounts are expensed as the related goods are delivered or the services are performed.

We have not yet begun tracking our internal and external research and development costs on a program-by-program basis. As such, we do not have historical research and development expenditures by program and we use our employee and infrastructure resources across multiple research and development programs. The following table sets forth our research and development expenses for the periods presented:

 

     Years ended December 31,      Six Months ended June 30,  
     2012      2011      2013      2012  

Total research and development expenses

   $ 708,043       $ 39,870       $ 1,220,664       $ 236,224   

Research and development activities are central to our business model. Our research and development programs that we expect will be our focus in the immediate future consist of the development of RXDX-101 and RXDX-102, for which we will acquire exclusive development rights upon the effectiveness of our license agreement with NMS, and drug discovery activities for the development of our Spark-1, Spark-2 and Spark-3 programs. All of those research and development programs are in the early stage, and since product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials, we expect research and development costs relating to each of those programs to increase significantly for the foreseeable future. However, the successful development of any of those product candidates, or any others we may seek to pursue, is highly uncertain. As such, at this time, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing and estimated costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the remainder of the development of these product candidates, or whether any of these product candidates will reach successful commercialization. We are also unable to predict when, if ever, any net cash inflows will commence from any of the product candidates we currently or may in the future pursue. This lack of predictability is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing medicines, many of which, such as our ability to obtain approvals to market and sell those medicines from the United Stated Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and other applicable regulatory authorities, are beyond our control, including the uncertainty of:

 

    establishing an appropriate safety profile with toxicology studies adequate to submit to the FDA in an investigational new drug application (IND) or comparable applications to foreign regulatory authorities;

 

    successful enrollment in and adequate design and completion of clinical trials;

 

    receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities, including the FDA and comparable foreign authorities;

 

    establishing commercial manufacturing capabilities or, more likely, seeking to establish arrangements with third-party manufacturers;

 

    obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates;

 

    launching commercial sales of the products, if and when approved, including establishing an internal sales and marketing force or establishing relationships with third parties for such purpose;

 

    developing and commercializing, individually or with third-party collaborators, companion diagnostics; and

 

    a continued acceptable safety profile of the products following approval, if any.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of any of our product candidates would significantly change the costs, timing and likelihood of success associated with the development of that product candidate.

 

58


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel in executive, finance, accounting, business development, legal and human resources functions. Other significant costs include facility costs not otherwise included in research and development expenses, legal fees relating to patent and corporate matters and fees for accounting and consulting services.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future to support continued research and development activities, potential commercialization of our product candidates and increased costs of operating as a public company. These increases will likely include increased costs related to the hiring of additional personnel and increased fees to outside consultants, lawyers and accountants, among other expenses. Additionally, we anticipate increased costs associated with operating as a public company, including expenses related to services associated with maintaining compliance with requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), insurance and investor relations costs.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors and assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances at the time the estimates are made, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We periodically evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those described in greater detail below, in light of changes in circumstances, facts and experience.

Our critical accounting policies are those accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America that require us to make subjective estimates and judgments about matters that are uncertain and are likely to have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as the specific manner in which we apply those principles. Our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements included as exhibits to this report. We believe the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements that require significant estimates and judgments are as follows:

Revenue Recognition

To date, we have not generated any revenue.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Income tax expense is the combination of the tax payable for the year and the change during the year in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents primarily represent amounts invested in money market funds whose cost equals market value.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, which establishes accounting for equity instruments exchanged for employee services. Under such provisions, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the calculated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense, under the straight-line method, over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant).

 

59


Table of Contents

We account for equity instruments, including restricted stock or stock options, issued to non-employees in accordance with authoritative guidance for equity based payments to non-employees. Stock options issued to non-employees are accounted for at their estimated fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of options granted to non-employees is re-measured as they vest, and the resulting increase in value, if any, is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered. Restricted stock issued to non-employees is accounted for at their estimated fair value as they vest.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

There are no recent accounting pronouncements likely to have a material impact on the financial statements.

JOBS Act

In April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act) was enacted. Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will not be required to adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements under the JOBS Act afforded to us for so long as we are an emerging growth company. Subject to certain conditions, we intend to rely on certain of these exemptions, including without limitation (i) providing an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and (ii) complying with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, known as the auditor discussion and analysis. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of the common stock of Ignyta pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, which was on February 15, 2013; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, together with the changes in those items in dollars and as a percentage:

 

     Six months
ended June 30,
    Dollar
change
       

(in thousands)

   2013     2012       % change  

Revenue

   $ —       $        $ —         —  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     1,220        236        984        417   

General and administrative

     904        161        743        461   

Loss from operations

     (2,124     (397     (1,727     435   

Other income (expense)

     (30     —         (30     N/A   

Provision for income taxes

     2        1        1        100   

Net loss

   $ (2,156   $ (398   $ (1,758     442

Revenue. We did not record any revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012.

Research and development expense. Research and development expense increased by approximately $984,000 to approximately $1,220,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from approximately $236,000 for the six months ended

 

60


Table of Contents

June 30, 2012, an increase of 417%. The increase in research and development expenses was primarily attributable to an increase in activities related to our biomarker discovery programs and platform technologies, on which we incurred an increase of expenses between periods of approximately $480,000. Many of those activities were associated with our prior business focus on developing biomarker-based molecular assays for chronic autoimmune and rheumatic diseases. In addition, we incurred an increase between periods of approximately $114,000 for facilities related expenses, and approximately $390,000 for personnel expenses related to hiring and engaging additional employees and consultants.

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $743,000 to approximately $904,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from approximately $161,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012, an increase of 461%. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to increased personnel costs of approximately $380,000, increased facilities related expenses of approximately $61,000 and increased audit, legal and intellectual property costs of approximately $300,000.

Other income (expense). Interest expense increased by approximately $30,000 to approximately $30,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from approximately $0 for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to increased interest owed under our loan agreement with SVB after the initial funding of the loan in late June 2012 offset by the change in the fair value of the warrant liability.

Provision for income tax. The provision for income taxes increased by approximately $1,000 to approximately $2,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from approximately $1,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012, an increase of 100%. The increase in the provision for income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was primarily attributable to an increase in corporate filing fees to the State of Delaware.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, together with the changes in those items in dollars and as a percentage:

 

     Years ended December 31,     Dollar
change
       

(in thousands)

   2012     2011       % change  

Revenue

   $ —        $ —        $ —          —   %

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

     708        40        668        1,670   

General and administrative

     548        39        509        1,305   

Loss from operations

     (1,256     (79     (1,177 )     1,490   

Other income (expense)

     (23     —          (23 )     N/A   

Provision for income taxes

     1        —          1        N/A   

Net loss

   $ (1,280   $ (79   $ (1,201     1,520

Revenue. We did not record any revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

Research and development expense. Research and development expense increased by approximately $668,000 to approximately $708,000 in 2012 from approximately $40,000 in 2011, an increase of 1,670%. The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to hiring research and development staff, establishing our laboratory and other facilities and conducting activities to establish our epigenetic platform for identifying biomarkers of disease, particularly relating to our prior business focus on developing biomarker-based molecular assays for chronic autoimmune and rheumatic diseases. Negligible expenses were incurred in 2011 on such activities due to our company’s very early stage of research.

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense increased by approximately $509,000 to $548,000 in 2012 from approximately $39,000 in 2011, an increase of 1,305%. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to hiring general and administrative staff, for which we incurred approximately $272,000 in 2012 and approximately $6,000 in 2011, and establishing our offices and legal and intellectual property costs, for which we incurred approximately $276,000 in 2012 and approximately $34,000 in 2011.

 

61


Table of Contents

Other income (expense) . Interest expense increased by approximately $23,000 to $23,000 in 2012, from approximately $0 in 2011. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to interest owed under our loan agreement with SVB, which we entered in June 2012.

Provision for income taxes. During 2011, we incurred no income taxes. During 2012 we incurred an income tax provision of approximately $1,000.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

Since our inception, and through June 30, 2013, we have raised an aggregate of approximately $7,005,000 to fund our operations, of which approximately $6,005,000 was received from our issuance and sale of our preferred stock and approximately $1,000,000 was received from the incurrence of indebtedness under our loan agreement with SVB. We have also received a small amount of funding from our issuance of common stock, through the exercise of stock options and upon issuance to our founders in August and September 2011. As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately $3,235,000 in cash and cash equivalents. Following June 30, 2013, in July 2013, we obtained an additional $500,000 under our loan agreement with SVB.

Preferred stock financings . We have received approximately $6,005,000 from the issuance and sale of our series A preferred stock and our series B preferred stock. We received approximately $500,000 from our issuance and sale of an aggregate of 833,334 shares of our series A preferred stock at a price per share of $0.60 to one investor in October 2011 and March 2012. We received approximately $5,505,000 from our issuance and sale of an aggregate of 1,835,000 shares of our series B preferred stock at a price per share of $3.00 to a number of investors in June 2012 and December 2012.

SVB loan and security agreement. We entered into a loan and security agreement with SVB in June 2012, which was amended in February 2013. Pursuant to the terms of the loan agreement, SVB granted us a loan in principal amount of $500,000 in June 2012, made an additional loan advance to us in principal amount of $500,000 in February 2013 and made a further loan advance to us in principal amount of $500,000 in July 2013. The amounts loaned to us under the loan agreement bear interest at a rate of 4.77% for the first loan advance, 4.00% for the second loan advance and 4.04% for the third loan advance, and are payable in monthly installments through June 1, 2015 for the first loan advance and September 1, 2015 for the second and third loan advances. Pursuant to the loan agreement, we are bound by certain affirmative and negative covenants setting forth actions that we must and must not take during the term of the loan agreement, and all amounts owed under the loan agreement may be declared due and payable by SVB upon the occurrence of an event of default under the loan agreement, which include, among other things, the occurrence of certain bankruptcy events, our failure to make payments under the loan agreement when due, and our breach of any representation or covenant in the loan agreement. We have granted SVB a security interest in substantially all of our personal property, rights and assets, other than our intellectual property, to secure our payment of all amounts owed by us to SVB under the loan agreement.

Cash Flows

The following table provides information regarding our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012:

 

     Years ended,
December 31,
    Six months ended,
June 30,
 

(in thousands)

   2012     2011     2013     2012  

Net cash (used in) operating activities

   $ (991   $ (65   $ (2,056   $ (333

Net cash (used in) investing activities

     (306     (2     (247 )     (24

Net cash provided by financing activities

     6,173        223        506        2,829   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,876      $ 156      $ (1,797   $ 2,472   

Net cash used in operating activities. The use of cash in all periods resulted primarily from our net losses adjusted for non-cash charges and changes in components of working capital. Net cash used in operating activities was approximately $333,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to approximately $2,056,000 during the six months ended

 

62


Table of Contents

June 30, 2013. The increase in cash used in operating activities in the first six months of 2013 was driven primarily by an increase in net loss during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Net cash used in operating activities was approximately $65,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to approximately $991,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in cash used in operating activities during 2012 was driven primarily by an increase in net loss. This loss was partially offset by a decrease in working capital, including an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities minus an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Net cash used in investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $24,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to approximately $247,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2013. The cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was primarily the result of purchases of equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $2,000 during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to approximately $306,000 during the year ended December 31, 2012. The cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was the result of increased purchases of equipment of approximately $304,000. The minimal cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was also the result of purchases of equipment.

Net cash provided by financing activities. Net cash provided by financing activities was approximately $2,829,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to approximately $506,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2013. The cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was primarily the result of the incurrence of indebtedness under our loan agreement with SVB in February 2013, resulting in gross proceeds of $500,000. The cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2012 was the result of the issuance and sale of our series A preferred stock in March 2012, resulting in gross proceeds of $250,000, the issuance and sale of our series B preferred stock in June 2012, resulting in gross proceeds of $2,100,000, and the incurrence of indebtedness under our loan agreement with SVB in June 2012, resulting in gross proceeds of $500,000.

Net cash provided by financing activities was approximately $223,000 during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to approximately $6,173,000 during the year ended December 31, 2012. The cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2012 was the result of the issuance and sale of our series A preferred stock in March 2012, resulting in gross proceeds of $250,000, and the issuance and sale of our series B preferred stock in June 2012 and December 2012, collectively resulting in gross proceeds of approximately $5,505,000, and the incurrence of indebtedness under our loan agreement with SVB in June 2012, resulting in gross proceeds of $500,000. The cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was the result of the issuance and sale of our series A preferred stock in October 2011, resulting in gross proceeds of $250,000.

Funding Requirements

We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we assume rights to, and operational and financial responsibility for, the clinical development and manufacturing of RXDX-101 and RXDX-102 and seek to continue the research and development of, initiate or continue, as applicable, clinical trials of, and seek marketing approval for, those product candidates and our Spark-1 through Spark-3 programs. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution to the extent that such sales, marketing and distribution are not the responsibility of any collaborators with whom we may engage. Further, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or future commercialization efforts. As noted in our unaudited financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2013, the uncertainties surrounding our ability to fund our operations raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

We expect that our existing cash and cash equivalents will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next two months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

    the scope, progress, results and costs of drug discovery, preclinical development, laboratory testing and clinical trials for our product candidates;

 

    the scope, progress, results and costs of companion diagnostic development for our product candidates;

 

    the extent to which we acquire or in-license other medicines, biomarkers and/or technologies;

 

    the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

63


Table of Contents
    the achievement of development milestones that trigger payments due to our licensing partners;

 

    the costs of future commercialization activities, including product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval (to the extent that such sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution are not the responsibility of collaborators with whom we may engage);

 

    revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our product candidates, should any of our product candidates receive marketing approval;

 

    the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims; and

 

    our ability to establish and maintain development, manufacturing or commercial collaborations on favorable terms, if at all.

Identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical testing and clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain marketing approval and achieve product sales. In addition, our product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our commercial revenues, if any, will be derived from sales of medicines that we do not expect to be commercially available for many years, if at all. Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. Any or all of those sources of funding may not be available when needed on acceptable terms or at all. We do not have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or relationships with third parties when needed or on acceptable terms, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of their payment due dates by period as of June 30, 2013:

 

     Payments due by period  

(in thousands)

   Total      July 1,
2013 –
December 31,
2013
     January 1,
2014 –
December 31,
2016
     January 1,
2017 –
December 31,
2018
     After
December 31,
2018
 

Operating lease obligations(1)

   $ 557       $ 81       $ 476       $ —        $ —    

Other(2)

     90         15         45        30        —    

Total contractual cash obligations

   $ 647       $ 96       $ 521       $ 30      $ —    

 

(1) Represents future minimum lease payments under our two non-cancelable operating leases for our facilities and under one equipment lease, one of which expires by its terms on October 31, 2013. The minimum lease payments reflected do not include any related common area maintenance charges, utilities or real estate taxes.
(2) Consists of an annual maintenance payment of $15,000 that we are required to pay under an in-license agreement for certain intellectual property and technology relating to biomarker-based molecular diagnostic assays. Annual maintenance payment obligations extend through the term of the license agreement, which is tied to the life of the patents subject to the agreement.

 

64


Table of Contents

In addition to our contractual obligations set forth in the table above, we are bound by the following additional contractual obligations under agreements we have entered subsequent to June 30, 2013: (i) pursuant to the terms of our license agreement with NMS, which we entered in October 2013 and which will become effective upon our satisfaction of certain financing conditions, we are obligated to engage NMS to perform services for us valued at $1 million or more between the effective date of the license agreement and December 31, 2014, which services could include, among others at our election, manufacture and supply services, technology transfer activities, preclinical activities, process development activities and assay development activities, and we are obligated to make an up-front payment to NMS of $7.0 million on the earlier of 10 days following the effective date of the license agreement and December 31, 2013, $1.0 million of which NMS may elect to receive in the form of shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to that used in the financing that causes the license agreement to become effective, and the remainder of which shall be paid in cash, and (ii) pursuant to the terms of an operating lease agreement for a new facility, which replaces an older lease agreement expiring on October 31, 2013, and the term of which commences in November 2013, we are obligated to make rent payments totaling approximately $45,000 for the 12-month term of the lease agreement.

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with vendors for research studies and other services and products for operating purposes, which generally provide for termination within 30 days of notice, and therefore are cancelable contracts and not included in the table of contractual obligations above.

We have obligations to make future payments to third parties that become due and payable on the achievement of certain development, regulatory and commercial milestones. Since the achievement and timing of these milestones is not fixed and determinable, and we typically have the ability to terminate the agreements upon 60-90 days’ notice, such commitments have not been included in our consolidated balance sheets or in the table of contractual obligations above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined under applicable SEC rules.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by (i) each person who, to our knowledge, owns more than 5% of our common stock, (ii) each of our current directors and the named executive officers of Ignyta Operating identified under the heading “Executive Compensation” below, (iii) certain of our other executive officers that have been appointed as such upon the closing of the Merger and that may be named executive officers of Ignyta for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, and (iv) all of those directors and executive officers as a group. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with applicable rules of the SEC, which generally provide that beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Except as indicated by the footnotes to the table below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

The information set forth in the table below is based on 4,923,805 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding on October 31, 2013 immediately after to giving effect to the closing of the Merger. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other convertible securities held by that person that are currently exercisable or will be exercisable within 60 days after October 31, 2013. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise noted, the address for each person listed in the table below is c/o Ignyta, Inc., 11095 Flintkote Avenue, Suite D, San Diego, California 92121.

 

65


Table of Contents
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner    Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage
Beneficially
Owned
 

5%+ Stockholders:

     

City Hill Venture Partners I, LLC (1)

     2,983,334         60.59

Directors and Executive Officers:

     

Jonathan E. Lim, M.D. (2)

     2,990,972         60.65 %

Patrick O’Connor, Ph.D.

     500,000         10.15 %

Zachary Hornby (3)

     42,985         *   

Alex Casdin (4)

     53,055         1.08 %

Heinrich Dreismann, Ph.D. (5)

     4,027         *   

All Current Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (5 persons)

     3,591,039         72.55

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) Dr. Lim is the Managing Partner of City Hill Ventures Partners I, LLC and has sole voting and investment control with respect to the securities that it holds of record. Dr. Lim disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(2) Represents (a) 2,983,334 shares of our common stock held by City Hill Venture Partners I, LLC, with respect to which Dr. Lim has sole voting and investment control, and (b) 7,638 shares underlying an option held by Dr. Lim and exercisable within 60 days following October 31, 2013.
(3) Represents (a) 31,667 shares of our common stock held of record by Mr. Hornby, and (b) 11,318 shares underlying an option held by Mr. Hornby and exercisable within 60 days following October 31, 2013.
(4) Represents (a) 50,000 shares of our common stock held of record by Mr. Casdin, and (b) 3,055 shares underlying an option held by Mr. Casdin and exercisable within 60 days following October 31, 2013.
(5) Represents 4,027 shares underlying an option held by Dr. Dreismann and exercisable within 60 days following October 31, 2013.

MANAGEMENT

Directors, Executive Officers and Other Non-Executive Officers

The table below sets forth the name, age and position of each of our directors and executive officers and certain other non-executive officer members of our scientific and drug development team. Each of the directors and executive officers listed below joined Ignyta upon the closing of the Merger on October 31, 2013, and each of the members of our non-executive officer management team listed below hold their respective positions with Ignyta Operating.

 

Name    Age    Position
Directors and Executive Officers:
Jonathan E. Lim, M.D.    41    President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)
Patrick O’Connor, Ph.D.    53    Chief Scientific Officer, Sr. Vice President, Research
Zachary Hornby    34    Chief Financial Officer, and Vice President, Corporate Development (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
Alexander Casdin    46    Director
Heinrich Dreismann, Ph.D.    60    Director
Non-Executive Officer Management Team:      
James Freddo, M.D.    58    Consulting Chief Medical Officer
Jean-Michel Vernier, Ph.D.    52    Vice President, Chemistry
Paul Pearson, Ph.D.    53    Consulting Vice President of PK, Drug Metabolism & Safety
Dave Matthews, Ph.D.    70    Consulting Vice President, Crystallography
Robert Shoemaker, Ph.D.    32    Director of Bioinformatics

Business Experience

The following is a brief account of the education and business experience of our current directors and executive officers:

 

66


Table of Contents

Jonathan E. Lim, M.D. Dr. Lim is a co-founder of Ignyta Operating and joined that company as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer at its inception in August 2011. Prior to joining Ignyta Operating, Dr. Lim most recently served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Eclipse Therapeutics, Inc., a private biotechnology company discovering and developing monoclonal antibody therapeutics targeting cancer stem cells, that he co-founded in March 2011 as a spinout from Biogen Idec and that was sold to Bionomics Ltd., an Australian public biotechnology company discovering and developing drugs targeting oncology and central nervous system disorders, in September 2012. Dr. Lim currently serves as a member of the Board of Directors of Bionomics Ltd. Prior to founding Eclipse Therapeutics, Dr. Lim served as the President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Halozyme Therapeutics, Inc., a public biotechnology company, from May 2003 to December 2010. Prior to that, Dr. Lim’s experience included management consulting at McKinsey & Company, a National Institutes of Health Postdoctoral Fellowship at Harvard Medical School and two years of general surgery residency at New York Hospital-Cornell. Dr. Lim has B.S. and M.S. degrees from Stanford, an M.D. from McGill University and an M.P.H. from Harvard University. We believe that Dr. Lim adds value to our Board of Directors based on his intimate knowledge of our business plans and strategies as a co-founder of our business and his extensive experience as an executive officer and director of multiple public and private biotechnology companies.

Patrick O’Connor, Ph.D. Dr. O’Connor joined Ignyta Operating in May 2013 as Chief Scientific Officer and Senior Vice President, Research, after Ignyta Operating acquired Actagene, a discovery stage precision medicine company that Dr. O’Connor founded in February 2013 and for which he was serving as Chief Executive Officer. Dr. O’Connor is currently on medical leave, and we expect him to return in January 2014. Prior to founding Actagene, Dr. O’Connor was a Scientific Advisory Board member and the Head of Oncology at Ruga Corporation, a private oncology biopharmaceutical company that he joined in 2012 when Ruga acquired Selexagen Therapeutics, a private cancer therapeutics company that Dr. O’Connor co-founded in early 2009 and where he had been serving as Chief Scientific Officer. Prior to Selexagen, Dr. O’Connor was Vice President of Research at Halozyme Therapeutics, a public biotechnology company, from 2008 to 2009. Prior to Halozyme Therapeutics, Dr. O’Connor was SVP and Head of Research at Ardea Biosciences, a private biotechnology small-molecule therapeutics company, from 2007 to 2008. Prior to Ardea Biosciences, Dr. O’Connor served as the Global Research Therapeutic Area Head for Oncology at Pfizer, a global research-based pharmaceutical company, from 1998 to 2007, following Pfizer’s acquisition of Agouron/Warner-Lambert, a company Dr. O’Connor joined as Head of the Oncology Research Division in 1998. Prior to joining the pharmaceutical industry, Dr. O’Connor spent 10 years at the National Cancer Institute in Bethesda, Maryland. Dr. O’Connor is a Senior Editor of Cancer Research, and serves on the Scientific Advisory Boards of Molecular Response and Deciphera Pharmaceuticals. Dr. O’Connor is also currently on the board of directors of Selexagen Therapeutics. He gained his Ph.D. from the University of Manchester in England where he was a Venborough Scholar.

Zachary Hornby. Mr. Hornby joined Ignyta Operating in August 2012 as Vice President, Corporate Development and was appointed as its Chief Financial Officer in August 2013. Prior to joining Ignyta Operating, Mr. Hornby served as senior director of business development at Fate Therapeutics, a public biopharmaceutical stem cell discovery and development company, from August 2010 to August 2012. Prior to Fate Therapeutics, Mr. Hornby was director of business development at Halozyme Therapeutics, a public biotechnology company, from January 2008 to August 2010. Prior to Halozyme Therapeutics, Mr. Hornby was senior product manager at Neurocrine Biosciences, a public biopharmaceutical company, from June 2006 to January 2008. Prior to Neurocrine Biosciences, Mr. Hornby served as a life sciences consultant at L.E.K. Consulting and in regulatory affairs and business development roles at Transkaryotic Therapies (acquired by Shire Pharmaceuticals in 2005), an orphan drug discovery and development company. Mr. Hornby holds B.S. and M.S. degrees in biology from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Alexander Casdin. Mr. Casdin joined the Board of Directors of Ignyta upon the closing of the Merger on October 31, 2013. Alex Casdin is a private investor focused on the healthcare sector. From October 2011 through September 2012, Mr. Casdin was the Chief Financial Officer of Sophiris Bio, Corp., a Canadian public urology company. Prior to Sophiris Bio, Mr. Casdin served as the Vice President, Finance of Amylin Pharmaceuticals, a biopharmaceutical company that was acquired by Bristol-Myers Squibb in 2012, a position he held from October 2009 to October 2011. Prior to his position at Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Mr. Casdin founded and operated Casdin Advisors LLC, where he served as a strategic advisor to companies in the life sciences industry. Before founding Casdin Advisors, Mr. Casdin was the Chief Executive Officer and Portfolio Manager of Cooper Hill Partners, LLC, a healthcare investment fund. Mr. Casdin has also held previous positions at Pequot Capital Management and Dreyfus Corporation. Mr. Casdin currently serves on the board of directors of DiaVacs, a private clinical stage biotechnology company focused on a treatment for Type 1 Diabetes, and as a member of the advisory boards of the Hassenfeld Center For Cancer & Blood Disorders and the Social Enterprise Program of the Columbia Business School, each of which are non-profit entities, and served on the board of directors of DUSA Pharmaceuticals, a specialty pharmaceutical company in the field of dermatology that was previously listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market and was acquired by Sun Pharmaceutical Industries Limited in December 2012, from January

 

67


Table of Contents

2009 until December 2012. Mr. Casdin earned his B.A. degree from Brown University and his M.B.A., Beta Gamma Sigma, from Columbia Business School. We believe that Mr. Casdin adds value to our Board of Directors based on his experience with the financing and other aspects of company-building for enterprises in our industry.

Heinrich Dreismann, Ph.D. Dr. Dreismann joined the Board of Directors of Ignyta upon the closing of the Merger on October 31, 2013. Dr. Dreismann currently serves on the boards of directors of several public and private diagnostic companies, including Myriad Genetics, Inc., a public molecular diagnostic company, GeneNews, a Canadian public molecular diagnostics company, and Med BioGene, Inc., a Canadian public life sciences company focused on genomic-based clinical laboratory diagnostic tests. Dr. Dreismann also served on the board of directors of Shrink Nanotechnologies, Inc., a nanotechnology company, from June 2009 until November 2011. Dr. Dreismann completed a career at Roche Molecular Systems in 2006, where he served since 1985 and held several senior positions, including President and Chief Executive Officer of Roche Molecular Systems, Head of Global Business Development at Roche Diagnostics and Member of Roche’s Global Diagnostic Executive Committee. Dr. Dreismann earned a Master of Science in biology and a Doctor of Philosophy in microbiology/molecular biology from Westfaelische Wilhelms University in Muenster, Germany. He conducted his Post-Doctoral studies in microbial genetics at the Centre d’Etudes Nucleaires de Saclay, France. We believe that Dr. Dreismann adds value to our Board of Directors based on his experience as a member of boards of directors and senior management of public companies and his expertise in the molecular diagnostics field.

The following is a brief account of the education and business experience of the current non-executive officer members of our scientific and drug development team:

James Freddo, M.D . Dr. Freddo joined Ignyta Operating July 2013 as a consultant holding the position of Chief Medical Officer. Prior to joining Ignyta Operating, he served as a consultant from April 2012 until May 2012 and as the Executive Vice President, Clinical Development and Chief Medical Officer from June 2012 until May 2013, in each case for Ruga Corporation, a private oncology biopharmaceutical company. Prior to that, he was the Chief Medical Officer and Senior Vice President, Drug Development at Anadys Pharmaceuticals, a drug development company focused on small molecule therapeutics that was previously listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market and was acquired by Roche in 2011, from July 2006 until March 2012, where he also served as a member of the Board of Directors from January 2011 until November 2011. Prior to joining Anadys Pharmaceuticals, Dr. Freddo served at Pfizer, a global research-based pharmaceutical company, in La Jolla, California from June 2002 until July 2006, holding the positions of Vice President, Clinical Site Head and Development Site Head and, prior to that, Executive Director and leader of Oncology Clinical Development. Prior to joining Pfizer, Dr. Freddo held a variety of senior management positions at Wyeth-Ayerst Research from 1996 to 2002, in the Oncology, Infectious Diseases and Transplantation Immunology therapeutic areas. He has also served as a member of the Board of Directors for InfuSystems, Inc., a public healthcare products and services company, from 2008 until 2011. Dr. Freddo received an M.D. degree from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, completed his residency training at University of California, San Diego and returned to Chapel Hill for his fellowship training in gynecologic oncology.

Jean-Michel Vernier, Ph.D . Dr. Vernier joined Ignyta Operating in June 2013 as Vice President, Chemistry, after Ignyta Operating acquired Actagene, a discovery stage precision medicine company for which he was serving as a consultant holding the position of Vice President, Chemistry at the time of the acquisition. Prior to joining Actagene, Dr. Vernier served as Head of Chemistry of Ruga Corporation, a private oncology biopharmaceutical company, from February 2012 until April 2013. Prior to Ruga, Dr. Vernier was a Co-Founder and Vice President of Chemistry at Selexagen Therapeutics, a private cancer therapeutics company, from October 2010 until January 2012. Prior to co-founding Selexagen Therapeutics, Dr. Vernier served as Vice President of Discovery Chemistry at Ardea Biosciences, a private biotechnology small-molecule therapeutics company, from 2007 until 2010. Dr. Vernier has also led chemistry at Valeant Pharmaceuticals, Merck Research Laboratories and SIBIA Neurosciences. Dr. Vernier received a Ph.D. in synthetic organic chemistry from the University Louis Pasteur, Strasbourg, France and was a postdoctoral fellow at Colorado State University.

Paul Pearson, Ph.D . Dr. Pearson joined Ignyta Operating in July 2013 as a consultant holding the position of Vice President of Pharmacokinetics, Drug Metabolism & Safety, after Ignyta Operating acquired Actagene, a discovery stage precision medicine company for which he was serving as a consultant holding the position of Vice President of Pharmacokinetics, Drug Metabolism & Safety at the time of the acquisition. Dr. Pearson also currently serves as the President of Pearson Pharma Partners, a private drug development consulting company, and has served in such position since May 2008. Prior to joining Actagene, Dr. Pearson served as a consultant from August 2010 until June 2012 and as the Vice President, Preclinical Development from July 2012 until March 2013, in each case for Ruga Corporation, a private oncology biopharmaceutical company. Prior to that, Dr. Pearson served as Global Head and Vice President, Pharmacokinetics and Drug Metabolism (PKDM) at Amgen, Inc., a public biotechnology company focused on developing

 

68


Table of Contents

human therapeutics, from October 2003 to April 2008. Prior to Amgen, Dr. Pearson was Executive Director of Preclinical Drug Metabolism at Merck Research Laboratories, a global healthcare therapeutics company, from January 1998 until September 2003. Prior to Merck, Dr. Pearson held positions of increasing importance in drug metabolism at the Upjohn Company, a pharmaceutical manufacturing company. Dr. Pearson is the Editor of the Handbook of Drug Metabolism (2009).

Dave Matthews, Ph.D . Dr. Matthew joined Ignyta Operating in June 2013 as a consultant holding the position of Vice President of Crystallography, after Ignyta Operating acquired Actagene, a discovery stage precision medicine company for which he was serving as a consultant holding the position of Vice President of Crystallography at the time of the acquisition. Dr. Matthews is also currently Chairman of the Scientific Advisory Board for a broad-based consortium of partners participating in the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation-funded initiative for “Structure Guided Drug Discovery for Tuberculosis and Malaria.” Prior to joining Actagene, Dr. Matthews served as a consultant for Ruga Corporation, a private oncology biopharmaceutical company, from May 2012 until November 2012. Prior to that, Dr. Matthews was a scientific founder of Selexagen Therapeutics, Inc., a private cancer therapeutics company, in March 2008. Prior to Selexagen Therapeutics, Dr. Matthews served on the Medicines for Malaria Venture’s Expert Scientific Advisory Committee from November 2005 to November 2010. Prior to that, Dr. Matthews was Distinguished Research Fellow, Head of Structural Biology, Computational Chemistry, and Bioinformatics at Pfizer, a global research-based pharmaceutical company, from Pfizer’s acquisition of Warner Lambert and Agouron Pharmaceuticals in 2000 until 2005. Prior to that, Dr. Matthews was the scientific founder of Agouron Pharmaceuticals in 1985. Prior to Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Dr. Matthews was a postdoctoral fellow and later a faculty member in the Department of Chemistry at the University of California, San Diego from 1971 until 1985. Dr. Matthews received his Ph.D. in physical chemistry from the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign.

Robert Shoemaker, Ph.D . Dr. Shoemaker joined Ignyta Operating in January 2012 as Director of Bioinformatics. Prior to joining Ignyta Operating, Dr. Shoemaker was a Scientist at Illumina, Inc., a public life science company focused on the analysis of genetic variation and function, from March 2011 to January 2012. Prior to Illumina, Dr. Shoemaker was a Graduate Student and Postdoctoral Researcher at the University of California, San Diego from 2005 until 2011. Dr. Shoemaker has a Ph.D. and M.S. in chemistry, B.S. in biochemistry, and B.A. in German literature from the University of California, San Diego.

Term of Office of Directors

Our directors are elected at each annual meeting of stockholders and serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until their successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our current or former directors or executive officers.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

None of our directors, executive officers, significant employees, promoters or control persons has been involved in any legal proceeding in the past 10 years that would require disclosure under Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors has not established a separate standing audit committee within the meaning of Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act or separate standing nominating or compensation committees, or committees performing similar functions, nor has it adopted charters for any such committee. Due to the present and prior size of our Board of Directors, our Board of Directors believes that it is not necessary to have separate standing audit, nominating or compensation committees at this time because the functions of each such committee are adequately performed by our full Board of Directors. However, it is anticipated that our Board of Directors will form separate standing audit, nominating and compensation committees, with the audit committee including an audit committee financial expert and the audit and compensation committees consisting solely of independent directors, if and when our Board of Directors determines that the establishment of such committees is advisable as we seek to further develop our business and operations and potentially expand the size of our Board of Directors.

 

69


Table of Contents

Nominations to the Board of Directors

Director candidates are considered based upon various criteria, including without limitation their broad-based business and professional skills and experiences, knowledge of the industry in which we operate and ability to add perspectives relating to that industry, expertise in the precision medicine biotechnology field, concern for the long-term interests of our stockholders, diversity, and personal integrity and judgment. Our Board of Directors has a critical role in guiding our strategic direction and overseeing the management of our business, and accordingly, we seek to attract and retain highly qualified directors who have sufficient time to engage in the activities of our Board of Directors and to understand and enhance their knowledge of our industry and business plans.

Stockholder Communications

Although we do not have a formal policy regarding stockholder communications with our Board of Directors, stockholders may communicate with our Board of Directors, or any individual director on our Board of Directors, by writing to us at the address of our principal executive offices, addressing the communication to the attention of our Chief Executive Officer, and specifying the Board of Directors or, if applicable, the individual member thereof as the intended recipient of the communication.

Board Leadership Structure and Role in Risk Oversight

Jonathan E. Lim, M.D. currently serves as our principal executive officer and the Chairman of the Board of Directors. Although the Board of Directors does not have a formal policy regarding whether the same person should serve as both the principal executive officer and the Chairman of the Board, the Board of Directors has determined that appointing Dr. Lim to both such positions is presently in the best interests of Ignyta and its stockholders. Dr. Lim’s founding role with Ignyta Operating provides him with an in-depth knowledge of the industry and strategic priorities of the Combined Company, and his positions as the principal executive officer and Chairman of the Board enable him to facilitate effective communication among management and the Board of Directors, providing an effective, aligned leadership structure for our present operations. The Board of Directors will continue to evaluate our leadership structure and modify it as appropriate based on the size, resources and operations of the Combined Company.

The role of our Board of Directors is to oversee our risk management function. Members of our management team report to our Board of Directors on areas of material risk to us, including operational, financial, legal and regulatory, and strategic and other risks, and provide it with all information necessary to enable our directors to develop a fulsome understanding of the applicable risk and conduct an evaluation of the risk and management’s manner of addressing it. If an identified area of risk poses an actual or potential conflict with management, our non-employee directors may conduct the evaluation. It is anticipated that our Board of Directors will in the future establish more formal procedures regarding the scope and administration of its risk oversight role.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our Board of Directors has not established a separate standing compensation committee. None of our current or former executive officers serves, or during our last completed fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors.

Code of Ethics

We have not adopted a formal code of ethics within the meaning of Item 406 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions and that that establishes, among other things, procedures for handling actual or apparent conflicts of interest. Our Board of Directors intends to adopt such a formal code of ethics when it deems appropriate based on the size of our operations and personnel.

 

70


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

From the inception of Ignyta to the date of this report, no compensation has been earned by or paid to any of Ignyta’s named executive officers, which have consisted of (i) its principal executive officer, and (ii) its next most highly compensated executive officer other than its principal executive officer serving as an executive officer as of the end of its most recently completed fiscal year and whose total compensation exceeded $100,000 during that fiscal year (of which there were none).

Ignyta Operating became our wholly owned subsidiary upon the closing of the Merger on October 31, 2013. The following table summarizes the compensation earned in each of Ignyta Operating’s fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 by its named executive officers, which consist of (i) its principal executive officer, and (ii) its next most highly compensated executive officer other than its principal executive officer serving as an executive officer as of December 31, 2012 and whose total compensation exceeded $100,000 in during the year ended December 31, 2012 (of which there were none).

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year ended
December 31,
     Salary      Stock
awards
($)
     Option
awards
($)
     All other
compensation
($)
     Total  

Jonathan E. Lim, M.D.,

     2012       $ 45,000         —           —           —         $ 45,000   

President and CEO (1)

     2011       $ —           —           —           —         $ —     

 

(1) Dr. Lim co-founded Ignyta Operating in August 2011, but did not become an employee of Ignyta Operating and did not begin earning compensation for the services he performed for Ignyta Operating, as an employee or otherwise, until July 1, 2012. During the period from July 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012, Dr. Lim’s annual base salary for his service as an employee of Ignyta Operating was $100,000, of which he earned a pro-rated amount in the 2012 fiscal year as reflected in the table above based on the term of his service as an employee of Ignyta Operating during that fiscal year. Effective as of January 1, 2013, Dr. Lim’s annual base salary was increased to $250,000.

Upon Dr. Lim’s appointment as President and Chief Executive Officer of Ignyta immediately following the closing of the Merger on October 31, 2013, the members of our Board of Directors, excluding Dr. Lim, approved his receipt of an annual base salary of $250,000, which maintains the compensation earned by Dr. Lim immediately prior to the closing of the Merger as an executive officer of Ignyta Operating. The amount of Dr. Lim’s annual base salary or any other compensation he may receive as an executive officer of Ignyta may be modified at any time at the discretion of our Board of Directors.

Employment Agreements

Ignyta Operating does not have, and has not in the past had, formal employment agreements with its named executive officer or any of its other employees, who all have served as “at will” employees.

Immediately following the closing of the Merger on October 31, 2013, Dr. Lim was appointed as the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Ignyta. He will serve in those positions as an “at will” employee of Ignyta, and will not have a formal employment agreement with Ignyta unless and until Dr. Lim and our Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, approve the terms of any such agreement.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

There were no outstanding equity compensation awards held by Ignyta Operating’s named executive officer as of the end of its last completed fiscal year on December 31, 2012.

Director Compensation

Dr. Lim has been the sole director of Ignyta Operating since its inception. Dr. Lim received no compensation for his service as a director of Ignyta Operating during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 that is not reflected under the heading “Summary Compensation Table” above.

 

71


Table of Contents

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Except as described below, neither Ignyta nor Ignyta Operating has, and neither such entity had immediately prior to the closing of the Merger, any agreements, plans or arrangements that provide for payments or benefits to their respective named executive officers in connection with the resignation, retirement or other termination of a named executive officer, a change in control of the applicable entity, or a change in a named executive officer’s responsibilities following a change in control of the applicable entity.

The Ignyta Plan, which was assumed by Ignyta upon the closing of the Merger, provides that the administrator of the plan has the authority to provide for the full or partial automatic vesting and exercisability of outstanding unvested awards under the Ignyta Plan in connection with certain corporate events and change in control transactions. The named executive officer of Ignyta Operating for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and the executive officers of Ignyta as of immediately following the closing of the Merger hold outstanding option awards granted under the Ignyta Plan and may be granted option or other equity awards in the future under the Ignyta Plan. There has been no acceleration of vesting or exercisability for any outstanding options under the Ignyta Plan, in connection with the Merger or any other corporate event or change in control transaction of Ignyta Operating.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Related Party Transactions

Ignyta

Except as described below and except for employment compensation, since our inception in August 2012, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction to which we are or were a party in which the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 and 1% of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any of our current directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any of their respective affiliates or immediate family members, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Each of those indemnification agreements is in the form approved by our Board of Directors. Reference is made to the description of the indemnification agreements included under the heading “Indemnification of Directors and Officers”, which description is incorporated herein by reference. The description of the indemnification agreements set forth in this report is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the form indemnification agreement, which is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.10 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Each of our directors and officers that was an investor in or held a director, officer or other position with Ignyta Operating prior to the closing of the Merger, which includes all of our current directors and executive officers, were issued shares of our common stock as consideration for the cancellation of their equity holdings in Ignyta Operating upon the closing of the Merger. See the information under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” for information about each such party’s current beneficial ownership in our common stock.

Ignyta Operating

Except as described below and except for employment compensation, since the inception of Ignyta Operating in August 2011, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction to which it was or is a party in which the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 and 1% of the average of Ignyta Operating’s total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any of its directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any of their respective affiliates or immediate family members, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

On July 26, 2011 and March 21, 2012, City Hill Venture Partners I, LLC (City Hill) purchased an aggregate of 833,334 shares of the series A preferred stock of Ignyta Operating, for a per share purchase price of $0.60 and an aggregate purchase price of $500,000. In addition, (i) on June 22, 2012, City Hill and Alexander Casdin, among other investors, purchased shares of the series B preferred stock of Ignyta Operating for a per share purchase price of $3.00, with City Hill purchasing 500,000 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $1,500,000, and Mr. Casdin purchasing 33,334 shares for an aggregate

 

72


Table of Contents

purchase price of $100,000, and (ii) on December 21, 2012, City Hill, Mr. Casdin and Zachary Hornby, among other investors, purchased shares of the series B preferred stock of Ignyta Operating for a per share purchase price of $3.00, with City Hill purchasing an additional 83,334 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000, Mr. Casdin purchasing an additional 16,667 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000, and Mr. Hornby purchasing 8,334 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. Jonathan E. Lim, the current President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Ignyta and the sole director of Ignyta Operating, is the Managing Partner of City Hill, and City Hill was a holder of more than 5% of the outstanding capital stock of Ignyta Operating prior to the closing of the Merger and is a holder of more than 5% of the outstanding capital stock of Ignyta following the closing of the Merger and on the date of this report. Mr. Casdin is currently a member of the Board of Directors of Ignyta. Mr. Hornby currently serves as the Chief Financial Officer and Vice President, Corporate Development of Ignyta and in the same roles for Ignyta Operating.

On May 20, 2013, Ignyta Operating closed its acquisition of Actagene, by way of Actagene’s merger with and into Ignyta Operating. As consideration for the cancellation of the shares of Actagene held by its stockholders upon the closing of that merger, Ignyta Operating issued to each such stockholder a number of shares of Ignyta Operating common stock based on a specified ratio. Jonathan E. Lim was a director, and City Hill was the controlling stockholder, of both Ignyta Operating and Actagene immediately prior to the closing of the merger. As a result of its equity ownership of Actagene, City Hill was issued an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of Ignyta Operating common stock as consideration upon the closing of the merger. In addition, Dr. Patrick O’Connor, our current Chief Scientific Officer and Senior Vice President, Research, was a director, executive officer and stockholder of Actagene prior to the closing of the merger. As a result of his equity ownership of Actagene, Dr. O’Connor was issued an aggregate of 500,000 shares of Ignyta Operating common stock as consideration upon the closing of the merger. Pursuant to a valuation completed shortly following the merger with Actagene, Ignyta Operating’s common stock had a fair market value of $1.02 per share as of the date of such valuation, resulting in an aggregate fair market value of approximately $1,020,000 and $510,000 of the shares of Ignyta Operating’s common stock issued to City Hill (and thereby controlled by Dr. Lim) and Dr. O’Connor, respectively, in connection with the merger with Actagene. Ignyta Operating has accounted for the merger with Actagene as a combination of entities under common control, and as a result the shares issued as merger consideration were valued for accounting purposes at $0.003 per share (see footnote 2 of our unaudited financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2013 attached as Exhibit 99.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K).

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

Due to the small size of our company, we do not at this time have a formal written policy regarding the review of related party transactions, and rely on our full Board of Directors to review, approve or ratify such transactions and identify and prevent conflicts of interest. Our Board of Directors reviews any such transaction in light of the particular affiliation and interest of any involved director, officer or other employee or stockholder and, if applicable, any such person’s affiliates or immediate family members. Management aims to present transactions to our Board of Directors for approval before they are entered into or, if that is not possible, for ratification after the transaction has occurred. If our Board of Directors finds that a conflict of interest exists, then it will determine the appropriate action or remedial action, if any. Our Board of Directors approves or ratifies a transaction if it determines that the transaction is consistent with our best interests and the best interest of our stockholders.

Director Independence

In connection with the closing of the Merger, our Board of Directors undertook a review of the composition of our Board of Directors and independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Alexander Casdin and Dr. Heinrich Dreismann would qualify as “independent” as that term is defined by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5605(a)(2). Further, although we do not presently have separately standing audit, nominating or compensation committees of our Board of Directors, our Board of Directors has determined that each of Mr. Casdin and Dr. Dreismann would qualify as “independent” under NASDAQ Listing Rules applicable to such board committees. Dr. Jonathan Lim would not qualify as “independent” under applicable NASDAQ Listing Rules applicable to the Board of Directors generally or to separately designated board committees because he currently serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. In making such determinations, our Board of Directors considered the relationships that each of our non-employee directors has with the Combined Company and all other facts and circumstances deemed relevant in determining independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Subject to some exceptions, NASDAQ Listing Rule 5605(a)(2) provides that a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of our Board of Directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the

 

73


Table of Contents

exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director, and that a director cannot be an “independent director” if (a) the director is, or in the past three years has been, an employee of ours; (b) a member of the director’s immediate family is, or in the past three years has been, an executive officer of ours; (c) the director or a member of the director’s immediate family has received more than $120,000 per year in direct compensation from us within the preceding three years, other than for service as a director or benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan or non-discretionary compensation (or, for a family member, as a non-executive employee); (d) the director or a member of the director’s immediate family is a current partner of our independent public accounting firm, or has worked for such firm in any capacity on our audit at any time during the past three years; (e) the director or a member of the director’s immediate family is, or in the past three years has been, employed as an executive officer of a company where one of our executive officers serves on the compensation committee; or (f) the director or a member of the director’s immediate family is an executive officer, partner or controlling shareholder of a company that makes payments to, or receives payments from, us in an amount which, in any twelve-month period during our past three fiscal years, exceeds the greater of 5% of the recipient’s consolidated gross revenues for that year or $200,000 (except for payments arising solely from investments in our securities or payments under non-discretionary charitable contribution matching programs). Additionally, in order to be considered an independent member of an audit committee under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, a member of an audit committee may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other committee of the board of directors, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the applicable company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the applicable company or any of its subsidiaries.

MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY

AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Market Information

Our common stock is presently not traded on any market or securities exchange. Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCBB over-the-counter quotation system under the ticker symbol “IGASD”, which will change to the ticker symbol “RXDX” on the 20 th business day following the effect of our 100-to-one reverse stock split. There is not currently, and there has not been since our inception, any trading of our shares of common stock on the OTCBB or any other over-the-counter market, and as a result there is no established trading market for our common stock. As of the date of this Current Report on Form 8-K and after giving effect to the Merger, there are: (i) outstanding options to purchase up to 358,986 shares of our common stock; (ii) outstanding warrants to purchase up to 25,001 shares of our common stock; and (iii) 7,336 outstanding shares of our common stock that have been registered under the Securities Act and are freely tradeable.

Holders

As of October 31, 2013 immediately following the closing of the Merger, there were 65 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividends

As of the date of this Current Report on Form 8-K, other than the dividend declared in connection with the Merger, we have never declared nor paid any cash dividends to stockholders. We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, and currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund our operations and the development and growth of our business. The declaration of any future cash dividend, if any, would be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and would depend upon our earnings, if any, our capital requirements and financial position, our general economic conditions, and other pertinent conditions.

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Upon the completion of the Merger, we had 4,923,805 shares of common stock outstanding, of which our directors and executive officers beneficially own an aggregate of 3,591,039 shares. Of those outstanding shares, 7,336 shares of our common stock are freely tradeable, without restriction, as of the date of this Current Report on Form 8-K. No shares issued in connection with the Merger can be publicly sold under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act until 12 months after the date of filing this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

74


Table of Contents

In general, Rule 144 provides that (i) any of our non-affiliates that has held restricted common stock for at least 12 months is thereafter entitled to sell its restricted stock freely and without restriction, provided that we remain compliant and current with our SEC reporting obligations, and (ii) any of our affiliates, which includes our directors, executive officers and other person in control of us, that has held restricted common stock for at least 12 months is thereafter entitled to sell its restricted stock subject to the following restrictions: (a) we are compliant and current with our SEC reporting obligations, (b) certain manner of sale provisions are satisfied, (c) a Form 144 is filed with the SEC, and (d) certain volume limitations are satisfied, which limit the sale of shares within any three-month period to a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the total number of outstanding shares. A person who has ceased to be an affiliate at least three months immediately preceding the sale and who has owned such shares of common stock for at least one year is entitled to sell the shares under Rule 144 without regard to any of the limitations described above.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

Equity Compensation Plan Information

In October 2011, Ignyta Operating’s Board of Directors and the holders of at least a majority of its then-outstanding capital stock approved and adopted the Ignyta Plan. Ignyta Operating has not adopted any other stockholder-approved or non-stockholder approved equity compensation plans.

The following table provides information with respect to the Ignyta Plan as of December 31, 2012:

 

   

Number of securities to

be issued upon exercise

of outstanding options,

warrants and rights

(a)

   

Weighted-average

exercise price of

outstanding

options, warrants

and rights

(b)

   

Number of securities

remaining available for

future issuance under equity

compensation plans

(excluding securities

reflected in column (a))

(c)

 

Plan Category

     

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    156,659      $ 0.36        10,007   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

    —          —          —     

Total

    156,659      $ 0.36        10,007   

In February 2013, Ignyta Operating’s Board of Directors and the holders of at least a majority of its then-outstanding capital stock approved an amendment to the Ignyta Plan to, among other things, increase the number of shares of its common stock available for issuance thereunder from 166,666 shares to 666,666 shares. Effective as of immediately prior to the closing of the Merger on October 31, 2013, Ignyta Operating’s Board of Directors and the holders of at least a majority of its then-outstanding capital stock approved a further amendment to the Ignyta Plan to, among other things, increase the number of shares of its common stock available for issuance thereunder from 666,666 shares to 712,652 shares. Effective upon the closing of the Merger, Ignyta assumed the Ignyta Plan and the obligation to issue all outstanding options and other awards outstanding thereunder as of the closing of the Merger.

The following table provides information with respect to the Ignyta Plan as of immediately prior to the closing of the Merger on October 31, 2013:

 

   

Number of securities to

be issued upon exercise

of outstanding options,

warrants and rights

(a)

   

Weighted-average

exercise price of

outstanding

options, warrants

and rights

(b)

   

Number of securities

remaining available for

future issuance under equity

compensation plans

(excluding securities

reflected in column (a))

(c)

 

Plan Category

     

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    358,986      $ 0.71        296,223   

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

    —          —          —     

Total

    358,986      $ 0.71        296,223   

 

75


Table of Contents

Description of the Ignyta Plan

The purpose of the Ignyta Plan is to attract and retain the best available personnel and provide additional incentives to such personnel through the grant of equity awards. The Ignyta Plan permits the grant of a variety of forms of awards to employees, directors and/or consultants of Ignyta or its affiliated companies. The total number of shares reserved for issuance under the Ignyta Plan is 712,652 shares and, after accounting for outstanding awards granted under the Ignyta Plan prior to the closing of the Merger, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future grants under the Ignyta Plan is 342,209 shares. Our Board of Directors currently serves as the administrator of the Ignyta Plan. As of the date of this Current Report on Form 8-K, the only equity awards that have been granted under the Ignyta Plan are those that were granted by Ignyta Operating prior to the closing of the Merger and have been assumed by us upon the closing of the Merger.

The following is a summary of the principal provisions of the Ignyta Plan, as presently in effect following the assumption thereof by Ignyta upon the closing of the Merger. The below summary is not a complete description of the Ignyta Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Ignyta Plan, which is attached to this Current Report on Form 8-K as Exhibit 10.1.

Types and Terms of Awards . The Ignyta Plan provides for the grant of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights, and stock appreciation rights. Stock options granted under the Ignyta Plan may be either incentive stock options, or non-qualified stock options. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees. Awards other than incentive stock options may be granted to employees, consultants and directors of us or our related entities. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value of the shares subject to stock options designated as incentive stock options that become exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such excess stock options will be treated as non-qualified stock options. The terms of each award granted under the Ignyta Plan will be designated in an award agreement.

Awards may be granted subject to vesting schedules and restrictions on transfer and repurchase or forfeiture rights in favor of Ignyta as determined by the administrator and as specified in the applicable award agreement under the Ignyta Plan. The administrator generally has the authority, in its discretion, to select employees, consultants and directors to whom awards may be granted from time to time, to determine whether and to what extent awards are granted, to determine the number of shares or the amount of other consideration to be covered by each award (subject to certain limitations), to approve award agreements for use under the Ignyta Plan, to determine the terms and conditions of any award (including the vesting schedule applicable to the award), to amend the terms of any outstanding award granted under the Ignyta Plan (subject to certain limitations), to construe and interpret the terms of the Ignyta Plan and awards granted thereunder, to establish additional terms, conditions, rules or procedures to accommodate the rules or laws of applicable non-U.S. jurisdictions, and to take such other action not inconsistent with the terms of the Ignyta Plan, as the administrator deems appropriate.

The term of any award granted under the Ignyta Plan will be stated in the applicable award agreement, provided that the term may not exceed 10 years (or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to any participant who owns stock representing more than 10% of our combined voting power or any parent or subsidiary of us).

The Ignyta Plan authorizes the administrator to grant stock options at an exercise price not less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date the stock option is granted (or 110%, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to any employee who owns stock representing more than 10% of our combined voting power or any parent or subsidiary of us). In the case of stock appreciation rights, and awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation, the base appreciation amount or purchase price, if any, shall be not less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. In the case of all other awards granted under the Ignyta Plan, the exercise or purchase price shall be determined by the administrator.

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code . The maximum number of shares with respect to which options and stock appreciation rights may be granted to a participant during a calendar year is 666,666 shares, provided that a participant may

 

76


Table of Contents

be granted options and stock appreciation rights for an additional 333,333 shares in connection with the commencement of service for Ignyta. For awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units that are intended to be performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (the Code), the maximum number of shares subject to those awards that may be granted to a participant during a calendar year is 333,333 shares.

In order for restricted stock and restricted stock units to qualify as performance-based compensation, the administrator must establish a performance goal with respect to such award in writing not later than 90 days after the commencement of the services to which it relates (or, if earlier, the date after which 25% of the period of service to which the performance goal relates has elapsed) and while the outcome is substantially uncertain. In addition, the performance goal must be stated in terms of an objective formula or standard.

The Ignyta Plan includes the following performance criteria that may be considered by the administrator when granting performance-based awards: increase in share price, earnings per share, total stockholder return, return on equity, return on assets, return on investment, net operating income, cash flow, revenue, economic value added, personal management objectives, or other measure of performance selected by the administrator of the Ignyta Plan.

Certain Adjustments . Subject to any required action by our stockholders, the number of shares covered by outstanding awards, the number of shares that have been authorized for issuance under the Ignyta Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each outstanding award, the maximum number of shares or amount that may be granted subject to awards to any participant, and the like, shall be proportionally adjusted by the administrator of the Ignyta Plan in the event of (i) any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification or similar event affecting the shares, (ii) any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares effected without receipt of consideration by Ignyta, or (iii) any other transaction with respect to our shares including a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation (including a spin-off or other distribution of stock or property), reorganization, liquidation (whether partial or complete), distribution of cash or other assets to stockholders other than a normal cash dividend, or any similar transaction; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of Ignyta shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.”

Corporate Transaction and Change in Control . The administrator of the Ignyta Plan shall have the authority, exercisable either in advance of any actual or anticipated Corporate Transaction or Change in Control, as those terms are defined in the Ignyta Plan, or at the time of an actual Corporate Transaction or Change in Control and exercisable at the time of the grant of an award under the Ignyta Plan or any time while an award remains outstanding, to provide for the full or partial automatic vesting and exercisability of one or more outstanding unvested awards under the Ignyta Plan and the full or partial release from restrictions on transfer and repurchase or forfeiture rights of such awards in connection with a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control, on such terms and conditions as the administrator may specify. The Administrator also shall have the authority to condition any such award vesting and exercisability or release from such limitations upon the subsequent termination of the continuous service of the participant within a specified period following the effective date of the Corporate Transaction or Change in Control. The administrator may provide that any awards so vested or released from such limitations in connection with a Change in Control shall remain fully exercisable until the expiration or earlier termination of the award. Upon the consummation of a Corporate Transaction, all outstanding awards shall terminate unless assumed by the successor corporation or its parent.

Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . The Ignyta Board of Directors may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Ignyta Plan. The Ignyta Plan will terminate on October 7, 2021, unless earlier terminated by the Ignyta Board of Directors. To the extent necessary to comply with applicable provisions of federal securities laws, state corporate and securities laws, the Code, applicable rules of any stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any foreign jurisdiction applicable to awards granted to residents of the jurisdiction, we shall obtain stockholder approval of any such amendment to the Ignyta Plan in such a manner and to such a degree as so required.

RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

Ignyta

In August 2012, Ignyta issued 160,000 shares of its common stock to Betty Sytner, one of its officers and sole director, pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Ms. Sytner was

 

77


Table of Contents

supplied with the same information that could be found in a registration statement on Form S-1 and is a sophisticated investor.

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 3.02 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Ignyta Operating

Upon its inception in August 2011, Ignyta Operating issued to four individuals that founded the company an aggregate of 666,668 shares of its common stock at a purchase price per share of $0.003 and for an aggregate purchase price of $2,000. The issuance and sale of such securities was not registered under the Securities Act, and such securities were issued in reliance upon an exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. In determining that the issuance of such securities qualified for an exemption under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Ignyta Operating relied on the following facts: the securities were issued to recipients that each represented that it was an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act, it was acquiring the securities for investment purposes and without a view toward disposition thereof and it had sufficient investment experience to evaluate the risks of the investment; Ignyta Operating used no advertising or general solicitation in connection with the issuance and sale of the securities; and the securities were issued as restricted securities.

In October 2011, Ignyta Operating issued and sold to one investor 416,667 shares of its series A preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $0.60 and for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000. In March 2012, Ignyta Operating issued and sold to the same investor an additional 416,667 share of its series A preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $0.60 and for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000. The issuance and sale of such securities was not registered under the Securities Act, and such securities were issued in reliance upon an exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder. In determining that the issuance of such securities qualified for an exemption under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Ignyta Operating relied on the following facts: the securities were issued to one investor that represented that it was an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act, it was acquiring the securities for investment purposes and without a view toward disposition thereof, and it had sufficient investment experience to evaluate the risks of the investment; Ignyta Operating used no advertising or general solicitation in connection with the issuance and sale of the securities; and the securities were issued as restricted securities.

In June 2012, Ignyta Operating issued and sold to six investors an aggregate of 700,000 shares of its series B preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $3.00 and for an aggregate purchase price of $2,100,000. In December 2012, Ignyta Operating issued and sold to fifteen investors, including three investors from the June 2012 sales, an aggregate of 1,135,000 shares of its series B preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $3.00 and for an aggregate purchase price of $3,405,000. The issuance and sale of such securities was not registered under the Securities Act, and such securities were issued in reliance upon an exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder. In determining that the issuance of such securities qualified for an exemption under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Ignyta Operating relied on the following facts: the securities were issued to investors that each represented that it was an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act, it was acquiring the securities for investment purposes and without a view toward disposition thereof, and it had sufficient investment experience to evaluate the risks of the investment; Ignyta Operating used no advertising or general solicitation in connection with the issuance and sale of the securities; and the securities were issued as restricted securities.

In June 2012, upon entry into and as a condition of a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (SVB), Ignyta Operating issued to SVB a warrant to acquire up to 8,334 shares of its series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share. In February 2013, upon entry into and as a condition of an amendment to the loan agreement relating to an increase in the amount funded thereunder, Ignyta Operating issued to SVB an additional warrant to acquire up to a number of shares of its series B preferred stock equal to 5% of the amount funded by SVB under the loan agreement after the date of issuance of the warrant, resulting in an aggregate of 16,667 shares of its series B preferred stock following SVB’s two advances under the loan agreement after such date of issuance, at an exercise price of $3.00 per share. Each such warrant is exercisable at any time at the option of the holder until the seven-year anniversary of its date of issuance. Pursuant to and in accordance with its terms, each such warrant, (i) upon the conversion of Ignyta Operating’s preferred stock into common stock prior to the closing of the Merger, was converted into a warrant to acquire the same number of shares of Ignyta Operating’s common stock, and (ii) upon the closing of the Merger, was assumed by Ignyta and became a warrant to acquire the number of shares of Ignyta’s common stock that would have been issued to the warrantholder on the closing of the Merger had the warrant been fully exercised at such time. The issuance and sale of those warrants and any shares issuable upon their exercise has not

 

78


Table of Contents

been registered under the Securities Act, and such securities were issued in reliance upon an exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. In determining that the issuance of such securities qualified for an exemption under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Ignyta Operating relied on the following facts: the securities were issued to one recipient that represented that it was an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act, it was acquiring the securities for investment purposes and without a view toward disposition thereof, and it had sufficient investment experience to evaluate the risks of the investment; Ignyta Operating used no advertising or general solicitation in connection with the issuance and sale of the securities; and the securities were issued as restricted securities.

In May 2013, Ignyta Operating acquired Actagene by way of Actagene’s merger with and into Ignyta Operating on May 20, 2013. All consideration paid by Ignyta Operating in connection with its acquisition of Actagene was paid with shares of its common stock, totaling an aggregate of 1,583,336 shares. The issuance and sale of such securities was not registered under the Securities Act, and such securities were issued in reliance upon an exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder. In determining that the issuance of such securities qualified for an exemption under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Ignyta Operating relied on the following facts: the securities were issued to parties that each represented that it was an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act, it was acquiring the securities for investment purposes and without a view toward disposition thereof, and it had sufficient investment experience to evaluate the risks of the investment; Ignyta Operating used no advertising or general solicitation in connection with the issuance and sale of the securities; and the securities were issued as restricted securities.

Since its inception in August 2011, Ignyta Operating has granted, under the Ignyta Operating Plan, options to purchase up to an aggregate of 442,983 shares of its common stock to 31 different employees, consultants or other service providers as compensation for services rendered to Ignyta Operating. The issuance of those options and any shares issuable upon their exercise has not been registered under the Securities Act, and such securities were issued in reliance upon an exemption from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. In determining that the issuance of such securities qualified for an exemption under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, Ignyta Operating relied on the following facts: the securities were issued under the Ignyta Operating Plan, a written compensatory benefit plan intended to comply with Rule 701; the recipients of the securities were bona fide service providers to Ignyta Operating; and the securities were issued as restricted securities.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following describes the material terms of the capital stock of Ignyta. The following description does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, Ignyta’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, which are attached as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, to this Current Report on Form 8-K. All Ignyta stockholders are urged to read our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws carefully and in their entirety.

Authorized Capital Stock; Issued and Outstanding Capital Stock

Effective October 31, 2013, we amended and restated our Articles of Incorporation to increase our authorized common stock, par value $0.00001 per share from 25,000,000 shares to 100,000,000 shares of common stock and authorize 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share.

Also on October 31, 2013, in connection with the Merger and pursuant to our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, we effected a reverse stock split at a ratio of 100-to-one, such that each 100 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the reverse stock split was automatically combined and converted, without any action on the part of the stockholder thereof, into one fully paid and nonassessable share of our common stock. All share information in this Current Report on Form 8-K with respect to our common stock gives retroactive effect to that reverse stock split. Also on October 31, 2013 and immediately following the effect of the reverse stock split, we declared a $3.50 per share cash dividend to our stockholders of record and repurchased 80,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $0.99 per share from our principal stockholder, each on a post reverse stock split basis.

As of October 31, after giving effect to the closing of the Merger, there were a total of 4,923,805 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

 

79


Table of Contents

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to vote of our stockholders, including the election of directors. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to cumulate their votes for the election of directors. Except as otherwise required by law, or as otherwise fixed by resolution or resolutions of our Board of Directors with respect to one or more series of our preferred stock, the entire voting power and all voting rights shall be vested exclusively in our common stock.

Holders of our common stock will not be entitled to receive dividends except if declared by our Board of Directors and will not be entitled to a liquidation preference in respect of their shares of common stock. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata all assets remaining for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our liabilities and of all preferential amounts to which any series of our preferred stock may be entitled.

Holders of our common stock will have no preemptive or subscription rights, and will have no rights to convert their common stock into any other securities. The common stock will not be subject to call or redemption.

Preferred Stock

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation authorize our Board of Directors to fix or alter the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and dissolution preferences or any wholly unissued series of our preferred stock, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation also provide that our Board of Directors is expressly authorized to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series of preferred stock then outstanding) the number of shares of any series of preferred stock subsequent to the issue of shares of that series.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Nevada law contains provisions governing the combination of a Nevada corporation with two hundred (200) or more stockholders of record with an “interested shareholder” (a person who is the direct or indirect beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting shares of a corporation), which generally prohibit such transaction for three (3) years following the time that such person becomes an “interested shareholder,” subject to certain exceptions. Generally, such provisions may have the effect of delaying or making it more difficult to effect a change in control of our company. Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, we have elected to opt out of these provisions, which will permit us to engage in such transactions with “interested shareholders.”

Nevada law also contains provisions governing acquisition of a controlling interest of a Nevada corporation. These provisions provide generally that any person or entity that acquires a certain percentage of the outstanding voting shares of a Nevada corporation may be denied voting rights with respect to the acquired shares, unless the holders of a majority of the voting power of the corporation, excluding shares as to which any of such acquiring person or entity, an officer or a director of the corporation, and an employee of the corporation exercises voting rights, elect to restore such voting rights in whole or in part. These provisions apply whenever a person or entity acquires shares that, but for the operation of these provisions, would bring voting power of such person or entity in the election of directors within any of the following three ranges: (i) 20% or more but less than 33  1 3 %; (ii) 33  1 3 % or more but less than or equal to 50%; or (iii) more than 50%. The stockholders or board of directors of a corporation may elect to exempt the stock of the corporation from these provisions through adoption of a provision to that effect in its articles of incorporation or bylaws. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws do not exempt our common stock from these provisions. These provisions are applicable only to a Nevada corporation that: (i) has 200 or more stockholders of record, at least 100 of whom have addresses in Nevada appearing on the stock ledger of the corporation; and (ii) does business in Nevada directly or through an affiliated corporation. As a result, we do not presently believe that Nevada’s controlling interest acquisition provisions are currently applicable to us.

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change of control of our company or change in our Board of Directors, including transactions in which our stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our

 

80


Table of Contents

common stock. Among other things, our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and applicable Nevada law:

 

    permit our Board of Directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate (including dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and dissolution preferences);

 

    provide that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock to elect directors, directors may only be removed, subject to any limitation imposed by law, by the holders of at least  2 3 of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares of the capital stock entitled to vote generally at an election of directors;

 

    provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by a vote of a majority of directors then in office; and

 

    do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose).

The amendment of any of these provisions would require approval by the majority of our Board of Directors or by holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding common stock entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.

Warrants

SVB Warrants

In connection with the loan and security agreement between Ignyta Operating and SVB, Ignyta Operating issued to SVB two warrants to acquire shares of its capital stock. The first such warrant was issued on June 25, 2012, has a term of exercise of seven years, and, as of immediately prior to the closing of the Merger, provided for the purchase by SVB of up to 8,334 fully paid and nonassessable shares of Ignyta Operating’s series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share. The second such warrant was issued on February 27, 2013 and the number of shares issuable thereunder increased on July 19, 2013, has a term of exercise of seven years, and, as of immediately prior to the closing of the Merger, provided for the purchase by SVB of up to 16,667 fully paid and nonassessable shares of Ignyta Operating’s series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share. The terms of each such warrant provide for anti-dilution and other adjustments in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

In connection with the conversion of all issued and outstanding shares of all series of Ignyta Operating’s preferred stock and, immediately thereafter, the reverse stock split of all issued and outstanding shares of Ignyta Operating’s common stock, immediately prior to the closing of the Merger the warrants issued to SVB converted into, collectively, a right to acquire up to 25,001 shares of Ignyta Operating’s common stock at an exercise price per share equal to $3.00. Upon the closing of the Merger, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of the warrants and the Merger Agreement, such warrants were assumed by us and have become exercisable for up to 25,001 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share. The aggregate purchase price of each of the warrants issued to SVB may be paid by either cash or, at the option of SVB, through a customary cashless exercise process. The warrants issued to SVB are attached to this Current Report on Form 8-K as Exhibits 10.5 and 10.6, respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference.

NMS Warrant

Pursuant to the terms of the license agreement between Ignyta Operating and NMS, we have agreed to issue to NMS, upon the completion of a financing of equity or debt securities pursuant to which we or our affiliates receive gross proceeds of at least $20 million, a warrant to acquire up to 16,667 shares of our common stock. That warrant is to have an exercise price per share equal to that used in the financing that causes the license agreement with NMS to become effective, and is to be exercisable at the option of NMS, in whole or in part, at any time after the effective date of the license agreement until the five-year anniversary thereof. The license agreement between Ignyta Operating and NMS is attached to this Current Report on Form 8-K as Exhibit 10.4 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

81


Table of Contents

NMS Equity Rights

Pursuant to the terms of the license agreement between Ignyta Operating and NMS, upon the earlier of 10 days following the effective date of the license agreement and December 31, 2013, Ignyta Operating will owe to NMS an upfront license fee totaling $7.0 million. NMS may elect to receive up to $1.0 million of that upfront license fee in the form of shares of our common stock, which would be issued at a price per share equal to that used in the financing that causes the license agreement to become effective and subject to substantially the same other terms as that financing and all applicable law, including without limitation customary representations and warranties by NMS. The license agreement between Ignyta Operating and NMS is attached to this Current Report on Form 8-K as Exhibit 10.4 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Stock Transfer Agent

Our stock transfer agent for our securities will be Olde Monmouth Stock Transfer Co., Inc., 200 Memorial Parkway, Atlantic Highlands, New Jersey 07716, telephone (732) 872-2727.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Subsection 1 of Section 78.7502 of the Nevada Revised Statutes (the Nevada Law) empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she (i) is not liable pursuant to Section 78.138 of the Nevada Law or (ii) acted in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Section 78.138 of the Nevada Law provides that, with certain exceptions, a director or officer is not individually liable to the corporation or its stockholders or creditors for any damages as a result of any act or failure to act in his or her capacity as a director or officer unless it is proven that (i) his or her act or failure to act constituted a breach of his or her fiduciary duties as a director or officer, and (ii) his or her breach of those duties involved intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law.

Subsection 2 of Section 78.7502 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above against expenses, including amounts paid in settlement and attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she (i) is not liable pursuant to Section 78.138 of the Nevada Law, or (ii) acted in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believes to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the corporation or for amounts paid in settlement to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought or other court of competent jurisdiction determines that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court deems proper.

Section 78.7502 further provides that to the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (1) and (2), or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense. Subsection 3 of Section 78.751 of the Nevada Law provides that the indemnification provided for by Section 78.7502 does not exclude any other rights to which the indemnified party may be entitled (except that indemnification will generally not be available to a director or officer if a final adjudication establishes that his or her acts or omissions involved intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of the law and was material to the cause of action) and that the indemnification shall continue for directors, officers, employees or agents who have ceased to hold such positions, and inures to the benefit of their heirs, executors and administrators.

 

82


Table of Contents

Section 78.752 of the Nevada Law empowers the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance or make other financial arrangements on behalf of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other enterprise, for any liability asserted against him or her and expenses incurred by him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such whether or not the corporation has the power to indemnify him or her against such liabilities or expenses. As of the date of this report, we have obtained a customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy.

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provide for indemnification of our directors and officers, substantially identical in scope to that permitted under the Nevada Law. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provide, pursuant to Subsection 2 of Section 78.751, that the expenses of our directors and officers incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, must be paid by us as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon delivery, if required by Nevada Law, of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by us.

We have also entered into separate indemnification agreements consistent with Nevada law and the form approved by our Board of Directors with each of our current directors and executive officers, and we contemplate entering into such indemnification agreements with directors and certain executive officers that may be elected or appointed in the future, as the case may be. The information set forth under the heading “Indemnification Agreements” in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated herein by reference.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reference is made to the financial statements and pro forma financial information relating to Ignyta Operating contained in Item 9.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS

ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth in Item 4.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which disclosure is incorporated herein by reference.

 

83


Table of Contents
Item 3.02 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which disclosure is incorporated herein by reference. Upon the closing of the Merger, we issued 4,916,469 shares of our common stock to 27 former stockholders of Ignyta Operating in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of Ignyta Operating’s capital stock. The issuance and sale of such securities was not registered under the Securities Act, and such securities were issued in reliance upon an exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder. In determining that the issuance of such securities qualified for an exemption under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, we relied on the following facts: the securities were issued to recipients that each represented that it was an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act, it was acquiring the securities for investment purposes and without a view toward disposition thereof, and it had sufficient investment experience to evaluate the risks of the investment; we used no advertising or general solicitation in connection with the issuance and sale of the securities; and the securities were issued as restricted securities.

 

Item 3.03 Material Modification of Rights of Security Holders.

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 5.03 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which disclosure is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 4.01 Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.

(a) Effective on October 31, 2013 and with the approval of our Board of Directors, we dismissed Dov Weinstein & Co. C.P.A (“Weinstein”) as our independent registered public accounting firm engaged to audit our financial statements.

The reports issued by Weinstein dated September 30, 2013 and September 5, 2012 relating to its audits of our balance sheets as of August 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the fiscal years then ended and for the period from inception (August 21, 2012) through August 31, 2013, contained an explanatory paragraph stating that there was substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Other than as disclosed above, such reports did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

Our decision to dismiss Weinstein is not the result of any disagreement between us and Weinstein on matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedures. During our two most recent fiscal years, there were no disagreements with Weinstein on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Weinstein, would have caused Weinstein to make a reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its reports. Pursuant to the rules of the SEC applicable to smaller reporting companies, Weinstein was not required to provide an attestation as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for any period since our inception.

Other than as disclosed above, there were no reportable events (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K) during our two most recent fiscal years. Our Board of Directors discussed the subject matter referred to above with Weinstein. We authorized Weinstein to respond fully and without limitation to all requests of our successor accountant concerning all matters related to the annual and interim periods audited and reviewed by Weinstein, including with respect to the subject matter of any reportable event.

We provided Weinstein with a copy of the above disclosures it is making in response to Item 4.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K and requested that Weinstein furnish a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not it agrees with the above statements, and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. A copy of the letter dated October 28, 2013, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K.

(b) Effective on October 31, 2013 and with the approval of our Board of Directors, we have engaged Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C. (“MHM”) as our new independent registered public accounting firm. MHM was engaged by Ignyta Operating before it became our wholly owned subsidiary to audit its financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the years then ended and for the period from inception (August 29, 2011) through June 30, 2013, which are filed as Exhibits 99.1 and 99.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

84


Table of Contents

During our two most recent fiscal years and through the date of our engagement of MHM, neither we nor anyone on our behalf consulted with MHM regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered with respect to our financial statements, and no written report or oral advice was provided to us by MHM that was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (ii) any matter that was the subject of a disagreement (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act and the related instructions) or a reportable event (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K) relating to our company.

 

Item 5.01 Changes in Control of Registrant.

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which disclosure is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

(b) — (c): Effective upon the closing of the Merger on October 31, 2013, our executive officers prior to the Merger, Betty Sytner (former President, Treasurer, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer) and Eileen Friedman (former Secretary), each tendered her resignation from all positions then held with our company. Following such resignation, the members of our Board of Directors that were elected in connection with the closing of the Merger, as described in part (d) of this Item 5.02 below, appointed as the executive officers of Ignyta the individuals to the executive officer positions set forth under the heading “Management—Directors, Executive Officers and Other Non-Executive Officers” in Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K.

Each of our newly appointed executive officers will serve in his positions as an “at will” employee of our company, and will not have a formal employment agreement with us unless and until our Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, and the applicable executive officer have approved the terms of any such agreement. Upon the appointment of our new executive officers immediately following the closing of the Merger, our Board of Directors, excluding Dr. Lim with respect to his compensation, approved (i) an annual base salary of $250,000 for Dr. Lim, (ii) an annual base salary of $200,000 for Zachary Hornby, and (iii) an annual base salary of $250,000 for Patrick O’Connor. Patrick O’Connor is presently on medical leave, and is expected to return in January 2014. The amount of each of our executive officer’s annual base salary or any other form of compensation to be received by him may be modified at any time at the discretion of our Board of Directors.

In connection with the closing of the Merger, we assumed the Ignyta Plan and the obligation to issue shares of our common stock upon the exercise of all options granted thereunder that were outstanding as of the closing of the Merger. At the time of our assumption of the Ignyta Plan, there were 342,209 shares available for issuance pursuant to future grants thereunder. Our principal executive officer, president, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, principal operating officer and persons performing similar functions are eligible to receive additional awards under the Ignyta Plan. Additionally, as of the closing of the Merger, we assumed (i) the obligation to issue to Jonathan E. Lim, our newly appointed President, Chief Executive Officer and principal executive officer, up to an aggregate of 33,333 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of options granted under the Ignyta Plan that were outstanding as of the closing of the Merger, (ii) the obligation to issue to Zachary Hornby, our newly appointed Chief Financial Officer, Vice President, Research and Development, and principal financial and accounting officer, up to an aggregate of 76,666 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of options granted under the Ignyta Plan that were outstanding as of the closing of the Merger, and (iii) the obligation to issue to Patrick O’Connor, our Chief Scientific Officer and Sr. Vice President, Research, up to an aggregate of 20,000 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of options granted under the Ignyta Plan that were outstanding as of the closing of the Merger.

For certain biographical, related party and other information regarding our newly appointed executive officers, see the disclosure under the heading “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Related Party Transactions” in Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which disclosure is incorporated herein by reference.

(d) Effective upon the closing of the Merger, our sole director prior to the Merger, Betty Sytner, (i) resigned as a director, and (ii) appointed as our new directors the three individuals identified as directors under the heading “Management—Directors, Executive Officers and Other Non-Executive Officers” in Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K. Following the closing of the Merger, our newly elected directors appointed Jonathan E. Lim as the Chairman of the Board.

 

85


Table of Contents

We presently have no formal plan for compensating our directors for their service as our directors, and none of our newly appointed directors has received compensation for his service as a director of our company to date. Dr. Dreismann and Mr. Casdin have each provided advisory services relating to product development efforts and commercial opportunities for Ignyta Operating in the past, which advisory relationships were terminated effective upon Ignyta Operating becoming our wholly owned subsidiary and the appointment of each such individual to our Board of Directors. In connection with those advisory services, Dr. Dreismann was paid cash compensation totaling $27,500 in 2012 and $22,500 in 2013 through the date of termination of his advisory relationship, and each of Dr. Dreismann and Mr. Casdin were issued options to acquire Ignyta Operating’s common stock, which we have assumed upon the closing of the Merger. See the disclosure under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” for information about each such party’s current beneficial ownership in our common stock.

No standing committees of our Board of Directors have been established and, as a result, none of our current directors is a member of any such committee. Further, there are no arrangements or understandings pursuant to which any of our current directors was appointed as a director.

For certain biographical, related party and other information regarding our newly appointed directors, see the disclosure under the heading “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Related Party Transactions” in Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which disclosure is incorporated herein by reference.

(e) Effective upon the closing of the Merger, we assumed the Ignyta Plan. As of the date of this report, there are outstanding options to purchase up to an aggregate of 358,986 shares of our common stock, all of which were outstanding and assumed by us as of the closing of the Merger, and 342,209 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future equity grants under the Ignyta Plan.

Reference is made to the description of the Ignyta Plan set forth under the heading “Market Price of and Dividends on Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters—Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans” in Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which description is incorporated herein by reference. The description of the Ignyta Plan contained in this report does not purport to be complete, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Ignyta Plan, which is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.1 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.03 Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year.

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation

Prior to the closing of the Merger, we amended and restated our Articles of Incorporation in their entirety, for the purpose of, among other things, (i) changing our name from “Infinity Oil & Gas Company” to “Ignyta Inc.”, (ii) increasing the number of authorized shares of our common stock from 25,000,000 to 100,000,000; (iii) authorizing the issuance of up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, in one or more series and with such rights, preferences and privileges as our Board of Directors may determine, and (iv) effecting a 100-to-one reverse stock split of our common stock. Our Board of Directors approved the amendment and restatement of our Articles of Incorporation on October 21, 2013, and as described under Item 5.07 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, stockholders holding 91.6% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock approved the amendment to our Articles of Incorporation on October 21, 2013. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation became effective on October 31, 2013 and are filed as Exhibit 3.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K.

As a result of the reverse stock split effected by our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, every 100 shares of our outstanding common stock prior to the effect of that amendment have been combined and reclassified into one share of our common stock, and the number of outstanding shares of our common stock has been reduced from 8,733,600 to 87,336. No fractional shares will be issued in connection with the reverse stock split, and any of our stockholders that would have been entitled to receive a fractional share as a result of the reverse stock split will instead receive one whole share of our common stock in lieu of such fractional share. The reverse stock split will not in itself affect any stockholder’s ownership percentage of our common stock, except to the extent that any fractional share is rounded up to the nearest whole share. Beginning with the opening of trading on November 1, 2013, our common stock is expected to commence trading on the OTCBB on a post reverse stock split basis.

In accordance with rules and regulations promulgated by FINRA, the amendments to our Articles of Incorporation to change our name, increase the number of authorized shares of our common stock, authorize preferred stock, and effect the

 

86


Table of Contents

100-to-one reverse stock split are expected to become effective upon receipt of FINRA’s approval of those changes on the morning of November 1, 2013. In connection with the change of our name to “Ignyta, Inc.”, FINRA has assigned us a new stock symbol, “RXDX”, which is expected to take effect on or about 20 business days following the effect of the reverse stock split on November 1, 2013.

Change in Fiscal Year

Pursuant to the approval of our Board of Directors, our fiscal year end has been changed from August 31 to December 31, which is the fiscal year end of Ignyta Operating. The Merger is being accounted for as a reverse acquisition, with Ignyta Operating regarded as the accounting acquirer. Commencing with the periodic report for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 we intend to file annual and quarterly reports based on the December 31 fiscal year end of Ignyta Operating. Such financial statements will depict the operating results of Ignyta Operating, including the acquisition of Infinity Oil & Gas Company, from Ignyta Operating’s inception on August 29, 2011. In reliance on Section III.F of the SEC’s Division of Corporate Finance: Frequently Requested Accounting and Financial Reporting Interpretations and Guidance dated March 31, 2001, we do not intend to file a transition report.

 

Item 5.06 Change in Shell Company Status.

Upon the closing of the Merger on October 31, 2013, we ceased to be a “shell company” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Reference is made to the disclosure under Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which disclosure is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.07 Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

On October 21, 2013, stockholders holding 91.6% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock executed a written consent in lieu of meeting to approve the amendment and restatement of our Articles of Incorporation to, among other things:

 

    change the name of Ignyta from “Infinity Oil & Gas Company” to “Ignyta, Inc.”;

 

    increase the number of authorized shares of our common stock from 25,000,000 to 100,000,000;

 

    authorize the issuance of up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, in one or more series and with such rights, preferences and privileges as our Board of Directors may determine; and

 

    effect a 100-to-one reverse stock split;

On October 31, 2013, stockholders holding 91.6% of our then issued and outstanding shares of our common stock executed a written consent in lieu of meeting the approve the Merger Agreement and all transactions and agreements contemplated thereby, including the consummation of the Merger; the issuance of 4,916,469 shares of Ignyta’s common stock to the former stockholder of Ignyta Operating as consideration for the Merger; the assumption of the Ignyta Plan and all outstanding options thereunder; the assumption of Ignyta Operating’s outstanding warrants; and the execution and filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to effect the Merger.

 

Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(a) Financial Statements of Businesses Acquired . In accordance with Item 9.01(a), the following are filed as exhibits to this Current Report on Form 8-K:

 

    Unaudited financial statements of Ignyta Operating for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 are filed as Exhibit 99.1.

 

    Audited financial statements of Ignyta Operating for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are filed as Exhibit 99.2.

(b) Pro Forma Financial Information . In accordance with Item 9.01(b), the unaudited pro forma financial information of Ignyta and its wholly owned subsidiary Ignyta Operating as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 are filed as Exhibit 99.3 to this Current Report on Form 8-K.

(c) Shell Company Transactions . Reference is made to Items 9.01(a) and 9.01(b) and the exhibits referred to therein, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

87


Table of Contents

(d) Exhibits . Reference is made to the Exhibit Index following the signature page of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

88


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated: October 31, 2013     IGNYTA, INC.
    By:   /s/ Jonathan Lim, M.D.
    Name:   Jonathan Lim, M.D.
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
     

 

 

89


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated May 7, 2013, by and between Ignyta Operating, Inc. (then known as Ignyta, Inc.) and Actagene Oncology, Inc.
  2.2    Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated October 31, 2013, by and among Ignyta, Inc. (then known as Infinity Oil & Gas Company), IGAS Acquisition Corp., and Ignyta Operating, Inc. (then known as Ignyta, Inc.).
  3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Ignyta, Inc., as amended by Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Ignyta, Inc.
  3.2    Bylaws of Ignyta, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on September 13, 2013).
  4.1    Form of Common Stock certificate.
10.1    Ignyta, Inc. Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.2    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under the Ignyta, Inc. Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.3    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Ignyta, Inc. Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.4    License Agreement, dated October 10, 2013, by and between Ignyta Operating, Inc. (then known as Ignyta, Inc.) and Nerviano Medical Sciences, S.r.l., as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to License Agreement, dated October 25, 2013, by and between Ignyta Operating, Inc. (then known as Ignyta, Inc.) and Nerviano Medical Sciences, S.r.l. (Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to portions of this exhibit pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Exchange Act and these confidential portions have been redacted from the document filed as an exhibit to this report. A complete copy of this agreement, including the redacted terms, has been separately filed with the SEC).
10.5    Warrant to Purchase Stock, issued by Ignyta Operating, Inc. (then known as NexDx, Inc.) to Silicon Valley Bank on June 25, 2012 and assumed by Ignyta, Inc. (formerly known as Infinity Oil & Gas Company).
10.6    Warrant to Purchase Stock, issued by Ignyta Operating, Inc. (then known as Ignyta, Inc.) to Silicon Valley Bank on February 27, 2013 and assumed by Ignyta, Inc. (formerly known as Infinity Oil & Gas Company).
10.7    Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 25, 2012, by and between Ignyta Operating, Inc. (then known as NexDx, Inc.) and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 27, 2013, by and between Ignyta Operating, Inc. (then known as Ignyta, Inc.) and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.8    Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease – Gross, dated August 7, 2013, by and between Ignyta Operating, Inc. (then known as Ignyta, Inc.) and Robert C. Kyle as Trustee of the Robert C. Kyle 1979 Insurance Trust and Barbara Ann Battey as the Trustee of the Barbara Ann Battey Trust dated January 27, 2000.
10.9    Lease, date February 19, 2013, by and between Ignyta Operating, Inc. (then known as Ignyta, Inc.) and BMR-Coast 9 LP.
10.10    Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Ignyta, Inc. and each of its current directors and executive officers.
16.1    Letter from Dov Weinstein & Co. C.P.A, dated October 30, 2013.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries.
99.1    Unaudited condensed financial statements of Ignyta Operating, Inc. (then known as Ignyta, Inc.) for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012.
99.2    Audited financial statements of Ignyta Operating, Inc. (now known as Ignyta, Inc.) for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.
99.3    Pro forma financial information of Ignyta, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary Ignyta Operating, Inc.

 

90

Exhibit 2.1

 

 

A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

by and between

I GNYTA , I NC .

and

A CTAGENE O NCOLOGY , I NC .

Dated as of May 7, 2013

 

 


ARTICLE I

 

D EFINITIONS ; C ONSTRUCTION

     1   

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

     1   

Section 1.2

 

Construction

     1   

ARTICLE II

 

T HE M ERGER

     2   

Section 2.1

 

The Merger

     2   

Section 2.2

 

Closing; Effective Time

     2   

Section 2.3

 

Effects of the Merger

     2   

Section 2.4

 

Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws

     2   

Section 2.5

 

Directors and Officers

     3   

Section 2.6

 

Effect on Capital Stock; Merger Consideration

     3   

Section 2.7

 

Surrender of Certificates

     4   

Section 2.8

 

Dissenting Shares

     4   

Section 2.9

 

Further Assurances

     5   

ARTICLE III

 

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF A CTAGENE

     6   

Section 3.1

 

Organization, Power and Standing

     6   

Section 3.2

 

Capital Structure of Actagene

     6   

Section 3.3

 

Valid Issuance; Merger

     6   

Section 3.4

 

Subsidiaries

     6   

Section 3.5

 

Authority

     6   

Section 3.6

 

Governmental Consents

     7   

Section 3.7

 

Litigation

     7   

Section 3.8

 

Proprietary Information Agreements

     7   

Section 3.9

 

Patents and Trademarks

     7   

Section 3.10

 

Compliance with Other Instruments

     8   

Section 3.11

 

Agreements; Action

     8   

Section 3.12

 

Related-Party Transactions

     9   

Section 3.13

 

Financial Statements

     9   

Section 3.14

 

Permits

     9   

Section 3.15

 

Disclosure

     9   

Section 3.16

 

Registration Rights

     9   

Section 3.17

 

Corporate Documents; Minute Books

     9   

Section 3.18

 

Title to Property and Assets

     10   

Section 3.19

 

Employee Benefit Plans

     10   

Section 3.20

 

Labor Agreements and Actions

     10   

Section 3.21

 

Tax Matters

     10   

Section 3.22

 

Insurance

     11   

Section 3.23

 

Information Statement

     11   

ARTICLE IV

 

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF I GNYTA

     12   

Section 4.1

 

Organization, Power and Standing

     12   

Section 4.2

 

Capital Structure of Ignyta

     12   

Section 4.3

 

Valid Issuance

     12   

Section 4.4

 

Authority

     12   

Section 4.5

 

Disclosure

     13   

Section 4.6

 

Information Statement

     13   

ARTICLE V

 

C OVENANTS

     13   

Section 5.1

 

Conduct of Business by Actagene Pending the Closing

     13   

Section 5.2

 

No Solicitation by Actagene

     14   

Section 5.3

 

Access to Information

     15   

 

i


Section 5.4

 

Expenses and Fees

     15   

Section 5.5

 

Agreement to Cooperate

     15   

Section 5.6

 

Reorganization

     16   

Section 5.7

 

Control of Other Party’s Business

     16   

Section 5.8

 

Public Disclosure

     16   

Section 5.9

 

Blue Sky Laws

     16   

Section 5.10

 

Information Statement

     16   

ARTICLE VI

 

C ONDITIONS TO THE M ERGER

     17   

Section 6.1

 

Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger

     17   

Section 6.2

 

Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Actagene

     17   

Section 6.3

 

Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Ignyta

     18   

ARTICLE VII

 

I NDEMNIFICATION

     19   

Section 7.1

 

Indemnification by the Principal Actagene Stockholders

     19   

Section 7.2

 

Survival

     19   

Section 7.3

 

Sole Remedy

     19   

ARTICLE VIII

 

T ERMINATION

     20   

Section 8.1

 

Termination

     20   

Section 8.2

 

Effect of Termination

     20   

ARTICLE IX

 

G ENERAL P ROVISIONS

     20   

Section 9.1

 

Notices

     20   

Section 9.2

 

Counterparts

     21   

Section 9.3

 

Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest

     21   

Section 9.4

 

Severability

     21   

Section 9.5

 

Governing Law

     22   

Section 9.6

 

Interpretation

     22   

Section 9.7

 

Amendment; Waiver

     22   

Section 9.8

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     22   

Section 9.9

 

Acknowledgement; Waiver of Conflicts

     22   

Section 9.10

 

Arbitration

     23   

 

ii


E XHIBITS  & S CHEDULES

 

Annexes and Exhibits :
Annex A    Certain Defined Terms
Exhibit A    Certificate of Merger
Exhibit B    FIRPTA Certificate
Exhibit C    Indemnification Agreement
Exhibit D    Form of Stockholder Representation, Release and Amendment Agreement
Schedules :
Schedule 6.2(c)    Ignyta Third Party Consents
Schedule 6.3(b)    Actagene Third Party Consents

 

iii


A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION

T HIS A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of May 7, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), between I GNYTA , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (“ Ignyta ”), and A CTAGENE O NCOLOGY , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (“ Actagene ”). Each of Actagene and Ignyta is a “ Party ” and together, the “ Parties .”

R ECITALS :

W HEREAS , the respective Boards of Directors of Actagene and Ignyta have (i) approved and declared advisable this Agreement, including the merger of Actagene with and into Ignyta (the “ Merger ”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and (ii) directed that this Agreement be submitted to stockholders of Actagene and Ignyta, respectively, for approval and adoption constituting the Required Actagene Stockholder Approval and the Required Ignyta Stockholder Approval, as applicable.

W HEREAS , pursuant to the Merger, among other things, the shares of Actagene common stock, $0.0001 par value (“ Actagene Common Stock ”), outstanding as of the Effective Time of the Merger shall be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration (as defined below) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

W HEREAS , for federal income tax purposes, Actagene and Ignyta intend that the Merger qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and that this Agreement shall be, and hereby is, adopted as a plan of reorganization for purposes of Section 368(a) of the Code.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

D EFINITIONS ; C ONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1 Definitions . Certain capitalized terms as used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them as set forth on Annex A .

Section 1.2 Construction . Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, (a) references to the plural include the singular, and references to the singular include the plural, (b) references to any gender include the other gender, (c) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” do not limit the preceding terms or words and will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, (d) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereto” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, (e) the terms “day” and “days” mean and refer to calendar day(s) and (f) the terms “year” and “years” mean and refer to calendar year(s). Unless otherwise set forth herein, references in this Agreement to (a) any document, instrument or agreement (including this Agreement) include (1) all exhibits, schedules and other attachments thereto, (2) all documents, instruments or agreements issued or executed in replacement thereof and (3) such document, instrument or agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms and in effect at any given time, and (b) a particular Law means such Law as amended, modified, supplemented or succeeded,

 

1


from time to time and in effect through the Closing Date. All Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references herein are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement, unless otherwise specified. This Agreement will not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if all Parties had prepared it. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein will be construed in accordance with GAAP.

ARTICLE II

T HE M ERGER

Section 2.1 The Merger . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, and in accordance with the DGCL, Actagene shall be merged with and into Ignyta at the Effective Time. As a result of the Merger, the separate corporate existence of Actagene shall cease and Ignyta shall continue as the surviving corporation of the Merger (sometimes referred to herein, following the Merger, as the “ Surviving Corporation ”) and shall continue its corporate existence under the DGCL.

Section 2.2 Closing; Effective Time . The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) and all actions specified in this Agreement to occur at the Closing shall take place at the offices of Morrison & Foerster LLP, 12531 High Bluff Drive, San Diego, California, or at such other location as the Parties hereto agree, at 10:00 a.m., local time, on the first business day following the day on which the last of the conditions set forth in Article VI shall have been fulfilled or waived (other than those conditions that by their nature are satisfied at Closing, but subject to the waiver of fulfillment of those conditions) or at such other time and place as Actagene and Ignyta shall agree (the “ Closing Date ”). On the Closing Date and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Parties hereto shall cause the Merger to be consummated by filing a Certificate of Merger, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Certificate of Merger ”), executed in accordance with the relevant provisions of the DGCL, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Merger shall become effective at such time as a properly executed copy of the Certificate of Merger is duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (such time being referred to as the “ Effective Time ”).

Section 2.3 Effects of the Merger . At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger and the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject thereto, at the Effective Time, all properties, rights, immunities, privileges, powers and franchises of Actagene shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities and duties of Actagene shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation.

Section 2.4 Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws .

(a) At and following the Effective Time, the Restated Ignyta Certificate attached to the Certificate of Merger filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter duly amended.

(b) At and following the Effective Time, the bylaws of Ignyta, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter duly amended.

 

2


Section 2.5 Directors and Officers .

(a) The sole director of Ignyta immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the sole director of the Surviving Corporation, until the earlier of his resignation or removal or until his successor is duly elected and qualified, as the case may be.

(b) The officers of Ignyta immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation, until the earlier of their resignation or removal or until their respective successors are duly appointed and qualified, as the case may be; provided, however, that Patrick O’Connor shall be appointed as the Chief Scientific Officer and SVP Head of Research of the Surviving Corporation as of the Effective Time.

Section 2.6 Effect on Capital Stock; Merger Consideration . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Actagene or the stockholders of Actagene, each share of Actagene Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted and exchanged, without any action on the part of the holders thereof, into the right to receive a portion of the merger consideration (the “ Merger Consideration ”) as follows:

(a) Actagene Common Stock . Each share of Actagene Common Stock outstanding at the Effective Time (other than fractional shares to be cancelled in accordance with Section 2.6(c) and other than Dissenting Actagene Shares, as hereinafter defined) will be cancelled and exchanged into an amount of shares of Ignyta Common Stock equal to the Exchange Ratio. The “ Exchange Ratio ” shall be determined by dividing (i) 4,750,000 (the number of shares of Ignyta Common Stock to be issued to Actagene stockholders in the Merger) by (ii) the number of shares of Actagene Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. Upon conversion, the former holders of the Actagene Common Stock will have the rights, preferences and privileges attached to the Ignyta Common Stock in place of the rights, preferences and privileges of the Actagene Common Stock. These rights will be the same rights held by the holders (as constituted prior to the Effective Time) of Ignyta Common Stock as set forth in the Restated Ignyta Certificate and existing Bylaws of Ignyta. Upon surrender of the Certificates in accordance with Section 2.7 hereof, the Merger Consideration shall be issued to the approving holders of Actagene Common Stock in accordance with this Section 2.6 .

(b) Assumption of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements . Each share of Ignyta Common Stock issued to a holder of Actagene Common Stock at the Effective Time will have, and be subject to, the same terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement for such holder immediately prior to the Effective Time (including, without limitation, any repurchase rights or vesting provisions and after the waiver of any acceleration of vesting or other benefit upon a change of control that may (absent such waiver) be triggered by this Agreement or the consummation of the Merger such that, following the Merger, the shares of Ignyta Common Stock that are issued to holders of Actagene Common Stock shall be subject to the same vesting conditions and other restrictions that were in effect for any such holder with respect to such holder’s ownership of Actagene Common Stock immediately prior to the Merger). Prior to the Effective Time, Actagene shall cause the amendment of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements to provide for their assumption by Ignyta at the Effective Time as set forth in this Section 2.6(b) pursuant to the Stockholder Agreements.

(c) Cancellation of Treasury Stock and Ignyta-Owned Stock . Each share of Actagene Common Stock held in the treasury of Actagene, if any, and any shares of Actagene Common Stock owned by Ignyta immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be cancelled and extinguished without any conversion thereof and no payment shall be made with respect thereto.

 

3


(d) No Fractional Shares . In lieu of fractional shares that would otherwise be issued under this Agreement, holders of shares of Actagene Common Stock that would have been entitled to receive a fractional share shall receive such whole number of shares of Ignyta Common Stock as is equal to the precise number of shares of Ignyta Common Stock to which such Person would be entitled, rounded down to the nearest whole number.

Section 2.7 Surrender of Certificates .

(a) Exchange Procedures . At and following the Closing, the holders of Actagene Common Stock shall have the right to surrender their Actagene Common Stock to Ignyta in return for the Merger Consideration to which they are entitled as a result of the Merger. Ignyta will deliver certificates of Ignyta Common Stock to the holders of Actagene Common Stock who surrender their Actagene Common Stock certificates (the “ Certificates ”) at or promptly following the Closing. For those Actagene stockholders that do not surrender their Certificates at Closing, promptly after the Effective Time, Ignyta shall cause to be mailed to each holder of record of a Certificate or Certificates whose shares were converted into the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration pursuant to Section 2.6 , (i) a letter of transmittal (which shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates shall pass, only upon receipt of the Certificates by Ignyta, and shall be in such form and have such other provisions as Ignyta may reasonably specify); (ii) such other customary documents as may be reasonably required pursuant to such instructions; and (iii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Certificates in exchange for a portion of the Merger Consideration. Upon surrender of a Certificate for cancellation to Ignyta, together with such letter of transmittal and other documents, duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto, the holder of such Certificate shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor such holder’s applicable portion of the Merger Consideration, and the Certificate so surrendered shall forthwith be cancelled. Until so surrendered, each outstanding Certificate that prior to the Effective Time represented shares of Actagene Common Stock will be deemed from and after the Effective Time, for all corporate purposes, to evidence the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration into which the Actagene Common Stock evidenced by such Certificate has been converted.

(b) Transfers of Ownership . The Merger Consideration delivered upon the surrender for exchange of Actagene Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof shall be deemed to have been delivered in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such Actagene Common Stock. At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of Actagene shall be closed, and there shall thereafter be no further registration of transfers of Actagene Common Stock on the records of Actagene. If, after the Effective Time, Certificates are presented to the Surviving Corporation for any reason, they shall be cancelled in exchange for the right to receive the Merger Consideration as provided in this Article II .

(c) Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . In the event any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, Ignyta shall pay to the record holder of such Certificate the Merger Consideration into which the shares of Actagene Common Stock formerly represented by such Certificate have been converted pursuant to Section 2.6 , upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by such record holder; provided , however , that Ignyta may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the payment of such consideration, require such record holder to deliver a bond in such sums as Ignyta may reasonably direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against Ignyta with respect to such Certificate.

Section 2.8 Dissenting Shares .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, shares of Actagene capital stock that are outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time held by a Person who shall not have voted to adopt this Agreement and who properly exercises and perfects appraisal rights for

 

4


such shares in accordance with Section 262 of the DGCL or Section 1300(b) of the CGCL, as applicable (“ Dissenting Actagene Shares ”), at or after the Effective Time shall not be converted into or represent the right to receive the Merger Consideration in accordance with Section 2.6 unless and until such holder of Dissenting Actagene Shares fails to perfect or withdraws or otherwise loses his rights to appraisal and payment under the DGCL or CGCL, as applicable, but shall be entitled only to such rights as are granted by the CGCL or the DGCL, as the case may be, to Dissenting Actagene Shares. If, after the Effective Time, any such holder fails to perfect or withdraws or loses his right to appraisal, such Dissenting Actagene Shares shall thereupon be treated as if they had been converted as of the Effective Time into the right to receive the portion of the Merger Consideration in accordance with Section 2.6 without interest. Non-dissenting stockholders shall not be entitled to any portion of the Merger Consideration otherwise payable with respect to any Dissenting Actagene Shares.

(b) Actagene shall give Ignyta (i) reasonably prompt notice of any written demand received by Actagene prior to the Effective Time for appraisal of any shares of Actagene capital stock pursuant to the DGCL or CGCL, as applicable, any withdrawal of any such demand and any other demand, notice or instrument delivered to Actagene prior to the Effective Time pursuant to the DGCL or CGCL, as applicable, and (ii) the opportunity to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to any such demand, notice or instrument. Actagene shall not make any payment or settlement offer prior to the Effective Time with respect to any such demand, notice or instrument unless Ignyta shall have consented in writing to such payment or settlement offer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

(c) Ignyta shall give Actagene (i) reasonably prompt notice of any written demand received by Ignyta prior to the Effective Time for appraisal of any shares of Ignyta capital stock pursuant to the DGCL or CGCL, as applicable, any withdrawal of any such demand and any other demand, notice or instrument delivered to Ignyta prior to the Effective Time pursuant to the DGCL or CGCL, as applicable, and (ii) the opportunity to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to any such demand, notice or instrument. Ignyta shall not make any payment or settlement offer prior to the Effective Time with respect to any such demand, notice or instrument unless Actagene shall have consented in writing to such payment or settlement offer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

Section 2.9 Further Assurances . If at any time after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall consider or be advised that any deeds, bills of sale, assignments or assurances or any other acts or things are necessary, desirable or proper (a) to vest, perfect or confirm, of record or otherwise, in the Surviving Corporation its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, privileges, powers, franchises, properties or assets of either of the Merging Corporations, or (b) to otherwise carry out the purposes of this Agreement, Actagene or the Surviving Corporation, as applicable, and their respective proper officers and directors or their designees shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of either of the Merging Corporations, all such deeds, bills of sale, assignments and assurances and to do, in the name and on behalf of either Merging Corporation or any such stockholder, all such other acts and things as may be necessary, desirable or proper to vest, perfect or confirm the Surviving Corporation’s right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, privileges, powers, franchises, properties or assets of such Merging Corporation and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

 

5


ARTICLE III

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF A CTAGENE

Actagene represents and warrants to Ignyta that the statements contained in this Article III are current and complete, except as set forth in the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions, which Actagene Schedule of Exceptions shall specifically identify the section of this Agreement for which each exception is taken. Any matter disclosed in any section of the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions shall be considered disclosed for other sections of the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions, but only to the extent such matter on its face would reasonably be expected to be pertinent to a particular section of the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions in light of the disclosure made in such section.

Section 3.1 Organization, Power and Standing . Actagene is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware and has the requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted. Section 3.1 of the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions sets forth all jurisdictions in which Actagene is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation. Actagene is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of its properties owned or held under lease or the nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary.

Section 3.2 Capital Structure of Actagene . The authorized capital stock of Actagene consists of Seven Million (7,000,000) shares of Actagene Common Stock, of which Five Million Seven Hundred Thousand (5,700,000) are issued and outstanding. There are not outstanding any options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights) or agreements for the purchase or acquisition from Actagene of any shares of its capital stock.

Section 3.3 Valid Issuance; Merger . The outstanding shares of Actagene Common Stock are all duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal Laws concerning the issuance of securities.

Section 3.4 Subsidiaries . Actagene does not, and has never, owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, association, or other business entity. Actagene is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership, or similar arrangement.

Section 3.5 Authority . Except as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions, Actagene has all requisite corporate power and authority to (i) enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) own and operate its properties and assets and (iii) carry on its business as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been, or will have been by the Closing, duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Actagene. The Board of Directors of Actagene has approved this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Actagene and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Actagene enforceable against Actagene in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally, and is subject to general principles of equity. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Actagene does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, individually or in the aggregate, (x) conflict with, or result in any violation of, or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation or loss of any material benefit under (a) any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Actagene, as amended; or (b) any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument, permit,

 

6


concession, franchise, license or Law applicable to Actagene or any of its properties or assets, in the case of clause (b), except for such conflicts, violations, defaults, rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration as could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Actagene or (y) give rise to any employee severance or similar benefits or trigger the acceleration of any equity awards (or constitute the initial “trigger” in any “double” trigger equity awards or severance obligations).

Section 3.6 Governmental Consents . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Body is required by or with respect to Actagene in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (a) the filing of the Certificate of Merger as provided in Section 2.2 ; and (b) such consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations and filings as may be required under applicable state securities Laws and the securities Laws of any foreign country.

Section 3.7 Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending, or to Actagene’s Knowledge, currently threatened against Actagene. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions pending or, to Actagene’s Knowledge, threatened against Actagene, involving the prior employment of any of Actagene’s employees, their use in connection with Actagene’s business of any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations under any agreements with prior employers. Actagene is not a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality that would reasonably be expected to result in any loss, expense, charge, assessment, levy, fine or other liability being imposed upon or incurred by Actagene that would have a Material Adverse Effect on Actagene. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by Actagene currently pending or that Actagene intends to initiate.

Section 3.8 Proprietary Information Agreements . Each employee of Actagene has executed Actagene’s standard form of Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. Each consultant of Actagene has executed Actagene’s standard form of Consulting Agreement, in the form previously provided to Ignyta’s legal counsel for this transaction. Actagene is not aware that any such employee or consultant is in violation thereof.

Section 3.9 Patents and Trademarks . Actagene has full title and ownership of, or has been granted valid rights to use, all Technology and other materials used in its business, as now conducted, and the lack of which (or the lack of authorization, license, right, title or ownership thereof) would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Actagene. To its Knowledge, (but without having conducted any special investigation or patent search), the conduct of Actagene’s business as currently conducted, including the use or exploitation of any Technology and any Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith, does not conflict with, infringe or misappropriate any valid Intellectual Property Rights of others and Actagene has not received any written notice from any Person alleging any such conflict, infringement or misappropriation with or of the Intellectual Property Rights of others. Except as set forth in Section 3.9 of the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions, Actagene is not bound by or a party to any options, licenses or similar agreements with respect to Intellectual Property Rights owned by Actagene or of any other Person or entity other than such licenses or agreements arising from the purchase or license of “off the shelf” or standard products in the ordinary course of business. Actagene currently has no issued patents. To its Knowledge, Actagene owns or has the right to use the Intellectual Property Rights that Actagene is using in connection with the current conduct of its business, free and clear of any rights, liens, encumbrances or claims of others. To Actagene’s Knowledge, no third party is infringing or misappropriating any Intellectual Property Rights of Actagene. Actagene is not aware that any of its employees is obligated under any contract (including licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative

 

7


agency, that would materially interfere with their duties to Actagene or that would materially conflict with Actagene’s business. Actagene does not believe it is or will be necessary to utilize any inventions of any of its employees (or people it currently intends to hire) made prior to their employment by Actagene, except for inventions that have been assigned or licensed to Actagene as of the date hereof.

Section 3.10 Compliance with Other Instruments . Except as set forth in Section 3.10 of the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions, Actagene is not in violation of any provision of its Certificate of Incorporation or its Bylaws nor, to its Knowledge, of any instrument, Law or contract (oral or written) to which Actagene is subject. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Merger and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not result in any such violation, or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either a default under any such provision or an event that results in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of Actagene or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to Actagene, its business or operations or any of its assets or properties, except for any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults or other occurrences that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Actagene.

Section 3.11 Agreements; Action .

Except as set forth in Section 3.11 in the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions:

(a) Except as contemplated hereby and except for salary, bonus and benefits generally available to all employees paid to or stock option or stock purchase agreements with officers or employees of Actagene which have been approved by the Board of Directors, there are no material agreements, understandings or proposed transactions between Actagene and any of its officers, directors, affiliates or any affiliate thereof.

(b) There are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts, proposed transactions, judgments, orders, writs or decrees to which Actagene is a party or by which it is bound that may (i) involve obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to Actagene, in excess of $15,000, other than obligations of, or payments to, Actagene arising from purchase or sale agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (ii) involve the transfer or license of any material patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right to or from Actagene, other than licenses arising from the purchase of “off the shelf” or other standard products, or (iii) restrict Actagene’s ability to market or sell any of its products (territorial or otherwise).

(c) Actagene has not (i) declared or paid any dividends or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital stock, (ii) incurred any indebtedness for money borrowed or any other liabilities individually in excess of $15,000 or, in the case of indebtedness and/or liabilities individually less than $15,000, in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate, (iii) made any loans or advances to any Person, other than ordinary advances for travel expenses, or (iv) sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or rights, other than the sale of its inventory in the ordinary course of business.

(d) For the purposes of subsections (b) and (c) above, all indebtedness, liabilities, agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts and proposed transactions involving the same Person or entity (including Persons or entities Actagene has reason to believe are affiliated therewith) shall be aggregated for the purpose of meeting the individual minimum dollar amounts of such subsections.

 

8


(e) To Actagene’s Knowledge, each agreement set forth on the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions pursuant to this Section 3.11 (each a “ Material Agreement ”) is in full force and effect and no other party to such Material Agreement is in material default or breach thereunder.

Section 3.12 Related-Party Transactions . Except as set forth in Section 3.12 of the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions, no employee, officer or director of Actagene or member of his or her immediate family is indebted to Actagene, nor is Actagene indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of them, other than for accrued salaries, reimbursable expenses or other benefits generally available to all employees in the ordinary course of Actagene’s business. Except as set forth in Section 3.12 of the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions, to Actagene’s Knowledge, none of such Persons has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which Actagene is affiliated, except that employees, officers or directors of Actagene and members of their immediate families may own stock in publicly traded companies that may compete with Actagene, provided such ownership does not exceed five percent (5%) of the outstanding voting stock of each such publicly traded company. To Actagene’s Knowledge, no member of the immediate family of any officer or director of Actagene is directly or indirectly interested in any material contract with Actagene.

Section 3.13 Financial Statements . Actagene has made available to Ignyta its unaudited financial statements as of April 30, 2013 (the “ Actagene Financial Statements ”). To Actagene’s Knowledge, the Actagene Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated and with each other, except that the Actagene Financial Statements do not contain all statements and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles. The Actagene Financial Statements are in accordance with the books and records of Actagene, are true, correct and complete in all material respects, and fairly present the financial condition and operating results of Actagene as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments. Except as set forth in the Actagene Financial Statements, Actagene has no material liabilities, contingent or otherwise, other than (i) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business since April 30, 2013 and (ii) obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business. To Actagene’s Knowledge, since April 30, 2013, there has not been any change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of Actagene from that reflected in the Actagene Financial Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business that would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.14 Permits . Actagene has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted by it. To Actagene’s Knowledge, Actagene is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.

Section 3.15 Disclosure . Actagene has provided Ignyta with all material information that Ignyta has specifically requested in writing in connection with Ignyta’s due diligence investigation of Actagene. Neither this Agreement nor any related agreements (including all the exhibits and schedules hereto and thereto) nor any other statements or certificates made or delivered in connection herewith contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

Section 3.16 Registration Rights . Actagene has not granted or agreed to grant any registration rights, including piggyback rights, to any Person or entity.

Section 3.17 Corporate Documents; Minute Books . The Existing Actagene Certificate and Bylaws of Actagene are in the form previously provided to counsel for Ignyta. The minute books of

 

9


Actagene provided to Ignyta contain all actions of directors and stockholders since the time of incorporation and the transactions referred to in such minutes and consents are accurate in all material respects.

Section 3.18 Title to Property and Assets . The property and assets Actagene owns are owned by Actagene free and clear of all mortgages, liens, loans and encumbrances, except (i) as reflected in the Actagene Financial Statements, (ii) for statutory liens for the payment of Taxes that are not yet required to have been paid, and (iii) for liens, encumbrances and security interests and minor defects in title, none of which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to be material to Actagene or its ownership or use of such property or assets. With respect to the property and assets it leases, Actagene is in material compliance with such leases and, to its Knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances, subject to clauses (i) through (iii).

Section 3.19 Employee Benefit Plans . Except as set forth in Section 3.19 of the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions, Actagene does not have any Employee Plans.

Section 3.20 Labor Agreements and Actions . Actagene is not bound by or subject to any written contract, commitment or arrangement with any labor union, and no labor union has requested or, to Actagene’s Knowledge, has sought to represent any of the employees, representatives or agents of Actagene. There is no strike or other labor dispute involving Actagene pending, or to Actagene’s Knowledge, threatened, nor is Actagene aware of any labor organization activity involving its employees. Actagene is not aware that any officer or employee, or that any group of employees, intends to terminate their employment with Actagene, nor does Actagene have a present intention to terminate the employment of any of the foregoing. To Actagene’s Knowledge, no employee of Actagene, nor any consultant with whom Actagene has contracted, is in violation of any term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement or any other agreement relating to the right of any such individual to be employed by, or to contract with, Actagene because of the nature of the business being conducted by Actagene; and to Actagene’s Knowledge, the continued employment by Actagene of its present employees, and the performance of Actagene’s contracts with its independent contractors, will not result in any such violation. Actagene has not received any written notice alleging that any such violation has occurred. Except as set forth in Section 3.20 of the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions, the employment of each officer and employee of Actagene is terminable at the will of Actagene, and no employee of Actagene has been granted the right to any material compensation following termination of employment with Actagene. Except as set forth in Section 3.20 of the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions, Actagene is not a party to or bound by any currently effective employment contract, deferred compensation agreement, bonus plan, incentive plan, profit sharing plan, retirement agreement or other employee compensation agreement.

Section 3.21 Tax Matters .

(a) Actagene has filed (or has had filed on its behalf) all Tax Returns it is required to have filed. All such Tax Returns are correct and complete in all material respects. All Taxes required to have been paid by Actagene (whether or not shown on any Tax Return, and whether or not disputed) have been paid or are reflected as a liability in the Actagene Financial Statements. There are no liens on any of the assets of Actagene that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) timely to pay any Tax. No claim has ever been made by a Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where Actagene does not file Tax Returns that it is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. Actagene has not commenced activities in any jurisdiction which will result in an initial filing of any Tax Return with respect to Taxes imposed by a Taxing Authority that it had not previously been required to file in the immediately preceding taxable period.

 

10


(b) There is no audit or other proceeding presently pending or threatened in writing (or otherwise to the Knowledge of Actagene) with regard to any Tax liability, Tax Return, or obligation to file Tax Returns of or relating to Actagene.

(c) Neither Actagene nor any Person on behalf of Actagene has waived any statute of limitations or agreed to any extension of time that has continuing effect with respect to assessment or collection of any Tax for which Actagene may be held liable.

(d) Actagene (i) is not and has not been a member of an “affiliated group” (within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code) or similar group of entities required to file Tax Returns on a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar basis, and (ii) does not have and has not had a relationship to any other Person which would cause it to be liable for the Tax liabilities of such other Person, including, without limitation, Taxes payable by reason of contract, assumption, transferee liability, operation of Law, or Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6(a) (or any predecessor or successor thereof or any analogous or similar provision of Law).

(e) Within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and without regard to Sections 280G(b)(4)(A) and 280G(b)(5), Actagene has not made any payments, is not obligated to make any payments, and is not a party to any contract, agreement, plan or arrangement requiring it to make payments to any Person that would be a parachute payment as a result of any event connected with the Merger or any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement, and Actagene is not a party to any contract or agreement that will have continuing effect after the Closing Date that under certain circumstances could require any payment (or be deemed to give rise to any payment) that would be a parachute payment.

(f) Actagene is not a party to any arrangement that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code.

(g) To Actagene’s Knowledge, all individuals who have purchased unvested shares of Actagene Common Stock have timely filed elections under Section 83(b) of the Code and any analogous provisions of applicable state tax laws.

(h) Neither Actagene nor any of its stockholders have taken any action or has Knowledge of any existing facts or circumstances that could, either alone or in combination with other events occurring on or before the Closing Date, cause the Merger to fail to qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.

Section 3.22 Insurance . Actagene has no fire and casualty insurance policies.

Section 3.23 Information Statement . The information provided by Actagene to be included in a combined information statement between Actagene and Ignyta (the “ Information Statement ”) to be delivered to stockholders of Actagene and Ignyta (i) will not contain any untrue statement of material fact, or (ii) will not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the information contained in the Information Statement (in light of the circumstances under which the information was provided) not misleading.

 

11


ARTICLE IV

R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF I GNYTA

Ignyta represents and warrants to Actagene that the statements contained in this Article IV are current and complete.

Section 4.1 Organization, Power and Standing . Ignyta is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the State of Delaware and has the requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted. Ignyta will be in good standing with the State of Delaware on the Closing date. No receiver has been appointed of the whole or any part of the assets or undertakings of Ignyta, no administrative order has been made (and no petition therefor has been presented) in relation to Ignyta, no proposal for a voluntary arrangement between Ignyta and any of their creditors has been made or is contemplated by Ignyta and no petition has been presented, no order has been made and no resolution has been passed for the dissolution or winding up of Ignyta. Ignyta is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of its properties owned or held under lease or the nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on Ignyta.

Section 4.2 Capital Structure of Ignyta . The authorized capital stock of Ignyta consists of (i) Fourteen Million (14,000,000) shares of Ignyta Common Stock, of which One Million Nine Hundred Sixty Thousand (1,960,000) are issued and outstanding; (ii) Nine Million Five Hundred Thousand (9,500,000) Shares of Ignyta Preferred Stock, of which Two Million Five Hundred Thousand (2,500,000) have been designated as Series A Preferred Stock (“ Ignyta Series A Preferred Stock ”), all of which are issued and outstanding, and Seven Million (7,000,000) have been designated as Series B Preferred Stock (“ Ignyta Series B Preferred Stock ”), Five Million Five Hundred Five Thousand (5,505,000) of which are issued and outstanding. Except for the (a) options to purchase Eight Hundred Seventy Seven Thousand One Hundred Twenty Five (877,125) shares of Ignyta Common Stock granted under Ignyta’s 2011 Stock Option Plan, (b) warrants to purchase Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares of Ignyta Series B Preferred Stock and (c) an obligation to issue an additional warrant to purchase Twenty Five Thousand (25,000) shares of Ignyta Series B Preferred Stock upon the drawdown of a certain credit facility, there are not currently outstanding any rights (including conversion or preemptive rights) or agreements for the purchase or acquisition from Ignyta of any shares of its capital stock.

Section 4.3 Valid Issuance . The outstanding shares of Ignyta Common Stock are all duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal Laws concerning the issuance of securities. The shares of Ignyta Common Stock issuable in connection with the Merger have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance and, when issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued fully paid, nonassessable and are free from preemptive rights.

Section 4.4 Authority . Ignyta has all requisite corporate power and authority to (i) enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) own and operate its properties and assets and (iii) carry on its businesses as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been, or will have been by the Closing, duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Ignyta. The Board of Directors of Ignyta has approved this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Ignyta and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Ignyta enforceable against Ignyta in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,

 

12


reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally, and subject to general principles of equity. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Ignyta does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not individually or in the aggregate, (x) conflict with, or result in any violation of, or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation or loss of any material benefit under (a) any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Ignyta, as amended; or (b) except as set forth on Schedule 6.2(c), any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license or Law applicable to Ignyta or any of its properties or assets, in the case of clause (b), except for such conflicts, violations, defaults, rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration as could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Ignyta or (y) give rise to any employee severance or similar benefits or trigger the acceleration of any equity awards (or constitute the initial “trigger” in any “double” trigger equity awards or severance obligations).

Section 4.5 Disclosure . Ignyta has provided Actagene with all material information that Actagene has specifically requested in writing in connection with Actagene’s due diligence investigation of Ignyta. Neither this Agreement nor any related agreements (including all the exhibits and schedules hereto and thereto) nor any other statements or certificates made or delivered in connection herewith contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

Section 4.6 Information Statement . The information provided by Ignyta to be included in the Information Statement to be delivered to stockholders of Actagene and Ignyta (i) will not contain any untrue statement of material fact, or (ii) will not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the information contained in the Information Statement (in light of the circumstances under which the information was provided) not misleading.

ARTICLE V

C OVENANTS

Section 5.1 Conduct of Business by Actagene Pending the Closing . Except for matters set forth in Section 5.1 of the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions or otherwise contemplated by this Agreement (or as required by any applicable foreign or domestic Law, statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, writ, stipulation, award, injunction, decree, treaty, convention, compact, protocol or arbitration award or finding (“ Law ”)), from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, Actagene shall (i) conduct its business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact their respective business organizations and goodwill, keep available the services of their respective present officers, key employees and key independent contractors, and preserve the goodwill and business relationships with customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees and others having business relationships with them. In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except for matters set forth in Section 5.1 of the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions or otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, Actagene shall not (unless required by applicable Law or the regulations or requirements of any stock exchange or regulatory organization applicable to Actagene) do any of the following without the prior written consent of Ignyta, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed:

(a) (i) amend or propose to amend Actagene’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws or similar governing documents, (ii) split, combine or reclassify their outstanding capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other security in respect or, in lieu of, or in substitution for, shares of its capital stock, (iii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or distribution payable in cash, stock, property or

 

13


otherwise, (iv) merge or consolidate with any Person, or (v) enter into any agreement with respect to the voting of its capital stock or other securities held by Actagene;

(b) issue, sell, pledge or dispose of, or agree to issue, sell, pledge or dispose of, any shares of, or any options, warrants or rights of any kind to acquire any shares of, their capital stock of any class or any debt or equity securities convertible into or exchangeable for such capital stock, except with respect to exercises or conversion of currently outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities;

(c) (i) issue any debt securities, incur, guarantee or otherwise become contingently liable with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed money, or enter into any arrangement having the economic effect of any of the foregoing (other than in connection with accounts payable in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice), (ii) make any loans, advances or capital contributions to, or investments in, any Person (other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice), (iii) redeem, purchase, acquire or offer to purchase or acquire any shares of its capital stock or any options, warrants or rights to acquire any of its capital stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for its capital stock other than in connection with the repurchase of shares from employees in connection with termination of employment contracts, (iv) make any material acquisition of any assets or businesses (including by merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock or assets, in-bound license transactions or otherwise), or (v) sell, pledge, assign, dispose of, transfer, lease, license, abandon, fail to maintain or materially encumber securitize or materially encumber any businesses or assets that are material to Actagene (including any material Actagene owned Intellectual Property or material Actagene licensed Intellectual Property);

(d) (i) accelerate, amend or change the period of exercisability or vesting of options, restricted stock or similar awards under any Actagene stock plan, or (ii) authorize cash payments in exchange for any options granted under any of such plans except as required by the terms of such plans or any related agreements in effect as of the date hereof; or

(e) agree, authorize or otherwise to take any of the foregoing actions.

Section 5.2 No Solicitation by Actagene . Actagene will not, and will not authorize or permit any officer, director, employee, consultant, contractor, investment banker, attorney, accountant or other advisor or representative to, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit, initiate or encourage the submission of any Acquisition Proposal (as hereinafter defined) or (ii) participate in any discussions or negotiations regarding, or furnish to any Person any information in respect of, or take any other action to facilitate, any Acquisition Proposal or any inquiries or the making of any proposal that constitutes, or may reasonably be expected to lead to, any Acquisition Proposal. Actagene agrees that it shall notify Ignyta of any Acquisition Proposal (including the material terms and conditions thereof and the identity of the Person making it) as promptly as practicable after its receipt thereof, and shall thereafter inform Ignyta as soon as reasonably practicable after its receipt of any subsequent communications from or to the Person that made the Acquisition Proposal, including any material changes to the terms and conditions of such Acquisition Proposal. Actagene shall take all necessary steps to promptly inform the individuals or entities referred to in the first sentence of this Section 5.2 of the obligations undertaken in this Section 5.2 . “ Acquisition Proposal ” means an offer or proposal regarding any of the following (other than the Merger) involving Actagene: (a) any merger, consolidation, share exchange, recapitalization, business combination or other similar transaction; (b) any sale of shares of capital stock of Actagene; (c) any sale, lease exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of all or a material portion of the assets of Actagene in a single transaction or series of related transactions; (d) any tender offer or exchange offer for twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding capital stock of Actagene or the filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act in connection therewith; or (e) any public announcement of a proposal plan or intention to do any of the foregoing or any agreement to engage in any of the foregoing.

 

14


Section 5.3 Access to Information . Actagene, on the one hand, and Ignyta, on the other hand, shall each afford to the other and its representatives reasonable access during normal business hours upon reasonable notice throughout the period prior to the Effective Time to their respective officers, employees, representatives, properties, books, contracts, commitments, files and records and, during such period, shall furnish promptly such information concerning its businesses, properties and personnel as the other Party shall reasonably request.

Section 5.4 Expenses and Fees . All costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the Party incurring such expenses in the event the Merger is not consummated. In the event the Merger is consummated, the Surviving Corporation will pay costs and expenses incurred by Actagene and Ignyta in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 5.5 Agreement to Cooperate .

(a) Ignyta and Actagene shall each use their commercially reasonable efforts to (i) take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action, and do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary and proper under applicable Law to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated hereby as promptly as reasonably practicable, (ii) obtain from any Governmental Body or any other third Person any consents, licenses, permits, waivers, approvals, authorizations or orders required to be obtained or made by Ignyta or Actagene in connection with the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably practicable, make all reasonably necessary filings, and thereafter make any other required submissions, with respect to this Agreement and the Merger required under any other applicable federal or state securities Laws and any other applicable Law. Ignyta and Actagene shall cooperate with each other in connection with the making of all such filings, including providing copies of all such documents to the non-filing Party and its advisors prior to filing and, if requested, to accept all reasonable additions, deletions or changes suggested in connection therewith. Actagene and Ignyta shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to each other all information required for any application or other filing to be made pursuant to the rules and regulations of any applicable Law in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Each of Actagene and Ignyta shall give any notices to third Persons, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any third Person consents, that are (i) necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) disclosed or required to be disclosed in the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions, or (iii) required to prevent an Actagene Material Adverse Effect or an Ignyta Material Adverse Effect from occurring prior to or after the Effective Time. If any Party shall fail to obtain any consent from a third Person described in this Section 5.5(b) , such Party will use its commercially reasonable efforts, and will take any such commercially reasonable actions requested by the other Party hereto, to limit the adverse affect upon Ignyta and Actagene and their respective businesses resulting, or that could reasonably be expected to result after the consummation of the Merger or the Effective Time, from the failure to obtain such consent.

(c) Actagene and Ignyta shall promptly (and, in any event, within two (2) business days) advise the other orally and in writing of any state of facts, event, change, effect, development, condition or occurrence that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have an Actagene Material Adverse Effect or an Ignyta Material Adverse Effect, respectively. Ignyta shall give prompt notice to Actagene, and Actagene shall give prompt notice to Ignyta, of (i) any representation or warranty made by it contained in this Agreement that is qualified as to materiality becoming untrue or inaccurate in any respect or any such representation or warranty that is not so qualified becoming untrue or inaccurate in any material respect or (ii) the failure by it to comply with or

 

15


satisfy in any material respect any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it under this Agreement. No such notification shall affect the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of the Parties or the conditions to the obligations of the Parties under this Agreement; provided , however , that the recipient of such notice shall, within a five (5) day period following the receipt of such notice, use its commercially reasonable efforts to engage in good faith discussions with the notifying Party regarding such notification and the facts and circumstances set forth therein.

Section 5.6 Reorganization .

(a) Each of Actagene and Ignyta shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Merger to qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. Neither Actagene nor Ignyta shall take, or agree to take, any action that could reasonably be expected to prevent or impede the Merger from qualifying as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. The Parties intend that the Merger shall qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code. Unless required by Law, the Parties will not take any Tax reporting position inconsistent with the characterization of the Merger as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code.

(b) Ignyta or other members of Ignyta’s “qualified group” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.368-1(d)) shall either continue the historic business of Actagene or use a significant portion of Actagene’s historic business assets in a business, both within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-1(d).

Section 5.7 Control of Other Party’s Business . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall give any Party, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the operations of any other Party prior to the consummation of the Merger. Prior to the consummation of the Merger each Party shall exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, complete control and supervision over its operations.

Section 5.8 Public Disclosure . Unless otherwise contemplated or permitted by this Agreement, Actagene and Ignyta shall consult with each other before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statement or making any other public (or non-confidential) disclosure (whether or not in response to an inquiry) regarding the terms of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither shall issue any such press release or make any such statement or disclosure without the prior approval of the other (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Section 5.9 Blue Sky Laws . Ignyta shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with the securities and blue sky Laws of all jurisdictions applicable to the issuance of the Ignyta Common Stock in connection with the Merger. Actagene shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist Ignyta to comply with the securities and blue sky Laws of all jurisdictions applicable to the issuance of Ignyta Common Stock in connection with the Merger.

Section 5.10 Information Statement . Immediately following the execution of this Agreement, Ignyta and Actagene shall (i) deliver the Information Statement to the stockholders of Ignyta and Actagene for the purpose of soliciting written consents approving the principal terms of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain written consents from their respective stockholders, including without limitation the Required Actagene Stockholder Approval and the Required Ignyta Stockholder Approval.

 

16


ARTICLE VI

C ONDITIONS TO THE M ERGER

Section 6.1 Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger . The respective obligations of each Party to this Agreement to consummate and effect this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing Date of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, by agreement of all the Parties hereto:

(a) No Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality . No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal or regulatory restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Merger shall be and remain in effect, nor shall any proceeding brought by an administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, seeking any of the foregoing be pending, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Actagene or Ignyta, either individually or combined with the Surviving Corporation after the Effective Time, nor shall there be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the Merger, which makes the consummation of the Merger illegal.

(b) Governmental Approval . Actagene and Ignyta shall have timely obtained from each Governmental Body all approvals, waivers and consents, if any, necessary for consummation of or in connection with the Merger and the several transactions contemplated hereby, including, such approvals, waivers and consents under the Securities Act and under state blue sky Laws, other than (i) such consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, qualifications, designations, declarations or filings that are not required to be obtained prior to the Closing, (ii) such filings as are required pursuant to applicable federal and state securities Laws and blue sky Laws, which filings will be effected within the required statutory period, and (iii) filings and approvals if the failure to make such filing or obtain such approval, waiver or consent could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Ignyta after the Effective Time.

(c) Stockholder Approval . Each of the Required Actagene Stockholder Approval and the Required Ignyta Stockholder Approval shall have been obtained.

(d) Dissenting Ignyta Shares . The sum of the number of shares of Ignyta capital stock that are Dissenting Ignyta Shares shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the number of shares of Ignyta capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

(e) Indemnification Agreement . Ignyta and the Principal Actagene Stockholders shall have entered into the indemnification agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Indemnification Agreement ”).

Section 6.2 Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Actagene . The obligations of Actagene to consummate and effect this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, by Actagene:

(a) Performance of Obligations; Representations and Warranties . Ignyta shall have performed, and complied in all material respects with, each of its covenants, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed and complied with on or prior to the Effective Time, each of the representations and warranties of Ignyta contained in this Agreement that is qualified

 

17


by materiality shall be true and correct on and as of the Effective Time as if made on and as of such date (other than representations and warranties that address matters only as of a certain date which shall be true and correct as of such certain date) and each of the representations and warranties that is not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Effective Time as if made on and as of such date (other than representations and warranties that address matters only as of a certain date which shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such certain date), in each case except as contemplated or permitted by this Agreement, and Actagene shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Ignyta by an authorized officer to such effect.

(b) Third Party Consents . All consents or approvals required to be obtained by Ignyta in connection with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement as set forth on Schedule 6.2(b) shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

(c) No Material Adverse Change . There shall not have occurred any change in the financial condition, properties, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, business, operations, results of operations of Ignyta, taken as a whole, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Ignyta.

(d) Restated Ignyta Certificate . As of the Effective Time, the Restated Ignyta Certificate shall have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as a result of the filing of the Certificate of Merger such that the number of authorized Ignyta Common Stock shall have been increased by 5,000,000 shares.

Section 6.3 Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Ignyta . The obligations of Ignyta to consummate and effect this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, by Ignyta:

(a) Performance of Obligations; Representations and Warranties . Actagene shall have performed, and complied in all material respects with, each of its covenants, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed and complied with on or prior to the Effective Time, each of the representations and warranties of Actagene contained in this Agreement that is qualified by materiality shall be true and correct on and as of the Effective Time as if made on and as of such date (other than representations and warranties that address matters only as of a certain date which shall be true and correct as of such certain date) and each of the representations and warranties that is not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Effective Time as if made on and as of such date (other than representations and warranties that address matters only as of a certain date which shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such certain date), in each case except as contemplated or permitted by this Agreement, and Ignyta shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Actagene by an authorized officer to such effect.

(b) Third Party Consents . All consents or approvals required to be obtained by Actagene in connection with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement as set forth on Schedule 6.3(b) shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect.

(c) No Material Adverse Change . There shall not have occurred any change in the financial condition, properties, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, business, operations, results of operations of Actagene, taken as a whole, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Actagene.

 

18


(d) FIRPTA Certificate . Actagene shall have delivered to Ignyta a properly executed Foreign Investment and Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (“ FIRPTA ”) notification letter, which states that shares of Actagene’s capital stock do not constitute “United States real property interests” under Section 897(c) of the Code, for purposes of satisfying Ignyta’s obligations under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(c)(3), and a form of notice to the Internal Revenue Service in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-2(h)(2), along with written authorization for Ignyta to deliver such notice form to the Internal Revenue Service, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ FIRPTA Certificate ”).

(e) Stockholder Agreements . Each holder of Actagene Common Stock shall have executed and delivered to Ignyta a stockholder representation, release and amendment agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Stockholder Agreements ”).

ARTICLE VII

I NDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.1 Indemnification by the Principal Actagene Stockholders . Subject to the terms of the Indemnification Agreement, the Principal Actagene Stockholders shall, on a several, not joint basis, indemnify and hold harmless Ignyta against and in respect of any claims, damages, losses, costs, expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) and liabilities, (collectively, “ Losses ”) incurred or suffered by it caused by any (i) inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty of Actagene contained in this Agreement as of the Effective Date or (ii) nonfulfillment by Actagene of any of its covenants or agreements pursuant to this Agreement. The rights of Ignyta to indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be satisfied solely through the pro-rata (in proportion to their relative ownership amounts of Actagene stock) surrender of shares of Ignyta Common Stock by the Principal Actagene Stockholders following the exercise by Ignyta of its repurchase rights as set forth in the Indemnification Agreement (subject to the limitations set forth herein and therein). All indemnification requests of Ignyta hereunder shall be made solely by Ignyta.

Section 7.2 Survival . No representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement shall survive beyond the Effective Time, except that the representations and warranties of Actagene in this Agreement shall survive beyond the Effective Time until the one (1) year anniversary of the Effective Date (“ Termination Date ”). On the Termination Date, the indemnification obligations of the Principal Actagene Stockholders shall lapse, except to the extent that a claim for indemnification has been properly asserted by Ignyta prior to the Termination Date that is still in process of resolution pursuant to the claims procedures set forth in the Indemnification Agreement. No new claims may be brought for indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or the Indemnification Agreement after the Termination Date.

Section 7.3 Sole Remedy . Other than fraud, the sole remedy available to Ignyta or any other person for breaches of this Agreement shall be limited to the rights set forth in this Article VII and the Indemnification Agreement. The maximum aggregate amounts payable by the Principal Actagene Stockholders for any and all Losses arising out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any agreement contemplated hereby, any certificate, any other document delivered, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be satisfied in full by the surrender of Ignyta Common Stock as set forth in the Indemnification Agreement.

 

19


ARTICLE VIII

T ERMINATION

Section 8.1 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Effective Time, whether before or after any approval of the matters presented in connection with the Merger by the stockholders of Actagene or Ignyta:

(a) by mutual written consent of Actagene and Ignyta;

(b) by Actagene or Ignyta, as applicable, if (i) any representation or warranty of the other party contained in this Agreement shall be materially inaccurate or shall have been breached in any material respect as of the date of this Agreement, or shall have become materially inaccurate or shall be breached in any material respect as of a date subsequent to the date of this Agreement (as if made on such subsequent date) or (ii) any of the covenants or obligations of such other party contained in this Agreement shall have been breached in any material respect; provided , however , that if an inaccuracy in or breach of any representation or warranty of such party as of a date subsequent to the date of this Agreement or a breach of a covenant or obligation by such party is curable during the ten (10) business day period commencing on the date such party becomes aware of such breach, then Actagene or Ignyta, as applicable, may terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(b) as a result of such inaccuracy or breach only after the expiration of such ten (10) business day period; or

(c) by either Actagene or Ignyta if the Merger has not been effected on or prior to the close of business on July 1, 2013.

Section 8.2 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement by either Actagene or Ignyta, as provided in Section 8.1 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability hereunder on the part of Actagene, Ignyta or their respective officers or directors; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 8.2 shall relieve any Party hereto from any liability for any breach of a representation or warranty contained in this Agreement or the breach of any covenant contained in this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

G ENERAL P ROVISIONS

Section 9.1 Notices . All notices and other communications shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly delivered (i) upon receipt if delivered personally; (ii) one (1) business day after it is sent by commercial overnight courier service; or (iii) upon transmission if sent via facsimile with confirmation of receipt to the Parties at the following address (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified upon like notice:

 

  (a) if to Actagene, to:

Actagene Oncology, Inc.

11575 Sorrento Valley Rd., Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: (858) 369-5735

 

20


with a copy to:

Agiletic Law Group, P.C.

10935 Vista Sorrento Parkway, Suite 370

San Diego, CA 92130

Attention: Jim Cartoni, Esq.

Fax: (858) 436-1349

Tel: (858) 436-1334

 

  (b) if to Ignyta, to:

Ignyta, Inc.

11095 Flintkote Avenue, Suite D

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: (858) 255-5960

Tel: (858) 255-5959

with a copy to:

Morrison & Foerster LLP

12531 High Bluff Drive, Suite 100

San Diego, CA 92130

Attention: Jay de Groot, Esq.

Fax: (858) 720-5125

Tel: (858) 720-5100

Section 9.2 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Parties, it being understood that all Parties need not sign the same counterpart. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature.

Section 9.3 Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest . This Agreement and the documents and instruments and other agreements specifically referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto, including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions, the Indemnification Agreement and the Stockholder Letters and (a) together constitute the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) other than as expressly provided in this Agreement, are not intended to confer upon any other Person any rights or remedies hereunder and shall not be assigned by operation of Law or otherwise without the written consent of the other Party.

Section 9.4 Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the Parties hereto. The Parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

 

21


Section 9.5 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal Laws of California, without regard to applicable principles of conflicts of Law. Subject to Section 9.10 below, each of the Parties hereto irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of any court located within the County of San Diego, California in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Agreement or the matters contemplated hereby and it agrees that process may be served upon it in any manner authorized by the Laws of the State of California for such Persons and waives and covenants not to assert or plead any objection which it might otherwise have to such jurisdiction and such process.

Section 9.6 Interpretation . When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents, captions and headings contained in this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and shall not be used to interpret or construe this Agreement. Any references in this Agreement to “herein,” “hereto,” “herewith” or “hereunder” shall be to this Agreement as a whole. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” All Parties have participated in the negotiation and review of this Agreement and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed more strictly against any Party. All remedies hereunder are cumulative, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

Section 9.7 Amendment; Waiver . Any amendment or waiver of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and must be duly executed by or on behalf of the Party to be charged with such waiver. The failure of a Party to exercise any of its rights hereunder or to insist upon strict adherence to any term or condition hereof on any one occasion shall not be construed as a waiver or deprive that Party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to the terms and conditions of this Agreement at a later date. Further, no waiver of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed to or shall constitute a waiver of any other term of condition hereof (whether or not similar).

Section 9.8 Waiver of Jury Trial . The Parties each hereby agree to waive their respective rights to jury trial of any dispute based on or arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement relating hereto or any dealings among them with respect to the transactions. The scope of this waiver is intended to be all encompassing of any and all Actions that may be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims and all other common Law and statutory claims. The Parties each acknowledge that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a business relationship and that they will continue to rely on this waiver in their related future dealings. Each Party further represents and warrants that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal counsel, and that each knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights following consultation with legal counsel. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this waiver is irrevocable, meaning that it may not be modified orally or in writing and the waiver shall apply to any amendments, renewals, supplements, or modifications to this Agreement or to any other documents or agreements relating hereto. In the event of an Action, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to trial by court.

Section 9.9 Acknowledgment; Waivers of Conflict .

(a) Actagene acknowledges that: (a) it has read this Agreement; (b) it has been represented in the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of its own choice or has voluntarily declined to seek such counsel; and (c) it understands the terms and consequences of this Agreement and is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement. Actagene understands that Ignyta has been represented in the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement by Morrison & Foerster LLP, counsel to Ignyta for purposes of this Agreement, and that

 

22


Morrison & Foerster LLP has not represented Actagene or any stockholder, director or employee of Actagene in the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement. Ignyta and Actagene each acknowledges that Morrison & Foerster LLP has in the past represented and is now or may in the future represent Ignyta or one or more stockholder, director or employee of Ignyta or their respective affiliates in matters unrelated to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the representation of Ignyta or one or more stockholder, director or employee of Ignyta or their respective affiliates in matters of a nature similar to those contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Ignyta understands that Actagene has been represented in the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement by Agiletic Law Group, P.C., counsel to Actagene for purposes of this Agreement, and that Agiletic Law Group, P.C. has not represented Ignyta or any stockholder, director or employee of Ignyta in the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement. Ignyta and Actagene each acknowledges that Agiletic Law Group, P.C. has in the past represented and is now or may in the future represent Ignyta or one or more stockholder, director or employee of Ignyta or their respective affiliates in matters unrelated to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the representation of Ignyta or one or more stockholder, director or employee of Ignyta or their respective affiliates in matters of a nature similar to those contemplated by this Agreement. Ignyta and Actagene hereby each acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to ask for and has obtained information relevant to such representation, including disclosure of the reasonably foreseeable adverse consequences of such representation, and hereby waives any conflict arising out of such representation with respect to the matters contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 9.10 Arbitration . Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in front of a sole arbitrator administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its commercial rules and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator appointed under this Section 9.10 shall be qualified by education or experience in the subject matter of the submitted dispute. The place of the arbitration shall be the County of San Diego, California. The non-prevailing Party in the arbitration shall pay the fees and expenses of the arbitrator and the costs of arbitration and the enforcement of any award rendered therein, including attorney’s fees and expenses of the prevailing Party.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

23


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , Ignyta and Actagene have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized all as of the date first written above.

 

I GNYTA , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Lim

Print Name:  

Jonathan Lim

Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

A CTAGENE O NCOLOGY , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Patrick O’Connor

Print Name:  

Patrick O’Connor

Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

[ S IGNATURE P AGE TO A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF R EORGANIZATION ]


A NNEX A

C ERTAIN D EFINED T ERMS

Acquisition Proposal ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 5.2 .

Action ” means any action, appeal, petition, plea, charge, complaint, claim, suit, demand, litigation, arbitration, mediation, hearing, inquiry, investigation or similar event, occurrence, or proceeding.

Agreement ” has such meaning as set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Actagene ” has such meaning as set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Actagene Common Stock ” has such meaning as set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Actagene Financial Statements ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 3.13 .

Actagene Schedule of Exceptions ” means that certain document of even date herewith and delivered by Actagene to Ignyta on the date hereof which refers to the representations and warranties in this Agreement and is designated therein as the Actagene Schedule of Exceptions.

Certificate of Merger ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 2.2 .

Certificates ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 2.7(a) .

CGCL ” means the California General Corporate Law, as amended.

City Hill ” means City Hill Venture Partners I, LLC.

Closing ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 2.2 .

Closing Date ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 2.2 .

Code ” has such meaning as set forth in the Recitals hereof.

DGCL ” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

Dissenting Actagene Shares ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 2.8(a) .

Dissenting Ignyta Shares ” means shares of Ignyta capital stock that are outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time held by a Person who shall not have voted to adopt this Agreement and who properly exercises and perfects appraisal rights for such shares in accordance with Section 262 of the DGCL or Section 1300(b) of the CGCL, as applicable.

Effective Time ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 2.2 .

Employee Plan ” with respect to any entity or group of entities means each plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for employment, compensation, retirement, deferred compensation, loans, severance, separation, relocation, repatriation, expatriation, visas, work permits, termination pay, performance awards, bonus, incentive, stock option, stock purchase, stock bonus, phantom stock, stock appreciation right, supplemental retirement, fringe benefits, cafeteria benefits


or other benefits, whether written or unwritten, including each “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, which is or has been sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to by an entity and, with respect to any such plans which are subject to Section 401(a) of the Code, an ERISA Affiliate, for the benefit of any Person who performs or who has performed services for the entity or with respect to which the entity or any ERISA Affiliate has or may have any liability (including without limitation contingent liability) or obligation.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which would be considered a single employer with the Company pursuant to Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code and the regulations promulgated under those sections or pursuant to Section 4001(b) of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Ratio ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 2.6(a) .

FIRPTA ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 6.3(d) .

FIRPTA Certificate ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 6.3(d) .

GAAP ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 3.13 .

Governmental Body ” means any legislature, agency, bureau, branch, department, division, commission, court, tribunal, magistrate, justice, multi-national organization, quasi-governmental body, or other similar recognized organization or body of any federal, state, county, municipal, local, or foreign government or other similar recognized organization or body exercising similar powers or authority.

Ignyta ” has such meaning as set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Ignyta Common Stock ” means the shares of Ignyta common stock, $0.0001 par value.

Ignyta Preferred Stock ” means the preferred stock of Ignyta, par value $0.0001 per share.

Ignyta Series A Preferred Stock ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 4.2 .

Ignyta Series B Preferred Stock ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 4.2 .

Indemnification Agreement ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 6.1(e) .

Information Statement ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 3.23 .

Intellectual Property Rights ” means any rights arising under the Laws (whether statutory or common law) of the United States or any other jurisdiction with respect to patents, copyrights, trademarks, mask works, trade secrets, data bases or domain names law or any similar, corresponding or equivalent rights with respect to any of the foregoing, wherever arising.

Knowledge ” means the actual knowledge or awareness of the applicable party’s officers.

Law ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 5.1 .

Losses ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 7.1 .

 

2


Material Adverse Effect ” means, when used with respect to Ignyta or Actagene, as the case may be, any event, change or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the properties, assets, liabilities or financial condition of such entity.

Material Agreement ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 3.11(e) .

Merger ” has such meaning as set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Merger Consideration ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 2.6 .

Merging Corporations ” means Actagene and Ignyta, collectively.

Party ” or “ Parties ” has such meaning as set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, company, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, Governmental Body or other entity.

Principal Actagene Stockholders ” shall mean City Hill and Patrick O’Connor.

Required Actagene Stockholder Approval ” means the unanimous approval of all of Actagene’s stockholders.

Required Ignyta Stockholder Approval ” means the approval of at least a majority of each of the issued and outstanding (i) Ignyta Common Stock, (ii) Ignyta Series A Preferred Stock and Ignyta Series B Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class) and (iii) capital stock of Ignyta (voting together as a single class); provided, however, that any and all shares of the capital stock of Ignyta that are held or controlled by a holder of shares of Actagene Common Stock (including, without limitation City Hill or its affiliates) shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the foregoing approvals.

Restated Ignyta Certificate ” means the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Ignyta that is attached to the Certificate of Merger.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Stockholder Agreements ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 6.3(e) .

Surviving Corporation ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 2.1 .

Tax ” means all taxes and fees, assessments or charges of a similar nature imposed by any Governmental Body, including without limitation, income, gross receipts, corporate franchise, stamp, escheat, capital, capital gains, transfer, sales, and use, license, severance, excise, employment (including unemployment compensation contributions), withholding, payroll, ad valorem, alternative or add-on minimum, and estimated taxes, whether disputed or not, together with any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts arising with respect to the foregoing or the obligation to file Tax Returns, and any interest on any of the foregoing.

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement in connection with the determination of or liability for any Tax that is required to be filed or actually filed with a Taxing Authority, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

 

3


Taxing Authority ” means a Governmental Body having jurisdiction over the assessment, determination, collection or imposition of any Tax.

Technology ” means all information related to, constituting or disclosing, and all tangible copies, implementations and embodiments in any media of, technology, including all know-how, show-how, techniques, trade secrets, inventions (whether or not patented or patentable), ideas, concepts, designs, algorithms, routines, software, files, databases, works of authorship, methods or processes.

Termination Date ” has such meaning as set forth in Section 7.2 .

 

4

Exhibit 2.2

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER AND REORGANIZATION

T HIS A GREEMENT AND P LAN OF M ERGER AND R EORGANIZATION (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of October 31, 2013 at 4:00 pm Eastern Time (the “ Execution Date ”), by and among: I GNYTA , I NC . , a Nevada corporation (“ Parent ”); IGAS A CQUISITION C ORP . , a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (“ Merger Sub ”); and I GNYTA O PERATING , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A .

R ECITALS

A. Parent, Merger Sub and the Company intend to effect a merger of Merger Sub into the Company in accordance with this Agreement and the DGCL (the “ Merger ”). Upon consummation of the Merger, Merger Sub will cease to exist, and the Company (as the Surviving Corporation) will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent.

B. It is intended that, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Merger shall qualify as (i) a transaction described in Section 351 of the Code or (ii) a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code. The parties to this Agreement adopt this Agreement as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a).

C. The respective boards of directors of Parent, Merger Sub and the Company have approved this Agreement and the Merger.

D. Prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, (i) Parent has obtained and delivered to the Company the written consent of Parent’s stockholders necessary to approve the filing of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Parent Restated Charter ”), (ii) the Parent Restated Charter has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada and is in full force and effect, (iii) Parent has obtained and delivered to the Company letters of resignation from each of Parent’s officers and directors immediately prior to the Effective Time (as defined below), (iv) the individuals set forth on Exhibit C have been appointed as the officers and/or directors of Parent effective as of the Effective Time and (v) the Company has made a cash payment to Parent in the amount of $385,000 (the “ Cash Purchase Price ”) in partial consideration of the Merger and Parent has distributed a portion of the Cash Purchase Price to its stockholders as a dividend and has utilized a portion of the Cash Purchase Price to redeem certain of its shares of common stock held by Betty Sytner (“ Sytner ”), in accordance with the terms of that certain Stock Repurchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Parent, Sytner and J.M. Walker & Associates, as Escrow Agent (the “ Redemption Agreement ”).

E. Immediately following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, (i) the Company shall deliver to Parent the written consent of the Company’s stockholders necessary to adopt this Agreement and approve the Merger and the other transactions contemplated herein, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Company Written Consent ”), (ii) Merger Sub shall deliver to the Company the written consent of Parent, as the sole stockholder of Merger Sub, adopting this Agreement and approving the Merger and the other transactions contemplated herein, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “ Merger Sub Written Consent ”), and (iii) Parent shall deliver to the Company the written consent of Parent’s stockholders adopting and approving this Agreement and the Merger and the other transactions contemplated herein, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “ Parent Written Consent ”).


A GREEMENT

The parties to this Agreement, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

SECTION 1 . D ESCRIPTION OF T RANSACTION

1.1 The Merger . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Effective Time (as defined in Section 1.3), Merger Sub shall be merged with and into the Company. By virtue of the Merger, at the Effective Time, the separate existence of Merger Sub shall cease and the Company shall continue as the surviving corporation in the Merger (the “ Surviving Corporation ”).

1.2 Effects of the Merger . The Merger shall have the effects set forth in this Agreement and in the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

1.3 Closing; Effective Times of the Merger .

(a) The consummation of the Contemplated Transactions (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Morrison & Foerster LLP referred to in Section 5.9, immediately following the satisfaction or waiver of the closing conditions set forth in Section 1.3(c). The date on which the Closing actually takes place is referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

(b) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, in order to effect the Merger, a certificate of merger satisfying the applicable requirements of the DGCL, and in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , shall be duly executed and concurrently with the Closing shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Merger shall become effective at the time of the filing of such certificate of merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the time as of which the Merger becomes effective being referred to as the “ Effective Time ”).

(c) Closing Conditions . Each of Parent’s and Merger Sub’s, on the one hand, and the Company’s, on the other hand, obligation to effect the Closing shall be conditioned upon the satisfaction of the following conditions or the waiver thereof by the other party or parties, as applicable:

(i) Delivery of the Company Written Consent, the Merger Sub Written Consent, and the Parent Written Consent, by the Company, Merger Sub and Parent, as applicable;

(ii) Parent and Company shall have received a completed and signed stockholder representation letter containing customary investment and other representations from all holders of Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, except for no more than ten (10) such holders.

(iii) Parent shall have received a completed and signed lock-up agreement from all holders of Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, which lock-up agreement shall be in substantially the form agreed to by Parent and Company and shall contain transfer restrictions with respect to the Parent Common Stock issued to such holders upon the Closing that become effective upon the completion by Parent following the Closing of a financing of its equity securities and continue for a period of 180 days.

 

2.


(iv) The holders of Company Capital Stock that have not affirmatively waived or otherwise failed to perfect any dissenters’ or appraisal rights in connection with the Merger under the applicable provisions of the DGCL or the CCC shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock.

(v) The Company and certain holders of outstanding Company Common Stock shall have executed and delivered amendments to certain restricted stock purchase agreements to provide for the application of the vesting provisions contained in such restricted stock purchase agreements to the Parent Common Stock issued to such holder in connection with the Closing.

1.4 Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; Directors and Officers . Unless otherwise determined by Parent prior to the Effective Time:

(a) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated immediately after the Effective Time to conform to Exhibit H ;

(b) the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated as of the Effective Time to conform to the Bylaws of Merger Sub as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time; and

(c) the directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation immediately after the Effective Time shall be the respective individuals who are listed on Exhibit C .

1.5 Conversion of Shares; Treatment of Warrants .

(a) At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of Parent, Merger Sub, the Company or any stockholder of the Company:

(i) subject to Sections 1.5(b), 1.5(c), 1.5(f), 1.6, 1.7 and 1.9, each share of Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into the right to receive one (1) share of Parent Common Stock (the “ Exchange Ratio ”); and

(ii) each share of the Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of Merger Sub outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into one share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation.

(b) If, during the period from the date of this Agreement through the Effective Time, the outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock are changed into a different number or class of shares by reason of any stock split, division or subdivision of shares, stock dividend, reverse stock split, consolidation of shares, reclassification, recapitalization or other similar transaction, or if a stock dividend is declared by Parent during such period, or a record date with respect to any such event shall occur during such period, then appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Exchange Ratio; provided, however, that none of the transactions described in Recital D(v) shall result in any adjustment to the Exchange Ratio.

(c) No fractional shares of Parent Common Stock shall be issued in connection with the Merger. Due to the Exchange Ratio being one-for-one there will not be any fractional shares issued in connection with the Merger.

 

3.


(d) At the Effective Time, each Company Option that is unexpired, unexercised and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, be assumed and converted by Parent in accordance with Section 4.2. As set forth in Section 4.2, each assumed Company Option that immediately prior to the Effective Time was not fully vested shall be subject to the same vesting arrangements that were applicable to such Company Option immediately prior to or at the Effective Time.

(e) At the Effective Time, each Company Warrant that is unexpired, unexercised and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, be assumed and converted by Parent in accordance with Section 4.2. As set forth in Section 4.2, each assumed Company Warrant that immediately prior to the Effective Time was not fully vested shall be subject to the same vesting arrangements that were applicable to such Company Warrant immediately prior to or at the Effective Time.

(f) The shares of Parent Common Stock that are issued in exchange for the cancellation of shares of Company Capital Stock that immediately prior to the Effective Time were not fully vested shall be subject to the same vesting arrangements that were applicable to such shares of Company Capital Stock immediately prior to or at the Effective Time, in accordance with the terms of the applicable stock purchase or other agreements relating to the issuance of such shares of Company Capital Stock.

1.6 Closing of the Company’s Transfer Books . At the Effective Time: (a) all shares of Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and all holders of certificates representing shares of Company Capital Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall cease to have any rights as stockholders of the Company; and (b) the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed with respect to all shares of Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. No further transfer of any such shares of Company Capital Stock shall be made on such stock transfer books after the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, a valid certificate previously representing any shares of Company Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (a “ Company Stock Certificate ”) is presented to the Surviving Corporation or Parent, such Company Stock Certificate shall be canceled and shall be exchanged as provided in Section 1.7.

1.7 Exchange of Certificates .

(a) As promptly as practicable after the Effective Time (but in any event within sixty (60) days following the Effective Time), Parent shall cause the shares of Parent Common Stock issuable pursuant to Section 1.5(a)(i) to be issued in certificated or book-entry form at Parent’s election.

(b) As promptly as practicable after the Effective Time, Parent will mail or otherwise provide to the Persons who were record holders of Company Capital Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time instructions for use in effecting the surrender of Company Stock Certificates in exchange for book-entry or certificated shares representing Parent Common Stock; provided, however , that, at the Company’s discretion, such instructions may be provided to record holders of Company Capital Stock by the Company prior to the Effective Time. Upon surrender of a Company Stock Certificate to Parent for exchange, together with such other documents as may be reasonably required by Parent: (A) the holder of such Company Stock Certificate shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor, book-entry or certificated shares representing the number of whole shares of Parent Common Stock that such holder has the right to receive pursuant to the provisions of Section 1.5(a)(i); and (B) the Company Stock Certificate so surrendered shall be canceled. Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section

 

4.


1.7(b), each Company Stock Certificate shall be deemed, from and after the Effective Time, to represent only the right to receive shares of Parent Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 1.5(a)(i). If any Company Stock Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, Parent may, in its discretion and as a condition to the issuance of any book-entry or certificated shares representing Parent Common Stock, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed Company Stock Certificate to provide an appropriate lost affidavit with respect to such Company Stock Certificate.

(c) No dividends or other distributions declared or made with respect to Parent Common Stock with a record date after the Effective Time shall be paid or otherwise delivered to the holder of any unsurrendered Company Stock Certificate with respect to the shares of Parent Common Stock that such holder has the right to receive in the Merger until such holder surrenders such Company Stock Certificate in accordance with this Section 1.7 (at which time such holder shall be entitled, subject to the effect of applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar laws, to receive all such dividends and distributions, without interest).

(d) Any holders of Company Stock Certificates who have not surrendered their Company Stock Certificates in accordance with this Section 1.7 as of the date 180 days after the date on which the Merger becomes effective shall thereafter look only to Parent for satisfaction of their claims for shares of Parent Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 1.5(a)(i) and any dividends or distributions with respect to shares of Parent Common Stock.

(e) Each of Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any consideration payable or otherwise deliverable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as may be required to be deducted or withheld from such consideration under the Code or any provision of state, local or non-U.S. Tax law or under any other applicable Legal Requirement. To the extent such amounts are so deducted or withheld and paid to or deposited with the appropriate Governmental Body, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as having been paid to the Person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid. Parent shall take commercially reasonable efforts to reduce or eliminate any required withholding.

(f) Neither Parent nor the Surviving Corporation shall be liable to any holder or former holder of Company Common Stock or to any other Person with respect to any shares of Parent Common Stock (or dividends or distributions with respect thereto), or for any cash amounts, delivered to any public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property law, escheat law or other similar Legal Requirement.

1.8 Tax Consequences . For federal income tax purposes, the Merger is intended to constitute (a) a transaction described in Section 351 of the Code or (b) a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code, and the parties will report the Merger as such for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes. None of the parties will knowingly take any action, or fail to take any action, which action or failure to act would cause the Merger neither to qualify as a transaction described in Section 351 of the Code nor to qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code. The parties to this Agreement adopt this Agreement as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a).

1.9 Appraisal Rights .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any shares of Company Capital Stock that, as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, are held by holders who have as of such time preserved appraisal rights under Section 262 of the DGCL or dissenters’ rights under Chapter 13 of the CCC with respect to such shares shall not be converted into or represent

 

5.


the right to receive shares of Parent Common Stock in accordance with Section 1.5(a)(i), and the holder or holders of such shares shall be entitled only to such rights as may be granted to such holder or holders pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL or Chapter 13 of the CCC, as applicable; provided, however, that if such appraisal rights shall not be perfected or the holders of such shares shall otherwise lose their appraisal rights with respect to such shares, then, as of the later of the Effective Time or the time of the failure to perfect such status or the loss of such rights, such shares shall automatically be converted into and shall represent only the right to receive (upon the surrender of such holder’s Company Stock Certificate(s) in accordance with Section 1.7) shares of Parent Common Stock in accordance with Section 1.5(a)(i).

1.10 Further Action . If, at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is determined by Parent or the Surviving Corporation to be necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement or to vest the Surviving Corporation with full right, title and possession of and to all rights and property of Merger Sub and the Company, the officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation and Parent shall be fully authorized (in the name of Merger Sub, in the name of the Company and otherwise) to take such action.

SECTION 2. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE C OMPANY

The Company represents and warrants to Parent and Merger Sub, as of the Effective Time, as follows:

2.1 Subsidiaries; Due Organization; Etc .

(a) The Company does not have any Subsidiaries and it does not own any capital stock of, or any equity interest of any nature in, any other Entity. The Company has not agreed to, nor is it obligated to make, or bound by any Contract under which it may become obligated to make, any future investment in or capital contribution to any other Entity.

(b) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all necessary power and authority: (i) to conduct its business in the manner in which its business is currently being conducted; (ii) to own and use its assets in the manner in which its assets are currently owned and used; and (iii) to perform its obligations under all Contracts by which it is bound.

(c) The Company is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, and is in good standing, under the laws of all jurisdictions where the nature of its business requires such qualification, except as would not have and would not reasonably be expected to have or result in a Company Material Adverse Effect.

2.2 Capitalization, Etc .

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 19,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock, par value $0.0001, and (ii) 9,500,000 shares of Company Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001, of which 2,500,000 shares have been designated as “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”) and 7,000,000 shares of which have been designation as “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”). The Company does not hold any shares of its capital stock in its treasury. All of the outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and nonassessable. The Company is not under any obligation, nor is bound by any Contract pursuant to which it may become obligated, to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock.

 

6.


(b) As of the date of this Agreement and after giving effect to (i) the conversion of all Company Preferred Stock into shares of Company Common Stock in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation then in effect, and (ii) a reverse stock split of all issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock at a ratio of three-to-one, 4,916,469 shares of the Company’s Common Stock are outstanding, with an additional 358,986 shares subject to issuance pursuant to outstanding Company Options and an additional 25,000 shares subject to issuance pursuant to outstanding warrants (the “ Company Warrants ”). All outstanding Company Options were granted pursuant to the terms of the Company Option Plan. The Company Option Plan is binding upon and enforceable by the Company against all holders of Company Options, subject to (i) laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

2.3 Authority; Binding Nature of Agreement . The Company has the corporate right, power and authority to enter into and, subject to obtaining the Required Company Stockholder Vote (as defined in Section 2.4), to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The board of directors of the Company has: (a) unanimously determined that the Merger is advisable and fair to, and in the best interests of, the Company and its stockholders; (b) unanimously authorized and approved the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and unanimously approved the Merger; and (c) unanimously recommended the adoption of this Agreement by the holders of Company Capital Stock. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to: (i) laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors; and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

2.4 Vote Required . The affirmative vote of the holders of (i) a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock, voting as a separate class, (ii) a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Company Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis, and (iii) a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Company Preferred Stock and Company Common Stock, voting together as a together as a single class with the Preferred Stock voted on an as converted to Common Stock basis (the “ Required Company Stockholder Vote ”) are the only votes of the holders of any class or series of Company Capital Stock necessary to adopt this Agreement.

SECTION 3. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF P ARENT AND M ERGER S UB

Parent and Merger Sub represent and warrant to the Company, as of the date hereof, as follows:

3.1 Due Organization .

(a) Other than Merger Sub, Parent does not have any Subsidiaries and it does not own any capital stock of, or any equity interest of any nature in, any other Entity. Parent has not agreed to, nor is it obligated to make, or bound by any Contract under which it may become obligated to make, any future investment in or capital contribution to any other Entity.

(b) Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada and Merger Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and Parent and Merger Sub have all necessary power and authority: (i) to conduct their businesses in the manner in which their businesses are currently being conducted; (ii) to own and use their assets in the manner in which their assets are

 

7.


currently owned and used; and (iii) to perform their obligations under all Contracts by which they are bound.

(c) Each of Parent and Merger Sub (in jurisdictions that recognize the following concepts) is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, and is in good standing, under the laws of all jurisdictions where the nature of its business requires such qualification, except as would not have and would not reasonably be expected to have or result in a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

3.2 Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. The copy of the bylaws of Parent which is an exhibit to the Parent’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC on September 13, 2012 is a complete and correct copy of such document and contains all amendments thereto as in effect on the date of this Agreement, except those set forth in the Parent Restated Charter. The Parent Restated Charter has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada and Parent has delivered to the Company evidence thereof. The Parent Restated Charter is in full force and effect and no amendments thereto have been effected.

3.3 Capitalization, Etc .

(a) After giving effect to the Parent Restated Charter, the authorized capital stock of Parent consists of (i) 100,000,000 shares of Parent Common Stock, par value $0.00001 and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of Parent Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001. After giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Redemption Agreement, 7,336 shares of Parent Common Stock were issued and outstanding, no shares of Parent Common Stock were held by Parent in its treasury, and no shares of Parent Preferred Stock are outstanding. The issued and outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, and are free of preemptive rights. During the period from September 16, 2013 to the date of this Agreement, (i) there have been no issuances by Parent of shares of capital stock of Parent and (ii) there have been no issuances of any options, warrants or other rights to acquire capital stock of Parent. Except as expressly contemplated in the Redemption Agreement, Parent has not, subsequent to September 16, 2013, declared or paid any dividend, or declared or made any distribution on, or authorized the creation or issuance of, or issued, or authorized or effected any split-up or any other recapitalization of, any of its capital stock, or directly or indirectly redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired any of its outstanding capital stock. Parent has not heretofore agreed to take any such action, and there are no outstanding contractual obligations of Parent of any kind to redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any outstanding shares of capital stock of Parent. Other than the Parent Common Stock, there are no outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness or securities of Parent having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matters on which stockholders of Parent may vote.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 3.3(a), (i) there are no shares of capital stock or other voting securities of Parent issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding, and (ii) there are no outstanding securities, options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments, agreements, arrangements or undertakings of any kind to which Parent is a party or by which it is bound obligating Parent to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional shares of capital stock or other voting securities of Parent or obligating Parent to issue, grant, extend or enter into any such security, option, warrant, call, right, commitment, agreement, arrangement or undertaking.

(c) All outstanding shares of Parent Common Stock, and all other securities of Parent have been issued and granted in compliance with: (i) all applicable securities laws and other applicable Legal Requirement applicable to Parent; and (ii) all material requirements set forth in applicable Contracts to which Parent is a party.

 

8.


3.4 SEC Filings; Financial Statements .

(a) Parent has delivered (or made available on the SEC website) to the Company accurate and complete copies of all registration statements, proxy statements and other statements, reports, schedules, forms and other documents filed by Parent with, and all Parent Certifications (as defined below) filed or furnished by Parent with or to, the SEC since the formation of Parent, including all amendments thereto (collectively, the “ Parent SEC Documents ”). All statements, reports, schedules, forms and other documents required to have been filed or furnished by Parent with or to the SEC since the formation of Parent have been so filed or furnished on a timely basis. As of the time it was filed with or furnished to the SEC: (i) each of the Parent SEC Documents complied as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (as the case may be); and (ii) none of the Parent SEC Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except to the extent corrected by the filing or furnishing of the applicable amending or superseding Parent SEC Document. Each of the certifications and statements relating to Parent SEC Documents required by: (1) the SEC’s Order dated June 27, 2002 pursuant to Section 21(a)(1) of the Exchange Act (File No. 4-460); (2) Rule 13a-14 or 15d-14 under the Exchange Act; or (3) 18 U.S.C. §1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) (collectively, the “ Parent Certifications ”) is accurate and complete, and complied as to form and content with all applicable Legal Requirements in effect at the time such Parent Certification was filed with or furnished to the SEC.

(b) Parent maintains disclosure controls and procedures required by Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 under the Exchange Act. Such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that all material information concerning Parent required to be disclosed by Parent in the reports that it is required to file, submit or furnish under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis to the individuals responsible for the preparation of such reports.

(c) The financial statements (including any related notes) contained or incorporated by reference in the Parent SEC Documents: (i) complied as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC applicable thereto; (ii) were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered (except as may be indicated in the notes to such financial statements or, in the case of unaudited financial statements, as permitted by Form 10-Q, Form 8-K or any successor form under the Exchange Act, and except that the unaudited financial statements may not contain footnotes and are subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments that will not, individually or in the aggregate, be material in amount), and (iii) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of Parent as of the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows of Parent for the periods covered thereby.

(d) To the knowledge of Parent, Parent’s auditor has at all times since the date of enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act been: (i) a registered public accounting firm (as defined in Section 2(a)(12) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); (ii) “independent” with respect to Parent within the meaning of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act; and (iii) in compliance with subsections (g) through (l) of Section 10A of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board thereunder. All non-audit services (as defined in Section 2(a)(8) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) performed by Parent’s auditors for Parent were approved as required by Section 202 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

3.5 Absence of Changes. Between August 21, 2012 and the date of this Agreement: (a) there has not been any Parent Material Adverse Effect, and no event has occurred or circumstance has arisen that, in combination with any other events or circumstances, would reasonably be expected to have

 

9.


or result in a Parent Material Adverse Effect; and (b) Parent has not been engaged in any business operations and has not had any products or customers and has not generated any revenues, other than as disclosed in the Parent SEC Documents.

3.6 Liabilities . As of the Effective Time, Parent does not have any accrued, contingent or other liabilities.

3.7 Tax Matters .

(a) Each of the Tax Returns required to be filed by or on behalf of Parent with any Governmental Body with respect to any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date (the “ Parent Returns ”): (i) has been or will be filed on or before the applicable due date (including any extensions of such due date); and (ii) has been, or will be when filed, prepared in all material respects in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements. All Taxes of Parent, whether or not shown on the Parent Returns, due on or before the Closing Date, have been or will be paid on or before the Closing Date.

(b) Schedule 3.7(b) sets forth the amount and kind of all unpaid Taxes of Parent as of the Closing (whether or not such Taxes are due or payable) that are attributable to a taxable period or portion thereof occurring prior to the Closing.

(c) Neither Parent nor any Parent Return is currently being (or since November 30, 2011 has been) audited by any Governmental Body. No extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any of the Parent Returns has been granted (by Parent or any other Person), and no such extension or waiver has been requested from Parent.

(d) No claim or Legal Proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of Parent, has been threatened against or with respect to Parent in respect of any material Tax. There are no unsatisfied liabilities for material Taxes (including liabilities for interest, additions to tax and penalties thereon and related expenses) with respect to any notice of deficiency or similar document received by Parent with respect to any material Tax (other than liabilities for Taxes asserted under any such notice of deficiency or similar document which are being contested in good faith by Parent and with respect to which adequate reserves for payment have been established on the Parent March 2013 Balance Sheet).

(e) There are no liens for material Taxes upon any of the assets of Parent except liens for current Taxes not yet due and payable.

(f) Parent has not been, and will not be, required to include any adjustment in taxable income for any tax period (or portion thereof) pursuant to Section 481 or 263A of the Code (or any comparable provision of state or non-U.S. Tax laws) as a result of transactions or events occurring, or accounting methods employed, prior to the Closing.

(g) Schedule 3.7(g) sets forth all jurisdictions in which Parent has filed a Tax Return since December 31, 2011 and the Tax Returns filed in each such jurisdiction. Parent has delivered or otherwise made available to the Company accurate and complete copies of all Tax Returns of Parent for all Tax years or other relevant periods.

(h) No written claim has ever been received by Parent from any Governmental Body in a jurisdiction where Parent does not file a Tax Return that Parent is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in an obligation by Parent to pay material Taxes.

 

10.


(i) Parent is not now and has never been a member of an “affiliated group of corporations” within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code. Parent is not now and has never been a member of any combined, unitary or consolidated or similar group for state, local or non-U.S. Tax purposes or within the meaning of any similar Legal Requirement to which Parent may be subject.

(j) There are no Contracts relating to allocating or sharing of Taxes to which Parent is a party or is otherwise bound. Parent is not liable for Taxes of any other Person. Parent is not under any contractual obligation to indemnify any Person with respect to any amounts of such Person’s Taxes. Parent is not a party to any Contract providing for payments by Parent with respect to any amount of Taxes of any other Person. For the purposes of this Section 3.7(j), the following Contracts shall be disregarded: (i) commercially reasonable Contracts providing for the allocation or payment of real property Taxes attributable to real property leased or occupied by Parent and (ii) commercially reasonable Contracts for the allocation or payment of personal property Taxes, sales or use Taxes or value added Taxes with respect to personal property leased, used, owned or sold in the ordinary course of business.

(k) Parent has not constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code.

(l) Parent is not, and never has been, a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.

(m) Parent has taken no position on any U.S. federal income Tax Return (whether or not such position has been disclosed on any such U.S. federal income Tax Return) that would reasonably be expected to give rise to a material understatement penalty within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code or any similar Legal Requirement.

(n) Parent is not now participating in and has never participated in a “Listed Transaction” or a “Reportable Transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b).

(o) The Merger will be effected for bona fide non-Tax business reasons and will be carried out strictly in accordance with the Agreement. The terms of the Agreement and all other agreements entered into in connection therewith (the “ Transaction Documents ”) are the product of arm’s length negotiations. The Transaction Documents represent the entire agreement among the stockholders of the Company (the “ Company Stockholders ”), Parent, Merger Sub and the Company with respect to the Merger, and there are no other written or oral agreements regarding the Merger (or any transaction related thereto) other than those expressly referred to in the Transaction Documents.

(p) In connection with the Merger, the Company Stockholders will not receive in exchange for Company Capital Stock, directly or indirectly, any consideration other than the Parent Common Stock received in the Merger. No shares of Merger Sub have been or will be used as consideration or issued to the Company Stockholders in the Merger.

(q) Neither Parent nor any person related to Parent within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-1(e)(3), (e)(4) and (e)(5) (a “ Parent Related Person ”) has any plan or intention to directly or indirectly purchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire or reacquire, any of the Parent Common Stock that will be issued in exchange for Company Capital Stock pursuant to the Merger. In connection with the Merger, no Parent Related Person and no person acting as an intermediary for Parent or such a Parent Related Person will acquire any of the Parent Common Stock issued in the Merger.

 

11.


(r) Parent and Merger Sub have paid and will pay only their respective expenses, if any, incurred in connection with or as part of the Merger.

(s) Merger Sub is a newly-formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent that was created for the sole purpose of facilitating the Merger. Merger Sub has not conducted and is not conducting any business activities, and has had no assets prior to the Effective Time (other than nominal assets contributed upon the formation of Merger Sub, which assets will be held by Merger Sub following the Merger, and assets that are part of the consideration to be distributed to the Company Stockholders in the Merger). Prior to the Effective Time, Parent owns all of the equity interests of Merger Sub.

(t) Neither Parent nor Merger Sub is an investment company as defined in Sections 368(a)(2)(F)(iii) and (iv) of the Code.

(u) The fair market value of the assets of Parent exceeds and will exceed the sum of its liabilities, plus (without duplication) the amount of liabilities, if any, to which those assets are subject.

(v) Neither Parent nor Merger Sub is or will be under the jurisdiction of a court in a Title 11 or similar case within the meaning of Section 368(a)(3)(A) of the Code.

(w) Prior to the Effective Time, neither Parent, Merger Sub, nor any of their respective affiliates will take or agree to take any action that would reasonably be likely to prevent the Merger from qualifying as a reorganization under Section 368 of the Code.

(x) Merger Sub will have no liabilities assumed by the Company and will not transfer to the Company any assets subject to liabilities in the Merger.

(y) All Parent Common Stock exchanged in the Merger for Company Capital Stock will be voting stock.

(z) To the knowledge of Parent and Merger Sub without independent verification thereof:

(i) At the Effective Time, the fair market value of the consideration received by each Company Stockholder will be approximately equal to the fair market value of the Company Capital Stock surrendered in exchange therefor, and the aggregate consideration received by the Company Stockholders in exchange for their Company Capital Stock will be approximately equal to the fair market value of all of the outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock immediately prior to the Merger.

(ii) Following the Merger, neither Parent nor any Parent Related Person has any plan or intention to make any dividend or other distribution to the Company Stockholders other than regular, normal dividends or distributions made to all holders of Parent Common Stock.

(iii) The Company Stockholders will surrender their Company Capital Stock solely in exchange for the Parent Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Merger. No liabilities of the Company Stockholders will be assumed by Parent or Merger Sub, nor will any shares of Company Capital Stock be acquired subject to any liabilities.

 

12.


(iv) Parent has no present plan or intention: (A) to liquidate the Company or to merge the Company into another entity; (B) to sell or otherwise dispose of any stock in the Company held by Parent except in connection with a transaction described in Section 368(a)(2)(C) of the Code; or (C) to sell or otherwise dispose of, or to cause the Company to sell or otherwise dispose of, any of the Company’s assets (including any of the assets of Merger Sub acquired in the Merger), except for (x) dispositions in connection with a transaction described in Section 368(a)(2)(C) of the Code or (y) dispositions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, provided that, after such dispositions in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, the representations set forth in Section 3.7(z)(v) would continue to be accurate.

(v) Parent does not and Parent will not at the Effective Time have a plan or intention to substantially dispose of or discontinue the Company’s trade or business in a manner that would cause the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-1(d) to fail to be satisfied. Following the Merger, Parent, or a member of Parent’s “qualified group,” will continue the Company’s historic business or use a “significant portion” of Company’s “historic business assets” within a business (as such terms are used in Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-1(d)).

(vi) Parent will own all outstanding ownership interests of the Company immediately after the Merger. Parent has no plan or intention to cause or permit the Company to issue additional ownership interests (including options, warrants and convertible securities) to any person or entity (other than Parent or pursuant to a transaction described in Section 368(a)(2)(C) of the Code). Immediately after the Merger, the Company will have no outstanding warrants, options, convertible securities or any other type of right pursuant to which any person could acquire interests in the Company that, if exercised or converted, would result in Parent losing control of the Company within the meaning of Section 368(c) of the Code.

(vii) Neither Parent nor Merger Sub has any plan or intention to sell or otherwise dispose of any of the assets of the Company acquired in the Merger, except for dispositions made in the ordinary course of business or transfers described in Section 368(a)(2)(C) of the Code. Parent has no plan or intention to sell or otherwise dispose of any equity interest in the Company, except for a transfer (or successive transfers) of at least 80% of the equity of the Company to a corporation controlled (within the meaning of Section 368(c) of the Code) in each case by the transferor corporation.

3.8 Employee and Labor Matters; Benefit Plans .

(a) Parent is not a party to or bound by, and never has been a party to or bound by, any union contract, collective bargaining agreement or similar Contract.

(b) Parent is not, nor ever has been, engaged in any unfair labor practice of any nature. There has never been any slowdown, work stoppage, labor dispute or union organizing activity, or any similar activity or dispute, affecting Parent or any of its employees. There is not now pending, and no Person has threatened to commence, any such slowdown, work stoppage, labor dispute or union organizing activity or any similar activity or dispute. No event has occurred, and no condition or circumstance exists, that might directly or indirectly give rise to or provide a basis for the commencement of any such slowdown, work stoppage, labor dispute or union organizing activity or any similar activity or dispute. There are no actions, suits, claims, labor disputes or grievances pending or, to the knowledge of Parent, threatened or reasonably anticipated relating to any labor, safety or discrimination matters involving any employee of Parent, including charges of unfair labor practices or discrimination complaints

 

13.


(c) Parent does not intend, nor has it agreed or committed, to (i) establish or enter into any new Parent Employee Plan or Parent Employee Agreement, or (ii) modify or terminate any Parent Employee Plan or Parent Employee Agreement (except to conform any such Parent Employee Plan or Parent Employee Agreement to the requirements of any applicable Legal Requirements, in each case as previously disclosed to the Company in writing).

(d) Parent has made available to the Company accurate and complete copies of: (i) all documents embodying or setting forth the terms of each Parent Employee Plan and each Parent Employee Agreement, including all amendments thereto and all related trust documents; (ii) the three most recent annual reports (Form Series 5500 and all schedules and financial statements attached thereto), if any, required under ERISA, the Code or any other applicable Legal Requirement in connection with each Parent Employee Plan; (iii) for each Parent Employee Plan that is subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of ERISA, the most recent annual and periodic accounting of Parent Employee Plan assets; (iv) the most recent summary plan description together with the summaries of material modifications thereto, if any, required under ERISA with respect to each Parent Employee Plan; (v) all material written Contracts relating to each Parent Employee Plan, including administrative service agreements and group insurance contracts; (vi) all written materials provided to any Parent Associate relating to any Parent Employee Plan and any proposed Parent Employee Plan, in each case, relating to any amendments, terminations, establishments, increases or decreases in benefits, acceleration of payments or vesting schedules or other events that would result in any liability to Parent or any Parent Affiliate; (vii) all correspondence to or from any Governmental Body relating to any Parent Employee Plan; (viii) all COBRA forms and related notices; (ix) all insurance policies pertaining to fiduciary liability insurance covering the fiduciaries for each Parent Employee Plan; (x) all non-discrimination test reports and summaries for each Parent Employee Plan for the three most recent plan years; and (xi) the most recent IRS determination or opinion letter issued with respect to each Parent Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

(e) Parent and each Parent Affiliate have performed all material obligations required to be performed by them under each Parent Employee Plan and Parent Employee Agreement. Neither Parent nor any Parent Affiliate is in default or violation of, and Parent has no knowledge of any default or violation by any other party to, the terms of any Parent Employee Plan or Parent Employee Agreement. Each Parent Employee Plan and Parent Employee Agreement has been established and maintained substantially in accordance with its terms and in substantial compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, including ERISA and the Code. Any Parent Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has obtained a favorable determination letter (or opinion letter, if applicable) as to its qualified status under the Code and incorporates or has been amended to incorporate all provisions required to comply with the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and all subsequent legislation. For each Parent Employee Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, there has been no event, condition or circumstance that has adversely affected or is likely to adversely affect its tax-qualified status. No “prohibited transaction,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Sections 406 and 407 of ERISA, that is not otherwise exempt under Section 408 of ERISA, has occurred with respect to any Parent Employee Plan. There are no claims or Legal Proceedings pending, or, to the knowledge of Parent, threatened or reasonably anticipated (other than routine claims for benefits), against any Parent Employee Plan or against the assets of any Parent Employee Plan. Each Parent Employee Plan can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Closing in accordance with its terms, without liability to the Company, Parent or any Parent Affiliate (other than ordinary administration expenses), subject to applicable Legal Requirements. There are no audits, inquiries or Legal Proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Parent, threatened by the IRS, the DOL, or any other Governmental Body with respect to any Parent Employee Plan or Parent Employee Agreement. Neither Parent nor any Parent Affiliate has ever incurred any penalty or tax with respect to any Parent Employee Plan under Section 502(i) of ERISA, under Sections 4975 through 4980 of the Code or under any other applicable Legal

 

14.


Requirement. Parent and each Parent Affiliate have timely made all contributions and other payments required by and due under the terms of each Parent Employee Plan and Parent Employee Agreement.

(f) Each Contract to which Parent is a party or is otherwise bound with any individual or entity that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code has been operated since January 1, 2005 in good faith compliance with Section 409A of the Code. No stock right (as defined in U.S. Treasury Department regulation 1.409A-1(l)) has been granted to any Parent Associate that (i) has an exercise price that has been or may be less than the fair market value of the underlying equity as of the date such option or right was granted, as determined by the board of directors of Parent in good faith, (ii) has any feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of exercise or disposition of such option or rights, or (iii) has been granted after December 31, 2004, with respect to any class of stock that is not “service recipient stock” (within the meaning of applicable regulations under Section 409A of the Code). No compensation payable by Parent or any of the Parent Affiliates shall be or has been reportable as nonqualified deferred compensation in the gross income of any individual or entity as a result of the operation of Section 409A of the Code.

(g) Neither Parent nor any Parent Affiliate has ever maintained, established, sponsored, participated in, or contributed to any: (i) Parent Pension Plan, including but not limited to, a plan which is subject to Part 3 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code; (ii) “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section (3)(37) of ERISA; (iii) Parent Pension Plan in which stock of Parent or any Parent Affiliate is or was held as a plan asset, (iv) multiple employer plan or to any plan described in Section 413 of the Code; or (vi) self-insured plan that provides benefits to employees (including any such plan pursuant to which a stop-loss policy or contract applies).

(h) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (either alone or in connection with any other event, including any termination of employment or service) will (i) result in any payment (including severance, golden parachute, bonus or otherwise), becoming due to any Parent Associate under any Parent Employee Plan or Parent Employee Agreement, (ii) result in any forgiveness of indebtedness, (iii) materially increase any benefits otherwise payable by Parent under any Parent Employee Plan or Parent Employee Agreement, (iv) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits except as required under Section 411(d)(3) of the Code or (v) be reasonably likely to result in any payment to any Parent Associate being non-deductible by virtue of Section 280G or Section 4999 of the Code. No Parent Employee Plan or Parent Employee Agreement gives rise to any potential “excess parachute payments” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code) payable Parent in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, either as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or in conjunction with any other event.

(i) No Parent Employee Plan provides (except at no cost to Parent or any Parent Affiliate), or reflects or represents any liability of any of Parent or any Parent Affiliate to provide, retiree life insurance, retiree health benefits or other retiree employee welfare benefits to any Person for any reason, except as may be required by COBRA or other applicable Legal Requirements. Other than commitments made that involve no future costs to Parent or any Parent Affiliate, neither Parent nor any Parent Affiliate, has ever represented, promised or contracted (whether in oral or written form) to any Parent Employee (either individually or to Parent Employees as a group) or any other Person that any such Parent Employee or other Person would be provided with retiree life insurance, retiree health benefits or other retiree employee welfare benefits, except to the extent required by applicable Legal Requirements.

 

15.


(j) Except as expressly required or provided by this Agreement, neither the execution or delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of any of the Contemplated Transactions will (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) constitute an event under any Parent Employee Plan, Parent Employee Agreement, trust or loan that will or may result (either alone or in connection with any other circumstance or event) in any payment (whether of severance pay or otherwise), acceleration of any right, obligation or benefit, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefits or obligation to fund benefits with respect to any Parent Employee.

(k) Neither Parent nor any Parent Affiliate: (i) has violated or otherwise failed to comply with any Legal Requirement respecting employment, employment practices, terms and conditions of employment or wages and hours, including the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the requirements of FMLA, the requirements of HIPAA and the provisions of any similar Legal Requirement; (ii) has failed to withhold or report any amounts required by applicable Legal Requirements or by Contract to be withheld or reported with respect to wages, salaries and other payments to Parent Employees; (iii) is liable for any arrears of wages or any taxes or any penalty for failure to comply with the Legal Requirements applicable to any of the foregoing; and (iv) is liable for any payment to any trust or other fund governed by or maintained by or on behalf of any Governmental Body with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security or other benefits or obligations for Parent Employees (other than routine payments to be made in the normal course of business and consistent with past practice). There are no pending or, to the knowledge of Parent, threatened or reasonably anticipated claims or Legal Proceedings against Parent or any Parent Affiliate under any worker’s compensation policy or long-term disability policy.

(l) To the knowledge of Parent, no stockholder of Parent, and no current Parent Associate, is obligated under any Contract or subject to any Order that would interfere with such Person’s efforts to promote the interests of Parent or that would interfere with the businesses of Parent or any Parent Affiliate. Neither the execution nor the delivery of this Agreement, nor the carrying on of the business of Parent or any Parent Affiliate as presently conducted nor any activity of such stockholder or current Parent Associate in connection with the carrying on of the business of Parent or any Parent Affiliate as presently conducted will, to the knowledge of Parent, conflict with, result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any Contract under which any of such stockholders or current Parent Associate has any rights or obligations.

3.9 Legal Proceedings; Orders .

(a) There is no pending Legal Proceeding, and (to the knowledge of Parent) no Person has threatened to commence any Legal Proceeding: (i) that involves Parent, any business of Parent or any of the assets owned, leased or used by Parent; or (ii) that challenges, or that may have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with, the Merger or any of the other Contemplated Transactions. To the knowledge of Parent, no event has occurred, and no claim, dispute or other condition or circumstance exists, that would reasonably be expected to give rise to or serve as a basis for the commencement of any Legal Proceeding of the type described in clause “(i)” or clause “(ii)” of the first sentence of this Section 3.9(a).

(b) There is no Order to which Parent, or any of the assets owned or used by Parent, is subject. To the knowledge of Parent, no officer or other key employee of Parent is subject to any Order that prohibits such officer or other employee from engaging in or continuing any conduct, activity or practice relating to the business of Parent.

3.10 Authority; Binding Nature of Agreement . Subject to obtaining the Required Parent Stockholder Vote (as defined in Section 3.11) and the vote of Parent as the sole stockholder of

 

16.


Merger Sub with respect to the Merger, each of Parent and Merger Sub has the corporate right, power and authority to enter into and to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The board of directors of Parent (acting by written consent) as of the date of this Agreement has: (a) unanimously determined that the issuance of Parent Common Stock in the Merger is advisable and fair to, and in the best interests of, Parent and its stockholders; (b) unanimously authorized and approved the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Parent and unanimously approved the Merger; and (c) unanimously recommended the approval of the issuance of Parent Common Stock in the Merger by the holders of Parent Common Stock and directed that the issuance of Parent Common Stock in the Merger be submitted for consideration by Parent’s stockholders. The board of directors of Merger Sub (by unanimous written consent) has: (i) unanimously determined that the Merger is advisable and fair to, and in the best interests of, Merger Sub and its stockholder; (ii) unanimously authorized and approved the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Merger Sub and unanimously approved the Merger; and (iii) unanimously recommended the adoption of this Agreement by the stockholder of Merger Sub and directed that this Agreement and the Merger be submitted for consideration by the stockholder of Merger Sub. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Parent and Merger Sub, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to: (A) laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors; and (B) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

3.11 Vote Required . The only vote of Parent’s stockholders required to approve the filing of the Parent Restated Charter is the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of Parent (collectively, the “ Required Parent Stockholder Vote ”), which has been obtained on or prior to the date hereof.

3.12 Non-Contravention; Consents . Neither (1) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, nor (2) the consummation of the Merger or any of the other Contemplated Transactions will directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time):

(a) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of: (i) any of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Parent or Merger Sub; or (ii) any resolution adopted by the stockholders, the board of directors or any committee of the board of directors of Parent or Merger Sub;

(b) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Body or other Person the right to challenge the Merger or any of the other Contemplated Transactions or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Legal Requirement or any Order to which Parent, or any of the assets owned or used by Parent, is subject;

(c) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any of the terms or requirements of, or give any Governmental Body the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate or modify, any Governmental Authorization that is held by Parent or that otherwise relates to the business of Parent or to any of the assets owned or used by Parent;

(d) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or result in a default under, any provision of any material Contract to which Parent is a party or by which it is otherwise bound, or give any Person the right to: (i) declare a default or exercise any remedy under any such material Contract; (ii) a rebate, chargeback, penalty or change in delivery schedule under any such material Contract; (iii) accelerate the maturity or performance of any such material Contract; or (iv) cancel, terminate or modify any right, benefit, obligation or other term of such material Contract; or

 

17.


(e) result in the imposition or creation of any Encumbrance upon or with respect to any asset owned or used by Parent (except for minor liens that will not, in any case or in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of the assets subject thereto).

Except as may be required by the Securities Act, Exchange Act, the NRS and the DGCL, neither Parent nor Merger Sub was, is or will be required to make any filing with or give any notice to, or to obtain any Consent from, any Person in connection with: (x) the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement; or (y) the consummation of the Merger or any of the other Contemplated Transactions.

3.13 Financial Advisor . No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the Merger or any of the other Contemplated Transactions based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Parent.

3.14 Valid Issuance . The Parent Common Stock to be issued in the Merger, including the Parent Common Stock to be issued upon the exercise of assumed and converted Company Options and Company Warrants, has been duly authorized and will, when issued in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will not be subject to any restriction on resale under the Securities Act, other than restrictions imposed on affiliates of Parent by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

SECTION 4. C ERTAIN C OVENANTS OF THE P ARTIES

4.1 Company Stockholder Approval . The Company has solicited or obtained or shall solicit and obtain, by the Company Written Consent in lieu of a meeting pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, the Required Company Stockholder Vote for purposes of, (i) adopting this Agreement and approving the Merger, and all other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) acknowledging that the approval given thereby is irrevocable and that such holder of Company Capital Stock is aware of its rights to demand appraisal for its shares pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL and that such holder of Company Capital Stock has received and read a copy of Section 262 of the DGCL and (iii) acknowledging that by its approval of the Merger it is not entitled to appraisal rights with respect to its shares in connection with the Merger and thereby waives any rights to receive payment of the fair value of its Company Capital Stock under the DGCL.

4.2 Stock Options; Assumption of Company Option Plan; Company Warrants .

(a) At the Effective Time, without any action on the part of Parent, the Company or the holders of Company Options, except as otherwise required by applicable Legal Requirements, each Company Option that is unexpired, unexercised and outstanding as of the Effective Time, whether vested or unvested, shall, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, be assumed by Parent (an “ Assumed Company Option ”) in accordance with the terms of the applicable Company Option Plan, and Parent’s board of directors (as constituted pursuant to Exhibit C ) or a duly authorized committee thereof shall succeed to the authority and responsibility of the Company’s board of directors or any committee thereof with respect to each Assumed Company Option. Each Assumed Company Option will continue to have, and be subject to the same terms and conditions of such Company Option (including the terms and conditions of any applicable stock option agreement or other document evidencing such Company Option, if any) immediately prior to the Effective Time (including any repurchase rights or vesting provisions, if applicable), except that (i) each Assumed Company Option will be exercisable (or will become exercisable in accordance with its terms) solely for a number of whole shares of Parent Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Company Common Stock that would be issuable upon exercise of the Assumed Company Option immediately prior to the Effective Time, and (ii) the per share exercise price for the Parent Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Assumed

 

18.


Company Option will be equal to the per share exercise price for such Assumed Company Option immediately prior to the Effective Time. Each Assumed Company Option shall be vested immediately following the Effective Time as to the same percentage of the total number of shares subject thereto as it was vested as to immediately prior to the Effective Time. Consistent with the terms of the Company Option Plans and the documents governing the outstanding options under such plan as in effect on the date of this Agreement, the Merger shall not terminate any of the outstanding Company Options held under such plan or accelerate the exercisability or vesting of such options or the shares of Parent Common Stock that shall be subject to those options upon Parent’s assumption of the Company Options in the Merger. Each Assumed Company Option shall, in accordance with its terms and the applicable Company Option Plan, be subject to further adjustment as determined in the reasonable discretion of Parent’s board of directors to reflect any stock split, division or subdivision of shares, stock dividend, reverse stock split, consolidation of shares, reclassification, recapitalization or other similar transaction subsequent to the Effective Time. It is the intent of the parties hereto that to the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, all Assumed Company Options in respect of Company Options that prior to the Effective Time were treated as incentive or nonstatutory stock options under the Code shall from and after the Effective Time continue to be treated as incentive or nonstatutory stock options, respectively, under the Code. The adjustments provided in this Section 4.2 with respect to any Company Options, whether or not they are incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Code, are intended to be effected in a manner which is consistent with Sections 424(a) and 409A of the Code.

(b) As soon as reasonably practicable following the date hereof and conditional upon the Effective Time, the board of directors of the Company shall make all determinations reasonably necessary under each Company Option Plan to accomplish the transactions contemplated by this Section 4.2 and, to the extent necessary and practicable, to reflect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Merger. As soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Time, Parent may issue to each holder of an Assumed Company Option a document evidencing the assumption of the applicable Company Option by Parent as contemplated by this Section 4.2. Parent shall take all corporate action reasonably necessary to reserve for issuance a sufficient number of shares of Parent Common Stock for delivery upon exercise of the Assumed Company Options pursuant to the terms set forth in this Section 4.2 and shall, from and after the Effective Time, honor the obligations of the Company to the holders of Assumed Company Options under each Company Option Plan.

(c) At the Effective Time, Parent will assume the Company’s Option Plan (the “ Assumed Company Option Plan ”), as amended to date, and be able to grant stock awards, to the extent permissible by applicable Legal Requirements, under the terms of the Assumed Company Option Plan to issue the reserved but unissued shares of Company Common Stock under the Assumed Company Option Plan. The shares subject to the unexercised portions of any award granted thereunder that expires, terminates or is canceled, and shares of Company Common Stock issued pursuant to an award that are reacquired by Parent pursuant to the terms of the award under which such shares were issued that would otherwise return to the Assumed Company Option Plan pursuant to their respective terms, will return and may be used for awards to be granted under the Assumed Company Option Plan, except that (i) shares of Company Common Stock covered by such awards will be shares of Parent Common Stock and (ii) all references to a number of shares of Company Common Stock will be (A) changed to reference Parent Common Stock and (B) converted to a number of shares of Parent Common Stock equal to the product of the number of shares of Company Common Stock multiplied by the Option Exchange Ratio, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares of Parent Common Stock. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall take any action that would otherwise preclude Parent from being able to grant awards under the Assumed Company Option Plan, including adopting resolutions to terminate the Assumed Company Option Plan.

 

19.


(d) At the Effective Time, without any action on the part of Parent, the Company or the holders of Company Warrants, except as otherwise required by applicable Legal Requirements, each Company Warrant that is unexpired, unexercised and outstanding as of the Effective Time, whether vested or unvested, shall, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, be assumed by Parent (an “ Assumed Company Warrant ”) and Parent’s board of directors (as constituted pursuant to Exhibit C ) or a duly authorized committee thereof shall succeed to the authority and responsibility of the Company’s board of directors or any committee thereof with respect to each Assumed Company Warrant. Each Assumed Company Warrant will continue to have, and be subject to the same terms and conditions of such Company Warrant (including the terms and conditions of any applicable warrant agreement or other document evidencing such Company Warrant, if any) immediately prior to the Effective Time (including any repurchase rights or vesting provisions, if applicable), except that (i) each Assumed Company Warrant will be exercisable (or will become exercisable in accordance with its terms) solely for a number of whole shares of Parent Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Company Common Stock that would be issuable upon exercise of the Assumed Company Warrant immediately prior to the Effective Time, and (ii) the per share exercise price for the Parent Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Assumed Company Warrant will be equal to the per share exercise price for such Assumed Company Warrant immediately prior to the Effective Time. Each Assumed Company Warrant shall be vested immediately following the Effective Time as to the same percentage of the total number of shares subject thereto as it was vested as to immediately prior to the Effective Time. Consistent with the terms of the documents governing the Company Warrants as in effect on the date of this Agreement, the Merger shall not terminate any of the outstanding Company Warrants or accelerate the exercisability or vesting of such Company Warrants or the shares of Parent Common Stock that shall be subject to the Company Warrants upon Parent’s assumption thereof in the Merger. Each Assumed Company Warrant shall, in accordance with its terms, be subject to further adjustment as pursuant to its terms and provisions to reflect any stock split, division or subdivision of shares, stock dividend, reverse stock split, consolidation of shares, reclassification, recapitalization or other similar transaction subsequent to the Effective Time.

(e) Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall take all actions that may be necessary (under the Company Option Plan and otherwise) to effectuate the provisions of this Section 4.2 and to ensure that, from and after the Effective Time, holders of Company Options have no rights with respect thereto other than those specifically provided in this Section 4.2.

SECTION 5. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS

5.1 Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each Parent and the Company.

5.2 Waiver .

(a) Subject to Sections 5.2(b) and 5.2(c), any party hereto may: (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties to this Agreement; (ii) waive any inaccuracy in or breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation of the other party in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement; and (iii) waive compliance with any covenant, obligation or condition for the benefit of such party contained in this Agreement.

(b) No failure on the part of any party to exercise any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, and no delay on the part of any party in exercising any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, shall operate as a waiver of such power, right, privilege or

 

20.


remedy; and no single or partial exercise of any such power, right, privilege or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right, privilege or remedy.

(c) No party shall be deemed to have waived any claim arising out of this Agreement, or any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, unless the waiver of such claim, power, right, privilege or remedy is expressly set forth in a written instrument duly executed and delivered on behalf of such party; and any such waiver shall not be applicable or have any effect except in the specific instance in which it is given.

5.3 No Survival of Representations and Warranties . None of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive the Merger.

5.4 Entire Agreement; Counterparts; Exchanges by Facsimile or Electronic Delivery . This Agreement and the other agreements and exhibits referred to herein constitute the entire agreement and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among or between any of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof; provided, however , that covenants in respect of confidential information contained in that certain Term Sheet dated October 16, 2013 between Sytner, Parent and the Company shall not be superseded and shall remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. The exchange of a fully executed Agreement (in counterparts or otherwise) by facsimile or by electronic delivery shall be sufficient to bind the parties to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

5.5 Applicable Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof. In any action between any of the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the Contemplated Transactions: (a) each of the parties irrevocably and unconditionally consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware; and (b) each of the parties irrevocably waives the right to trial by jury.

5.6 Expenses . All fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions shall be paid by the party incurring such expenses, whether or not the Merger is consummated.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In any action at law or suit in equity to enforce this Agreement or the rights of any of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such action or suit shall be entitled to receive a reasonable sum for its attorneys’ fees and all other reasonable costs and expenses incurred in such action or suit.

5.8 Assignability; No Third Party Rights . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall be enforceable by and inure solely to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any party’s rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned or delegated by such party without the prior written consent of the other parties, and any attempted assignment or delegation of this Agreement or any of such rights or obligations by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties shall be void and of no effect. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto) any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

21.


5.9 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as follows: (a) if sent by registered or certified mail in the United States return receipt requested, upon receipt; (b) if sent by nationally recognized overnight air courier (such as DHL or Federal Express), two business days after sending; (c) if sent by facsimile transmission before 5:00 p.m., when transmitted and receipt is confirmed; (d) if sent by facsimile transmission after 5:00 p.m. and receipt is confirmed, on the following business day; and (e) if otherwise actually personally delivered, when delivered, provided that such notices, requests, demands and other communications are delivered to the address set forth below, or to such other address as any party shall provide by like notice to the other parties to this Agreement:

if to Parent or Merger Sub:

Igynta, Inc.

750 Broadway

Woodmere, NY 11598

Attn. Betty Sytner

Phone: (310) 623-7505

Fax:     N/A

E-mail: bettysytner@yahoo.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

J.M. Walker & Associates

Attorneys At Law

7841 South Garfield Way

Centennial, CO 80122

Office: (303) 850-7637

Fax: (303) 482-2731

Email: jmwlkr85@gmail.com

if to the Company:

Ignyta Operating, Inc.

11095 Flintkote Avenue

Suite D

San Diego, CA 92121

Attn. Dr. Jonathan E. Lim, CEO

Phone: (858) 255-5958

Fax:     (858) 255-5960

Email: jl@ignyta.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Law Offices of Craig V. Butler

9900 Research Drive

Irvine, CA 92618

Attn. Craig V. Butler

Phone: (949) 484-5667

Fax: (949) 209-2545

Email: cbutler@craigbutlerlaw.com

 

22.


and

Morrison Foerster LLP

12531 High Bluff Drive, Suite 100

San Diego, CA 92130

Attn: Jay de Groot

Phone: (858) 720-5100

Fax:     (858) 720-5125

Email: jdegroot@mofo.com

5.10 Cooperation . Each party hereto agrees to cooperate fully with each other party hereto to consummate the transactions contemplated herein and to execute and deliver such further documents, certificates, agreements and instruments and to take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the other party to evidence or reflect the Contemplated Transactions and to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

5.11 Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. If a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to limit such term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases or to replace such term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable as so modified. In the event such court does not exercise the power granted to it in the prior sentence, the parties hereto agree to replace such invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a valid and enforceable term or provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such invalid or unenforceable term or provision.

5.12 Construction .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, whenever the context requires: the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders; the feminine gender shall include the masculine and neuter genders; and the neuter gender shall include masculine and feminine genders.

(b) The parties hereto agree that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be applied in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

(c) As used in this Agreement, the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

(d) Except as otherwise indicated, all references in this Agreement to “Sections” and “Exhibits” are intended to refer to Sections of this Agreement and Exhibits to this Agreement.

 

23.


(e) The bold-faced headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

24.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

I GNYTA , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Betty Sytner

Name:   Betty Sytner
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
IGAS A CQUISITION C ORP .
By:  

/s/ Betty Sytner

Name:

  Betty Sytner

Title:

  President and Chief Executive Officer
I GNYTA O PERATING , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Lim, M.D.

Name:

  Jonathan Lim, M.D.

Title:

  President and Chief Executive Officer

Merger Agreement Signature Page


E XHIBIT A

C ERTAIN D EFINITIONS

For purposes of the Agreement (including this Exhibit A):

Agreement . “Agreement” shall mean the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization to which this Exhibit A is attached, as it may be amended from time to time.

CCC. “CCC” shall mean the California Corporations Code.

COBRA. “ COBRA shall mean the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

Code. “Code” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company Capital Stock . “Company Capital Stock” shall mean the Company Common Stock and the Company Preferred Stock.

Company Common Stock . “Company Common Stock” shall mean the Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company.

Company Material Adverse Effect . “Company Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any effect, change, event or circumstance (each, an “ Effect ”) that, considered together with all other Effects, has a material adverse effect on: (a) the business, financial condition, operations or results of operations of the Company taken as a whole; provided, however , that, in no event shall any of the following, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, nor shall any of the following be taken into account in determining whether there has occurred, a Company Material Adverse Effect: Effects resulting from (i) conditions generally affecting the industries in which the Company participates or the U.S. or global economy or capital markets as a whole, to the extent that such conditions do not have a disproportionate impact on the Company; (ii) any failure by the Company to meet internal projections or forecasts or third party revenue or earnings predictions for any period ending (or for which revenues or earnings are released) on or after the date of the Agreement (it being understood, however, that any Effect causing or contributing to such failures to meet projections or predictions may constitute a Company Material Adverse Effect and may be taken into account in determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred); (iii) the execution, delivery, announcement or performance of the obligations under this Agreement or the announcement, pendency or anticipated consummation of the Merger; (iv) any natural disaster or any acts of terrorism, sabotage, military action or war or any escalation or worsening thereof; (v) any changes (after the date of this Agreement) in GAAP or applicable Legal Requirements; and (vi) the taking of any action required by this Agreement; (b) the ability of the Company to consummate the Merger or to perform any of its covenants or obligations under the Agreement; or (c) Parent’s ability to vote, transfer, receive dividends with respect to or otherwise exercise ownership rights with respect to the stock of the Surviving Corporation.

Company Option Plan. “Company Option Plan” shall mean the Company’s Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan.

Company Options. “Company Options” shall mean options to purchase shares of Company Common Stock from the Company (whether granted by the Company pursuant to the Company Option Plan, assumed by the Company or otherwise).

 

A-1.


Company Preferred Stock. “Company Preferred Stock” shall mean the Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company.

Consent . “Consent” shall mean any approval, consent, ratification, permission, waiver or authorization (including any Governmental Authorization).

Contemplated Transactions. “ Contemplated Transactions” shall mean the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

Contract . “Contract” shall mean any written, oral or other agreement, contract, subcontract, lease, understanding, arrangement, instrument, note, option, warranty, purchase order, license, sublicense, insurance policy, benefit plan or legally binding commitment or undertaking of any nature.

DGCL. “DGCL” shall mean the Delaware General Corporation Law.

DOL. “DOL” shall mean the United States Department of Labor.

Encumbrance . “Encumbrance” shall mean any lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, mortgage, easement, encroachment, imperfection of title, title exception, title defect, right of possession, lease, tenancy license, security interest, encumbrance, claim, infringement, interference, option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, community property interest or restriction of any nature (including any restriction on the voting of any security, any restriction on the transfer of any security or other asset, any restriction on the receipt of any income derived from any asset, any restriction on the use of any asset and any restriction on the possession, exercise or transfer of any other attribute of ownership of any asset).

Entity. “Entity” shall mean any corporation (including any non-profit corporation), general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, estate, trust, company (including any company limited by shares, limited liability company or joint stock company), firm, society or other enterprise, association, organization or entity.

ERISA . “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Exchange Act . “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

GAAP. “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

Governmental Authorization . “Governmental Authorization” shall mean any: (a) permit, license, certificate, franchise, permission, variance, clearance, registration, qualification or authorization issued, granted, given or otherwise made available by or under the authority of any Governmental Body or pursuant to any Legal Requirement; or (b) right under any Contract with any Governmental Body.

Governmental Body . “Governmental Body” shall mean any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; (c) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental division, department, agency, commission, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or Entity and any court or other tribunal); or (d) self-regulatory organization.

IRS. “IRS” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

A-2.


Legal Proceeding . “Legal Proceeding” shall mean any action, suit, litigation, arbitration, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate proceeding), hearing, inquiry, audit, examination or investigation commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any court or other Governmental Body or any arbitrator or arbitration panel.

Legal Requirement . “Legal Requirement” shall mean any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, regulation, order, award, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body.

NRS. “NRS” shall mean Nevada Revised Statutes.

Order. “Order” shall mean any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree.

Parent Affiliate . “Parent Affiliate” shall mean any Person under common control with Parent or required to be aggregated with Parent within the meaning of Section 414(b), Section 414(c), Section 414(m) or Section 414(o) of the Code, and the regulations issued thereunder.

Parent Associate. “Parent Associate” shall mean any current or former officer or other employee, or current or former independent contractor, consultant or director, of or to Parent or any Parent Affiliate.

Parent Common Stock . “Parent Common Stock” shall mean the Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of Parent.

Parent Employee. “Parent Employee” shall mean any director or any officer or other employee of any of Parent.

Parent Employee Agreement. “Parent Employee Agreement” shall mean any management, employment, severance, retention, transaction bonus, change in control, consulting, relocation, repatriation or expatriation agreement or other similar Contract between: (a) Parent or any Parent Affiliate; and (b) any Parent Associate, other than any such Contract that is terminable “at will” (or following a notice period imposed by applicable law) without any obligation on the part of Parent or any Parent Affiliate to make any severance, termination, change in control or similar payment or to provide any benefit, other than severance payments required to be made by Parent under applicable foreign law.

Parent Employee Plan. “Parent Employee Plan” shall mean any plan, program, policy, practice or Contract providing for compensation, severance, termination pay, deferred compensation, performance awards, stock or stock-related awards, fringe benefits, retirement benefits or other benefits or remuneration of any kind, whether or not in writing and whether or not funded, including each “employee benefit plan,” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether or not ERISA is applicable to such plan): (a) that is or has been maintained or contributed to, or required to be maintained or contributed to, by Parent or any Parent Affiliate for the benefit of any Parent Associate; or (b) with respect to which Parent or any Parent Affiliate has or may incur or become subject to any liability or obligation; provided, however, that a Parent Employee Agreement shall not be considered a Parent Employee Plan.

Parent Material Adverse Effect. “Parent Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any Effect that, considered together with all other Effects, has a material adverse effect on: (a) the business, financial condition, operations or results of operations of Parent taken as a whole; provided, however , that, in no event shall any of the following, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, nor shall any of the following be taken into account in determining whether there has occurred, a Parent Material Adverse

 

A-3.


Effect: Effects resulting (i) from conditions generally affecting the industries in which Parent participates or the U.S. or global economy or capital markets as a whole, to the extent that such conditions do not have a disproportionate impact on Parent; (ii) changes in the trading price or trading volume of Parent Common Stock (it being understood, however, that any Effect causing or contributing to such changes in the trading price or trading volume of Parent Common Stock may constitute a Parent Material Adverse Effect and may be taken into account in determining whether a Parent Material Adverse Effect has occurred); (iii) any failure by Parent to meet internal projections or forecasts or third party revenue or earnings predictions for any period ending (or for which revenues or earnings are released) on or after the date of the Agreement (it being understood, however, that any Effect causing or contributing to such failures to meet projections or predictions may constitute a Parent Material Adverse Effect and may be taken into account in determining whether a Parent Material Adverse Effect has occurred); (iv) the execution, delivery, announcement or performance of the obligations under this Agreement or the announcement, pendency or anticipated consummation of the Merger; (v) any natural disaster or any acts of terrorism, sabotage, military action or war or any escalation or worsening thereof; (vi) any changes (after the date of this Agreement) in GAAP or applicable Legal Requirements; and (vii) the taking of any action required by this Agreement; or (b) the ability of Parent or Merger Sub to consummate the Merger or to perform any of its covenants or obligations under the Agreement.

Parent Pension Plan. “Parent Pension Plan” shall mean each: (a) Parent Employee Plan that is an “employee pension benefit plan,” within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA; or (b) other occupational pension plan, including any final salary or money purchase plan.

Parent Preferred Stock . “Parent Preferred Stock” shall mean the Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of Parent.

Person. “Person” shall mean any individual, Entity or Governmental Body.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act . “Sarbanes-Oxley Act” shall mean the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as it may be amended from time to time.

SEC. “SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act . “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Subsidiary . An Entity shall be deemed to be a “Subsidiary” of another Person if such Person directly or indirectly owns or purports to own, beneficially or of record: (a) an amount of voting securities of or other interests in such Entity that is sufficient to enable such Person to elect at least a majority of the members of such Entity’s board of directors or other governing body; or (b) at least 50% of the outstanding equity, voting or financial interests in such Entity.

Tax. “Tax” shall mean any U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax (including any income tax, franchise tax, capital gains tax, gross receipts tax, value-added tax, surtax, estimated tax, unemployment tax, national health insurance tax, excise tax, ad valorem tax, transfer tax, stamp tax, sales tax, use tax, property tax, business tax, withholding tax, payroll tax, tariff or duty including any customs duty) and any related charge or amount (including any fine, penalty or interest), imposed, assessed or collected by or under the authority of any Governmental Body.

Tax Return . “Tax Return” shall mean any return (including any information return), report, statement, declaration, estimate, schedule, notice, notification, form, election, certificate or other document or information, and any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, filed with or submitted to, or required to be filed with or submitted to, any Governmental Body in connection with the

 

A-4.


determination, assessment, collection or payment of any Tax or in connection with the administration, implementation or enforcement of or compliance with any Legal Requirement relating to any Tax.

Treasury Regulation . “Treasury Regulation” shall mean a regulation issued pursuant to the Code.

Unvested Company Common Stock. “Unvested Company Common Stock” shall mean any shares of Company Common Stock that are not vested under the terms of any Contract with the Company (including any stock option agreement or stock option exercise agreement or restricted stock purchase agreement).

 

A-5.


E XHIBIT B

P ARENT R ESTATED C HARTER


E XHIBIT C

P OST -E FFECTIVE T IME O FFICERS  & D IRECTORS OF P ARENT

 

Position    Name
President and Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board    Jonathan E. Lim
Chief Financial Officer, Vice President, Corporate Development, and Secretary    Zachary Hornby
Chief Scientific Officer, Sr. Vice President, Research    Patrick O’Connor                        
Director    Heinrich Dreismann
Director    Alexander Casdin

P OST -E FFECTIVE T IME O FFICERS  & D IRECTORS OF S URVIVING C ORPORATION

 

Position    Name
President and Chief Executive Officer, and Sole Director    Jonathan E. Lim
Chief Financial Officer, Vice President, Corporate Development, and Secretary    Zachary Hornby
Chief Scientific Officer, Sr. Vice President, Research    Patrick O’Connor                        


E XHIBIT D

C OMPANY W RITTEN C ONSENT


E XHIBIT E

M ERGER S UB W RITTEN C ONSENT


E XHIBIT F

P ARENT W RITTEN C ONSENT


E XHIBIT G

C ERTIFICATE OF M ERGER


CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

IGAS ACQUISITION CORP.

(a Delaware corporation)

WITH AND INTO

IGNYTA OPERATING, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

October 31, 2013

Pursuant to Title 8, Section 251(c) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), the undersigned corporation executed the following Certificate of Merger and does hereby certify that:

FIRST: The name and state of incorporation of each of the constituent corporations (the “ Constituent Corporations ”) of the merger are as follows:

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Ignyta Operating, Inc. (“ Ignyta Operating ”)    Delaware
IGAS Acquisition Corp. (“ Merger Sub ”)    Delaware

SECOND: An Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “ Merger Agreement ”), made and entered into as of October 31, 2013, by and among Ignyta, Inc., a Nevada corporation, Ignyta Operating and Merger Sub with respect to the merger (the “ Merger ”) of Merger Sub with and into Ignyta Operating has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the Constituent Corporations in accordance with Title 8, Section 251(c) of the DGCL.

THIRD: The surviving corporation (the “ Surviving Corporation ”) in the Merger shall be Ignyta Operating.

FOURTH: The certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read in the form attached to this certificate as Exhibit A .

FIFTH: An executed copy of the Merger Agreement is on file at the principal place of business of the Surviving Corporation, which is 11095 Flintkote Avenue, Suite D, San Diego, CA 92121, and will be furnished by the Surviving Corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of either of the Constituent Corporations.

SIXTH: This Certificate of Merger shall be effective as of 4 p.m. Eastern Time on October 31, 2013.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , Ignyta Operating, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Merger to be executed this 31 st day of October, 2013.

 

I GNYTA O PERATING , I NC .,
as the Surviving Corporation
By:  

/s/ Jonathan E. Lim

Name:  

Jonathan E. Lim

Title:  

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

2.


E XHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

IGNYTA OPERATING, INC.

I.

The name of this corporation is Ignyta Operating, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 615 South DuPont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware 19901, and the name of the registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

III.

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

IV.

This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of stock, to be designated Common Stock. The total number of shares of Common Stock presently authorized is one thousand (1,000), each having a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($0.001).

V.

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

B. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

VI.

A. The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

 

1.


B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

VII.

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

* * * *

 

2.


E XHIBIT H

C ERTIFICATE OF I NCORPORATION OF THE S URVIVING C ORPORATION

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND

RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

INFINITY OIL & GAS COMPANY

The undersigned President of INFINITY OIL & GAS COMPANY (the “Corporation” or the “corporation”) does hereby certify that:

1. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name Infinity Oil & Gas Company, and the original Articles of Incorporation of the corporation were filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada on August 21, 2012;

2. These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, which shall become effective as of October 30, 2013 at 10:00 a.m. and shall amend and restate the original Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation and any subsequent amendment made thereto in their entirety, have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of this Corporation, and have also been duly adopted by the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least a majority of the voting power of this Corporation entitled to vote thereon, in accordance with Nevada Revised Statutes Sections 78.390 and 78.403 and the Corporation’s original Articles of Incorporation, and

3. The correct text of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation so approved by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of this Corporation is as follows:

ARTICLE I

This corporation is incorporated pursuant to the laws of the State of Nevada.

ARTICLE II

The name of this corporation is: Ignyta, Inc.

ARTICLE III

The duration of this Corporation shall be perpetual.

ARTICLE IV

The Corporation shall have unlimited power to engage in and do any lawful act concerning any or all lawful business for which corporations may be organized under the Nevada Revised Statutes.

 

Page 1 of 6


ARTICLE V

A. The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares of stock to be designated as “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock”. The total number of shares of Common Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares, par value $0.00001. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is Ten Million (10,000,000) shares, par value $0.00001.

B. Upon the effectiveness of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada (the “Effective Time”), each one hundred (100) shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (“Old Common Stock”) shall automatically be combined and converted, without any action on the part of the holder thereof, into one (1) share of fully paid and nonassessable Common Stock of the Corporation (the “Reverse Stock Split”). Fractional shares, if any, will be rounded up to the next whole share. The Reverse Stock Split shall occur whether or not the certificates representing shares of Old Common Stock are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent. The Reverse Stock Split shall be effected on a record holder-by-record holder basis, such that any fractional shares of Common Stock resulting from the Reverse Stock Split and held by a single record holder shall be aggregated. The par value of each share of Common Stock shall not be adjusted in connection with the Reverse Stock Split, and the number of shares of Common Stock the Corporation is authorized to issue, as set forth in Section A of this Article V, shall not be reduced or otherwise affected by the Reverse Stock Split.

C. The shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all or any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation, the authority to fix or alter the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, exchange rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking and purchase fund provisions), the redemption price or prices, the dissolution preferences and the rights in respect to any distribution of assets of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issue of such shares (a “Preferred Stock Designation”) and as may be permitted by the Nevada Revised Statutes. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock subsequent to the issue of shares of that series. In case the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. There shall be no limitation or restriction on any variation between any of the

 

Page 2 of 6


different series of Preferred Stock as to the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, voting or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof; and the several series of Preferred Stock may, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article V, vary in any and all respects as fixed and determined by the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of the various series; provided, however, that all shares of any one series of Preferred Stock shall have the same designation, preferences and relative, participating, optional, voting or other rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions. Except as otherwise required by law, or as otherwise fixed by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors with respect to one or more series of Preferred Stock, the entire voting power and all voting rights shall be vested exclusively in the Common Stock, and each stockholder of the Corporation who at the time possesses voting power for any purpose shall be entitled to one vote for each share of such stock standing in his name on the books of the Corporation.

D. No holder of any of the shares of any class of the corporation shall be entitled as of right to subscribe for, purchase, or otherwise acquire any shares of any class of the corporation, whether now or hereafter authorized, which the corporation proposes to issue or any rights or options which the corporation proposes to grant for the purchase of shares of any class of the corporation or for the purchase of any shares, bonds, securities, or obligations of the corporation which are convertible into or exchangeable for. or which carry any rights, to subscribe for, purchase, or otherwise acquire shares of any class of the corporation; and any and all of such shares, bonds, securities, or obligations of the corporation, whether now or hereafter authorized or created, may be issued, or may be reissued or transferred if the same have been reacquired and have treasury status, and any and all of such rights and options may be granted by the Board of Directors to such persons, firms, corporations, and associations, and for such lawful consideration, and on such terms, as the Board of Directors in its discretion may determine, without first offering the same, or any thereof, to any said holder.

E. The Corporation elects not to be governed by the terms and provisions of Sections 78.411 through 78.444, inclusive, of the Nevada Revised Statutes, as the same may be amended, superseded, or replaced by any successor section, statute, or provision. No amendment to these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, directly or indirectly, by merger or consolidation or otherwise, having the effect of amending or repealing any of the provisions of this Article V shall apply to or have any effect on any transaction with an interested stockholder occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE VI

The stock of this Corporation shall not be subject to any assessment to pay the debts of the Corporation.

 

Page 3 of 6


ARTICLE VII

A. The governing body of this Corporation shall be known collectively as the Board of Directors and individually as directors, and the number of directors may from time to time be increased or decreased in such manner as shall be provided in the Bylaws of this Corporation, provided that the number of directors shall not be reduced to less than one (1).

B. Names of Initial Directors, Omitted .

C. The holders of shares of Common Stock shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.

ARTICLE VIII

The directors, without restriction or limitation, shall have all of the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon them by the laws of the State of Nevada, and the Bylaws of the Corporation may confer powers upon the directors in addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon them by the laws of the State of Nevada. In addition and without limitation to the other powers now or hereafter conferred upon the Board of Directors by these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, by the Bylaws of the Corporation, or the laws of the State of Nevada, the Board of Directors may from time to time (a) distribute to the stockholders in partial liquidation, out of the capital surplus of the Corporation, a portion of the corporate assets, in cash or in kind, and the Board of Directors may cause the Corporation to purchase, take, receive, or otherwise acquire its own shares out of the capital surplus of the Corporation, (b) make distributions to stockholders of assets or cash belonging to the Corporation in partial liquidation of the assets of the Corporation, and/or (c) sell or acquire stock or assets of this Corporation without stockholders’ approval; subject, in each case, to any limitations contained in the Nevada Revised Statutes.

ARTICLE IX

A director or officer of the corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except that this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director or officer for (a) acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of the law; or (b) in the case of directors, the payment of dividends in violation of Section 78.300 of the Nevada Revised Statutes. If the Nevada Revised Statutes are hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director or officer, then the liability of a director or officer of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Nevada Revised Statutes, as so amended. Indemnification by the corporation of directors, officers or other agents of the corporation may be authorized by the Bylaws of the corporation or by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation, to the fullest extent permitted Under Nevada law at the time such indemnification is granted. The expenses of officers and directors incurred in defending

 

Page 4 of 6


a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the corporation as they are incurred and in advance of final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation. Any repeal or modification of this Article IX by the stockholders of the corporation or of the indemnification provisions of the corporation’s Bylaws by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the corporation existing prior to the date when such repeal or modification becomes effective.

ARTICLE X

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or repeal any provisions contained herein, or to add any provision hereto, from time to time, and in any manner now or hereafter prescribed or permitted by the Nevada Revised Statutes, and all rights and powers conferred upon directors and stockholders hereby are granted, subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE XI

The Bylaws of the Corporation shall be adopted by the Board of Directors. Subject to the Bylaws, if any, adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation, the power to amend, alter, change, or repeal the Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws shall be vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XII

The Corporation’s Registered Agent for Service of Process is a Commercial Registered Agent by the name of National Corporate Research, Ltd.

4. The vote by which the stockholders holding shares in the corporation entitling them to exercise a least a majority of the voting power, or such greater proportion of the voting power as may be required in the case of a vote by classes or series, or as may be required by the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation have voted in favor of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation is: 8,000,000 shares (91.6%).

[ remainder of page intentionally left blank; consent and signature page to follow ]

 

Page 5 of 6


CONSENT

The number of shares of the corporation outstanding and entitled to vote on these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation is 8,733,600 shares of Common Stock, and these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation have been consented to and approved by stockholders holding at least a majority of such shares.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused the undersigned, President of the Corporation, to execute, file and record these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. The effective date of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation shall be October 30, 2013 at 10:00 a.m.

 

/s/ Betty Sytner

Betty Sytner, President
Dated: October 21, 2013

 

Page 6 of 6


LOGO

 

LOGO   

ROSS MILLER

Secretary of State

204 North Carson Street, Suite 1

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4520

(775) 684-5708

Website: www.nvsos.gov

  

 

 

 

Certificate of Amendment

(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.385 AND 78.390)

 

 

  

 

USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT    ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation

For Nevada Profit Corporations

(Pursuant to NRS 78.385 and 78.390 - After Issuance of Stock)

1. Name of corporation:

Infinity Oil & Gas Company

2. The articles have been amended as follows: (provide article numbers, if available)

On October 24, 2013, the corporation filed amended and restated Articles of Incorporation with a future effective date and time of October 30, 2013 at 10 a.m. Pacific Time. On October 29, 2013, the corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders holding a majority of corporation’s outstanding voting power, approved a change in the effective date and time for the amended and restated Articles of Incorporation to October 31, 2013 at 10 a.m.

As a result, the amended and restated Articles of Incorporation filed on October 24, 2013 are hereby amended to have an effective date and time of October 31, 2013 at 10 a.m. Pacific Time.

3. The vote by which the stockholders holding shares in the corporation entitling them to exercise a least a majority of the voting power, or such greater proportion of the voting power as may be required in the case of a vote by classes or series, or as may be required by the provisions of the articles of incorporation* have voted in favor of the amendment is: 8,000,000 shares (91.6%)

 

4. Effective date and time of filing: (optional)    Date:    Time:   
   (must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)   

 

5. Signature: (required)  

X LOGO

 
Signature of Officer  

 

* If any proposed amendment would alter or change any preference or any relative or other right given to any class or series of outstanding shares, then the amendment must be approved by the vote, in addition to the affirmative vote otherwise required, of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of each class or series affected by the amendment regardless to limitations or restrictions on the voting power thereof.

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and submit with the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

 

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees.   

Nevada Secretary of State Amend Profit-After

Revised: 8-31-11

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

NUMBER SHARES IGNYTA, INC. SEEREVERSEFOR INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEVADA CERTAIN DEFINITIONS C O M M O N S T O C K THIS CERTIFIES THAT: PROOF IS THE OWNER OF FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF $.00001 PAR VALUE EACH OF IGNYTA, INC. transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by attorney upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed or assigned. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are subject to the laws of the State of Nevada, and to the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Corporation, as now or hereafter amended. This certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent. WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. COUNTERSIGNED: DATED: OLDE MONMOUTH STOCK TRANSFER CO., INC. 200 MEMORIAL PARKWAY, ATLANTIC HIGHLANDS, NJ 07716 TRANSFER AGENT BY: AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE SECRETARY PRESIDENT


LOGO

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties (Cust) (Minor) JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of under Uniform Gifts to Minors survivorship and not as tenants Act in common (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. For Value Received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER. THE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND TO THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A COMMERCIAL BANK OR TRUST COMPANY OR A MEMBER FIRM OF A NATIONAL OR REGIONAL OR OTHER RECOGNIZED STOCK EXCHANGE IN CONFORMANCE WITH A SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM. COLUMBIA FINANCIAL PRINTING CORP. - www.stockinformation.com

Exhibit 10.1

IGNYTA, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2011 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentives to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business.

2. Definitions . The following definitions shall apply as used herein and in the individual Award Agreements except as defined otherwise in an individual Award Agreement. In the event a term is separately defined in an individual Award Agreement, such definition shall supersede the definition contained in this Section 2.

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of the Committees appointed to administer the Plan.

(b) “ Affiliate ” and “ Associate ” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the legal requirements relating to the Plan and the Awards under applicable provisions of federal and state securities laws, the corporate laws of California and, to the extent other than California, the corporate law of the state of the Company’s incorporation, the Code, the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any non-U.S. jurisdiction applicable to Awards granted to residents therein.

(d) “ Assumed ” means that pursuant to a Corporate Transaction either (i) the Award is expressly affirmed by the Company or (ii) the contractual obligations represented by the Award are expressly assumed (and not simply by operation of law) by the successor entity or its Parent in connection with the Corporate Transaction with appropriate adjustments to the number and type of securities of the successor entity or its Parent subject to the Award and the exercise or purchase price thereof which at least preserves the compensation element of the Award existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction as determined in accordance with the instruments evidencing the agreement to assume the Award.

(e) “ Award ” means the grant of an Option, SAR, Dividend Equivalent Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or other right or benefit under the Plan.

(f) “ Award Agreement ” means the written agreement evidencing the grant of an Award executed by the Company and the Grantee, including any amendments thereto.

(g) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(h) “ Change in Control ” means a change in ownership or control of the Company after the Registration Date effected through either of the following transactions:

(i) the direct or indirect acquisition by any person or related group of persons (other than an acquisition from or by the Company or by a Company-sponsored

 

1


employee benefit plan or by a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s shareholders which a majority of the Continuing Directors who are not Affiliates or Associates of the offeror do not recommend such shareholders accept, or

(ii) a change in the composition of the Board over a period of twelve (12) months or less such that a majority of the Board members (rounded up to the next whole number) ceases, by reason of one or more contested elections for Board membership, to be comprised of individuals who are Continuing Directors.

(i) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(j) “ Committee ” means any committee composed of members of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

(k) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(l) “ Company ” means Ignyta, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor entity that adopts the Plan in connection with a Corporate Transaction.

(m) “ Consultant ” means any person (other than an Employee or a Director, solely with respect to rendering services in such person’s capacity as a Director) who is engaged by the Company or any Related Entity to render consulting or advisory services to the Company or such Related Entity.

(n) “ Continuing Directors ” means members of the Board who either (i) have been Board members continuously for a period of at least twelve (12) months or (ii) have been Board members for less than twelve (12) months and were elected or nominated for election as Board members by at least a majority of the Board members described in clause (i) who were still in office at the time such election or nomination was approved by the Board.

(o) “ Continuous Service ” means that the provision of services to the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant is not interrupted or terminated. In jurisdictions requiring notice in advance of an effective termination as an Employee, Director or Consultant, Continuous Service shall be deemed terminated upon the actual cessation of providing services to the Company or a Related Entity notwithstanding any required notice period that must be fulfilled before a termination as an Employee, Director or Consultant can be effective under Applicable Laws. A Grantee’s Continuous Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Continuous Service or upon the entity for which the Grantee provides services ceasing to be a Related Entity. Continuous Service shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any approved leave of absence, (ii) transfers among the Company, any Related Entity, or any successor, in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant, or (iii) any change in status as long as the individual remains in the service of the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant (except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement). An approved leave of

 

2


absence shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other authorized personal leave. For purposes of each Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan, if such leave exceeds three (3) months, and reemployment upon expiration of such leave is not guaranteed by statute or contract, then the Incentive Stock Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following the expiration of such three (3) month period.

(p) “ Corporate Transaction ” means any of the following transactions, provided, however, that the Administrator shall determine under parts (iv) and (v) whether multiple transactions are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state in which the Company is incorporated;

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

(iii) the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(iv) any reverse merger or series of related transactions culminating in a reverse merger (including, but not limited to, a tender offer followed by a reverse merger) in which the Company is the surviving entity but (A) the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such merger are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, or (B) in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from those who held such securities immediately prior to such merger or the initial transaction culminating in such merger, but excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Administrator determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction; or

(v) acquisition in a single or series of related transactions by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities but excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Administrator determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction.

(q) “ Covered Employee ” means an Employee who is a “covered employee” under Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(r) “ Director ” means a member of the Board or the board of directors of any Related Entity.

(s) “ Disability ” means as defined under the long-term disability policy of the Company or the Related Entity to which the Grantee provides services regardless of whether the Grantee is covered by such policy. If the Company or the Related Entity to which the Grantee provides service does not have a long-term disability plan in place, “Disability” means that a

 

3


Grantee is unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Grantee by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment for a period of not less than ninety (90) consecutive days. A Grantee will not be considered to have incurred a Disability unless he or she furnishes proof of such impairment sufficient to satisfy the Administrator in its discretion.

(t) “ Dividend Equivalent Right ” means a right entitling the Grantee to compensation measured by dividends paid with respect to Common Stock.

(u) “ Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is in the employ of the Company or any Related Entity, subject to the control and direction of the Company or any Related Entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance. The payment of a director’s fee by the Company or a Related Entity shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(v) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(w) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on one or more established stock exchanges or national market systems, including without limitation The NASDAQ Global Select Market, The NASDAQ Global Market or The NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on the principal exchange or system on which the Common Stock is listed (as determined by the Administrator) on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted on an automated quotation system (including the OTC Bulletin Board) or by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such system or by such securities dealer on the date of determination, but if selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or, if no such prices were reported on that date, on the last date such prices were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock of the type described in (i) and (ii), above, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith and in a manner consistent with Applicable Laws.

(x) “ Grantee ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant who receives an Award under the Plan.

(y) “ Immediate Family ” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law,

 

4


son-in law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Grantee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons (or the Grantee) have more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Grantee) own more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests.

(z) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(aa) “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(bb) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Entity within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(cc) “ Option ” means an option to purchase Shares pursuant to an Award Agreement granted under the Plan.

(dd) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(ee) “ Performance-Based Compensation ” means compensation qualifying as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(ff) “ Plan ” means this Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan.

(gg) “ Post-Termination Exercise Period ” means the period specified in the Award Agreement of not less than thirty (30) days commencing on the date of termination (other than termination by the Company or any Related Entity for Cause) of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, or such longer period as may be applicable upon death or Disability.

(hh) “ Registration Date ” means the first to occur of: (i) the date the Common Stock is listed on one or more established stock exchanges or national market systems, including without limitation The NASDAQ Global Select Market, The NASDAQ Global Market or The NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; or (ii) in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction if the same class of securities of the successor corporation (or its Parent) issuable in such Corporate Transaction shall have been sold to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on or prior to the date of consummation of such Corporate Transaction.

(ii) “ Related Entity ” means any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.

(jj) “ Replaced ” means that pursuant to a Corporate Transaction the Award is replaced with a comparable stock award or a cash incentive program of the Company, the successor entity (if applicable) or Parent of either of them which preserves the compensation

 

5


element of such Award existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same (or a more favorable) vesting schedule applicable to such Award. The determination of Award comparability shall be made by the Administrator and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(kk) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued under the Plan to the Grantee for such consideration, if any, and subject to such restrictions on transfer, rights of first refusal, repurchase provisions, forfeiture provisions, and other terms and conditions as established by the Administrator.

(ll) “ Restricted Stock Units ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon the passage of time or the attainment of performance criteria established by the Administrator and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of cash, Shares or other securities as established by the Administrator.

(mm) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor thereto.

(nn) “ SAR ” means a stock appreciation right entitling the Grantee to Shares or cash compensation, as established by the Administrator, measured by appreciation in the value of Common Stock.

(oo) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock.

(pp) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 10 below, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards (including Incentive Stock Options) is Seven Hundred Twelve Thousand Six Hundred Fifty-Two (712,652) Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Any Shares covered by an Award (or portion of an Award) which is forfeited, canceled or expires (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) shall be deemed not to have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan. Shares that actually have been issued under the Plan pursuant to an Award shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future issuance under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares are forfeited or repurchased by the Company, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. To the extent not prohibited by the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (or other established stock exchange or national market system on which the Common Stock is traded) or Applicable Laws, any Shares covered by an Award which are surrendered: (i) in payment of the Award exercise or purchase price (including pursuant to the “net exercise” of an option pursuant to Section 7(b)(vi)); or (ii) in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations incident to the exercise of an Award shall be deemed not to have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum

 

6


number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards under the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Plan Administrator .

(i) Administration with Respect to Directors and Officers . Prior to the Registration Date, with respect to grants of Awards to Directors or Employees who are also Officers or Directors of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the Applicable Laws. On or after the Registration Date, with respect to grants of Awards to Directors or Employees who are also Officers or Directors of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the Applicable Laws and to permit such grants and related transactions under the Plan to be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act in accordance with Rule 16b-3. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board.

(ii) Administration With Respect to Consultants and Other Employees . With respect to grants of Awards to Employees or Consultants who are neither Directors nor Officers of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the Applicable Laws. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board.

(iii) Administration With Respect to Covered Employees . Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of and after the date that the exemption for the Plan under Section 162(m) of the Code expires, as set forth in Section 19 below, grants of Awards to any Covered Employee intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be made only by a Committee (or subcommittee of a Committee) which is comprised solely of two or more Directors eligible to serve on a committee making Awards qualifying as Performance-Based Compensation. In the case of such Awards granted to Covered Employees, references to the “Administrator” or to a “Committee” shall be deemed to be references to such Committee or subcommittee.

(b) Multiple Administrative Bodies . The Plan may be administered by different bodies with respect to Directors, Officers, Consultants, and Employees who are neither Directors nor Officers.

(c) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to Applicable Laws and the provisions of the Plan (including any other powers given to the Administrator hereunder), and except as otherwise provided by the Board, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to select the Employees, Directors and Consultants to whom Awards may be granted from time to time hereunder;

 

7


(ii) to determine whether and to what extent Awards are granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares or the amount of other consideration to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder;

(vi) to establish additional terms, conditions, rules or procedures to accommodate the rules or laws of applicable non-U.S. jurisdictions and to afford Grantees favorable treatment under such rules or laws; provided, however, that no Award shall be granted under any such additional terms, conditions, rules or procedures with terms or conditions which are inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan;

(vii) to amend the terms of any outstanding Award granted under the Plan, provided that any amendment that would adversely affect the Grantee’s rights under an outstanding Award shall not be made without the Grantee’s written consent, provided, however, that an amendment or modification that may cause an Incentive Stock Option to become a Non-Qualified Stock Option shall not be treated as adversely affecting the rights of the Grantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) the reduction or increase of the exercise price of any Option awarded under the Plan and the base appreciation amount of any SAR awarded under the Plan and (B) canceling an Option or SAR at a time when its exercise price or base appreciation amount (as applicable) exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares, in exchange for another Option, SAR, Restricted Stock, or other Award or for cash, in each case, shall not be subject to stockholder approval;

(viii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards, including without limitation, any notice of award or Award Agreement, granted pursuant to the Plan; and

(ix) to take such other action, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator deems appropriate.

The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Administrator shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Administrator; provided that the Administrator may not exercise any right or power reserved to the Board. Any decision made, or action taken, by the Administrator or in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in the Plan.

(d) Indemnification . In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or as Officers or Employees of the Company or a Related Entity, members of the Board and any Officers or Employees of the Company or a Related Entity to whom authority to act for the Board, the Administrator or the Company is delegated shall be defended and indemnified by the Company to the extent permitted by law on an after-tax basis against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred

 

8


in connection with the defense of any claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any Award granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct; provided, however, that within thirty (30) days after the institution of such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at the Company’s expense to defend the same.

5. Eligibility . Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or a Parent or a Subsidiary of the Company. An Employee, Director or Consultant who has been granted an Award may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards. Awards may be granted to such Employees, Directors or Consultants who are residing in non-U.S. jurisdictions as the Administrator may determine from time to time.

6. Terms and Conditions of Awards .

(a) Types of Awards . The Administrator is authorized under the Plan to award any type of arrangement to an Employee, Director or Consultant that is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan and that by its terms involves or might involve the issuance of (i) Shares, (ii) cash or (iii) an Option, a SAR, or similar right with a fixed or variable price related to the Fair Market Value of the Shares and with an exercise or conversion privilege related to the passage of time, the occurrence of one or more events, or the satisfaction of performance criteria or other conditions. Such awards include, without limitation, Options, SARs, sales or bonuses of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Dividend Equivalent Rights, and an Award may consist of one such security or benefit, or two (2) or more of them in any combination or alternative.

(b) Designation of Award . Each Award shall be designated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Option, the Option shall be designated as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, an Option will qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the Code only to the extent the $100,000 limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is not exceeded. The $100,000 limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is calculated based on the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to Options designated as Incentive Stock Options which become exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company). For purposes of this calculation, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the grant date of the relevant Option. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the date the Plan becomes effective to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to Incentive Stock Options, then such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

 

9


(c) Conditions of Award . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator shall determine the provisions, terms, and conditions of each Award including, but not limited to, the Award vesting schedule, repurchase provisions, rights of first refusal, forfeiture provisions, form of payment (cash, Shares, or other consideration) upon settlement of the Award, payment contingencies, and satisfaction of any performance criteria. The performance criteria established by the Administrator may be based on any one of, or combination of, increase in share price, earnings per share, total stockholder return, return on equity, return on assets, return on investment, net operating income, cash flow, revenue, economic value added, personal management objectives, or other measure of performance selected by the Administrator. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in a payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Award Agreement. In addition, the performance criteria shall be calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but excluding the effect (whether positive or negative) of any change in accounting standards and any extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring item, as determined by the Administrator, occurring after the establishment of the performance criteria applicable to the Award intended to be performance-based compensation. Each such adjustment, if any, shall be made solely for the purpose of providing a consistent basis from period to period for the calculation of performance criteria in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the Grantee’s rights with respect to an Award intended to be performance-based compensation.

(d) Acquisitions and Other Transactions . The Administrator may issue Awards under the Plan in settlement, assumption or substitution for, outstanding awards or obligations to grant future awards in connection with the Company or a Related Entity acquiring another entity, an interest in another entity or an additional interest in a Related Entity whether by merger, stock purchase, asset purchase or other form of transaction.

(e) Deferral of Award Payment . The Administrator may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Grantees the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of performance criteria, or other event that absent the election would entitle the Grantee to payment or receipt of Shares or other consideration under an Award. The Administrator may establish the election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other earnings, if any, on amounts, Shares or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules and procedures that the Administrator deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program.

(f) Separate Programs . The Administrator may establish one or more separate programs under the Plan for the purpose of issuing particular forms of Awards to one or more classes of Grantees on such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator from time to time.

(g) Individual Limitations on Awards .

(i) Individual Option and SAR Limit . Following the date that the exemption from application of Section 162(m) of the Code described in Section 19 (or any exemption having similar effect) ceases to apply to Awards, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Options and SARs may be granted to any Grantee in any calendar year

 

10


shall be Sixty-Six Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-Six (66,666) Shares. In connection with a Grantee’s commencement of Continuous Service, a Grantee may be granted Options and SARs for up to an additional Thirty-Three Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-Three (33,333) Shares which shall not count against the limit set forth in the previous sentence. The foregoing limitations shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization pursuant to Section 10, below. To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code or the regulations thereunder, in applying the foregoing limitations with respect to a Grantee, if any Option or SAR is canceled, the canceled Option or SAR shall continue to count against the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Options and SARs may be granted to the Grantee. For this purpose, the repricing of an Option (or in the case of a SAR, the base amount on which the stock appreciation is calculated is reduced to reflect a reduction in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock) shall be treated as the cancellation of the existing Option or SAR and the grant of a new Option or SAR.

(ii) Individual Limit for Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units . Following the date that the exemption from application of Section 162(m) of the Code described in Section 19 (or any exemption having similar effect) ceases to apply to Awards, for awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units that are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which such Awards may be granted to any Grantee in any calendar year shall be Thirty-Three Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-Three (33,333) Shares. The foregoing limitation shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization pursuant to Section 10, below.

(h) Early Exercise . The Award Agreement may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Grantee may elect at any time while an Employee, Director or Consultant to exercise any part or all of the Award prior to full vesting of the Award. Any unvested Shares received pursuant to such exercise may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or a Related Entity or to any other restriction the Administrator determines to be appropriate.

(i) Term of Award . The term of each Award shall be the term stated in the Award Agreement, provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. However, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Grantee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the specified term of any Award shall not include any period for which the Grantee has elected to defer the receipt of the Shares or cash issuable pursuant to the Award.

(j) Transferability of Awards . Incentive Stock Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Grantee, only by the Grantee. Other Awards shall be transferable (i) by will and by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) during the lifetime of the Grantee, to the extent and in the manner authorized by the Administrator by gift or pursuant to a domestic relations order to members of the Grantee’s Immediate Family. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantee may designate one

 

11


or more beneficiaries of the Grantee’s Award in the event of the Grantee’s death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Administrator.

(k) Time of Granting Awards . The date of grant of an Award shall for all purposes be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination to grant such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator.

7. Award Exercise or Purchase Price, Consideration and Taxes .

(a) Exercise or Purchase Price . The exercise or purchase price, if any, for an Award shall be as follows:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in the preceding paragraph, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(iii) In the case of SARs, the base appreciation amount shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(iv) In the case of Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the exercise or purchase price, if any, shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(v) In the case of the sale of Shares, the per Share purchase price, if any, shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator.

(vi) In the case of other Awards, such price as is determined by the Administrator.

(vii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(a), in the case of an Award issued pursuant to Section 6(d), above, the exercise or purchase price for the Award shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the relevant instrument evidencing the agreement to issue such Award.

(b) Consideration . Subject to Applicable Laws, the consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise or purchase of an Award including the method of

 

12


payment, shall be determined by the Administrator. In addition to any other types of consideration the Administrator may determine, the Administrator is authorized to accept as consideration for Shares issued under the Plan the following provided that the portion of the consideration equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law:

(i) cash;

(ii) check;

(iii) surrender of Shares held for the requisite period, if any, necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes, or delivery of a properly executed form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Administrator may require which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or attestation equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Award shall be exercised;

(iv) with respect to Options, if the exercise occurs on or after the Registration Date, payment through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Grantee (A) shall provide written instructions to a Company designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of some or all of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares and (B) shall provide written directives to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale transaction;

(v) with respect to Options, payment through a “net exercise” such that, without the payment of any funds, the Grantee may exercise the Option and receive the net number of Shares equal to (i) the number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Fair Market Value per Share (on such date as is determined by the Administrator) less the exercise price per Share, and the denominator of which is such Fair Market Value per Share (the number of net Shares to be received shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares); or

(vi) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

The Administrator may at any time or from time to time, by adoption of or by amendment to the standard forms of Award Agreement described in Section 4(c)(iv), or by other means, grant Awards which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment for the Shares or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(c) Taxes . No Shares shall be delivered under the Plan to any Grantee or other person until such Grantee or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of any non-U.S., federal, state, or local income and employment tax withholding obligations, including, without limitation, obligations incident to the receipt of Shares. Upon exercise or vesting of an Award the Company shall withhold or collect from the Grantee an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, including, but not limited to, by surrender of the whole number of Shares covered by the Award sufficient to satisfy the minimum applicable tax withholding obligations incident to the exercise or vesting of an

 

13


Award (reduced to the lowest whole number of Shares if such number of Shares withheld would result in withholding a fractional Share with any remaining tax withholding settled in cash).

8. Exercise of Award .

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder .

(i) Any Award granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator under the terms of the Plan and specified in the Award Agreement.

(ii) An Award shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Award by the person entitled to exercise the Award and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Award is exercised has been made, including, to the extent selected, use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the purchase price as provided in Section 7(b)(v).

(b) Exercise of Award Following Termination of Continuous Service . In the event of termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service for any reason other than Disability or death (but not in the event of a Grantee’s change of status from Employee to Consultant or from Consultant to Employee), such Grantee may, but only during the Post-Termination Exercise Period (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement), exercise the portion of the Grantee’s Award that was vested at the date of such termination or such other portion of the Grantee’s Award as may be determined by the Administrator. In the event of a Grantee’s change of status from Employee to Consultant, an Employee’s Incentive Stock Option shall convert automatically to a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one day following such change of status. To the extent that the Grantee’s Award was unvested at the date of termination, or if the Grantee does not exercise the vested portion of the Grantee’s Award within the Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Award shall terminate.

(c) Disability of Grantee . In the event of termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of his or her Disability, such Grantee may, but only within twelve (12) months from the date of such termination (or such longer period as specified in the Award Agreement but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement), exercise the portion of the Grantee’s Award that was vested at the date of such termination; provided, however, that if such Disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option such Incentive Stock Option shall automatically convert to a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one day following such termination. To the extent that the Grantee’s Award was unvested at the date of termination, or if Grantee does not exercise the vested portion of the Grantee’s Award within the time specified herein, the Award shall terminate.

(d) Death of Grantee . In the event of a termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of his or her death, or in the event of the death of the Grantee during the Post-Termination Exercise Period or during the twelve (12) month period following the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service as a result of his or her Disability, the Grantee’s

 

14


estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Award by bequest or inheritance may exercise the portion of the Grantee’s Award that was vested as of the date of termination, within twelve (12) months from the date of death (or such longer period as specified in the Award Agreement but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement). To the extent that, at the time of death, the Grantee’s Award was unvested, or if the Grantee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Award by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the vested portion of the Grantee’s Award within the time specified herein, the Award shall terminate.

(e) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Award within the applicable time periods set forth in this Section 8 is prevented by the provisions of Section 9 below, the Award shall remain exercisable until one (1) month after the date the Grantee is notified by the Company that the Award is exercisable, but in any event no later than the expiration of the term of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement and only in a manner and to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A.

9. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Shares pursuant to the exercise, vesting or any other provision of an Award is or may be unlawful under Applicable Laws, the vesting or right to exercise an Award or to otherwise receive Shares pursuant to the terms of an Award shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery is lawful and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. The Company shall have no obligation to effect any registration or qualification of the Shares under federal or state laws.

(b) As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any Applicable Laws.

10. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and Section 11 below, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the number of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each such outstanding Award, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted to any Grantee in any calendar year, as well as any other terms that the Administrator determines require adjustment shall be proportionately adjusted for: (i) any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination or reclassification of the Shares, or similar transaction affecting the Shares; (ii) any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; or (iii) any other transaction with respect to Common Stock including a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation (including a spin-off or other distribution of stock or property), reorganization, liquidation (whether partial or complete) or any similar transaction; provided, however that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be

 

15


deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” In the event of any distribution of cash or other assets to stockholders other than a normal cash dividend, the Administrator shall also make such adjustments as provided in this Section 10 or substitute, exchange or grant Awards to effect such adjustments (collectively “adjustments”). Any such adjustments to outstanding Awards will be effected in a manner that precludes the enlargement of rights and benefits under such Awards. In connection with the foregoing adjustments, the Administrator may, in its discretion, prohibit the exercise of Awards or other issuance of Shares, cash or other consideration pursuant to Awards during certain periods of time. Except as the Administrator determines, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason hereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award.

11. Corporate Transactions and Changes in Control .

(a) Termination of Award to Extent Not Assumed in Corporate Transaction . Effective upon the consummation of a Corporate Transaction, all outstanding Awards under the Plan shall terminate. However, all such Awards shall not terminate to the extent they are Assumed in connection with the Corporate Transaction.

(b) Acceleration of Award Upon Corporate Transaction or Change in Control . The Administrator shall have the authority, exercisable either in advance of any actual or anticipated Corporate Transaction or Change in Control or at the time of an actual Corporate Transaction or Change in Control and exercisable at the time of the grant of an Award under the Plan or any time while an Award remains outstanding, to provide for the full or partial automatic vesting and exercisability of one or more outstanding unvested Awards under the Plan and the release from restrictions on transfer and repurchase or forfeiture rights of such Awards in connection with a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control, on such terms and conditions as the Administrator may specify. The Administrator also shall have the authority to condition any such Award vesting and exercisability or release from such limitations upon the subsequent termination of the Continuous Service of the Grantee within a specified period following the effective date of the Corporate Transaction or Change in Control. The Administrator may provide that any Awards so vested or released from such limitations in connection with a Change in Control, shall remain fully exercisable until the expiration or sooner termination of the Award.

(c) Effect of Acceleration on Incentive Stock Options . Any Incentive Stock Option accelerated under this Section 11 in connection with a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Stock Option under the Code only to the extent the $100,000 dollar limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is not exceeded.

12. Effective Date and Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated. Subject to Section 17 below, and Applicable Laws, Awards may be granted under the Plan upon its becoming effective.

 

16


13. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan .

(a) The Board may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan. To the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) No Award may be granted during any suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

(c) No suspension or termination of the Plan (including termination of the Plan under Section 12, above) shall adversely affect any rights under Awards already granted to a Grantee.

14. Reservation of Shares .

(a) The Company, during the term of the Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

(b) The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

15. No Effect on Terms of Employment/Consulting Relationship . The Plan shall not confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the Grantee’s Continuous Service, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the right of the Company or any Related Entity to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Service at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

16. No Effect on Retirement and Other Benefit Plans . Except as specifically provided in a retirement or other benefit plan of the Company or a Related Entity, Awards shall not be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits or contributions under any retirement plan of the Company or a Related Entity, and shall not affect any benefits under any other benefit plan of any kind or any benefit plan subsequently instituted under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to level of compensation. The Plan is not a “Pension Plan” or “Welfare Plan” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

17. Stockholder Approval . Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws. Any Award exercised before stockholder approval is obtained shall be rescinded if stockholder approval is not obtained within the time prescribed, and Shares issued on the exercise of any such Award shall not be counted in determining whether stockholder approval is obtained.

 

17


18. Information to Grantees . To the extent required by Applicable Laws, the Company shall provide to each Grantee, during the period for which such Grantee has one or more Awards outstanding, copies of financial statements at least annually. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to persons whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

19. Effect of Section 162(m) of the Code . Section 162(m) of the Code does not apply to the Plan prior to the Registration Date or such earlier time that the Company first becomes subject to the reporting obligations of Section 12 of the Exchange Act. Following the Registration Date or such earlier time that the Company first becomes subject to the reporting obligations of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, and all Awards (except Awards of Restricted Stock that vest over time) issued thereunder, are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 162(m) of the Code, which restricts under certain circumstances the Federal income tax deduction for compensation paid by a public company to named executives in excess of $1 million per year. The exemption is based on Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f), in the form existing on the effective date of the Plan, with the understanding that such regulation generally exempts from the application of Section 162(m) of the Code compensation paid pursuant to a plan that existed before a company becomes publicly held. Under such Treasury Regulation, this exemption is available to the Plan for the duration of the period that lasts until the earliest of (i) the expiration of the Plan, (ii) the material modification of the Plan, (iii) the exhaustion of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards under the Plan, as set forth in Section 3(a), (iv) the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Company first becomes subject to the reporting obligations of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or (v) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent that the Administrator determines as of the date of grant of an Award that (i) the Award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation and (ii) the exemption described above is no longer available with respect to such Award, such Award shall not be effective until any stockholder approval required under Section 162(m) of the Code has been obtained.

20. Unfunded Obligation . Grantees shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company. Any amounts payable to Grantees pursuant to the Plan shall be unfunded and unsecured obligations for all purposes, including, without limitation, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Neither the Company nor any Related Entity shall be required to segregate any monies from its general funds, or to create any trusts, or establish any special accounts with respect to such obligations. The Company shall retain at all times beneficial ownership of any investments, including trust investments, which the Company may make to fulfill its payment obligations hereunder. Any investments or the creation or maintenance of any trust or any Grantee account shall not create or constitute a trust or fiduciary relationship between the Administrator, the Company or any Related Entity and a Grantee, or otherwise create any vested or beneficial interest in any Grantee or the Grantee’s creditors in any assets of the Company or a Related Entity. The Grantees shall have no claim against the Company or any Related Entity for any changes in the value of any assets that may be invested or reinvested by the Company with respect to the Plan.

 

18


21. Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

22. Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board, the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of the Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of Awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

19

Exhibit 10.2

IGNYTA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2011 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION AWARD

 

Grantee’s Name and Address:

                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                      
                                                                                                                                      

You (the “Grantee”) have been granted an option to purchase shares of Common Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), the Ignyta, Inc. Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) attached hereto, as follows. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Notice.

 

Award Number

                                                                                                                                      

Date of Award

                                                                                                                                      

Vesting Commencement Date

                                                                                                                                      

Exercise Price per Share

  $                                                                                                                                 

Total Number of Shares Subject to the Option (the “Shares”)

                                                                                                                                      

Total Exercise Price

  $                                                                                                                                 

Type of Option:

                                                                                             Incentive Stock Option
                                                                                    Non-Qualified Stock Option

Expiration Date:

                                                                                                                                      

Post-Termination Exercise Period:

  Three (3) Months

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to the Grantee’s Continuous Service and other limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement, the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[25% of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest twelve (12) months after the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/36 of the remaining unvested Shares subject to the Option shall vest on each of the next thirty-six (36) monthly anniversaries of the Vesting Commencement Date thereafter.]

During any authorized leave of absence, the vesting of the Option as provided in this schedule shall be suspended after the leave of absence exceeds a period of three (3) months. Vesting of the Option shall resume upon the Grantee’s termination of the leave of absence and return to service to the Company or a Related Entity. The Vesting Schedule of the Option shall be extended by the length of the suspension.

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Grantee have executed this Notice and agree that the Option is to be governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement.

 

Ignyta, Inc.
a Nevada corporation
By:  

 

Title:  

 

THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE SHARES SUBJECT TO THE OPTION SHALL VEST, IF AT ALL, ONLY DURING THE PERIOD OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE GRANTEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS NOTICE, THE OPTION AGREEMENT, OR THE PLAN SHALL CONFER UPON THE GRANTEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE AWARDS OR CONTINUATION OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE GRANTEE’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY OR RELATED ENTITY TO WHICH THE GRANTEE PROVIDES SERVICES TO TERMINATE THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE, AND WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE. THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT UNLESS THE GRANTEE HAS A WRITTEN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH THE COMPANY TO THE CONTRARY, THE GRANTEE’S STATUS IS AT WILL.

The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Option Agreement, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof. The Grantee has reviewed this Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice, and fully understands all provisions of this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement. The Grantee hereby agrees that all questions of interpretation and administration relating to this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement shall be resolved by the Administrator in accordance with Section 16 of the Option Agreement. The Grantee further agrees to the venue selection in accordance with Section 17 of the Option Agreement. The Grantee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated in this Notice.

 

Dated:

 

 

                 Signed:      

 

        Grantee

 

2


Award Number:                     

IGNYTA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2011 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . Ignyta, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the Grantee (the “Grantee”) named in the Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the Total Number of Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option (the “Shares”) set forth in the Notice, at the Exercise Price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “Exercise Price”) subject to the terms and provisions of the Notice, this Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and the Company’s Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

If designated in the Notice as an Incentive Stock Option, the Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. However, notwithstanding such designation, the Option will qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the Code only to the extent the $100,000 dollar limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is not exceeded. The $100,000 limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is calculated based on the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to options designated as Incentive Stock Options which become exercisable for the first time by the Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company). For purposes of this calculation, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the shares subject to such options shall be determined as of the grant date of the relevant option.

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . The Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. The Option shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan relating to the exercisability or termination of the Option in the event of a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control. The Grantee shall be subject to reasonable limitations on the number of requested exercises during any monthly or weekly period as determined by the Administrator. In no event shall the Company issue fractional Shares.

(b) Method of Exercise . The Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice (a form of which is attached as Exhibit A) or by such other procedure as specified from time to time by the Administrator which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the whole number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other provisions as may be required by the Administrator. The exercise notice shall be delivered in person, by certified mail, or by such other method (including electronic transmission) as determined from time to time by the Administrator to the Company accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price and all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld. The

 

1


Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such notice accompanied by the Exercise Price and all applicable withholding taxes, which, to the extent selected, shall be deemed to be satisfied by use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the Exercise Price provided in Section 4(e) below to the extent such procedure is available to the Grantee at the time of exercise and such an exercise would not violate any Applicable Law.

(c) Taxes . No Shares will be delivered to the Grantee or other person pursuant to the exercise of the Option until the Grantee or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of applicable income tax and employment tax withholding obligations, including, without limitation, such other tax obligations of the Grantee incident to the receipt of Shares. Upon exercise of the Option, the Company or the Grantee’s employer may offset or withhold (from any amount owed by the Company or the Grantee’s employer to the Grantee) or collect from the Grantee or other person an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax withholding obligations. Furthermore, in the event of any determination that the Company has failed to withhold a sum sufficient to pay all withholding taxes due in connection with the Option, the Grantee agrees to pay the Company the amount of such deficiency in cash within five (5) days after receiving a written demand from the Company to do so, whether or not the Grantee is an employee of the Company at that time.

(d) Section 16(b) . Notwithstanding any provision of this Option Agreement to the contrary, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Sections 6, 7 or 8 herein of Shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Grantee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such Shares by the Grantee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service, or (iii) the date on which the Option expires.

3. Grantee’s Representations . The Grantee understands that neither the Option nor the Shares exercisable pursuant to the Option have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or any United States securities laws. In the event the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of the Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time the Option is exercised, the Grantee shall, if requested by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of the Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be made by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Grantee; provided, however, that such exercise method does not then violate any Applicable Law and, provided further, that the portion of the Exercise Price equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by applicable Nevada law:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

 

2


(c) if the exercise occurs on or after the Registration Date, surrender of Shares held for the requisite period, if any, necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes, or delivery of a properly executed form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Administrator may require which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or attestation equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised;

(d) if the exercise occurs on or after the Registration Date, payment through a “net exercise” such that, without the payment of any funds, the Grantee may exercise the Option and receive the net number of Shares equal to (i) the number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Fair Market Value per Share (on such date as is determined by the Administrator) less the Exercise Price per Share, and the denominator of which is such Fair Market Value per Share (the number of net Shares to be received shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares)

(e) if the exercise occurs on or after the Registration Date, payment through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Grantee (i) shall provide written instructions to a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of some or all of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares and (ii) shall provide written directives to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale transaction.

5. Restrictions on Exercise . The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares subject to the Option upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws. In addition, the Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company. If the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6, 7 and 8 of this Option Agreement is prevented by the provisions of this Section 5, the Option shall remain exercisable until one (1) month after the date the Grantee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice.

6. Termination or Change of Continuous Service . In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates, the Grantee may, but only during the Post-Termination Exercise Period, exercise the portion of the Option that was vested at the date of such termination (the “Termination Date”). The Post-Termination Exercise Period shall commence on the Termination Date. In no event, however, shall the Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice. In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee, Director or Consultant to any other status of Employee, Director or Consultant, the Option shall remain in effect and the Option shall continue to vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice; provided, however, that with respect to any Incentive Stock Option that shall remain in effect after a change in status from Employee to Director or Consultant, such Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following such change in status. Except as provided in Sections 7 and 8 below, to the extent that the Option was unvested on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the vested portion of the Option within the Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Option shall terminate.

 

3


7. Disability of Grantee . In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of his or her Disability, the Grantee may, but only within twelve (12) months commencing on the Termination Date (but in no event later than the Expiration Date), exercise the portion of the Option that was vested on the Termination Date; provided, however, that if such Disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Incentive Stock Option shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following the Termination Date. To the extent that the Option was unvested on the Termination Date, or if the Grantee does not exercise the vested portion of the Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. Section 22(e)(3) of the Code provides that an individual is permanently and totally disabled if he or she is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.

8. Death of Grantee . In the event of the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of his or her death, or in the event of the Grantee’s death during the Post-Termination Exercise Period or during the twelve (12) month period following the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service as a result of his or her Disability, the person who acquired the right to exercise the Option pursuant to Section 9 may exercise the portion of the Option that was vested at the date of termination within twelve (12) months commencing on the date of death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). To the extent that the Option was unvested on the date of death, or if the vested portion of the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

9. Transferability of Option . The Option, if an Incentive Stock Option, may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Grantee only by the Grantee. The Option, if a Non-Qualified Stock Option, may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that a Non-Qualified Stock Option may be transferred during the lifetime of the Grantee by gift or pursuant to a domestic relations order to members of the Grantee’s Immediate Family to the extent and in the manner determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantee may designate one or more beneficiaries of the Grantee’s Incentive Stock Option or Non-Qualified Stock Option in the event of the Grantee’s death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Administrator. Following the death of the Grantee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 8, may be exercised (a) by the person or persons designated under the deceased Grantee’s beneficiary designation or (b) in the absence of an effectively designated beneficiary, by the Grantee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Grantee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution. The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and transferees of the Grantee.

10. Term of Option . The Option must be exercised no later than the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice or such earlier date as otherwise provided herein. After the Expiration Date or such earlier date, the Option shall be of no further force or effect and may not be exercised.

 

4


11. Stop-Transfer Notices . In order to ensure compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Option Agreement, the Notice or the Plan, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

12. Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Option Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

13. Tax Consequences . The Grantee may incur tax liability as a result of the Grantee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. THE GRANTEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

14. Entire Agreement: Governing Law . The Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. Nothing in the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties. The Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement are to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of California to the rights and duties of the parties. Should any provision of the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

15. Construction . The captions used in the Notice and this Option Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of the Option for construction or interpretation. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

16. Administration and Interpretation . Any question or dispute regarding the administration or interpretation of the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be submitted by the Grantee or by the Company to the Administrator. The resolution of such question or dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons.

17. Venue . The Company, the Grantee, and the Grantee’s assignees pursuant to Section 9 (the “parties”) agree that any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California (or should such court lack jurisdiction to hear such action, suit or proceeding, in a California state court in the County of San Diego) and that the parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The parties irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent

 

5


permitted by law, any objection the party may have to the laying of venue for any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court. If any one or more provisions of this Section 17 shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, it is the specific intent of the parties that such provisions shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it or its application valid and enforceable.

18. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown in these instruments, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

END OF AGREEMENT

 

6


EXHIBIT A

IGNYTA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2011 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Ignyta, Inc.

Attention: Secretary

[ADDRESS]

1. Effective as of today,             , the undersigned (the “Grantee”) hereby elects to exercise the Grantee’s option to purchase             shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Ignyta, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”) and the [        ] Incentive [        ] Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) and Notice of Stock Option Award (the “Notice”) dated             ,             . Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Exercise Notice.

2. Representations of the Grantee . The Grantee acknowledges that the Grantee has received, read and understood the Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

3. Rights as Shareholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 10 of the Plan.

4. Delivery of Payment . The Grantee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, which, to the extent selected, shall be deemed to be satisfied by use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the Exercise Price provided in Section 4(e) of the Option Agreement.

5. Tax Consultation . The Grantee understands that the Grantee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Grantee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Grantee represents that the Grantee has consulted with any tax consultants the Grantee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Grantee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Taxes . The Grantee agrees to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding obligations and herewith delivers to the Company the full amount of such obligations or has made arrangements acceptable to the Company to satisfy such obligations. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Grantee also agrees, as partial consideration for the designation of the Option as an Incentive Stock Option, to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days of any disposition of any shares acquired by exercise

 

1


of the Option if such disposition occurs within two (2) years from the Date of Award or within one (1) year from the date the Shares were transferred to the Grantee.

7. Restrictive Legends . The Grantee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Grantee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Construction . The captions used in this Exercise Notice are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of this agreement for construction or interpretation. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

10. Administration and Interpretation . The Grantee hereby agrees that any question or dispute regarding the administration or interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by the Grantee or by the Company to the Administrator. The resolution of such question or dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons.

11. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of California without giving

 

2


effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of California to the rights and duties of the parties. Should any provision of this Exercise Notice be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

12. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

13. Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this agreement.

14. Entire Agreement . The Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and together with this Exercise Notice constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. Nothing in the Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and this Exercise Notice (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties.

 

Submitted by:    Accepted by:
GRANTEE:    IGNYTA, INC.
   By:   

 

 

   Title:   

 

(Signature)      
Address :    Address :   

 

  

 

 

     

 

3


EXHIBIT B

IGNYTA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2011 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

GRANTEE:   

 

  
COMPANY:   

IGNYTA, INC.

  
SECURITY:   

COMMON STOCK

  
AMOUNT:   

 

  
DATE:   

 

  

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Grantee represents to the Company the following:

(a) Grantee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Grantee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Grantee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Grantee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon among other things, the bona fide nature of Grantee’s investment intent as expressed herein. Grantee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Grantee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Grantee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company.

(c) Grantee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Grantee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, except in the case of affiliates, such Securities may be resold subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction,” in transactions

 

1


directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as said terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require: the availability of current public information about the Company; the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and, in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Grantee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Grantee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

(e) Grantee represents that Grantee is a resident of the state of             .

 

Signature of Grantee:

 

Date:  

 

 

2

Exhibit 10.3

IGNYTA, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2011 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK BONUS AWARD

 

Grantee’s Name and Address:

  

 

  

 

  

 

You (the “Grantee”) have been granted shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Award”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Restricted Stock Bonus Award (the “Notice”), the Ignyta, Inc. Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as amended from time to time, and the Restricted Stock Bonus Award Agreement (the “Agreement”) attached hereto, as follows. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Notice.

 

Award Number

 

 

Date of Award

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date

 

 

Total Number of Shares of Common Stock Awarded (the “Shares”)

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to the Grantee’s Continuous Service and other limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the Agreement, the Shares will “vest” in accordance with the following schedule:

[25% of the Shares shall vest twelve months after the Vesting Commencement Date, and 25% of the Shares shall vest on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Vesting Commencement Date thereafter.]

[During any authorized leave of absence, the vesting of the Shares as provided in this schedule shall be suspended [after the leave of absence exceeds a period of [three (3)] months]. Vesting of the Shares shall resume upon the Grantee’s termination of the leave of absence and return to service to the Company or a Related Entity. The Vesting Schedule of the Shares shall be extended by the length of the suspension.]

In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee, Director or Consultant to any other status of Employee, Director or Consultant, the Shares shall continue to vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth above.

For purposes of this Notice and the Agreement, the term “vest” shall mean, with respect to any Shares, that such Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture to the Company. Shares that have not vested are deemed “Restricted Shares.” If the Grantee would become vested in a

 

1


fraction of a Restricted Share, such Restricted Share shall not vest until the Grantee becomes vested in the entire Share.

Vesting shall cease upon the date of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for any reason, including death or Disability. In the event the Grantee’s Continuous Service is terminated for any reason, including death or Disability, any Restricted Shares held by the Grantee immediately following such termination of Continuous Service shall be deemed reconveyed to the Company and the Company shall thereafter be the legal and beneficial owner of the Restricted Shares and shall have all rights and interest in or related thereto without further action by the Grantee. The foregoing forfeiture provisions set forth in this Notice as to Restricted Shares shall apply to the new capital stock or other property (including cash paid other than as a regular cash dividend) received in exchange for the Shares in consummation of any transaction described in Section 11 of the Plan and such stock or property shall be deemed Additional Securities (as defined in the Agreement) for purposes of the Agreement, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such forfeiture provisions.

The Award shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan in the event of a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Grantee have executed this Notice and agree that the Award is to be governed by the terms and conditions of this Notice, the Plan and the Agreement.

 

Ignyta, Inc.,

a Nevada corporation

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE SHARES SHALL VEST, IF AT ALL, ONLY DURING THE PERIOD OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE GRANTEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT NOTHING IN THIS NOTICE, THE AGREEMENT NOR THE PLAN SHALL CONFER UPON THE GRANTEE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO CONTINUATION OF THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE, NOR SHALL IT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE GRANTEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE GRANTEE’S CONTINUOUS SERVICE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE, AND WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE. THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT UNLESS THE GRANTEE HAS A WRITTEN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH THE COMPANY TO THE CONTRARY, THE GRANTEE’S STATUS IS AT WILL.

[As a condition to receiving the Shares, the Grantee agrees to refrain from making an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the Shares.]

 

2


The Grantee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Agreement and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts the Award subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof. The Grantee has reviewed this Notice, the Agreement and the Plan in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Notice, the Agreement and the Plan. The Grantee hereby agrees that all questions of interpretation and administration relating to this Notice, the Plan and the Agreement shall be resolved by the Administrator in accordance with Section 11 of the Agreement. The Grantee further agrees to the venue selection in accordance with Section 12 of the Agreement. The Grantee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated in this Notice.

 

Dated:

  

 

     Signed:      

 

 

3


Award Number:                     

IGNYTA, INC. AMENDED NAD RESTATED 2011 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK BONUS AWARD AGREEMENT

1. Issuance of Shares . Ignyta, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), hereby issues to the Grantee (the “Grantee”) named in the Notice of Restricted Stock Bonus Award (the “Notice”), the Total Number of Shares of Common Stock Awarded set forth in the Notice (the “Shares”), subject to the Notice, this Restricted Stock Bonus Award Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the terms and provisions of the Company’s Amended and Restated 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as amended from time to time, which are incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement. All Shares issued hereunder will be deemed issued to the Grantee as fully paid and nonassessable shares, and the Grantee will have the right to vote the Shares at meetings of the Company’s stockholders. The Company shall pay any applicable stock transfer taxes imposed upon the issuance of the Shares to the Grantee hereunder.

2. Transfer Restrictions . The Shares issued to the Grantee hereunder may not be sold, transferred by gift, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred or disposed of by the Grantee prior to the date when the Shares become vested pursuant to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice. Any attempt to transfer Restricted Shares in violation of this Section 2 will be null and void and will be disregarded.

3. Escrow of Stock . For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement, the Grantee agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) for the Restricted Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with an Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , executed in blank by the Grantee with respect to each such stock certificate, to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, or their designee, to hold in escrow for so long as such Restricted Shares have not vested pursuant to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice, with the authority to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as may be necessary or appropriate to accomplish the objectives of this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof. The Grantee hereby acknowledges that the appointment of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company (or their designee) as the escrow holder hereunder with the stated authorities is a material inducement to the Company to make this Agreement and that such appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable. The Grantee agrees that the Restricted Shares may be held electronically in a book entry system maintained by the Company’s transfer agent or other third party and that all the terms and conditions of this Section 3 applicable to certificated Restricted Shares will apply with the same force and effect to such electronic method for holding the Restricted Shares. The Grantee agrees that such escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereto (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless such escrow holder is grossly negligent relative thereto. The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time. Upon the vesting of Restricted Shares, the escrow holder will, without further order or instruction, transmit to the Grantee the certificate evidencing such Shares; provided , however , that no

 

1


transmittal of certificates evidencing the Shares will occur unless and until the Grantee has satisfied all Tax Withholding Obligations (as defined in Section 5(c) below).

4. Additional Securities and Distributions .

(a) Any securities or cash received (other than a regular cash dividend) as the result of ownership of the Restricted Shares (the “Additional Securities”), including, but not by way of limitation, warrants, options and securities received as a stock dividend or stock split, or as a result of a recapitalization or reorganization or other similar change in the Company’s capital structure, shall be retained in escrow in the same manner and subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Restricted Shares with respect to which they were issued, including, without limitation, the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice. The Grantee shall be entitled to direct the Company to exercise any warrant or option received as Additional Securities upon supplying the funds necessary to do so, in which event the securities so purchased shall constitute Additional Securities, but the Grantee may not direct the Company to sell any such warrant or option. If Additional Securities consist of a convertible security, the Grantee may exercise any conversion right, and any securities so acquired shall constitute Additional Securities. In the event of any change in certificates evidencing the Shares or the Additional Securities by reason of any recapitalization, reorganization or other transaction that results in the creation of Additional Securities, the escrow holder is authorized to deliver to the issuer the certificates evidencing the Shares or the Additional Securities in exchange for the certificates of the replacement securities.

(b) The Company shall disburse to the Grantee all regular cash dividends with respect to the Shares and Additional Securities (whether vested or not), less any applicable withholding obligations.

5. Taxes .

(a) [No Section 83(b) Election. As a condition to receiving the Shares, the Grantee agrees to refrain from making an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the Shares.]

(b) Tax Liability . The Grantee is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed by the Grantee in connection with the Award, regardless of any action the Company or any Related Entity takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Award. Neither the Company nor any Related Entity makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant or vesting of the Award or the subsequent sale of Shares subject to the Award. The Company and its Related Entities do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the Award to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s tax liability.

(c) Payment of Withholding Taxes . Prior to any event in connection with the Award (e.g., vesting) that the Company determines may result in any tax withholding obligation, whether United States federal, state, local or non-U.S., including any employment tax obligation (the “Tax Withholding Obligation”), the Grantee must arrange for the satisfaction of the minimum amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation in a manner acceptable to the Company.

 

2


(i) By Share Withholding . The Grantee authorizes the Company to, upon the exercise of its sole discretion, withhold from those Shares issuable to the Grantee the whole number of Shares sufficient to satisfy the minimum applicable Tax Withholding Obligation. The Grantee acknowledges that the withheld Shares may not be sufficient to satisfy the Grantee’s minimum Tax Withholding Obligation. Accordingly, the Grantee agrees to pay to the Company or any Related Entity as soon as practicable, including through additional payroll withholding, any amount of the Tax Withholding Obligation that is not satisfied by the withholding of Shares described above.

(ii) By Sale of Shares . If the event resulting in a Tax Withholding Obligation occurs on or after the Registration Date, unless the Grantee determines to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation by some other means in accordance with clause (iii) below, the Grantee’s acceptance of this Award constitutes the Grantee’s instruction and authorization to the Company and any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to sell on the Grantee’s behalf a whole number of Shares from those Shares issuable to the Grantee as the Company determines to be appropriate to generate cash proceeds sufficient to satisfy the minimum applicable Tax Withholding Obligation. Such Shares will be sold on the day such Tax Withholding Obligation arises (e.g., a vesting date) or as soon thereafter as practicable. The Grantee will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and the Grantee agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale. To the extent the proceeds of such sale exceed the Grantee’s minimum Tax Withholding Obligation, the Company agrees to pay such excess in cash to the Grantee. The Grantee acknowledges that the Company or its designee is under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price, and that the proceeds of any such sale may not be sufficient to satisfy the Grantee’s minimum Tax Withholding Obligation. Accordingly, the Grantee agrees to pay to the Company or any Related Entity as soon as practicable, including through additional payroll withholding, any amount of the Tax Withholding Obligation that is not satisfied by the sale of Shares described above.

(iii) By Check, Wire Transfer or Other Means . At any time not less than five (5) business days (or such fewer number of business days as determined by the Administrator) before any Tax Withholding Obligation arises (e.g., a vesting date), the Grantee may elect to satisfy the Grantee’s Tax Withholding Obligation by delivering to the Company an amount that the Company determines is sufficient to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation by (x) wire transfer to such account as the Company may direct, (y) delivery of a certified check payable to the Company, or (z) such other means as specified from time to time by the Administrator.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company also may satisfy any Tax Withholding Obligation by offsetting any amounts (including, but not limited to, salary, bonus and severance payments) due to the Grantee by the Company.

6. Stop-Transfer Notices . In order to ensure compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, the Notice or the Plan, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records. The

 

3


Company may issue a “stop transfer” instruction if the Grantee fails to satisfy any Tax Withholding Obligations.

7. Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8. Restrictive Legends . The Grantee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK BONUS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

9. Grantee’s Representations . In the event the Shares purchasable pursuant to this Agreement have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time of issuance, the Grantee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the issuance of the Shares, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

10. Entire Agreement: Governing Law . The Notice, the Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Grantee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Grantee. These agreements are to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of California ] without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of California to the rights and

 

4


duties of the parties. Should any provision of the Notice or this Agreement be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

11. Construction . The captions used in the Notice and this Agreement are inserted for convenience and shall not be deemed a part of the Award for construction or interpretation. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

12. Administration and Interpretation . Any question or dispute regarding the administration or interpretation of the Notice, the Plan or this Agreement shall be submitted by the Grantee or by the Company to the Administrator. The resolution of such question or dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons.

13. Venue . The parties agree that any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notice, the Plan or this Agreement shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California (or should such court lack jurisdiction to hear such action, suit or proceeding, in a California state court in the County of San Diego) and that the parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The parties irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection the party may have to the laying of venue for any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court. If any one or more provisions of this Section 12 shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, it is the specific intent of the parties that such provisions shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it or its application valid and enforceable.

14. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, upon deposit for delivery by an internationally recognized express mail courier service or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States), with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown in these instruments, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

END OF AGREEMENT

 

5


EXHIBIT A

STOCK ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                     hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto             ,             (            ) shares of the Common Stock of Ignyta, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), standing in his name on the books of, the Company represented by Certificate No.                                          herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company attorney to transfer the said stock in the books of the Company with full power of substitution.

DATED:                     

 

           

 

[Please sign this document but do not date it. The date and information of the transferee will be completed if and when the shares are assigned.]

 

1


EXHIBIT B

IGNYTA, INC. AMENDED NAD RESTATED 2011 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

GRANTEE :   

 

  
COMPANY :   

IGNYTA, INC.

  
SECURITY :   

COMMON STOCK

  
AMOUNT :   

 

  
DATE :   

 

  

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Grantee represents to the Company the following:

(a) The Grantee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. The Grantee is acquiring these Securities for investment for the Grantee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) The Grantee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon among other things, the bona fide nature of the Grantee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, the Grantee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if the Grantee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. The Grantee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Grantee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. The Grantee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company.

(c) Grantee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer

 

2


qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the sale of the Shares to the Grantee, the sale will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, except in the case of affiliates, such Securities may be resold subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction,” in transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as said terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of sale of the Securities, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require: the availability of current public information about the Company; the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and, in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) The Grantee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. The Grantee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

(e) The Grantee represents that the Grantee is a resident of the state of             .

 

Signature of the Grantee:

 

Date:

 

                    ,     

 

3

Exhibit 10.4

C ONFIDENTIAL T REATMENT R EQUESTED BY I GNYTA , I NC .

LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of October 10, 2013 (the “Execution Date”), and effective as of the Effective Date (defined below), between Nerviano MEDICAL SCIENCES S.r.l., an Italian corporation (“Nerviano”), having a place of business at viale Pasteur, 10, 20014 Nerviano, Italy, and IGNYTA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Ignyta”), having a place of business at 11095 Flintkote Avenue, Suite D, San Diego, CA 92121, U.S.A. A “Party” shall mean either of Nerviano and Ignyta and “Parties” shall mean both Nerviano and Ignyta.

WHEREAS, Nerviano is developing compounds for the treatment of oncology diseases and owns or has rights in the APIs and Licensed IP Rights (as each is defined below).

WHEREAS, Ignyta has capabilities in the development of oncology products and desires to obtain an exclusive license under Nerviano’s rights in the APIs and Licensed IP Rights on the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, the terms defined in this Section 1 shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

1.1 “ Acquiror ” shall mean a Pharmaceutical Company that after the Execution Date acquires control of Ignyta as a result, and upon consummation, of a Change of Control, where “Pharmaceutical Company” means any entity that, directly or through one or more of its Affiliates, is involved in the business of researching, testing, developing, manufacturing, packaging, marketing, distributing or selling medical devices, medical diagnostic products, or pharmaceutical or medicinal products, formulations or compounds.

1.2 “ Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to a Party, a person, corporation, partnership, or other entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Party, provided that, with respect to Nerviano, Affiliate means a person, corporation, partnership, or other entity that is controlled by Nerviano and/or NMS Group S.r.l., or is under common control with Nerviano. For the purposes of this definition, (i) an Affiliate is considered an Affiliate regardless of whether such Affiliate is an Affiliate on the Effective Date or becomes an Affiliate after the Effective Date and (ii) the word “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” or “under the common control with”) means the actual power, either directly or indirectly through one (1) or more intermediaries, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity either by the ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of such entity or the ability to otherwise control the management of the corporation.

 

- 1 -


1.3 “ API ” shall mean either one of the following and “ APIs ” shall mean both of the following small molecules that binds to and inhibits the Exclusive Targets and that are specifically disclosed and generically described in (a) Nerviano Patent Case NMS 030 such as the molecule known internally at Nerviano as Nerviano-E628 with the chemical structure set forth on Exhibit 1.3, together with its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, ethers, hydrates, isomers, mixtures of isomers, complexes or derivatives , and (b) the small molecule described in Nerviano Patent Case NMS 017 such as the molecule known internally at Nerviano as Nerviano-P360 with the chemical structure set forth on Exhibit 1.3, its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, ethers, hydrates, isomers, mixtures of isomers, complexes or derivatives.

1.4 “ Change of Control shall mean the occurrence of any of the following after the Execution Date:

(a) a transaction or series of related transactions that results in the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of Ignyta’s assets;

(b) a merger or consolidation in which Ignyta is not the surviving corporation or in which, if Ignyta is the surviving corporation, the beneficial owners of the outstanding voting securities of Ignyta immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or consolidation do not, immediately after consummation of such merger or consolidation, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, stock or other securities of Ignyta that possess 50% or more of the voting power of all Ignyta’s outstanding stock and other securities and the power to elect a majority of the members of Ignyta’s board of directors;

(c) a transaction or series of related transactions (which may include, without limitation, a tender offer for Ignyta’s stock or the issuance, sale or exchange of stock of Ignyta) whereby the beneficial owners of the outstanding voting securities of Ignyta immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions do not, immediately after consummation of such transaction or any of such related transactions, own stock or other securities of Ignyta that possess 50% or more of the voting power of all Ignyta’s outstanding stock and other securities and the power to elect a majority of the members of Ignyta’s board of directors; or

(d) the acquisition (whether in a single transaction or series of related transactions) after the Execution Date by a Third Party or Group (as such term is defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of Ignyta’s voting securities or other securities, indebtedness or other rights convertible into such voting securities; provided, that a Change of Control shall not include any transaction or series of transactions solely for bona fide financing purposes in which cash is received by Ignyta or indebtedness of Ignyta is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof for so long as the Third Party or Group acquiring such ownership does not then or thereafter have any other relationship with Ignyta other than such financing arrangement, including any arrangement involving the development, manufacture or commercialization of a Product.

1.5 “ Commercially Reasonable Efforts ” means, as applied to Ignyta, its Affiliate or a Sublicensee, those efforts and resources that a company within the bio-pharmaceutical industry at a similar stage of development as Ignyta, such Affiliate or such Sublicensee, as applicable, would use for a compound or product with similar market and/or commercialization prospects at

 

- 2 -


a similar stage in its product life cycle, taking into account the stage of development or commercialization of the compound or product, the cost-effectiveness of efforts or resources while optimizing profitability, the competitiveness of alternative compounds or products that are or are expected to be in the marketplace, the patent and other proprietary position of the compound or product, the profitability of the compound or product and alternative compounds or products and other relevant commercial factors. For purposes of this Section 1.5, milestone and royalty payments required to be paid to Nerviano under this Agreement shall not be considered in evaluating profitability or other economic factors.

1.6 “ Competent Authority(ies) ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the governmental entities in each country or supranational organization that is responsible for the regulation of any Product or the establishment, maintenance and/or protection of rights related to the Licensed IP Rights (including the FDA, the EMA and the MHLW), or (b) any other applicable regulatory or administrative agency in any country or supranational organization that is comparable to, or a counterpart of, the foregoing.

1.7 “ Competing Product ” means any small molecule that has a binding affinity for the Exclusive Targets and was specifically developed, directed or clinically tested against an Exclusive Target, and that is not an API.

1.8 “ Confidential Information ” means all embodiments of Nerviano Licensed IP Rights and all other information disclosed, directly or indirectly, by one Party to the other during the term of this Agreement or prior to the Effective Date, that is identified as confidential or is customarily regarded as confidential within the pharmaceutical industry, whether disclosed in electronic, tangible, oral or visual form. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Ignyta’s Confidential Information includes the Royalty Reports made by Ignyta to Nerviano under Article 5 of this Agreement. Confidential Information shall not include such information that: (a) was or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of an unauthorized disclosure by a Party hereto or any of such Party’s Affiliates, employees, agents or representatives; (b) was or becomes available to a Party hereto on a non-confidential basis from a source other than (in the case of future information) any other Party hereto (or any of such Party’s Affiliates, employees, agents or representatives); provided that such source was not known to be bound by any agreement to keep such information confidential or otherwise prohibited from transmitting the information by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation; or (c) is independently developed by any Party hereto without the use of or reference to the Confidential Information of the other Party hereto or any of such other Party’s Affiliates. Information that is otherwise Confidential Information and consists of a combination of information shall not be deemed to be in the public domain if individual elements of such information are in the public domain, unless the specific combination of those elements is also in the public domain.

1.9 “ Control” or “Controlled ” with respect to intangible or intellectual property rights (including patent rights, know-how, trade secrets and rights to access or cross-reference regulatory filings) means possession of the right to grant a license or sublicense hereunder without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with any Third Party existing at the time the applicable Party would be first required hereunder to grant the other Party such license or sublicense.

 

- 3 -


C ONFIDENTIAL T REATMENT R EQUESTED . O MITTED P ORTIONS ARE M ARKED

WITH [*****] AND H AVE B EEN F ILED S EPARATELY WITH THE SEC.

 

1.10 “ Development ” means all studies and other activities required to be conducted prior to NDA Approval, including non-clinical testing, clinical studies, packaging and regulatory affairs, and any clinical or other studies required to be conducted after NDA Approval as a condition to approval of an NDA.

1.11 “ Development Data ” means all non-clinical and clinical data (including raw data, analyses and reports), including pharmacological, pharmaceutical, pharmacokinetic and toxicological data, relating to either API or Product that is Controlled at any time during the term of this Agreement by either Party or their Affiliates, including all such data generated by a CRO for a Party.

1.12 “ Development Plan ” means the plan for Development of the Product established by the JDC, as such plan is further defined in Section 7.7. An initial Development Plan is outlined in Exhibit 1.12.

1.13 “ Early Development Term ” means the term starting from the Effective Date and ending with the completion of a Phase IIa Clinical Trial or with the second anniversary of the Effective Date, whichever occurs first.

1.14 “ Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which Ignyta notifies Nerviano that Ignyta has completed the Financing by receiving aggregate gross proceeds of at least Twenty Million United States Dollars (US $20,000,000) in connection with the sale or issuance of any equity securities (convertible or otherwise) or debt securities.

1.15 “ EMA ” shall mean the European Agency for the Evaluation of Medicinal Products of the European Union, or the successor thereto.

1.16 “ Exclusive Targets ” shall mean the following:

(a) the protein commonly known as TrkA, with [*****],

(b) the protein commonly known as TrkB, with [*****],

(c) the protein commonly known as TrkC, with [*****],

(d) the protein commonly known as ROS1, with [*****],

(e) the protein commonly known as ALK, with [*****], and

(f) any derivatives, parts or polymorphisms (including without limitation splice variants) of any of the foregoing proteins and the nucleotide sequences that encode any of the foregoing.

1.17 “ FDA ” shall mean the Food and Drug Administration of the United States, or the successor thereto.

1.18 “ Field ” shall mean all fields of use, including without limitation the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of any disease, state or condition in humans or other animals.

 

- 4 -


1.19 “ Financing ” shall mean any financing of Ignyta, after the Execution Date, whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions, in which Ignyta receives aggregate gross proceeds of at least Twenty Million United States Dollars (US $20,000,000). As of the Effective Date, Ignyta intends to use commercially reasonable efforts to use a substantial portion of the Financing for the development and commercialization of the Products.

1.20 “ First Commercial Sale ” shall mean, with respect to any Product, the first sale of such Product to an end user after all necessary marketing and pricing approvals (if any) have been granted by the applicable governing health authority of such country.

1.21 “ Ignyta Know-How ” means know-how that (a) is Controlled by Ignyta or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or during the term of the Agreement and (b) is necessary or useful to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, import, export, register and promote a Product in the Territory, but only to the extent that such know-how is related to the API or a Product or a method of using or manufacturing an API or Product.

1.22 “ Ignyta Patents ” means the patents and patent applications (including provisional applications, continuations, divisionals and continuations-in-part) that are Controlled by Ignyta or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or at any time during the term of this Agreement that, in each case, claim the API, a Product or their method of formulation, manufacture or use, and all patents issuing therefrom (and all substitutions, reissues, renewals, reexaminations, supplementary protection certificates, extensions, registrations and confirmations of any of the foregoing patents).

1.23 “ Inventions ” shall mean any invention, improvement, modification, know-how, information or other technology that is first conceived by either or both of the Parties pursuant to work conducted under the Development Plan.

 

1.24 Licensed IP Rights ” shall mean, collectively, the Nerviano Patents and the Nerviano Know-How.

1.25 “ Major Market Countries ” shall mean the United States, United Kingdom, France, Spain, Italy, Germany, Japan and China.

 

1.26 MHLW ” shall mean the Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare of Japan, or the successor thereto.

1.27 “ NDA ” shall mean a New Drug Application, or similar application for marketing approval of a Product submitted to the FDA, EMA or MHLW, or any comparable Competent Authority.

1.28 “ Nerviano Know-How ” shall mean all trade secrets and other know-how rights in and to all data, information, regulatory correspondence, compositions and other technology (including, but not limited to, formulae, procedures, protocols, techniques and results of experimentation and testing) that are (a) controlled by Nerviano or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or at any time during the term of this Agreement and (b) are necessary or useful for Ignyta to make, use, develop, sell or seek regulatory approval to market a composition, or to practice any method or process, at any time claimed or disclosed in any issued patent or pending patent application

 

- 5 -


within the Licensed Patent Rights or that otherwise relate to the APIs or their manufacture or use.

1.29 “ Nerviano Patents ” shall mean the patents that are Controlled by Nerviano or its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or at any time during the term of this Agreement and are (a) the patents and patent applications listed on Exhibit 1.28, (b) all patents and patent applications in any country of the world that claim or cover either or both of the APIs, or the manufacture or use thereof, and in which Nerviano heretofore or hereafter has an ownership or (sub)licensable interest, (c) all divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, that claim priority to, or common priority with, the patent applications described in clauses (a) and (b) above or the patent applications that resulted in the patents described in clauses (a) and (b) above, and (d) all patents that have issued or in the future issue from any of the foregoing patent applications, including utility, model and design patents and certificates of invention, together with any reissues, renewals, extensions or additions thereto.

1.30 “ Net Sales ” means the gross amount invoiced on sales of the Product by Ignyta, or its Affiliates or Sublicensees, to unrelated Third Parties less deductions for the following items, as allocable to such Product (if not previously deducted from the amount invoiced) and consistent with customary business practices:

(a) any rebates, quantity, trade and cash discounts;

(b) charge-back payments and rebates granted to managed health care organizations or to federal, state, and local governments, their respective agencies, purchasers, or reimbursers, including mandatory rebates;

(c) retroactive price reductions, credits or allowances actually granted upon rejections or returns of Products, including for recalls or damaged goods;

(d) a reasonable allowance for bad debts relating to the Product, taken in accordance with U. S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, consistently applied;

(e) freight, insurance, data and other charges or fees related to the shipping or handling of Licensed Products or services provided in connection with the shipping or handling of Licensed Products (to the extent borne by the Party) and inventory management fees, discounts or credits; provided that the cumulative annual amount of such deductions under this paragraph (e) shall not exceed three percent (3%) of the cumulative annual gross sales; and

(f) sales taxes, excise taxes, use taxes, tariffs and import/export duties, or other governmental charges actually due or incurred with respect to such sales, including value-added taxes. All such discounts, allowances, credits, rebates and other deductions shall be fairly and equitably allocated to the Product and other products or services of Ignyta, and its Affiliates or Sublicensees, such that the Product does not bear a disproportionate portion of such deductions. The transfer of Product by Ignyta to an Affiliate or Sublicensee of Ignyta shall not be considered a sale. Every other commercial use or disposition of a Product by Ignyta or its Sublicensees in barter or other transactions (other than dispensing of reasonable and customary quantities of promotional samples, for testing or trials, or for compassionate use) shall be considered a sale of

 

- 6 -


C ONFIDENTIAL T REATMENT R EQUESTED . O MITTED P ORTIONS ARE M ARKED

WITH [*****] AND H AVE B EEN F ILED S EPARATELY WITH THE SEC.

 

such Product at the weighted average Net Sales price for such Product during the preceding quarter.

Where the consideration for Licensed Products includes any non-cash element, the Net Sales applicable to any such transaction shall be the fair market value for the applicable quantity for the period in question in the applicable country of the Territory. The fair market value shall be determined, wherever possible, by reference to the average selling price of the relevant Product in arm’s length transactions in the relevant country. If a Product is sold in a package or formulated in combination with one or more other active ingredients that are not API (as used in this definition of Net Sales, a “Combination Product”), then for each quarter payment period and on a country-by-country basis, the gross amount invoiced for that Product shall be calculated by multiplying the gross amount invoiced for such Combination Product by the fraction A/(A+B), where “A” is the gross amount invoiced for the Product sold separately and “B” is the gross amount invoiced for the other active ingredient(s) sold separately. If the other active ingredient is not sold separately, then the gross amount invoiced for that Product shall be calculated by multiplying the gross amount invoiced for the Combination Product by the fraction A/C, where “A” is the gross invoice amount for the Product, if sold separately, and “C” is the gross invoice amount for the Combination Product. If a particular Combination Product is not addressed by the foregoing, Net Sales for royalty determination shall be determined by the Parties in good faith.

1.31 “Non-Royalty Income ” means any and all consideration in any form provided by a Sublicensee to Ignyta or any of its Affiliates for a grant of a sublicense under any of the Licensed IP Rights including without limitation [*****]

1.32 “ Person ” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, business trust, association, joint stock company, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, governmental authority or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

1.33 “ Phase I Clinical Trial ” shall mean a human clinical trial that is intended to initially evaluate the safety and/or pharmacological effect of a Product in subjects or that would otherwise satisfy requirements of 21 C.F.R. 312.21(a), or its foreign equivalent.

1.34 “ Phase II Clinical Trial ” shall mean a human clinical trial in any country that is intended to initially evaluate the effectiveness of a Product for a particular indication or indications in patients with the disease or indication under study or would otherwise satisfy requirements of 21 CFR 312.21(b), or its foreign equivalent. A Phase IIa Clinical Trial shall not be a Phase II Clinical Trial until such time as the portion of the clinical trial described above is commenced. For the avoidance of doubt, a phase I/II expansion cohort study shall not be a Phase II Clinical Trial.

1.35 “ Phase IIa Clinical Trial ” shall mean a human clinical trial in any country that is solely intended to make a preliminary determination of the effectiveness of a Product for a particular indication or indications in patients with the disease or indication under study.

 

- 7 -


1.36 “ Phase III Clinical Trial ” shall mean a human clinical trial in any country, the results of which could be used to establish safety and efficacy of a Product as a basis for an NDA or would otherwise satisfy requirements of 21 CFR 312.21(c), or its foreign equivalent.

1.37 “ Product(s) ” shall mean any product that incorporates one or both of the APIs and if made, used, sold, offered for sale or imported absent the license granted hereunder would infringe a Valid Claim, or that otherwise uses or incorporates the Nerviano Know-How.

1.38 “ Registration(s) ” shall mean any and all permits, licenses, authorizations, registrations or regulatory approvals (including NDAs) required and/or granted by any Competent Authority as a prerequisite to the development, manufacturing, packaging, marketing and selling of any product.

1.39 “ Royalty Term ” shall mean, with respect to each Product in each country, the longer of (a) term for which a Valid Claim remains in effect and would be infringed but for the license granted by this Agreement, by the use, offer for sale, sale or import of such Product in such country, and (b) ten (10) years after the First Commercial Sale of such Product in such country.

1.40 “ Sublicense Agreement ” means any agreement or set of agreements under which Ignyta grants a Sublicensee a sublicense, option or other right allowing such Sublicensee to develop, use, distribute or sell the Product. A distributor agreement shall not be a Sublicense Agreement.

1.41 “ Sublicensee ” means an Affiliate or Third Party to whom Ignyta grants a sublicense under any Nerviano Technology to develop, use, distribute or sell the Product in the Territory, or otherwise grants any right to develop, promote, distribute and sell the Product in the Territory. A distributor shall not be a Sublicensee.

1.42 “ Supply Agreement ” means an agreement that may be entered into between Ignyta and Nerviano after the Execution Date pursuant to which Nerviano produces Product for, and supplies Product to, Ignyta.

1.43 “ Territory ” shall mean the world.

1.44 “ Third Party ” shall mean any Person other than Nerviano, Ignyta and their respective Affiliates.

1.45 “ Valid Claim ” shall mean a claim of an issued and unexpired patent included within the Licensed IP Rights, which has not been held permanently revoked, unenforceable or invalid by a decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, unappealable or unappealed within the time allowed for appeal, and which has not been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue or disclaimer or otherwise.

1.46 “ Interpretation ”.

(a) Whenever any provision of this Agreement uses the term “including” (or “includes”), such term shall be deemed to mean “including without limitation” and “including but not limited to” (or “includes without limitations” and “includes but is not limited to”) regardless of whether

 

- 8 -


the words “without limitation” or “but not limited to” actually follow the term “including” (or “includes”);

(b) “Herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” “hereof” and other equivalent words shall refer to this Agreement as an entirety and not solely to the particular portion of this Agreement in which any such word is used;

(c) The recitals set forth at the start of this Agreement, along with the Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement, and the terms and conditions incorporated in such recitals, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed integral parts of this Agreement and all references in this Agreement to this Agreement shall encompass such recitals, Exhibits and Schedules and the terms and conditions incorporated in such recitals, Exhibits and Schedules;

(d) Unless otherwise provided, all references to Sections, Articles, Schedules and Exhibits in this Agreement are to Sections, Articles, Schedules and Exhibits of and to this Agreement;

(e) All references to days, months, quarters or years are references to calendar days, calendar months, calendar quarters or calendar years;

Any reference to any federal, national, state, local or foreign statute or law shall be deemed to also refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise.

 

2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1 Mutual Representations and Warranties . Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party as of the Execution Date as follows:

(a) Such Party is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated.

(b) Such Party (a) has the corporate power and authority and the legal right to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, and (b) has taken all necessary corporate action on its part to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Party, and constitutes a legal, valid, binding obligation, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms.

(c) All necessary consents, approvals and authorizations of all governmental authorities and other Persons required to be obtained by such Party in connection with this Agreement have been obtained.

(d) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of such Party’s obligations hereunder (a) do not conflict with or violate any requirement of applicable laws or regulations, and (b) do not conflict with, or constitute a default under, any contractual obligation of it.

 

- 9 -


2.2 Additional Nerviano Representations and Warranties . Nerviano hereby represents and warrants to Ignyta that Nerviano (a) is the sole owner or exclusive licensee of the Licensed IP Rights, and except as Nerviano has expressly informed Ignyta in writing prior to the date of this Agreement, has not granted to any Third Party any license or other interest in the Licensed IP Rights, (b) is not aware of any Third Party patent, patent application or other intellectual property rights that would be infringed (i) by practicing any process or method or by making, using or selling any composition which is claimed or disclosed in the Nerviano Patents or which constitutes Nerviano Know-How or (ii) by making, using or selling Products, (c) is not aware of any infringement or misappropriation by a Third Party of the Licensed IP Rights, (d) all inventors of the inventions claimed in the Nerviano Patents have assigned all their right, title and interest in and to such inventions to Nerviano, and (e) is not developing Milciclib or Danusertib for use in connection with TrkA.

2.3 Additional Ignyta Representations and Warranties . Ignyta hereby further represents and warrants to Nerviano that as, of the Execution Date, no Pharmaceutical Company owns more than five (5) percent of Ignyta’s currently outstanding and fully diluted shares of stock or other securities of Ignyta, indebtedness or options, warrants or other rights convertible into such securities, nor has entered into any agreement or other arrangement to acquire any such securities or other rights.

2.4 Disclaimer of Warranties . EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR MANDATED BY APPLICABLE LAW (WITHOUT THE RIGHT TO WAIVE OR DISCLAIM), NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT, ANY TECHNOLOGY, GOODS, SERVICES, RIGHTS, THE SUCCESS OF EFFORTS CONTEMPLATED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, OR OTHER SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

 

3. LICENSE GRANT; EXCLUSIVITY

3.1 Licensed IP Rights .

(a) Nerviano hereby grants to Ignyta an exclusive license (with the right to grant Sublicenses subject to Section 3.3) under the Licensed IP Rights to conduct research and to develop, make, have made, use, offer for sale, sell and import Products in the Territory for use in the Field.

(b) Nerviano hereby grants to Ignyta a royalty-free, non-exclusive license (with the right to grant Sublicenses subject to Section 3.3) under any patent, know-how or other intellectual property rights Controlled by Nerviano to research and to develop, make, have made, use, offer for sale, sell and import any diagnostic product for one or more of the Exclusive Targets.

3.2 Exclusivity . For the period commencing with the Effective Date and ending on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Effective Date, neither Nerviano nor its Affiliates shall, directly or

 

- 10 -


indirectly, initiate or conduct (or enable or license any Third Party to) research, develop and/or commercialize a Competing Product.

3.3 Sublicenses . Subject to the terms and consistent with the obligations of this Agreement, Ignyta shall have the right to grant sublicenses within the scope of the licenses under Section 3.1. For the avoidance of doubt, the right for Ignyta to grant sublicense is intended to include the right to further sublicense provided that Ignyta or its Sublicensee shall inform Nerviano in writing of such further sublicense.

3.4 Availability of the Licensed IP Rights and APIs . Nerviano shall promptly provide Ignyta with a copy of all information available to Nerviano relating to the Licensed IP Rights or APIs, including without limitation: (a) all quantities of the APIs (whether GMP o non-GMP), (b) all assays to one or more of the Exclusive Targets (including diagnostic, pharmacology or release assays), (c) information and know-how regarding the manufacture or use of the APIs or otherwise relating to the Exclusive Targets, (d) regulatory submissions, (e) communications with the Competent Authorities (including the minutes of any meetings), (f) trial master files, including case report forms, (g) listings and tables of results from the clinical trials, (h) treatment-related serious adverse event reports from the clinical trials, (i) storage of and access permission to any retained samples of materials used in clinical trials, and (j) access to CROs, clinical sites and investigators involved in the clinical trials.

3.5 Registrations . Nerviano acknowledges and agrees that Ignyta shall own all Registrations for Products for use in the Field in each country in the Territory. After the Effective Date, Nerviano shall transfer to Ignyta all Registrations for Products. Nerviano hereby grants to Ignyta a free-of-charge right to reference and use and have full access to all other Registrations and all other regulatory documents that relate to the Licensed IP Rights or APIs, including INDs, BLAs, NDAs and DMFs (whether as an independent document or as part of any NDA, and all chemistry, manufacturing and controls information), and any supplements, amendments or updates to the foregoing (for the purposes of this Section, the “Right of Reference”). Ignyta shall have the right to (sub)license the Right of Reference to its sublicensees and Affiliates. Nerviano shall promptly notify Ignyta of any written or oral notices received from, or inspections by any Competent Authority relating to any such Registrations, and shall promptly inform Ignyta of any responses to such written notices or inspections and the resolution of any issue raised by such Competent Authority. During the time that Nerviano is the holder of a Registration, Ignyta shall be entitled to attend any and all meetings and participate in telephone calls with the Competent Authorities, including without limitation any meeting preparation, meeting co-ordination and preparation of minutes.

3.6 Supply of API . Within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith and agree on terms and conditions for the Supply Agreement for the pre-clinical and clinical supply of the APIs.

 

4. FINANCIAL CONSIDERATIONS

4.1 License Fees .

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation Section 10.1, upon the

 

- 11 -


C ONFIDENTIAL T REATMENT R EQUESTED . O MITTED P ORTIONS ARE M ARKED

WITH [*****] AND H AVE B EEN F ILED S EPARATELY WITH THE SEC.

 

earlier of December 31, 2013 (or such later date as the Parties may mutually agree in writing pursuant to Section 10.1) or ten (10) days after the closing of a Financing, Ignyta shall pay to Nerviano a non refundable initial fee of Seven Million United States Dollars (US $ 7,000,000). (b) In case of sublicensing of rights to or under any of the Licensed IP Rights during the Early Development Term, then Ignyta, in addition to the initial License fee as per Section 4.1(a), shall pay to Nerviano a further amount equal to [*****] of any Non-Royalty Income received from the Sublicensee.

(c) Effective as of the Effective Date, Ignyta will issue a five (5) year warrant to Nerviano to purchase up to fifty thousand (50,000) shares of Ignyta’s Common Stock, based on the capitalization of Ignyta as of the Execution Date, at the per share price utilized in a PIPE financing contemplated by Ignyta to occur on or before November 30, 2013 immediately following the merger of Ignyta into a public company (the “Merger and Financing”), on customary terms and as adjusted to reflect the Merger and Financing and certain stock splits and similar transactions. Further, Nerviano may elect to receive up to One Million United States Dollars ($1,000,000) of the upfront license fee under Section 4.1(a) in shares of Ignyta’s Common Stock at the per share price in the PIPE financing for sixty (60) days after the Effective Date and subject to the terms of the PIPE financing, and all subject to applicable law.

4.2 Royalties .

Ignyta shall pay Nerviano the following royalties (“Royalties”):

4.2.1 During the applicable Royalty Term for a Product, on a Product-by-Product and country by country basis, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, with respect to annual Net Sales of each Product by Ignyta its Affiliates or Sublicensees, Ignyta shall pay to Nerviano Royalties equal to:

(a) for annual Net Sales of such Product in countries where the sale of such Product is covered by a Valid Claim in such country, then:

(i) [*****] of the first [*****] United States Dollars (US [*****]) of such Net Sales,

(ii) [*****] of such Net Sales in excess of [*****] United States Dollars (US [*****]) but less than [*****] United States Dollars (US [*****]), and

(iii) [*****] of such Net Sales in excess of [*****] United States Dollars (US [*****]), and

(b) for annual Net Sales of such Product in countries where the sale of such Product is not covered by a Valid Claim in such country, [*****] of such Net Sales.

Only one royalty shall be owing for a Product regardless of how many Valid Claims cover such Product.

4.2.2 Third Party Royalties . If Ignyta, its Affiliates or sublicensees is required to pay royalties to any Third Party in order to exercise its rights hereunder to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sale or import any Product, then Ignyta shall have the right to credit [*****] of such Third Party royalty payments against the royalties owing to Nerviano under Section 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 with

 

- 12 -


C ONFIDENTIAL T REATMENT R EQUESTED . O MITTED P ORTIONS ARE M ARKED

WITH [*****] AND H AVE B EEN F ILED S EPARATELY WITH THE SEC.

 

respect to sales of such Product in such country; provided , however , that Ignyta shall not reduce the amount of the royalties paid to Nerviano under Section 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 by reason of this Section 4.2.3, with respect to sales of such Product in such country, to less than [*****] of the royalties that would otherwise be due under Section 4.2.1 and 4.2.2.

4.3 Milestone Payments . Ignyta shall pay to Nerviano the following amounts within [*****] days following the first achievement of the applicable development milestone event as set forth below. Each milestone payment is due only one time.

 

Milestone Event

   Payment  
     (in US Dollars)  

[*****]

     [*****

[*****]

     [*****

[*****]

     [*****

[*****]

     [*****

[*****]

     [*****

[*****]

     [*****

[*****]

     [*****

[*****]

     [*****

[*****]

     [*****

[*****]

     [*****

[*****]

     [*****

[*****]

     [*****
[*****]   

4.5 Payment for Services . Prior to December 31, 2014, Ignyta will purchase no less than $1,000,000 of Services from Nerviano, provided that Nerviano is willing and able to offer the Services that Ignyta reasonably requires for development of a Product. Such “Services” could include, but are not limited to, provision of API under a Supply Agreement, technology transfer activities, preclinical activities, process development activities, assay development activities. The cost of such services shall be reasonably negotiated by both Parties. If this Agreement is terminated under Section 11.1 for Ignyta’s inability to receive the whole Financing by December 31, 2013, then Ignyta shall have no obligations under this Section 4.5.

 

- 13 -


5. ROYALTY REPORTS AND ACCOUNTING

5.1 Royalty Reports . Within sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement following the First Commercial Sale of a Product, Ignyta shall furnish to Nerviano a quarterly written report stating in reasonably specific detail (a) the gross sales of a Product sold by Ignyta, its Affiliates, Sublicensees or Acquiror, (b) the units sold by Ignyta, its Affiliates, Sublicensees or Acquiror and the calculation of Net Sales during such calendar quarter on a country by country basis; (c) the calculation of the royalties, if any, that shall have accrued based upon such Net Sales; (d) the withholding taxes, if any, required by law to be deducted with respect to such sales; and (e) the exchange rates, if any, used in determining the amount of United States Dollars. With respect to sales of Products invoiced in United States Dollars, the gross sales, Net Sales and royalties payable shall be expressed in United States Dollars. With respect to Net Sales invoiced in a currency other than United States Dollars, such amounts shall be expressed both in the currency in which the distribution is invoiced and in the United States Dollar equivalent. The United States Dollar equivalent shall be calculated using the average of the exchange rate (local currency per US$1) published in The Wall Street Journal , Western Edition, under the heading “Currency Trading” on the last business day of each month during the applicable calendar quarter.

5.2 Audits .

5.2.1 Ignyta shall keep full and true books of accounts and other records in sufficient detail so that the Royalties payable hereunder can be properly ascertained. Upon the written request of Nerviano and not more than once in each calendar year, Ignyta shall permit an independent certified public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing selected by Nerviano and reasonably acceptable to Ignyta, at Nerviano’s expense, to have access during normal business hours to such books and financial records of Ignyta as may be necessary to determine the correctness of any Payment Report or payment made under this Agreement or to obtain information as to Royalties payable in case of failure to report or pay pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and as may be reasonably necessary to verify the accuracy of the payment reports hereunder for the eight (8) calendar quarters immediately prior to the date of such request (other than records for which Nerviano has already conducted an audit under this Section.

5.2.2 If such accounting firm concludes that additional amounts were owed during the audited period, Ignyta shall pay such additional amounts within thirty (30) days after the date Nerviano delivers to Ignyta such accounting firm’s written report so concluding. The fees charged by such accounting firm shall be paid by Nerviano; provided, however, if the audit discloses that the royalties payable by Ignyta for such period are more than one hundred five percent (105%) of the royalties actually paid for such period, then Ignyta shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses charged by such accounting firm. Ignyta shall require each Sublicensee (whether an Affiliate or a Third Party) to extend to Nerviano the same audit rights as those described in this Section 5.2.

5.2.3 Nerviano shall cause its accounting firm to retain all financial information subject to review under this Section 5.2 in strict confidence; provided, however, that Ignyta shall have the right to require that such accounting firm, prior to conducting such audit, enter into an appropriate non-disclosure agreement with Ignyta regarding such financial information. The accounting firm shall disclose to Nerviano only whether the reports are correct or not and the

 

- 14 -


amount of any discrepancy. No other information shall be shared. Nerviano shall treat all such financial information as Ignyta’s Confidential Information.

 

6. PAYMENTS

6.1 All payments due under this Agreement shall be paid in immediately available funds in US Dollars to the bank account designated in writing by Nerviano. To the extent Net Sales are accrued in currencies other than dollars, Net Sales shall be converted to US Dollars at the year to date average daily rate of exchange as published by Reuters for the applicable currency as of the last business day of the applicable quarter.

6.2 Payment Terms Royalties shown to have accrued by each royalty report provided for under Section 5 shall be due on the date such royalty report is due. Payment of royalties in whole or in part may be made in advance of such due date.

6.3 Exchange Control . If at any time legal restrictions prevent the prompt remittance of part or all royalties with respect to any country in the Territory where the Product is sold, Ignyta shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to make such payments by depositing the amount thereof in local currency to Nerviano’s account in a bank or other depository institution in such country. If the royalty rate specified in this Agreement should exceed the permissible rate established in any country, the royalty rate for sales in such country shall be adjusted to the highest legally permissible or government-approved rate.

6.4 Withholding Taxes . Ignyta shall be entitled to deduct the amount of any withholding taxes, value-added taxes or other taxes, levies or charges with respect to such amounts, other than United States taxes, payable by Ignyta, its Affiliates or sublicensees, or any taxes required to be withheld by Ignyta, its Affiliates or sublicensees, to the extent Ignyta, its Affiliates, sublicensees or Acquirors pay to the appropriate governmental authority on behalf of Nerviano such taxes, levies or charges. Ignyta shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any such taxes, levies or charges required to be withheld on behalf of Nerviano by Ignyta, its Affiliates or sublicensees. Ignyta promptly shall deliver to Nerviano proof of payment of all such taxes, levies and other charges, together with copies of all communications from or with such governmental authority with respect thereto.

 

7. DEVELOPMENT

7.1 Joint Development Committee .

(a) Within 30 days following the Effective Date, Nerviano and Ignyta shall appoint a Joint Development Committee (the “JDC” ) to exchange information regarding all activities related to the Development of the Product, including to facilitate the transfer from Nerviano to Ignyta of Nerviano Know-How. The JDC shall continue to be in effect until the receipt of the first Regulatory Approval for the Product.

(b) The JDC will consist of four individuals of which two will be designated by Nerviano and two will be designated by Ignyta. Ignyta has the right to designate the chair of the JDC. One representative from each Party shall be a senior executive from such Party, and the other representative shall be the project leader from such Party. Each Party shall have the right, at any

 

- 15 -


time, to designate by written notice to the other Party, a replacement for any of such Party’s members on the JDC. The JDC shall endeavor to work by consensus. Where consensus cannot be reached, Ignyta shall make the final determination after consultation with Nerviano and considering Nerviano’ position in good faith; provided, however, that Ignyta shall not make any final determination that conflicts with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. As the time of the establishment of the JDC, each Party shall also designate one of its members of the JDC as the primary contact and coordinator for such Party, to facilitate communication and coordination of the Parties’ activities under the Agreement (the “ Project Coordinator ”).

(c) The JDC shall meet as necessary, but, in any event no less frequently than twice each year. In lieu of in person meetings, meetings of the JDC may take place by telephonic or video conference. The site for the in-person meetings shall alternate between Nerviano, Italy and San Diego, California, or such other location agreed to by the Parties. Other than with respect to special meetings of the JDC, which may be called by either Party on not less than ten days prior written notice (which notice may be by e-mail), the chairperson shall send to the members of the JDC a notice of and agenda for each meeting at least five business days prior to the date of such meeting.

(d) Promptly after each meeting of the JDC, the chairperson shall (or shall designate another member of the JDC) to prepare and distribute, via facsimile or e-mail to all members of the JDC, draft action steps and decisions of the meeting. Promptly after the draft action steps and decisions are distributed, the members shall either note their approval or provide proposed revisions to the draft. Promptly after the receipt of all approvals or proposed revisions to the draft, the chairperson shall issue the final action steps and decisions of the JDC.

(e) Each Party shall bear its own costs, including travel, lodging, food and telephone or video conference costs, for its personnel serving on the JDC or attending any meeting of the JDC.

7.2 Development Plan. A preliminary summary development plan, including required timelines and other diligence requirements, for the Product (the “Initial Development Plan” ) is attached as Exhibit 1.12. Within 90 days after the Effective Date, the JDC shall replace the Initial Development Plan with a reasonably detailed master development plan, which shall be consistent with the Initial Development Plan, and which shall be attached hereto as Exhibit 7.2 (such plan, as amended by the JDC from time to time through written communications such as via email, is referred to as the “Development Plan” ).

7.3 On-Going Clinical Studies. The Parties acknowledge that, as of the Execution Date, there are on-going clinical studies of which Nerviano is the sponsor, as described in Exhibit 7.3 (the “On-Going Clinical Studies” ). For any On-Going Clinical Study that is included in the Initial Development Plan, the Parties shall cooperate to effect the transfer to Ignyta of all necessary filings, documentation, data and contractual relationship as promptly as practicable after the Effective Date, and Ignyta shall reimburse all pre-approved, reasonable and documented external costs incurred by Nerviano in conducting such On-Going Clinical Study after the Effective Date prior to such transfer. Until the Effective Date, Nerviano shall continue the On-Going Clinical Studies in the same manner as prior to the Execution Date.

 

- 16 -


7.4 Development Activities . Pursuant to the Development Plan and using Commercially Reasonable Efforts, Ignyta, either on its own or through its Affiliates or Sublicensees, shall conduct all additional Development necessary for Regulatory Approval of the Product in all Major Market Countries. All such Development activities shall be conducted in accordance with the principles of GLP, GMP and GCP, as applicable, or the regulatory guidelines applicable to the country in which such activities are conducted.

7.5 Nerviano Support. Commencing on or promptly following the Execution Date, Nerviano shall provide Ignyta with Nerviano Know-How in its possession that is reasonably required to conduct the Development of the Product, or is reasonably requested by Ignyta.

7.6 Regulatory Approvals . Ignyta, either on its own or through its Affiliates or permitted Sublicensees, shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to (a) obtain Regulatory Approvals for the Product in accordance with the Development Plan; (b) compile, submit and prosecute in a timely manner all necessary data, documents, NDAs (including labeling), in a format acceptable to the applicable Regulatory Authorities, except that if Ignyta requests then Nerviano shall assist Ignyta in completing the CMC section of the filings; and (c) maintain and renew the Regulatory Approvals obtained by Ignyta and hold all such filings and approvals in its name, all at Ignyta’s expense. Ignyta shall pay all user fees and other costs required to obtain and maintain such NDA Approvals. Ignyta and its Affiliates may use and cross-reference any INDs held by Nerviano for the Product.

7.7 On-Going Disclosure Regarding Development . Ignyta will keep Nerviano informed about Ignyta’s (and its CRO’s), or its Affiliate’s or Sublicensee’s, efforts to develop the Product, including summaries regarding Ignyta’s progress towards meeting the pertinent goals and milestones in the Development Plan, and any major changes to the Development Plan. Such disclosures will be made through the JDC at JDC meetings and in a written report to be attached to or included in the minutes of each JDC meeting. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such reports will contain the following: filing of an IND or NDA with respect to the Product in any jurisdiction; initiation of any clinical study with respect to the Product in any jurisdiction; and identification of NDA Approvals in any jurisdiction.

 

7.8 Development Data .

(a) Promptly after the Effective Date, Nerviano shall transfer to Ignyta all existing Development Data and during the term of this Agreement Nerviano shall promptly and consistently transfer to Ignyta all Development Data as and when generated or developed. Ignyta shall be the sole owner of the Development Data and Nerviano does and hereby assigns to Ignyta all of its right, title and interest therein.

(b) Both Parties shall develop and maintain the Development Data, related records, documents and raw data in sufficient detail and in good scientific manner as will properly reflect all work done and results achieved in the development of the API and Product.

7.9 Reporting Adverse Drug Reactions/Experiences . Promptly following the Execution Date, the Safety Departments of Ignyta and Nerviano will develop and agree upon safety data exchange procedures governing the coordination of collection, investigation, reporting, and

 

- 17 -


exchange of information concerning Adverse Drug Reactions, product quality and product complaints involving Adverse Drug Reactions, sufficient to permit each Party to comply with its legal obligations, including to the extent applicable, those obligations contained in ICH guidelines E2A, E2B and E2C, and such agreed upon procedures will be set forth in a separate written agreement. Such safety data exchange procedures shall be in effect for as long as Nerviano continues to perform ongoing clinical studies under Section 7.3, and will be promptly updated if required by changes in legal requirements or by agreement between the Parties. Ignyta shall be responsible for reporting all Adverse Drug Reactions to the appropriate Regulatory Authorities in the Territory in accordance with the appropriate laws and regulations of the relevant countries and authorities. Ignyta will ensure that its Affiliates and Sublicensees comply with all such reporting obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, Ignyta shall have no obligation to provide reimbursement or other compensation to Nerviano for information required to be disclosed pursuant to this Section 7.9.

7.10 Development Diligence . Ignyta shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to conduct the development activities with respect to the Products pursuant to the Development Plan. In any event, Ignyta shall: (i) at Ignyta’s option, either continue the On-Going Clinical Studies or commence the planned clinical studies referred to in the Initial Development Plan as the “Initial Clinical Studies” , in either case within nine (9) months after the Effective Date; provided, that Nerviano has timely complied with its obligations under Section 7.5 and, to the extent required for initiation of the Initial Clinical Studies, Section (Manufacturing), and has timely supplied adequate material for such Initial Clinical Studies in accordance with the Supply Agreement; and (ii) thereafter use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to conduct the Initial Clinical Studies.

 

8. MANUFACTURE

8.1 Product Supply . Ignyta shall have the right to manufacture or engage a third party manufacture for a supply of the API or Product. However, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith for thirty (30) days after the Effective Date to reach mutual agreement on the terms of the Supply Agreement pursuant to which Nerviano would provide a non-exclusive supply of API and/or Product to Ignyta.

8.2 DMF. To the extent required CMC information is not contained in the IND’s submitted to the FDA, Ignyta shall establish with the FDA a drug master file for the Product ( “DMF” ) and, if requested by Ignyta, Nerviano shall assist Ignyta in obtaining the DMF.

 

9. CONFIDENTIALITY

9.1 Confidential Information . During the term of this Agreement, and for a period of five (5) years following the expiration or earlier termination hereof, each Party shall maintain in confidence all information of the other Party that is disclosed by the other Party and identified as, or acknowledged to be, confidential at the time of disclosure (the “Confidential Information”), and shall not use, disclose or grant the use of the Confidential Information except on a need-to-know basis to those directors, officers, affiliates, employees, permitted licensees, permitted assignees and agents, consultants, clinical investigators or contractors, to the extent such disclosure is reasonably necessary in connection with performing its obligations or exercising its rights under this Agreement. To the extent that disclosure is authorized by this Agreement, prior

 

- 18 -


to disclosure, each Party hereto shall obtain agreement of any such Person to hold in confidence and not make use of the Confidential Information for any purpose other than those permitted by this Agreement. Each Party shall notify the other promptly upon discovery of any unauthorized use or disclosure of the other Party’s Confidential Information.

9.2 Permitted Disclosures . The confidentiality obligations contained in Section 9.1 shall not apply to the extent that (a) any receiving Party (the “Recipient”) is required (i) to disclose information by law, regulation or order of a governmental agency or a court of competent jurisdiction, provided that the Recipient shall provide written notice thereof to the other Party and sufficient opportunity to object to any such disclosure or to request confidential treatment thereof, or (ii) to disclose information to any governmental agency for purposes of obtaining approval to test or market a product; or (b) to disclose to its employees, directors, consultants, Sublicensees or Affiliates who have a need to know for purposes of this Agreement and are under an obligation of confidentiality equivalent to that of the Recipient. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Ignyta may disclose Confidential Information of Nerviano relating to information developed pursuant to this Agreement to any Person with whom Ignyta has, or is proposing to enter into, a business relationship, as long as such Person has entered into a confidentiality agreement with Ignyta.

9.3 Disclosure of Financial and Other Terms . Except as required by applicable laws, treaties and agreements (including securities laws), the Parties agree that the material terms of this Agreement will be considered Confidential Information of both Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) either Party may disclose such terms as are required to be disclosed in its publicly-filed financial statements or other public statements, pursuant to applicable laws, regulations and stock exchange rules ( e.g. , the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, NASDAQ, NYSE, or any other stock exchange on which securities issued by Ignyta or Nerviano may be issued); provided , such Party shall provide the other Party with a copy of the proposed text of such statements or disclosure (including any exhibits containing this Agreement) sufficiently in advance of the scheduled release or publication thereof to afford such other Party a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon the proposed text (including redacted versions of this Agreement), (b) either Party shall have the further right to disclose the material financial terms of this Agreement on a confidential basis to any potential and actual Sublicensee, Acquiror, merger partner or potential providers of financing and their advisors in connection with due diligence investigations by, or presentations to, such entities, and (c) either Party shall have the right to disclose information regarding the development or commercialization status of a Product to the extent such disclosure is customary and material to their potential and actual Sublicensees, current investors, or required by applicable laws or stock exchange rules. Neither Party shall make any other statement to the public regarding the execution and/or any other aspect of the subject matter of this Agreement, except: (x) where a Party reasonably believes disclosure is required under applicable laws or ethical commercial practice, (y) for customary discussions with current or prospective investors and analysts, and (z) either Party may use the text of a statement previously approved by the other Party. Promptly after the Effective Date, the Parties will draft and issue a mutually acceptable press release.

9.4 Publication . Nerviano shall not publish, present or disclose any data, information or results regarding the APIs or their use without the prior written consent of Ignyta. If Nerviano desires to make any such publication, presentation or disclosure, Nerviano shall first submit to

 

- 19 -


Ignyta for its review, a copy of any proposed publication, presentation or other disclosure at least thirty (30) days prior to the date of submission for publication, presentation or other disclosure. If Ignyta gives written notice to Nerviano that it does not desire that the data, information or results be published, presented or otherwise disclosed, or Ignyta requests that certain of such data, information or results be removed for confidentiality or patent filing purposes, then Nerviano will not make such publication, presentation or other disclosure or will remove such data, information or results, as applicable.

 

10. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

10.1 Trademarks. Ignyta shall select and own the trademarks used on the Products (the “Product Trademarks”); provided , that no Product Trademark shall be the same as or confusingly similar to a trademark used by Nerviano as of the date of Ignyta’s intended first use for any of its other products nor contain the words “Nerviano Medical Sciences.”

10.2 Ownership of Inventions. Subject to the terms hereof, including the licenses and other rights granted hereunder, all Inventions shall be owned as follows:

(a) Nerviano shall own the entire right, title and interest in and to all Inventions (including all patents and other intellectual property rights thereto) made solely by its employees or others acting on behalf of Nerviano (or solely by such persons and Third Parties performing work for Nerviano) in the performance of the Development Plan or other activities undertaken under this Agreement (“ After-Developed Nerviano Inventions ”). All After-Developed Nerviano Inventions will be included in the license and right granted under Article 2 above;

(b) Ignyta shall own the entire right, title and interest in and to all Inventions (including all patents and other intellectual property rights thereto) made solely by its employees or others acting on behalf of Ignyta (or solely by such persons and Third Parties performing work for Ignyta) in the performance of the Development Plan or other activities undertaken under this Agreement;

(c) The Parties shall jointly own all Joint Inventions (as defined below). Nerviano’ rights in and to each Joint Invention (including all patent rights and other intellectual property rights to it) will be included in the license and rights granted under Article 2 above, and, subject to such license and rights, each Party may make, use, sell, keep, license or assign its interest in Joint Inventions and otherwise undertake all activities a sole owner might undertake with respect to such Joint Inventions, without the consent of and without accounting to the other Party. “Joint Inventions” means Inventions for which it is determined, in accordance with United States patent law, that both: (i) one or more employees, consultants or agents of Nerviano or any other persons obligated to assign such Invention to Nerviano; and (ii) one or more employees, consultants or agents of Ignyta or any other persons obligated to assign such Invention to Ignyta, are joint inventors.

 

10.3 Prosecution of Patents.

(a) Sole Inventions . Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) below, each Party shall have the right to: (i) determine whether patent applications should be filed on Inventions owned by it (other than Joint Inventions), and if so, where and when; (ii) control the prosecution

 

- 20 -


and procurement of any such patents and any other Nerviano Patents, in the case of Nerviano, including their issuance, reissuance, reexamination and the defense of any interference, revocation or opposition proceedings, and to decide in which countries to maintain such patents when issued and for how long; and (iii) select all counsel or other parties necessary to prepare, file, prosecute and maintain all Nerviano Patents, in the case of Nerviano, or to advise or represent it in connection with such patent applications or patents. Ignyta shall reimburse Nerviano for the reasonable costs and expenses of filing, prosecuting and maintaining the Nerviano Patents except for any Post Grant Proceedings, which will be negotiated in good faith on a case-by-case basis but Ignyta shall not be liable for such costs unless the parties have reached agreement. For the purpose of this Article 10.3, “prosecution” shall include any post-grant proceeding including patent interference proceeding, inter partes review, opposition proceeding and reexamination (collectively, “ Post Grant Proceedings ”).

(b) Joint Inventions . Ignyta shall be responsible for filing patent applications on, and directing the particulars (as described in Section 10.3(a)) of the patent prosecution for all Joint Inventions at its own cost and expense. Ignyta will exercise its reasonable efforts to keep Nerviano informed of significant steps taken in such matters. With respect to the prosecution of patent applications for Joint Inventions, Ignyta shall have the further right to take such actions as are necessary or appropriate to procure and maintain patents with respect thereto. All patent applications and patents directed to Joint Inventions (“ Joint Patents”) shall be owned jointly between Nerviano and Ignyta. Upon request, unless and to the extent otherwise mutually agreed by each Party’s patent counsel, Ignyta, to the extent practicable, shall furnish Nerviano with copies of such Joint Patents and other related correspondence relating to the prosecution of the Joint Patents to and from patent offices throughout the Territory, and permit Nerviano to offer its comments thereon before Ignyta makes a submission to a patent office. Nerviano shall offer its comments promptly, including any request that the patents be filed in additional countries, although Ignyta shall determine the appropriate action after considering in good faith any comments or requests from Nerviano. If, in its sole discretion, Ignyta decides not to file a patent application on any Joint Invention, or ceases to diligently pursue prosecution or procurement, or fails to maintain the same in any country, that decision, cessation, or failure will not constitute a default under this Agreement. Rather, Nerviano shall then have the right, at its sole expense and in its sole discretion, to file patent applications, control prosecution and procurement, and maintain procured patents with respect to such Joint Invention. In respect of Joint Inventions, Ignyta shall pay all costs and expenses incurred in respect of patents prosecuted or maintained by it.

(c) Nerviano Patents . Nerviano shall prepare, prosecute and maintain all Nerviano Patents. Nerviano will exercise its reasonable efforts to keep Ignyta currently informed of significant steps to be taken in such preparation, prosecution and maintenance of all Nerviano Patents. Upon request, unless and to the extent otherwise mutually agreed by each Party’s patent counsel, Nerviano, to the extent practicable, shall furnish Ignyta with copies of such Patents and other related correspondence relating to the prosecution of all Nerviano Patents to and from patent offices, and permit Ignyta to offer its comments thereon before Nerviano makes a submission to a patent office. Nerviano will reasonably incorporate the comments received from Ignyta. Ignyta will have the right to choose which countries in which to file patent applications, provided that Nerviano shall file in the following countries: countries in the European Patent Convention, U.S., Japan, Australia, India, Mexico, Canada, Brazil, Chile, China (including Hong Kong),

 

- 21 -


Thailand, South Korea, and the following EAPC countries: Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Kyrghyz Republic, Republic of Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan and Turkmenistan. Ignyta shall offer its comments promptly, including the list of additional countries. Subject to its antecedent obligations below, Nerviano may discontinue the prosecution of any patent application or abandon any patent encompassed within the Nerviano Patents. If Nerviano decides not to file or to abandon or allow to lapse any patent application or patent within the Nerviano Patents in any country of the Territory, Nerviano will promptly inform Ignyta of such decision and in the case of abandonment, at least 30 days prior to such abandonment or lapse and will give Ignyta the opportunity to prosecute such patent application and/or maintain such patent at its expense and in Ignyta’s name. If Ignyta elects to undertake the prosecution of any Nerviano Patent, Nerviano will assign its right, title and interest in and to the pertinent Nerviano Patent to Ignyta, whereupon Ignyta will have no further obligation under this Agreement with respect to the payment of Royalties or otherwise pertaining to that Nerviano Patent.

10.4 Patent Term Extensions .

The Parties shall: (a) notify each other of the issuance of each patent where extension is possible included within the Nerviano Patents or Joint Patents, giving the date of issue and patent number for each such patent; and (b) advise each other in a timely manner of approval by the FDA, EMA, or MHLW to use or market any Product and any other governmental approval that is pertinent to any patent term extension or restoration. The Parties shall use reasonable efforts to obtain all available patent term extensions or restorations of such Nerviano Patents or Joint Patents (including those available under the Hatch-Waxman Act). To that end, each Party shall: (c) supply the other Party, in a timely manner, with any information in its possession or control pertaining to, or desirable for, the extension of any Nerviano Patents or Joint Patent; (d) execute and deliver to the other Party, in a timely manner, any authorizations, supporting affidavits and other documents required in connection with the extension of any Nerviano Patent or Joint Patent; and (e) take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the other Party to obtain such extensions. The Parties shall cooperate with each other in seeking or gaining patent term restorations or extensions wherever applicable to such Nerviano Patents or Joint Patents, and in determining which Nerviano Patents or Joint Patent the Parties should seek and obtain patent term extension or restoration. The Party first eligible to seek patent term restoration or extension of any such Nerviano Patents or Joint Patent related thereto shall have the right to do so; provided , that if in any country the first Party has an option to extend the patent term for only one of several patents, the first Party will consult with the other Party before making the election. If more than one Nerviano Patents or Joint Patent is eligible for extension or patent term restoration, the Parties shall agree upon a strategy that will maximize patent protection for the Product.

10.5 Patent Certifications.

(a) Nerviano shall immediately give notice to Ignyta of any notice it receives of certification filed under the Hatch-Waxman Act claiming that any of the Nerviano Patents is invalid, unenforceable or that any infringement will not arise from the manufacture, use or sale of the Product by a Third Party. If Nerviano decides not to bring infringement proceedings against the entity making such a certification with respect to any such Nerviano Patents, Nerviano shall give notice to Ignyta of its decision not to bring suit within ten days after receipt of notice of such

 

- 22 -


certification (or, if the time period permitted by law is less than 20 days, within half of the time period permitted by law for Nerviano to commence such action). Ignyta may then, but is not required to, bring suit against the Third Party that filed the certification. Any suit by either Party may be in the name of either or both Parties, as may be required by law. For this purpose, the Party not bringing suit shall execute such legal papers necessary for the prosecution of such suit as may be reasonably requested by the Party bringing suit.

(b) To the extent required by law or permitted by law, Ignyta shall use its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to maintain with the applicable regulatory authorities during the term of this Agreement correct and complete listings of applicable Patents for any Product then being commercialized by Ignyta, including all so called “Orange Book” listings required under the Hatch-Waxman Act.

10.6 Enforcement of Patent Rights.

(a) In the event that either Party becomes aware of any product containing the API that is made, used, or sold in the Territory which it believes to (i) infringe a Nerviano Patent or a Joint Patent, or (ii) constitute a misappropriation of know-how covering the use of either API or a Product in the Field, such Party (the “Notifying Party” ) will promptly advise the other Party of all the relevant facts and circumstances known by the Notifying Party in connection with the infringement or misappropriation.

(b) Ignyta may enforce, and Nerviano does hereby grant to Ignyta the right to enforce, such Nerviano Patents or Joint Patents against such infringement or misappropriation in the Territory at Ignyta’s sole expense and in Ignyta’s sole discretion. Nerviano and its Affiliates will fully cooperate with Ignyta with respect to the investigation and prosecution of such alleged infringement or misappropriation by Ignyta including the joining of Nerviano and its Affiliates as a Party to such action, as may be required by the law of the particular forum where enforcement is being sought.

(c) Nerviano may enforce such Nerviano Patents and Joint Patents against such infringement or misappropriation in the Territory, at its sole expense and in its sole discretion, if: (i) within 120 days after receiving notice from Nerviano of the infringement or misappropriation, Ignyta elects, in its sole discretion, not to take action to investigate such alleged infringement or misappropriation and, if such infringement or misappropriation is subsequently reasonably demonstrated, and to timely institute an action to abate such alleged infringement or misappropriation and to prosecute such action diligently, or (ii) Ignyta notifies Nerviano that Ignyta does not plan to terminate the infringement or misappropriation or institute such action. Ignyta and its Affiliates will fully cooperate with Nerviano with respect to the investigation and prosecution of such alleged infringement or misappropriation including the joining of Ignyta and its Affiliates as a Party to such action, as may be required by the law of the particular forum where enforcement is being sought.

(d) Nerviano shall, at its own expense and discretion, enforce Nerviano Patents against such infringement or misappropriation. Ignyta and its Affiliates will fully cooperate with Nerviano with respect to the investigation and prosecution of such alleged infringement or misappropriation by Nerviano including the joining of Ignyta and its Affiliates as a Party to such

 

- 23 -


action, as may be required by the law of the particular forum where enforcement is being sought.

(e) The Party prosecuting such infringement or misappropriation action will control the litigation and will bear all legal expenses (including court costs and legal fees and expenses), including settlement thereof; provided , that no settlement or consent judgment or other voluntary final disposition of any infringement or misappropriation action brought by a Party pursuant to this Section 10.6 may be entered into without the prior written consent of the other Party if such settlement would require the other Party to be subject to an injunction or to make a monetary payment in excess of $50,000 or would restrict the claims in or admit any invalidity of any of the Nerviano Patents or Joint Patents or significantly adversely affect the rights of the other Party to this Agreement.

(f) Any recovery obtained as a result of such action, whether by judgment, award, decree or settlement will first be applied to reimbursement of each Party’s out-of-pocket expenses in bringing such suit or proceeding, and 75% of the remaining balance shall be distributed to the Party bringing such enforcement action, and 25% to the other Party.

10.7 Patent Infringement Claims .

(a) Each Party shall notify the other Party promptly in writing of any claim of, or action for, infringement of any patents or misappropriation of trade secret rights of any Third Party which is threatened, made or brought against either Party by reason of the development, manufacture, use or sale of any Product by either Party. Ignyta shall be responsible for defense of all such claims against Ignyta in the Territory except as otherwise provided in Article 12.

(b) In any suit, action or proceeding referred to in this Section 10.7 (regardless of which Party commences or defends), each Party shall, at its own expense, fully cooperate with the other Party and supply all assistance reasonably requested by the Party carrying on the proceeding, including providing the other Party with such witnesses, documents and records and other evidence as may be reasonably requested.

10.8 Cooperation . In any suit to enforce and/or defend the License Patent Rights pursuant to this Section 10, the Party not in control of such suit shall, at the request and expense of the controlling Party, reasonably cooperate and, to the extent possible, have its employees testify when requested and make available relevant records, papers, information, samples, specimens, and the like.

 

11. TERMINATION

11.1 Term of Agreement . With the exception of Sections 2, 7.3 (the last sentence only), 7.9, 9 and 11, this Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to other provisions of this Article 11, shall continue in full force and effect until Ignyta has duly and completely fulfilled its obligation to pay Royalties to Nerviano under Section 4.2. Should Ignyta not receive the whole Financing by December 31, 2013 - if the Parties have not agreed in writing to extend such deadline - this Agreement shall be considered automatically terminated. Following expiration of this Agreement - unless terminated in advance according to the provisions of present Article 11 - Ignyta shall have a fully paid-up,

 

- 24 -


non-exclusive license under the Nerviano Know-How to conduct research and to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale and import Products in the Territory for use in the Field.

11.2 Termination by Ignyta . The Agreement may be terminated by Ignyta at any time as follows:

(a) prior to the First Commercial Sale of the Product, Ignyta may terminate this Agreement upon providing Nerviano with sixty (60) day written notice of its intent to terminate; or

(b) after the First Commercial Sale of the Product, Ignyta may terminate this Agreement upon three months prior written notice: provided, that Nerviano may then accelerate the effective date of termination to not less than 30 days after such notice from Ignyta.

11.3 Termination for Cause . Upon the material breach by one Party under this Agreement, the other Party shall notify the breaching Party of such breach, and require that the breaching Party cure such breach within 60 days (or, in the case of payment defaults, within 30 days), provided that, in the case of any default other than the payment default, such cure period shall be reasonably extended (not to exceed 120 days) if, despite the Commercially Reasonable Efforts of the breaching Party, such default may not be cured within such 60 day period. In the event that the material breach is not cured within the applicable cure period, the notifying Party shall be entitled, without prejudice to any of its other rights conferred on it by this Agreement and any other remedies available to it by law or in equity, to terminate this Agreement.

11.4 Effect of Termination .

(a) Termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1 shall not entitle any Party to claims for indemnification or other claims whatsoever between Parties other than for the case of incompliance in respect to above surviving clauses.

(b) Upon termination by Ignyta pursuant to Section 11.2 or by Nerviano pursuant to Sections 7.10 or 11.3:

(i) All sublicenses granted by Ignyta to its Sublicensees under this Agreement pursuant to Section 3.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement provided that such Sublicensees are not in breach of their respective sublicense agreements and assumes in writing all obligations under such sublicense agreements to Nerviano directly; and

(ii) All rights and licenses granted by Nerviano to Ignyta will terminate.

(iii) Ignyta will assign to Nerviano all regulatory filings and Regulatory Approvals for the Product and the Development Data;

(iv) If termination occurs after submission of materials seeking Regulatory Approvals for the Product, all rights to all Product Trademarks for use with the Product (excluding Ignyta’s name) will be assigned to Nerviano;

(v) Ignyta will, at Nerviano’ option, transfer to Nerviano responsibility for any then-ongoing clinical trials of Products in which patient dosing has commenced, and Nerviano

 

- 25 -


C ONFIDENTIAL T REATMENT R EQUESTED . O MITTED P ORTIONS ARE M ARKED

WITH [*****] AND H AVE B EEN F ILED S EPARATELY WITH THE SEC.

 

shall be solely responsible for the costs of conducting such trials incurred after the effective date of termination of this Agreement;

(vi) Ignyta shall grant to Nerviano a royalty-bearing, exclusive license (with right to sublicense) under the Joint Inventions, Ignyta Patents and Ignyta Know-How existing as of the date of termination solely for the API or its manufacture or use in any indication (and no other active pharmaceutical ingredient or diagnostic).

(vii) If Ignyta has commenced a Phase II Clinical Trial as of the date of termination, then Nerviano shall pay Ignyta royalties amounting to the following percentage of Annual Net Sales (as such definition is revised to encompass sales by Nerviano or its Affiliates or sublicensees):

 

Development Status at Termination

   Royalty Rate  

After commencement of a Phase II Clinical Trial

     [*****

After commencement of a Phase III Clinical Trial

     [*****

Ignyta will cooperate in any reasonable manner requested by Nerviano to achieve a smooth transition of the development, manufacturing, marketing and sales of the Product to Nerviano or its licensees, such as transfer of Manufacturing Technology and assistance in connection with regulatory matters relating to the transfer of the Product.

11.5 Surviving Provisions . The following Articles and Sections of this Agreement shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: Sections 2.4, 9, 10, 11.4, 11.5, 12 and 13.

 

12. INDEMNIFICATION

12.1 Mutual Indemnification. Each Party shall defend, indemnify and hold the other Party and its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, contractors, sublicensees, and consultants harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, settlements, claims, actions, suits, penalties, fines, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses of litigation actually incurred) arising out of any claim or action brought by a Third Party (any of the foregoing, a “Loss” ) arising out of or resulting from:

(a) the negligence, recklessness or intentional acts or omissions of the indemnifying Party and its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

(b) any breach of a representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the indemnifying Party hereunder; and

(c) any personal injury or property damage occurring at a location owned, leased, or under the control of the indemnifying Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (except to the extent such Loss arose out of or resulted from the negligence, recklessness or intentional acts or omissions of the other Party or its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents).

 

- 26 -


C ONFIDENTIAL T REATMENT R EQUESTED . O MITTED P ORTIONS ARE M ARKED

WITH [*****] AND H AVE B EEN F ILED S EPARATELY WITH THE SEC.

 

12.2 Ignyta . Except to the extent required to be indemnified by Nerviano under Section 11.3 or the Supply Agreement, Ignyta shall defend, indemnify and hold Nerviano, its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, licensees, harmless from and against any and all Losses arising out of the development, non-clinical or clinical testing, use or sale of the Product in the Territory by Ignyta or its Affiliates or Sublicensees, including any patent infringement or product liability claims (including any product defects, failure to comply with regulatory and other legal requirements, failure to provide adequate warnings and misuse of the Product); except the foregoing obligations of Ignyta will not apply to any Loss that arises from, or is due to any of: (a) actions or claims alleging that the method of manufacturing the Product used by Nerviano to manufacture the Product under the Supply Agreement infringes any patent rights of any Third Party; (b) Nerviano’ breach of its obligations under this Agreement including its representations and warranties; or (c) Nerviano’ negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Nerviano . Nerviano shall defend, indemnify and hold Ignyta, its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees, licensees, harmless from and against any and all Losses to which such persons may become subject as a result of any claim, demand, action or other proceeding by any Third Party to the extent such Losses arise out of (a) a claim that the method of manufacturing the Product used by Nerviano to manufacture the Product under the Supply Agreement infringes any patent rights of any Third Party; (b) Nerviano’ breach of its obligations under this Agreement including its representations and warranties; or (c) Nerviano’ negligence or willful misconduct. Nerviano’ indemnification obligations under this Section 12.3 are in addition to Nerviano’ indemnification obligations set forth in the Supply Agreement.

12.4 Indemnification Procedure . In the event that either Party seeks indemnification under this Article 12, such Party shall inform the other Party of the claim as soon as reasonably practicable after it receives notice of the claim and, in any event, not later than 20 days after it receives such notice, and shall (a) permit the indemnifying Party to assume direction and control of the defense of the claim (including the right to settle such claim at its discretion; provided , that no such settlement may be entered into without the indemnified Party’s consent if such settlement may adversely impact such Party’s rights hereunder), and (b) cooperate as requested (at the expense of the indemnifying Party) in the defense of such claim. If both Parties are sued and it is reasonably likely that the Parties may have conflicting interests or if it is otherwise not advisable under applicable legal and ethical requirements for the indemnifying Party’s defense counsel to represent both Parties, separate independent counsel shall be retained for each Party at the expense of the indemnifying Party.

12.5 Insurance . Immediately upon the first administration of API or Product to a human in the Territory by Ignyta, its Affiliates or its Sublicensees, and for a period of three (3) years after the filing of an NDA in all Major Market Countries, Ignyta shall obtain and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, clinical trial insurance standard in the pharmaceutical trade in amounts of at least US[*****] per occurrence (or claim) and US[*****] in the aggregate limit of liability per year. Prior to the first NDA Approval, and for a period of five (5) years after the expiration of this Agreement or the earlier termination thereof, Ignyta shall obtain and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, product liability insurance standard in the pharmaceutical trade in amounts of at least US[*****] per occurrence (or claim) and US[*****] in the aggregate limit of liability per year. Ignyta shall provide written proof of the existence of such insurance to Nerviano upon request.

 

- 27 -


If Ignyta sublicenses its rights to sell the Product in accordance with Section 3.3, such insurance obligations may be satisfied by its Sublicensees.

 

13. MISCELLANEOUS

13.1 Notices . Any consent, notice or report required or permitted to be given or made under this Agreement by one of the Parties hereto to the other Party shall be in writing, delivered by any lawful means to such other Party at its address indicated below, or to such other address as the addressee shall have last furnished in writing to the addressor and (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement) shall be effective upon receipt by the addressee.

 

If to Nerviano:    Nerviano Medical Sciences S.r.l.
   Viale Pasteur 10
   20014 Nerviano (Milano)
   Italy
   Attention: Chief Executive Officer
   With required copy to:
   Nerviano Medical Sciences S.r.l.
   Viale Pasteur 10
   20014 Nerviano (Milano)
   Italy
   Attention: Head of Business Development
If to Ignyta:    Ignyta, Inc.
   11095 Flintkote Avenue, Suite D
   San Diego, CA 92121, U.S.A
   Attention: Chief Executive Officer

13.2 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (USA), without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

13.3 Force Majeure. Neither Party shall be held liable or responsible to the other Party nor be deemed to have defaulted under or breached this Agreement for failure or delay in fulfilling or performing any term of this Agreement to the extent, and for so long as, such failure or delay is caused by or results from causes beyond the reasonable control of the affected Party including but not limited to fire, floods, embargoes, war, acts of war (whether war be declared or not), acts of terrorism, insurrections, riots, civil commotions, strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances, acts of God or acts, omissions or delays in acting by any governmental authority or the other Party; provided , that the Party so affected shall give prompt notice thereof to the other. If any such cause prevents either Party from performing any of its material obligations hereunder for more than six months, the other Party may then terminate this Agreement upon 90 days prior notice. Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, no such failure or delay shall

 

- 28 -


terminate this Agreement, and each Party shall complete its obligations hereunder as promptly as reasonably practicable following cessation of the cause or circumstances of such failure or delay.

 

13.4 Dispute Resolution.

(a) The Parties recognize that a bona fide dispute as to certain matters may from time to time arise during the term of this Agreement that relate to any Party’s rights or obligations hereunder. In the event of the occurrence of any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including any question regarding its existence, validity or termination, any Party may, by written notice to the other, have such dispute referred to their respective officer designated below or their successors, for attempted resolution by good faith negotiations within sixty (60) days after such notice is received. Said designated officers are as follows:

For Nerviano: Chief Executive Officer

For Ignyta: Chief Executive Officer

(b) In the event that they shall be unable to resolve the dispute by executive mediation within thirty (30) days of the disputing Party’s notice, then the dispute shall be finally settled by binding arbitration as provided below. The arbitration shall be conducted in English. The award of arbitration shall be final and binding upon both Parties.

(c) Any arbitration proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with the arbitration rules of the London Court of International Arbitration ( “LCIA” ). The place of arbitration shall be London, England. The procedures specified in this Section 13.3 shall not prevent either Party from seeking preliminary or permanent injunctive relief with respect to breaches of obligations under this Agreement in any appropriate jurisdiction.

13.5 Assignment . Ignyta shall not assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Nerviano; provided , however , that each Party may assign without prior written consent, this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder (a) to any Affiliate, or (b) in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its business to which this Agreement relates, or in the event of its merger, consolidation, change in control or similar transaction. Any attempt to assign this Agreement in breach of the foregoing shall be void. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and each of their successors and permitted assigns.

13.6 Waivers and Amendments . No change, modification, extension, termination or waiver of this Agreement, or any of the provisions herein contained, shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the Parties hereto.

13.7 Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes any prior representations, understandings and agreements between the Parties regarding the subject matter hereof. There are no representations, understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the Parties regarding the subject matter hereof that are not fully expressed herein.

 

- 29 -


13.8 Severability . Any of the provisions of this Agreement which are determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability in such jurisdiction, without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining provisions hereof and without affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

13.9 Waiver . The waiver by either Party hereto of any right hereunder or the failure to perform or of a breach by the other Party shall not be deemed a waiver of any other right hereunder or of any other breach or failure by said other Party whether of a similar nature or otherwise.

13.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

13.11 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or enforceable by, any Third Party. The agreements herein contained are made for the sole benefit of the Parties hereto and no other person or entity is intended to or shall have any rights or benefits hereunder, whether as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise.

13.12 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date.

 

- 30 -


NERVIANO MEDICAL SCIENCES
By:  

/s/ Luciano Baielli

Name:   Dr. Luciano Baielli
Title:   Amministratore Delegato
IGNYTA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Lim

Name:   Jonathan Lim
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

- 31 -


C ONFIDENTIAL T REATMENT R EQUESTED . O MITTED P ORTIONS ARE M ARKED

WITH [*****] AND H AVE B EEN F ILED S EPARATELY WITH THE SEC.

 

EXHIBIT 1.3

APIs

[*****]

 

- 32 -


C ONFIDENTIAL T REATMENT R EQUESTED . O MITTED P ORTIONS ARE M ARKED

WITH [*****] AND H AVE B EEN F ILED S EPARATELY WITH THE SEC.

 

EXHIBIT 1.12

INITIAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN

[*****]

 

- 33 -


C ONFIDENTIAL T REATMENT R EQUESTED . O MITTED P ORTIONS ARE M ARKED

WITH [*****] AND H AVE B EEN F ILED S EPARATELY WITH THE SEC.

 

EXHIBIT 1.28

NERVIANO PATENTS

[*****] 1

 

 

1   This omitted portion consists of seven pages.

 

- 34 -


EXHIBIT 7.2

MASTER DEVELOPMENT PLAN

To be completed after Execution

 

- 35 -


EXHIBIT 7.3

ON-GOING CLINICAL STUDIES

A PHASE I DOSE ESCALATION STUDY OF NMS-1191372 IN ADULT PATIENTS WITH ADVANCED/METASTATIC SOLID TUMORS

 

Project Code:    NMS-ALKA-372
Therapeutic Area:    Oncology
Substance Identifier:    NMS-1191372
IND Number:    Not Applicable
Protocol Number:    ALKA-372-001
EudraCT Number:    2012-000148-88
Status:    Final
Protocol Version Number:    3

Included Amended Information as per:

 

    

Date

  

Country(ies)

  

Site(s)

    

Amendment No.  2

   14 March 2013    All    All   

Amendment No.  1

   05 March 2012    All    All   

 

- 36 -


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO LICENSE AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) is made as of October 25, 2013 by and between NERVIANO MEDICAL SCIENCES S.r.l., an Italian corporation (“Nerviano”), having a place of business at viale Pasteur, 10, 20014 Nerviano, Italy, and IGNYTA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Ignyta”), having a place of business at 11095 Flintkote Avenue, Suite D, San Diego, California 92121, U.S.A., with respect to the following facts:

WHEREAS, Nerviano and Ignyta executed and delivered that certain License Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2013 (the “License Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, Nerviano grants to Ignyta certain licenses under certain intellectual property rights pursuant to the terms and provisions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, Section 13.6 of the License Agreement provides, in relevant part, that no change, modification, extension, termination or waiver of the License Agreement, or any of the provisions therein contained, shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the Parties thereto; and

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 13.6 of the License Agreement, the Parties hereby desire to amend certain provisions of the License Agreement as set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions; Construction . Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the License Agreement. References in the License Agreement (including references to the License Agreement as amended and modified) to the “Agreement” (and indirect references such as “hereunder”, “hereby”, “herein” and “hereof”) shall be deemed to refer to the License Agreement as amended and modified by this Amendment.

2. Amendments .

(a) Section 1.14 of the License Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in full as follows:

1.14 “ Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which the Financing has been completed.

(b) Section 1.19 of the License Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in full as follows:

1.19 “ Financing ” shall mean any financing by Ignyta or any of its Affiliates, completed after the Execution Date, whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions, in which Ignyta or any of its Affiliates receives aggregate gross proceeds of at least Twenty Million United States Dollars (US $20,000,000) in connection with the sale or issuance of any equity securities (convertible or otherwise) or debt securities of Ignyta or any of its Affiliates. As of the Effective Date, Ignyta intends to use commercially reasonable efforts to use a substantial portion of the Financing for the development and commercialization of the Products.


(c) Section 4.1(c) of the License Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in full as follows:

(c) On the Effective Date, Ignyta shall cause the Issuer (as defined below) to issue to Nerviano a five (5) year warrant to purchase up to the number of shares of the Issuer’s Common Stock that a holder of fifty thousand (50,000) shares of Ignyta’s Common Stock prior to the Reverse Stock Split and the Merger would be entitled to receive following the Reverse Stock Split and the Merger, with an exercise price equal to the per share price utilized in the Financing and on other customary terms, where (i) “Reverse Stock Split” shall mean a reverse stock split of Ignyta’s currently outstanding shares of Common Stock, and (ii) “Merger” shall mean a merger pursuant to which Ignyta becomes a wholly owned subsidiary of a public reporting company (such public reporting company, the “Issuer”) that is contemplated to occur shortly following the Reverse Stock Split. Further, Nerviano may elect, by delivering to Ignyta written notice of such election no later than ten (10) days after the Effective Date, to receive up to One Million United States Dollars ($1,000,000) of the initial fee under Section 4.1(a) of this Agreement in shares of the Issuer’s Common Stock at the per share price utilized in the Financing and on substantially the same other terms as the Financing and subject to all applicable law, including without limitation customary representations relating to the issuance of such shares under Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and in the event of an election under this sentence, the amount of such initial fee that shall be payable by Ignyta in cash on the due date therefor shall be reduced by the product of (A) the number of shares of the Issuer’s Common Stock so elected to be received by Nerviano, multiplied by (B) the per share price utilized in the Financing.

3. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (U.S.A.), without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

4. Entire Agreement . The Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, embodies the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes any prior representations, understandings and agreements between the Parties regarding the subject matter hereof and thereof. There are no representations, understandings or agreements, oral or written, between the Parties regarding the subject matter hereof that are not fully expressed in the Agreement, as amended hereby.

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Miscellaneous . Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Merger Agreement shall remain unchanged, unmodified and in full force and effect, and the Merger Agreement shall be read together and construed with this Amendment. This Amendment, together with the Merger Agreement as amended by this Amendment, shall supersede and replace any prior agreement or arrangement between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment effective as of the date first above written.

 

NERVIANO MEDICAL SCIENCES
By:  

/s/ Luciano Baielli

Name:   Dr. Luciano Baielli
Title:   Amministratore Delegato
IGNYTA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Lim

Name:   Jonathan Lim
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to License Agreement ]

Exhibit 10.5

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: NexDx, Inc.

Number of Shares: 25,000

Type/Series of Stock: Series B Preferred

Warrant Price: $1.00 per share

Issue Date: June 25 , 2012

Expiration Date: June 25 , 2019 See also Section 5.1(b)

 

Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

  X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

 

1


  Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

 

  A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

 

  B = the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer (other than to an Affiliate) by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power. As used herein “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

 

2


(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by (or, in the case of an asset sale, distributed to) the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire and be of no further force or effect immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) Holder would be able to publicly re-sell, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification

 

3


or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment and to the extent applicable to other outstanding shares of the Class.

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

 

4


SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

 

5


(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provision in Section 1.1 of the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’

 

6


Rights Agreement entered into by the Company and certain of its stockholders on or about the date this Warrant was originally issued as if Holder was a party to such agreement.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED JUNE     , 2012, MAY NOT BEOFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial

 

7


Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

NexDx, Inc.

Jonathan Lim, CEO

11575 Sorrento Valley Road, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92121

Telephone:                     

Facsimile:                     

Email: jl@nexdx.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Morrison & Foerster LLP

Attn: John de Groot, Esq.

 

8


12531 High Bluff Drive

San Diego, CA 92130

Telephone: (858) 720-5180

Facsimile: (858) 720-5125

Email: jdegroot@mofo.com

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
NEXDX, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Jonathan Lim

Name:   Jonathan Lim
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ David Huey

Name:   David Huey
Title:   Relationship Manager


 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                  shares of the Series B Preferred Stock of NexDx, Inc. (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

[    ]    check in the amount of $         payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith
[    ]    Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account
[    ]    Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant
[    ]    Other [Describe]                                                                                           

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

  Holder’s Name
 

 

 

 

  (Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:
Name:
Title:
Date:

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 10.6

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    Ignyta, Inc.
Number of Shares:    A number of Shares equal to five percent (5%) of the amount funded by SVB (as defined below) to the Company (as defined below) after the Issue Date (as defined below) pursuant to the Loan Agreement (as defined below) divided by the Warrant Price.
Type/Series of Stock:    Series B Preferred or the Next Round Stock, at Holder’s election. As used herein “ Next Round Stock ” means the class of stock sold by Company to investors in connection with Company’s next bona fide round of equity financing resulting in net cash proceeds to Company of not less than $2,000,000 (the “ Next Round ”).
Warrant Price:    If the Class of Stock is Series B Preferred then $1.00 per share, but if the Class of Stock is the Next Round Stock then the Next Round Price. As used herein, “ Next Round Price ” means the price per share paid by the lead investor for the Next Round Stock in connection with the Next Round.
Issue Date:    February  27 , 2013
Expiration Date:    February  27 , 2020 See also Section 5.1(b)
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank (“ SVB ”) and the Company (the Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and SVB dated as of June 25, 2012, as amended, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1


1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

  X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

 

  Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

 

  A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

 

  B = the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

2


1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer (other than to an Affiliate) by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power. As used herein, “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by (or, in the case of an asset sale, distributed to) the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire and be of no further force or effect immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the

 

3


Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) Holder would be able to publicly re-sell, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock . If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment and to the extent applicable to other outstanding shares of the Class.

 

4


2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

 

5


then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

6


4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 1.1 of the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement entered into by the Company and certain of its stockholders on or about June 25, 2012, as if Holder was a party to such agreement.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED FEBRUARY     , 2013, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

7


5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

 

8


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Ignyta, Inc.

Jonathan Lim, CEO

11575 Sorrento Valley Road, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92121

Telephone: (858) 395-3047

Facsimile: (858) 369-5735

Email: jl@ignyta.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Morrison & Foerster LLC

Attn: Jay de Groot, Esq.

12531 High Bluff Drive

San Diego, CA 92130

Telephone: (858) 720-5180

Facsimile: (858) 720-5125

Email: jdegroot@mofo.com

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
IGNYTA, INC.

 

By: /s/ Jonathan Lim
Name: Jonathan Lim, M.D.
              (Print)
Title: CEO
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By: /s/ R. Michael White
Name: R. Michael White
              (Print)
Title: Sr. Relationship Manager

[ Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock ]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase                  shares of the Series      Preferred Stock of Ignyta, Inc. (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

[    ]    check in the amount of $         payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith
[    ]    Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account
[    ]    Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant
[    ]    Other [Describe]                                                                                           

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

  Holder’s Name
 

 

 

 

  (Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:
Name:
Title:
Date:

 

Appendix 1


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Schedule 1

Exhibit 10.7

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of June 25, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and NEXDX , INC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

 

  1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

  2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Growth Capital Term Loan .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on or after the date on which Borrower consummates the Equity Event, Bank shall make one (1) term loan available to Borrower in the amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (the “ Growth Capital Term Loan ”).

(b) Repayment . The Growth Capital Term Loan shall be “interest only” through June     , 2013. Borrower shall repay the Growth Capital Term Loan in twenty four (24) equal monthly installments of principal and interest (each a “Growth Capital Term Loan Payment ”), beginning on July 1, 2013 and continuing on the first (1st) day of each month thereafter until the Growth Capital Maturity Date. Borrower’s final Growth Capital Term Loan Payment, due on the Growth Capital Maturity Date, shall include all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Growth Capital Term Loan. Once repaid, the Growth Capital Term Loan may not be reborrowed.

(c) Mandatory Prepayments . If the Growth Capital Term Loan is accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal of the Growth Capital Term Loan plus accrued interest thereon through the prepayment date, plus (ii) the Final Payment, plus (iii) the Prepayment Fee, plus (iv) all other sums, that shall have become due and payable, including Bank Expenses and interest at the Default Rate (if Bank so elects) with respect to any past due amounts.

(d) Permitted Prepayment . Borrower shall have the option to prepay the Growth Capital Term Loan provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Growth Capital Term Loan at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays to Bank on the date of such prepayment, an amount equal to the sum of (A) all outstanding principal of the Growth Capital Term Loan plus accrued interest thereon through the prepayment date, (B) the Final Payment, (C) the Prepayment Fee, plus (D) all other sums, that shall have become due and payable, including Bank Expenses, if any, and interest at the Default Rate (if Bank so elects) with respect to any past due amounts.

2.2 Intentionally Omitted .

 

1


2.3 Payment of Interest .

(a) Interest Rate . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding for the Growth Capital Term Loan shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) four and three quarters percent (4.75%) or (ii) the Basic Rate, fixed on the Funding Date of the Growth Capital Term Loan, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f).

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase or to waive such increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations unless Bank elects otherwise. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Intentionally Omitted .

(d) Computation; 360-Day Year . In computing interest, the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

(e) Debit of Accounts . Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank under the Loan Documents when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

(f) Interest Payment Date . Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the first calendar day of each month.

2.4 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) payable on the Effective Date;

(b) Final Payment . The Final Payment, when due hereunder;

(c) Prepayment Fee . The Prepayment Fee, when due hereunder; and

(d) Good Faith Deposit . Bank acknowledges receipt from Borrower of a good faith deposit equal to Seven Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($7,500), which Bank shall apply to Bank Expenses on the Effective Date; and

(e) Bank Expenses. Borrower shall pay to Bank all Bank Expenses (including (i) all costs and expenses for UCC, IP, Good Standing and other diligence searches and (ii) reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

2.5 Payments; Application of Payments.

(a) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m.

 

2


Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) Bank shall apply the whole or any part of collected funds against the Growth Capital Term Loan or credit such collected funds to a depository account of Borrower with Bank (or an account maintained by an Affiliate of Bank), the order and method of such application to be in the sole discretion of Bank. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

  3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the Warrant;

(c) duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements, if any;

(d) Borrower’s Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(e) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(f) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(g) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

(h) a copy of Borrower’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto;

(i) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses and cancellation notice to Bank (or endorsements reflecting the same) in favor of Bank;

(j) evidence satisfactory to Bank that Borrower has consummated the Equity Event; and

(k) payment of the Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.5(a), timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

 

3


(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) in Bank’s sole discretion, there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

3.3 Post-Closing Condition . Unless otherwise provided in writing, within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank a landlord’s consent in favor of Bank for Borrower’s San Diego location by the respective landlord thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto.

3.4 Covenant to Deliver . Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.5 Procedures for Borrowing . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of the Growth Capital Term Loan set forth in this Agreement, to obtain the Growth Capital Term Loan, Borrower must notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail or facsimile no later than 12:00 p.m. Pacific time one (1) Business Day before the proposed Funding Date. The notice shall be a Payment/Advance Form and must be signed by a Responsible Officer or designee. If Borrower satisfies the conditions of the Growth Capital Term Loan, Bank shall disburse the Growth Capital Term Loan by transfer to the Designated Deposit Account.

 

  4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are satisfied in full, and at such time, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, terminate its security interest in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment consistent with Bank’s then current practice for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (i) one hundred five percent (105%) if the Letter of Credit is denominated in Dollars or (ii) one hundred ten percent (110%) if the Letter of Credit is denominated in a Foreign Currency of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs

 

4


due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.

 

  5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower is duly existing and in good standing in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement).

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral . Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein.

 

5


The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Intentionally Omitted .

5.4 Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency . The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower. Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted

 

6


and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge . For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

 

  6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Deliver to Bank:

(a) Monthly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

(b) Monthly Compliance Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the

 

7


terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request;

(c) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, company prepared consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied (the “ Company Prepared Annual Financials ”); provided, however, when Borrower commences to audit its financial statements, and at all times thereafter, Borrower shall provide, in place of the Company Prepared Annual Financials, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion;

(d) Annual Financial Projections . As soon as available, but no later than the earlier of (i) seven (7) days after approval by Borrower’s board of directors (the “ Board ”) or (ii) sixty (60) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, annual financial projections approved by the Board;

(e) Other Statements . Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(f) SEC Filings . In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address;

(g) Legal Action Notice . A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or more; and

(h) Other Financial Information . Such other Budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Inventory; Returns . Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

6.4 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.5 Insurance . Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as a lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or their respective endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred

 

8


and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) with respect to any loss, but not exceeding One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.6 Operating Accounts .

(a) No later than sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, and at all times thereafter, maintain its primary and its Subsidiaries’ primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates, which accounts shall represent at least eighty five percent (85%) of the dollar value of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’ accounts at all financial institutions.

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such or trust accounts.

6.7 Intentionally Omitted .

6.8 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its owned Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its owned Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any owned Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such commercially reasonable steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.9 Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.10 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times during regular business hours, on three (3) Business Days’ notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Such inspections or

 

9


audits shall be conducted no more often than once a year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($850) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.11 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries . At the time that Borrower forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Borrower shall (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Bank either a joinder to the Loan Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder or a Guaranty, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.11 shall be a Loan Document.

6.12 Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; and (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Control, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) the Key Person ceases to hold the office of Chief Executive Officer with Borrower and a replacement satisfactory to Bank is not made within forty five (45) days after his departure from Borrower; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty percent (40%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors, private equity investors or other bona fide financial investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank such investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction) .

Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a

 

10


bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except for such purchase money Liens under clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person and transactions permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 7.2 hereof.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or

 

11


complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

  8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Growth Capital Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6 or 6.11 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change . A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements . There is, under any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of One Hundred

 

12


Thousand Dollars ($100,000); or (b) any default by Borrower, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

8.7 Judgments . One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations . Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt . Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement; or

8.10 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction.

 

  9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies . While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) for any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Contracts;

 

13


(e) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

14


9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

  10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:  

NEXDX, INC.

 

11575 Sorrento Valley Road, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92121

 

Attn: Jonathan Lim, CEO

 

Fax:                     

 

Email:                     

If to Bank:  

Silicon Valley Bank

 

4370 La Jolla Village Drive, Suite 860

 

San Diego, CA 92122

 

Attn: R. Michael White

 

15


 

Fax: (858) 622-1424

 

Email: mwhite@svb.com

 

  11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

  12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right,

 

16


without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms of the Warrant).

12.2 Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5 Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

12.6 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.8 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied. Without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, the grant of security interest by Borrower in Section 4.1 shall survive until the termination of all Bank Services Agreements. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

12.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan

 

17


Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use the confidential information for reporting purposes and the development and distribution of databases and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

 

  13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

 

18


Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

“Basic Rate” is the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of 360 days) equal to the sum of (a) U.S. Treasury note yield to maturity for a term equal to the Treasury Note Maturity as reported in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15-Selected Interest Rates under the heading “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Constant Maturities” on the Funding Date, plus (b) the Loan Margin. (In the event Release H.15 is no longer published, Bank shall select a comparable publication to determine the U.S. Treasury note yield to maturity.)

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition .

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

19


Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension ” is the Growth Capital Term Loan or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account ” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number                     , maintained with Bank.

Dollars , ” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

Equity Event ” means the receipt by Borrower after the Effective Date of at least One Million Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,800,000) in net cash proceeds from the issuance and sale of Borrower’s equity securities to investors and on term and conditions reasonably acceptable to Bank.

 

20


ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Final Payment ” is a payment of Thirty Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($32,500) (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Growth Capital Maturity Date, (b) the acceleration of the Growth Capital Term Loan or (c) the prepayment of the Growth Capital Term Loan.

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Growth Capital Maturity Date ” is June 1, 2015.

Growth Capital Term Loan ” is defined in Section 2.1.1(a) herein.

Growth Capital Term Loan Payment” is defined in Section 2.1.1(b) herein.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.2.

 

21


Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Key Person ” is Jonathan Lim.

Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, the Warrant, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Loan Margin ” is four hundred forty six (446) basis points.

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or financial condition of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations .

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligation to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, any interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts,

 

22


liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and the performance of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

“Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder; and

(g) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (f) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate and;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

 

23


(f) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(g) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; and

(h) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7; and

 

24


(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prepayment Fee ” means whether by mandatory or voluntary prepayment, acceleration or otherwise, an additional fee payable to Bank in an amount equal to: (i) three percent (3.00%) of the principal amount outstanding under the Growth Capital Term Loan at the time of prepayment if such prepayment occurs prior to June 25, 2013; (ii) two percent (2.00%) of the principal amount outstanding under the Growth Capital Term Loan at the time of prepayment if such prepayment occurs on or after June     , 2013, but before June 25, 2014; or (iii) one percent (1.00%) of the principal amount outstanding under the Growth Capital Term Loan at the time of prepayment if such prepayment occurs on or after June 25, 2014, but prior to the Growth Capital Maturity Date.

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

 

25


Treasury Note Maturity ” is twenty four (24) months.

Warrant ” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date and executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

[ Signature page follows. ]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
NEXDX, INC.
By  

/s/ Jonathan Lim

Name:  

Jonathan Lim

Title:  

CEO

BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By  

/s/ David Huey

Name:  

David Huey

Title:  

Relationship Manager

[ Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement ]


EXHIBIT A – COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

1


EXHIBIT B – LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

D EADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS N OON P ACIFIC T IME *

 

Fax To:     Date:  

 

  

 

L OAN P AYMENT :                      
        

NEXDX, INC.

   
   
From Account #  

 

     To Account #   

 

   
   

(Deposit Account #)

        (Loan Account #)                
Principal $  

 

     and/or Interest $   

 

   
   
Authorized Signature:  

 

         Phone Number:  

 

   
Print Name/Title:  

 

             
                           

 

L OAN A DVANCE :                       
 

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

   

From Account #

 

 

     To Account #   

 

   
   

(Loan Account #)

           (Deposit Account #)                    
   

Amount of Advance $

 

 

              
 
All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:
   

Authorized Signature:

 

 

         Phone Number:   

 

   

Print Name/Title:

 

 

              
                            

 

O UTGOING W IRE R EQUEST :             
Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.
Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time      
   
Beneficiary Name:  

 

          Amount of Wire: $   

 

   
Beneficiary Bank:  

 

          Account Number:   

 

   
City and State:  

 

            
   
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:  

 

    Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):  

 

   
       

(For International Wire Only)

        
   
Intermediary Bank:  

 

    Transit (ABA) #:   

 

   
For Further Credit to:  

 

   
   
Special Instruction:  

 

   
 
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).
   
Authorized Signature:  

 

    2 nd  Signature (if required):   

 

   
Print Name/Title:  

 

   

Print Name/Title:

  

 

   
Telephone #:  

 

    Telephone #:   

 

   
                          

 

* Unless otherwise provided for an Advance bearing interest at LIBOR.

 

1


EXHIBIT C

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

 

LOGO

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

B ORROWER :     NEXDX, INC.    D ATE : June     , 2012   
B ANK :     Silicon Valley Bank      

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

R ESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

      

Title

      

Signature

      

Authorized to

Add or Remove

Signatories

Jonathan Lim

    

CEO

    

/s/ Jonathan Lim

     ¨

 

    

 

    

 

     ¨

 

    

 

    

 

     ¨

 

    

 

    

 

     ¨

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit . Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Foreign Exchange Contracts . Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.

Issue Warrants . Issue warrants for Borrower’s capital stock.

 

1


Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

NEXDX, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Lim

Name:  

Jonathan Lim

Title:  

CEO

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the                                  of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

[print title]

 

By:  

/s/ David W. Anderson

Name:  

David W. Anderson

Title:  

CSO

 

2


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:     SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:  

 

 
FROM:     NEXDX, INC.       

The undersigned authorized officer of NEXDX, INC. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5. 9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes  No
Annual financial statements* + CC    FYE within 180 days    Yes  No
Annual Projections    Earlier of (i) FYE within 60 days or (ii) 7 days after Board approval    Yes  No

 

* such annual financial statements shall be audited when and after Borrower commences to audit its financials

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

NEXDX, INC.     BANK USE ONLY
      Received by:  

 

By:  

 

      AUTHORIZED   SIGNER
Name:  

 

    Date:  

 

Title:  

 

     
      Verified:  

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
      Date:  

 

      Compliance Status:            Yes    No

 

1


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this as of February  27 , 2013, by and between Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) and Ignyta, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) whose address is 11575 Sorrento Valley Road, Suite 200, San Diego, CA 92121.

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 25, 2012 (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the interest-only period, (ii) provide an additional growth capital facility, and (iii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 2.1.1 ( Growth Capital Term Loan ). Section 2.1.1(b) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

(b) Repayment .

(i) Interest-Only Payments . Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest-only commencing on the first (1 st ) Business Day of the first (1 st ) month following the month in which the Funding Date occurs with respect to the Growth Capital Term Loan and continuing thereafter during the Interest-Only Period, on the first (1 st ) Business Day of each successive month.

 

1


(ii) Borrower shall repay the Growth Capital Term Loan in twenty-one (21) equal monthly installments of principal and interest (each a “ Growth Capital Term Loan Payment ”), beginning on October 1, 2013 and continuing on the first (1 st ) day of each month thereafter until the Growth Capital Maturity Date. Borrower’s final Growth Capital Term Loan Payment, due on the Growth Capital Maturity Date, shall include the Final Payment and all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Growth Capital Term Loan. Once repaid, the Growth Capital Term Loan may not be reborrowed.

2.2 Section 2.1.2 ( Supplemental Growth Capital Loan ). A new Section 2.1.2 is added to the Loan Agreement as follows:

2.1.2 Supplemental Growth Capital Loan .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make advances to Borrower (each a “ Supplemental Growth Capital Advance ” and collectively the “ Supplemental Growth Capital Advances ”), from time to time, prior to the end of the Supplemental Draw Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Commitment.

(i) Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) of the Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Commitment (the “ First Tranche ”) shall be advanced to Borrower on the date of the First Amendment. After repayment, the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance under the First Tranche may not be reborrowed.

(ii) The remaining Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) of the Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Commitment (the “ Second Tranche ”) shall be available upon Borrower’s request during the Supplemental Draw Period so long as Borrower achieves the Second Tranche Milestone. Only one Supplemental Growth Capital Advance shall be permitted under the Second Tranche. After repayment, the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance under the Second Tranche may not be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment of Supplemental Growth Capital Advances .

(i) Interest-Only Payments . For each Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest-only commencing on the first (1 st ) Business Day of the first (1 st ) month following the month in which the Funding Date occurs with respect to such Supplemental Growth Capital Advance and continuing thereafter during the Supplemental Interest-Only Period, on the first (1 st ) Business Day of each successive month.

(ii) Principal and Interest Payments . For each Supplemental Growth Capital Advance outstanding as of the last day of the Supplemental Interest-Only Period, Borrower shall make twenty-four (24) consecutive equal monthly payments of principal and accrued but unpaid interest commencing on the first (1st) Business Day of the first (1st) month after the Supplemental Interest-Only Period (the “ Conversion Date ”), in amounts that would fully amortize the applicable Supplemental Growth

 

2


Capital Advance, as of the Conversion Date, over the Repayment Period. The Supplemental Final Payment and all unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest on each Supplemental Growth Capital Advance are due and payable in full on the Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date.

(c) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest, plus (ii) the Supplemental Prepayment Fee, plus (iii) the Supplemental Final Payment, plus (iv) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable.

(d) Voluntary Prepayment . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all Supplemental Growth Capital Advances in full, provided Borrower (i) shall provide written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such prepayment and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment, (a) all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest, plus (b) the Supplemental Prepayment Fee, plus (c) the Supplemental Final Payment, plus (d) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable.

2.3 Section 2.3 ( Payment of Interest ) . Section 2.3(a) is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

(a) Interest Rates .

(i) Growth Capital Term Loan . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding for the Growth Capital Term Loan shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) four and three-quarters percent (4.75%) or (ii) the Basic Rate, fixed on the Funding Date of the Growth Capital Term Loan, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f).

(ii) Supplemental Growth Capital Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding for each Supplemental Growth Capital Advance shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the greater of (i) four percent (4.00%) or (ii) the Basic Rate, fixed on the date of the First Amendment, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f).

2.4 Section 2.4 ( Fees ) . Sections 2.4(b) and (c) are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

(b) Final Payments . The Final Payment and Supplemental Final Payment, when due hereunder;

(c) Prepayment Fees . The Prepayment Fee and Supplemental Prepayment Fee, when due hereunder;

 

3


2.5 Section 3.5 ( Procedures for Borrowing ) . Section 3.5 is amended by replacing each reference to “the Growth Capital Term Loan” with “a Supplemental Growth Capital Advance”.

2.6 Section 8.1 ( Payment Default ). Section 8.1(b) is amended by adding the phrase “or Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date” immediately after the phrase “Growth Capital Maturity Date”.

2.7 Section 13 ( Definitions ) . The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

Credit Extension ” is the Growth Capital Term Loan, Supplemental Growth Capital Advances or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement.

Loan Margin ” is (a) with respect to the Growth Capital Term Loan, four hundred forty-six (446) basis points, and (b) with respect to Supplemental Growth Capital Advances, three hundred seventy-two (372) basis points.

Warrant ” is, collectively, that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date and executed by Borrower in favor of Bank and that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the date of the First Amendment and executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

2.8 Section 13 ( Definitions ) . The following terms and their respective definitions are added to Section 13.1, in appropriate alphabetical order, as follows:

Conversion Date ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b)(ii) herein.

First Amendment ” is that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement by and between Bank and Borrower dated as of February 27, 2013.

First Tranche ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a)(i) herein.

Interest-Only Period ” means the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through September 30, 2013.

Repayment Period ” is a period of time equal to twenty-three (23) consecutive months commencing on the Conversion Date.

Second Tranche ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a)(ii) herein.

Second Tranche Milestone ” is the earlier to occur of (a) Bank’s due diligence calls with Borrower’s investors with results satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion, or (b) the receipt by Borrower after the date of the First Amendment of at least Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000) in net cash proceeds from the sale of Borrower’s equity securities to investors and on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Bank.

 

4


Supplemental Draw Period ” is the period commencing on the later to occur of (a) Bank’s receipt of evidence satisfactory to Bank that Borrower has achieved the Second Tranche Milestone, or (b) June 30, 2013, and continuing through September 30, 2013.

Supplemental Final Payment ” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal and accrued interest) due in accordance with Section 2.1.2 above, equal to the original principal amount of the applicable Supplemental Growth Capital Advance multiplied by the Supplemental Final Payment Percentage.

Supplemental Final Payment Percentage ” is six and one-half percent (6.5%).

Supplemental Growth Capital Advance ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a) herein.

Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Commitment ” is One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date ” is September 1, 2015.

Supplemental Interest-Only Period ” means the period commencing on the date of the First Amendment and continuing through September 30, 2013.

Supplemental Prepayment Fee ” shall be an amount equal to (i) three percent (3%) of the outstanding principal balance of all Supplemental Growth Capital Advances if the principal balance of all Supplemental Growth Capital Advances is outstanding one (1) year or less, (ii) two percent (2%) of the outstanding principal balance of all Supplemental Growth Capital Advances if the principal balance of all Supplemental Growth Capital Advances is outstanding more than one (1) year and less than two (2) years, or (iii) one percent (1%) of the outstanding principal balance of all Supplemental Growth Capital Advances if the principal balance of all Supplemental Growth Capital Advances is outstanding two (2) years or more.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

5


4. Representations and Warranties . To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower most recently delivered to Bank remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Integration . This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

 

6


6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) the due execution and delivery to Bank of a Warrant to Purchase Stock in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , and (c) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment (Borrower has paid to Bank a good faith deposit of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) to initiate Bank’s due diligence review process, which amount shall be applied towards Bank Expenses on the date hereof).

[Signature page follows.]

 

7


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK     BORROWER
Silicon Valley Bank     Ignyta, Inc.
By:  

/s/ R. Michael White

    By:  

/s/ Jonathan Lim

Name:  

R. Michael White

    Name:  

Jonathan Lim

Title:  

Sr. Relationship Manager

    Title:  

CEO

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

[See attached.]

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO   

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL

MULTI-TENANT LEASE—GROSS

  

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties: This Lease (“Lease”) , dated for reference purposes only August 7 , 2013, is made by and between Robert C. Kyle as Trustee of the Robert C. Kyle 1979 Insurance Trust and Barbara Ann Battey as the Trustee of the Barbara Ann Battey Trust dated January 27, 2000 (“Lessor”) and Ignyta, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”) , (collectively the “Parties” , or individually a “Party” ).

1.2(a) Premises: That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, commonly known by the street address of 11107 Roselle Street located in the City of San Diego. County of San Diego, State of California, with zip code 92121, as outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto (“Premises”) and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the Premises): Rooms 221 and 223 (Lab #4) totaling approximately 1,841 rentable square feet in a 37,713 square foot office and life sciences building located in the Sorrento Valley submarket of San Diego In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to any utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (“Building”) and to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below), but shall not have any rights to the roof, or exterior walls of the Building or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “Project.” (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2(b) Parking: 3 unreserved vehicle parking spaces. (See also Paragraph 2.6)

1.3 Term: 0 years and 12 months (“Original Term”) commencing November 15, 2013 (“Commencement Date”) and ending November 14, 2014 (“Expiration Date”) . (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4 Early Possession: If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing per Para. 51 of Addendum (“Early Possession Date”) . (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent: $3,774.05 per month (“Base Rent”) , payable on the fifteenth day of each month commencing November 15, 2013. (See also Paragraph 4)

¨ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph n/a

1.6 Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses: Per paragraph 54 of Addendum. 0 percent (0%) (“ Lessee’s Share ”)

In the event that the size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease. Lessor shall recalculate Lessee’s Share to reflect such modification.

1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:

(a) Base Rent: $3,774.05 for the period November 15 — December 14, 2013.

(b) Common Area Operating Expenses: $                     for the period                     .

(c) Security Deposit: $3,774.05 (“Security Deposit”) . (See also Paragraph 5)

(d) Other: $ n/a for                      .

(e) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $7,548.10.

1.8 Agreed Use: Biotechnology research and development; related office and other related uses consistent with the character of the Project and uses permitted in the IL-2-1 zone of the City of San Diego. (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 Insuring Party. Lessor is the “Insuring Party”. (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15 and 25)

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (the “Brokers” ) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

þ Cushman & Wakefield of San Diego, Inc. represents Lessor exclusively ( “Lessor’s Broker” );

þ Jones Lang LaSalle, Inc. represents Lessee exclusively ( “Lessee’s Broker” ); or

¨                      represents both Lessor and Lessee ( “Dual Agency” ).

(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers the fee agreed to in the attached separate written agreement or if no such agreement is attached, the sum of          or 6% of the total Base Rent payable for the Original Term, the sum of              or              of the total Base Rent payable during any period of time that the Lessee occupies the Premises subsequent to the Original Term, and/or the sum of         or     % of the purchase price in the event that the Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises.

1.11 Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by n/a (“Guarantor”) . (See also Paragraph 37)

1.12 Attachments. Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 1 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


þ an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 50 through 70;

þ a site plan depicting the Premises;

¨ a site plan depicting the Project;

¨ a current set of the Rules and Regulations for the Project;

¨ a current set of the Rules and Regulations adopted by the owners ’ association;

¨ a Work Letter;

¨  other (specify):                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       .

2. Premises.

2.1 Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. NOTE: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition. Lessor shall deliver that portion of the Premises contained within the Building (“ Unit ”) to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“ Start Date ”), and , so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by-Lessee and in effect within thirty days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ( “HVAC” ), loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements in the Unit, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Unit does not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law. If a non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. The warranty periods shall be as follows: (i) 36 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Unit. If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense (except for the repairs to the fire sprinkler systems, roof, foundations, and/or bearing walls—see Paragraph 7).

2.3 Compliance. Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises and the Common Areas comply with the building codes that were in effect at the time that each such improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed, and also with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances in effect on the Start Date (“Applicable Requirements”) . Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 49), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements, and especially the zoning are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Unit, Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building ( “Capital Expenditure” ), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however, that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination. Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1/144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessors share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements. Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations,

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 2 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

2.6 Vehicle Parking. Lessee shall be entitled to use the number of Parking Spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Lessor for parking. Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Lessor may regulate the loading and unloading of vehicles by adopting Rules and Regulations as provided in Paragraph 2.9. No vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles may be parked in the Common Area without the prior written permission of Lessor. In addition:

(a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

(b) Lessee shall not service or store any vehicles in the Common Areas.

(c) If Lessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.7 Common Areas—Definition. The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Unit that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.8 Common Areas—Lessee’s Rights. Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas—Rules and Regulations. Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations ( “Rules and Regulations” ) for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.

2.10 Common Areas—Changes. Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways; but in no event shall the rentable square footage of the Lessee’s Premises increase.

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

3. Term .

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Early Possession. Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 Delay In Possession. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date, Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed by Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

3.4 Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

4. Rent.

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 3 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


4.1. Rent Defined . All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent ( “Rent” ).

4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses” . Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share (as specified in Paragraph 1.6) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The following costs relating to the ownership and operation of the Project are defined as “Common Area Operating Expenses” :

(i) Costs relating to the operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition, but not the replacement (see subparagraph (e)), of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas and Common Area improvements, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, parkways, walkways, driveways, landscaped areas, bumpers, irrigation systems. Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators, roofs, exterior walls of the buildings, building systems and roof drainage systems.

(bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

(cc) Any fire sprinkler systems.

(dd) All other areas and improvements that are within the exterior boundaries of the Project but outside of the Premises and/or any other space occupied by a tenant.

(ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas and any utilities not separately metered.

(iii) The cost of trash disposal, pest control services, property management, security services, owner’s association dues and fees, the cost to repaint the exterior of any structures and the cost of any environmental inspections.

(iv) Reserves set aside for maintenance and repair of Common Areas and Common Area equipment.

(v) Any increase above the Base Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10).

(vi) Any “Insurance Cost Increase” (as defined in Paragraph 8).

(vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas.

(viii) Auditors’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees and costs related to the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Project.

(ix) The cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3 provided; however, that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee’s Share of 1/144th of the cost of such capital improvement in any given month.

(x) The cost of any other services to be provided by Lessor that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

(b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Unit, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Unit, Building, or other building. However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor’s estimate of the annual Common Area Operating Expenses. Within 60 days after written request (but not more than once each year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses for the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments during such year exceed Lessee’s Share, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee’s future payments. If Lessee’s payments during such year were less than Lessee’s Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

(e) Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include the cost of replacing equipment or capital components such as the roof, foundations, exterior walls or Common Area capital improvements, such as the parking lot paving, elevators, fences that have a useful life for accounting purposes of 5 years or more.

(f) Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or insurance proceeds.

4.3 Payment . Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any statement or invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

5. Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced. Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 4 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. Use.

6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the Building or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Project. If Lessor elects to withhold consent. Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lessor Indemnification. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 8.7, Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which suffered as a direct result of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee taking possession or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(f) Investigations and Remediation . Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee taking possession, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “ Alterations ”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

(g) Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13). Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 5 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to such Requirements, without regard to whether said Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any known water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold: or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that Lessee believes might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor’s “ Lender ” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets ( MSDS ) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor.

7. Maintenance; Repairs; Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations.

(a) In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises. Utility Installations (intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing. HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.2. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair.

(b) Service Contracts. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler and pressure vessels, and (iii) clarifiers. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

(c) Failure to Perform. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 115% of the cost thereof.

(d) Replacement. Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (ie. 1/144th of the cost per month). Lessee shall pay Interest on the unamortized balance but may prepay its obligation at any time.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system. Common Area fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Lessor shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Lessor be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

(a) Definitions. The term “Utility Installations” refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “ Alterations ” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

(b) Consent. Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing. HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month’s Base Rent in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month’s Base Rent in any one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 6 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

(c) Liens; Bonds. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself. Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, than Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures. Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Premises) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Payment of Premium Increases.

(a) As used herein, the term “Insurance Cost Increase” is defined as any increase in the actual cost of the insurance applicable to the Building and/or the Project and required to be carried by Lessor, pursuant to Paragraphs 8.2(b), 8.3(a) and 8.3(b), over and above the Base Premium, as hereinafter defined, calculated on an annual basis. Insurance Cost Increase shall include, but not be limited to, requirements of the holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises, Building and/or Project, increased valuation of the Premises, Building and/or Project, and/or a general premium rate increase. The term Insurance Cost Increase shall not, however, include any premium increases resulting from the nature of the occupancy of any other tenant of the Building. The “Base Premium” shall be the annual premium applicable to the 12 month period immediately preceding the Start Date. If, however, the Project was not insured for the entirety of such 12 month period, then the Base Premium shall be the lowest annual premium reasonably obtainable for the Required Insurance as of the Start Date, assuming the most nominal use possible of the Building. In no event, however, shall Lessee be responsible for any portion of the premium cost attributable to liability insurance coverage in excess of $2,000,000 procured under Paragraph 8.2(b).

(b) Lessee shall pay any Insurance Cost Increase to Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Start Date or Expiration Date.

8.2 Liability Insurance.

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Lessor. Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance—Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

(a) Building and Improvements. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence.

(b) Rental Value. Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 7 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“ Rental Value insurance ”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

(c) Adjacent Premises. Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Lessee’s Improvements. Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker’s Compensation Insurance.

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property. Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

(b) Business Interruption. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

(c) Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Lessee shall obtain and maintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements. Such policy shall include a ‘Waiver of Subrogation ’ endorsement. Lessee shall provide Lessor with a copy of such endorsement along with the certificate of insurance or copy of the policy required by paragraph 8.5.

(d) No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity . Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises. Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising from third party actions, suits, claims or proceedings arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability. Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to-the-person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property or Lessee. Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, -indoor air quality the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the-Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or please, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Definitions.

(a) “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total Notwithstanding the foregoing. Premises Partial Damage shall not include damage to windows, doors, and/or other similar items which Lessee has the responsibility to repair or replace pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 7.1.

(b) “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 8 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the Premises which requires restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage—Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event. Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available. Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage—Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

9.4 Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee. Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

(a) Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired , but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies. If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 30 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “ Commence ” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 Termination; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor, Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

10. Real Property Taxes .

10.1 Definitions.

(a) “Real Property Taxes.” As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. The term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.

(b) “Base Real Property Taxes.” As used herein, the term “Base Real Property Taxes” shall be the amount of Real Property

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 9 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


Taxes, which are assessed against the Premises, Building, Project or Common Areas in the calendar year during which the Lease is executed. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and tax year have in common.

10.2 Payment of Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements. Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other tenants or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other Tenants. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Common Area Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.

10.4 Joint Assessment. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

11. Utilities and Services. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4.2, if at any time in Lessor’s sole judgment. Lessor determines that Lessee is using a disproportionate amount of water, electricity or other commonly metered utilities, or that Lessee is generating such a large volume of trash as to require an increase in the size of the trash receptacle and/or an increase in the number of times per month that it is emptied, then Lessor may increase Lessee’s Base Rent by an amount equal to such increased costs. There shall be no abatement of Rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

12. Assignment and Subletting.

 

  12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required.

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment” ) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 25% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall : (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any , together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request . Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 10 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting . The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein;

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies .

13.1 Default; Breach . A “ Default ” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

(c) The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41, (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “ debtor ” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed; (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies . If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice). Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee; (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 11 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of releting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys, fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover any damages to which Lessor is otherwise entitled. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer. Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 Inducement Recapture . Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “ Inducement Provisions ”, shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late Charges . Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 business days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee. Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary. Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest . Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within 30 days following the date on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the 31st day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments. The interest (“ Interest ”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor .

(a) Notice of Breach . Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished to Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance; then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor . In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

14. Condemnation . If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “ Condemnation ”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the floor area of the Unit, or more than 25% of the parking spaces is taken by Condemnation. Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation. Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. Brokerage Fees .

15.1 Additional Commission . In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing. Lessor agrees that; (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 12 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the fee schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time the Lease was executed.

15.2 Assumption of Obligations . Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due. then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships . Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

16. Estoppel Certificates .

(a) Each Party (as “ Responding Party ”) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “ Requesting Party ”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “ Estoppel Certificate ” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be stopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate. In addition, Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to provide such an Estoppel Certificate will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, should the Lessee fail to execute and/or deliver a requested Estoppel Certificate in a timely fashion the monthly Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater for remainder of the Lease. The Parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Definition of Lessor . The term “ Lessor ” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease, In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor, Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

 

 

 

19. Days . Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “ days ” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability . The obligations of Lessor or Lessee under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor or Lessee or their , or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and neither party shall look to any Lessee shall look to the Permises, and to no other assets of the other party Lessor , for the satisfaction of any liability of given party Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against the other parties, Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer . This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

23. Notices .

23.1 Notice Requirements . All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice . Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail, If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 13 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers .

(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estopple to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of monies or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship .

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

(i) Lessor’s Agent . A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor : A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor : a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(ii) Lessee’s Agent . An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee : A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor : a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee . A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: a. A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. b. Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease: provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover . Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies . No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement . All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law . This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance .

30.1 Subordination . This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “ Security Device ”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender” ) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment . In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Devise to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lesser or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 14 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


ownership: (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor. (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner.

30.3 Non-Disturbance . With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease. Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “ Non-Disturbance Agreement ”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self-Executing . The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees . If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “ Prevailing Party ” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs . Showing Premises; Repairs, Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect on Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33. Auctions . Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs . Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Except for ordinary “For Sublease signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

35. Termination; Merger . Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents . Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

37. Guarantor .

37.1 Execution . The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

37.2 Default . It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession . Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease. Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. Options. If Lessee is granted any option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

39.1 Definition . “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor: (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee . Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options . In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options .

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 15 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Security Measures . Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

41. Reservations . Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, and (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights.

42. Performance Under Protest . If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” within 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

43. Authority.: Multiple Parties; Execution .

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

44. Conflict . Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer . Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments . This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder. Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

48. Arbitration of Disputes . An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease ¨ is ¨ is not attached to this Lease.

49. Americans with Disabilities Act . Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT. AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED. THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 16 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at: San Diego, California     Executed: San Diego, California
On:                                                                                                              On:                                                                                                         
By LESSOR:     By LESSEE:
                                                                                                                    Ignyta, Inc., a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ Robert C. Kyle                                                                          By: /s/ Jonathan Lim                                                                        
Name Printed: Robert C. Kyle     Name Printed: Jonathan Lim
Title: Trustee of the Robert C. Kyle 1979 Insurance Trust     Title: Chairman, CEO, and Co–Founder
By:                                                                                                               By:                                                                                                         
Name Printed: Barbara Ann Battey     Name Printed:                                                                                     
Title: Trustee of the Barbara Ann Battey Trust dated January 27, 2000     Title:                                                                                                      
Address: 2910 Owen Street San Diego, CA 92106     Address: 110 95 Flintkote Ave, Ste D San Diego, CA 92121
Telephone: (619) 222-1841     Telephone: (    ) 
Facsimile: (    )     Facsimile: (    ) 
Email: rckyle@aol.com     Email:                                                                                                    
Email:                                                                                                         Email:                                                                                                    
Federal ID No.                                                                                        Federal ID No.                                                                                   
BROKER:     BROKER:
Cushman & Wakefield of San Diego, Inc     Jones Lang LaSalle, Inc.
Att: Ted Jacobs     Att: Grant Schoneman
Title: Associate Director     Title: Vice President
Address: 4747 Executive Drive, Ste 900 San Diego, CA 92121     Address: 4747 Executive Drive, Ste 400 San Diego, CA 92121
Telephone:(858) 558-5675     Telephone: (858 ) 410-1252
Facsimile: (    )     Facsimile: (    )
Email: ted. jacobs@cushwake.com     Email: grant.schoneman@am.jll.com
Federal ID No.                                                                                        Federal ID No.                                                                                   
Broker/Agent DRE License #: 01855220     Broker/Agent DRE License #: 01516695
                                                                                                                   

 

                                                                                                                   

 

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017. Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

(c)Copyright 1998 By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved.

No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

/s/ RCK

  PAGE 17 OF 17  

/s/ JL

INITIALS     INITIALS
©1998—AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTG-13-09/12E


ADDENDUM TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL

MULTI-TENANT LEASE-GROSS

This Addendum is made this 13th day of September, 2013 and is attached to and made part of that certain lease entitled “Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Gross” (“Lease”) by and between Robert C. Kyle as Trustee of the Robert C. Kyle 1979 Insurance Trust and Barbara Ann Battey as Trustee of the Barbara Ann Battey Trust dated January 27, 2000 (“Lessor”) and lgnyta, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”).

50. Premises . Lessee shall lease Lab #4 (Rooms 220, 221, and 223), approximately 1,841 Rentable Square Feet. Lessee shall have free access to the reception, hallways, conference rooms, restrooms, and glass wash/autoclave.

51. Commencement and Early Possession . The Lease shall commence September 1, 2013. Lessor shall provide early access to install trade fixtures once Lessee has provided a mutual executed lease, proof of liability insurance, first month’s base rent, and security deposit.

52. Base Rent and Security Deposit . The initial base rental rate shall be $2.05 per rentable square foot per month on a triple net basis. Lessee to pay first full month of base rent upon execution of the Lease. Security Deposit shall be equal to one (1) month base rent. If Lessee is late in the payment of rent or other charges after applicable notice and opportunity to cure, (a) two or more times in a 12 month period, or (b) three or more times during the Term of the Lease, then the Security Deposit shall be increased to an amount equal to four months of the then current Base Rent and NNN charges.

53. TI Allowance . Space is as is, with the exception that the Landlord will provide and pay for two (2) 8’ fume hoods and Tenant to pay for two (2) 8’ fume hoods. Tenant to pay for all installation costs associated with the fume hoods. All costs associated with installation of the fume hoods shall be credited to Tenant as a rent offset.

54. Operating Expenses . Lessee shall pay its pro-rata share of Operating Expenses, agreed to be $0.50/SF/month for the balance of 2013. Operating Expenses for 2014 will be based on 2013 actual, not to exceed $0.55/SF/month. Lessee shall pay its pro-rata share of utilities which is approximately 5.25%. Lessee shall separately contract for any services and maintenance contracts which exclusively serve the Premises.

55. Assignment and Subleasing . Lessee may assign or sublease the Lease with Lessor’s prior written consent according to the Terms and Conditions stated in the Lease.

56. Lease Extension . The parties agree that not before the beginning of month eight (8) of the Lease or after the end of month ten (10) of the Lease, they will enter negotiations on a Lease extension.

57. Parking . Lessee shall receive three (3) parking spaces. All parking shall be unreserved and on a first-come-first-served basis. There shall be no charge for parking for the initial Lease Term or any extensions thereafter.

58. Consideration of Other Tenants . Lessee shall not create any health or safety risks, odors, or nuisance to any other Lessees in the Project: nor preclude, nor limit any present of future Lessees’ use of their premises or Common Areas.

59. Permitted Hazardous Substances . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in section 1.8 above. Lessee may use amounts and types of Hazardous Substances which are reasonable and customary for purposes of conducting its business operations in accordance with its Permitted Use of the Premises provided such use is in accordance with Applicable Requirements.

60. Duty to Inform Lessor of Violation . Lessee’s Duty to Inform under paragraph 6.2(b) shall apply also to any violation of Applicable Requirements and/or Law.

61. Surrender; Restoration of Improvements . All improvements installed in the Premises that were paid for either using funds from the Improvement Allowance or otherwise paid for by Lessor (1) shall not constitute Lessee owned Alterations or Utility Installations and (2) shall be surrendered as provided in Paragraph 7.4 of the Lease upon expiration of the Term of earlier termination of this Lease except with respect to the hoods, which Lessee and Lessor acknowledge and agree, shall remain at the Premises and shall not be removed and the areas should not be restored.

62. Lessor’s Damages from Lessee’s Holdover . Lessee shall pay Lessor for any and all costs and/or damages incurred by Lessor as a result of any Holdover by Lessee.

 

Page 1 of 3


63. Attorney’s Fees . Lessor shall further be entitled to recover reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in connection with any hearing or motion for assumption or rejection of the Lease under Title 11 of the United States Code.

64. Signage . Lessee shall be granted standard signage rights for the subject premises. Said Signage shall be mutually agreed upon between Lessor and Lessee in accordance with the Sign criteria for the Project and according to city and government codes and regulations. All costs associated with design, fabrication, installation, maintenance, eventual removal of said signage shall be borne exclusively by Lessee.

65. Confidentiality . The terms of the Lease are confidential. No party to the Lease, nor any broker, shall disclose any of the terms of the Lease to any other party.

66. Exit Assessment . Lessor shall provide an environmental exit assessment indicating the Premises is clean. Lessee shall do the same prior to the Lease Expiration. Lessee shall, at its own expense, retain an environmental consultant, reasonably pre-approved by the Lessor, to prepare and deliver to Lessee, Lessor and any appropriate governmental agency, a Environmental Exit Report for the Premises upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, such report to be as complete and broad in scope as is necessary to secure a site closure from any appropriate governmental regulatory agency (herein referred to as “Exit Report”). Lessee shall correct any deficiencies identified in the Exit Report which it was responsible for creating in accordance with its obligations under this Section 66 shall survive the termination of the Lease. During any period of time employed by Lessee after the termination of this Lease to complete the removal from the Premises or Project or remediation of any such Hazardous Materials. Lessee shall continue to (1) have the right to access the Premises to the extent necessary to accomplish the removal from the Premises or Project or remediation of any such Hazardous Materials and (2) pay the full rental in accordance with the Lease, which rental shall be prorated daily. The Exit Report from the qualified environmental consultant will determine if the use of the site by Lessee negatively impacted the Premises by causing any trace, or presence of hazardous materials or residues in the subject facility. The qualified environmental consultant will have a current $2 Million of Errors and Omission Insurance policy.

67. Control Areas . Lessee shall not store, at the Premises, more than Lessee’s pro rata share of allowed combustible materials based upon the ratio of the Premises floor area to the total “Control Area” of which the Premises is a past.

68. Brokerage . Lessee represent that no commission or finder’s fee is due to any broker other than Jones Lang LaSalle, Inc. (“Broker”). Furthermore parties do not expect Broker to disclose information deemed confidential to either party. Lessor shall be responsible for payment of a commission to Broker per a separate agreement.

69. Lender Approval . The lease is subject to approval by Lessor’s mortgage holder. John Hancock Life Insurance Company.

70. Addendum to Prevail . In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Addendum and the provisions of the Lease to which it is attached, then, to the extent only of the inconsistency, the Addendum shall prevail.

 

/ S / RCK     / S / JL
Lessor’s Initials     Lessee’s Initials

 

Page 2 of 3


Exhibit A

Premises

 

LOGO

 

Page 3 of 3

Exhibit 10.9

LEASE

by and between

BMR-COAST 9 LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

and

IGNYTA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation


LEASE

THIS LEASE (this “ Lease ”) is entered into as of this 19th day of February, 2013 (the “ Execution Date ”), by and between BMR-COAST 9 LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and IGNYTA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord owns certain real property (the “ Property ”) and the improvements on the Property located at 11080, 11100, 11120 and 11180 Roselle Street and 11055, 11095, 11111, 11125 and 11175 Flintkote Avenue, San Diego, California, known as the “Coast 9 Project;” and

B. WHEREAS, Landlord wishes to lease to Tenant, and Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, certain premises (the “ Premises ”) known as Suite D and located in the building located at 11095 Flintkote Avenue, San Diego, California (the “ Building ”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease, as detailed below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Lease of Premises .

1.1. Effective on the Term Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, for use by Tenant in accordance with the Permitted Use (as defined below) and no other uses. The Property and all landscaping, parking facilities, private drives and other improvements and appurtenances related thereto, including the Building and other buildings located on the Property and the Amenities Building (as defined below), are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Project .” All portions of the Building that are for the non-exclusive use of the tenants of the Building only, and not the tenants of the Project generally, such as service corridors, stairways, elevators, public restrooms and public lobbies (all to the extent located in the Building), are hereinafter referred to as “ Building Common Area .” All portions of the Project that are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project generally, including driveways, sidewalks, parking areas, landscaped areas, public lobbies and the amenities building (the “ Amenities Building ”) in which Landlord may provide certain amenities, including food services, a fitness center and a conference center (“ Amenities Building Services ”) (but excluding Building Common Area), are hereinafter referred to as “ Project Common Area .” The Building Common Area and Project Common Area are collectively referred to herein as “ Common Area .”

2. Basic Lease Provisions . For convenience of the parties, certain basic provisions of this Lease are set forth herein. The provisions set forth herein are subject to the remaining terms and conditions of this Lease and are to be interpreted in light of such remaining terms and conditions.


2.1. This Lease shall take effect upon the Execution Date and, except as specifically otherwise provided within this Lease, each of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant from the date of execution and delivery hereof by all parties hereto.

2.2. In the definitions below, each current Rentable Area (as defined below) is expressed in square feet. Rentable Area and “ Tenant’s Pro Rata Shares ” are all subject to adjustment as provided in this Lease.

 

Definition or Provision

  

Means the Following
(As of the Term
Commencement Date)

Approximate Rentable Area of Premises

   3,945 square feet

Approximate Rentable Area of Building

   22,518 square feet

Approximate Rentable Area of Project

   163,799 square feet

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Building

   17.52%

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Project

   2.41%

2.3. Initial monthly and annual installments of Base Rent for the Premises (“ Base Rent ”) as of the Term Commencement Date:

 

Dates

   Square
Feet of
Rentable
Area
     Base Rent per Square
Foot of Rentable Area
     Monthly
Base Rent
     Annual Base
Rent
 

Months 1 - 6

     2,000       $ 2.350000 monthly       $ 4,700.00       $ 56,400.00

Months 6 - 12

     3,000       $ 2.350000 monthly       $ 7,050.00       $ 84,600.00

Months 13 - 24

     3,945       $ 2.420500 monthly       $ 9,548.87       $ 114,586.44   

Months 25 - 36

     3,945       $ 2.493115 monthly       $ 9,835.34       $ 118,024.08   

Months 37 - 42

     3,945       $ 2.567908 monthly       $ 10,130.40       $ 121,564.80

 

* Note: Amount based on twelve (12) months.

2.4. Estimated Term Commencement Date: March 1, 2013

2.5. Estimated Term Expiration Date: August 31, 2016

 

2


2.6. Security Deposit: $9,270.75

2.7. Permitted Use: Office and laboratory use in conformity with all federal, state, municipal and local laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations of Governmental Authorities (as defined below), committees, associations, or other regulatory committees, agencies or governing bodies having jurisdiction over the Premises, the Building, the Property, the Project, Landlord or Tenant, including both statutory and common law and hazardous waste rules and regulations (“ Applicable Laws ”)

 

2.8. Address for Rent Payment:

   BMR-Coast 9 LP
   P.O. Box 511635
   Los Angeles, California 90051-8190

2.9. Address for Notices to Landlord:

   BMR-Coast 9 LP
   17190 Bernardo Center Drive
   San Diego, California 92128
   Attn: Vice President, Real Estate Counsel

2.10. Address for Notices to Tenant:

   Ignyta, Inc.
   11095 Flintkote Avenue, Suite D
   San Diego, CA 92121
   Attn: Mandy Woods

2.11. Address for Invoices to Tenant:

   Ignyta, Inc.
   11095 Flintkote Avenue, Suite D
   San Diego, CA 92121
   Attn: Mandy Woods

2.12. The following Exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit A    Premises
Exhibit B    Tenant Improvements
Exhibit C    Acknowledgement of Term Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date
Exhibit D    [Intentionally omitted]
Exhibit E    Form of Letter of Credit
Exhibit F    Rules and Regulations
Exhibit G    [Intentionally omitted]
Exhibit H    Tenant’s Personal Property
Exhibit I    Form of Estoppel Certificate
Exhibit J    [Intentionally omitted]
Exhibit K    Signage

3. Term . The actual term of this Lease (as the same may be extended pursuant to Article 42 hereof, and as the same may be earlier terminated in accordance with this Lease, the “ Term ”)

 

3


shall commence on the actual Term Commencement Date (as defined in Article 4 ) and end on the date that is forty-two (42) months after the actual Term Commencement Date (such date, the “ Term Expiration Date ”), subject to earlier termination of this Lease as provided herein. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1933 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.

3.1. Termination Option . Tenant shall have the one-time option to terminate this Lease (the “ Termination Option ”) effective as of the date that is twenty-four (24) months after the actual Term Commencement Date (such date, the “ Termination Date ”) by providing Landlord no less than nine (9) months’ prior written notice (the “ Termination Notice ”). Simultaneously with delivery of the Termination Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the Termination Fee (as defined below) as consideration for and a condition precedent to such early termination. The “ Termination Fee ” means an amount equal to the unamortized amount (as of the Termination Date) of any brokers’ commission payable in connection with this Lease, which amount shall be calculated by amortizing the same at zero percent (0%) per annum commencing on the actual Term Commencement Date and ending on the Term Expiration Date. If Tenant fails to timely deliver to Landlord the Termination Notice or the Termination Fee, then the Termination Option shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect. If Tenant timely delivers to Landlord the Termination Notice and the Termination Fee, then Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord on or before the Termination Date in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease. If Tenant does not so surrender the Premises in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease on or before the Termination Date, then Tenant, pursuant to Article 27 , shall become a tenant at sufferance until the actual date (the “ Surrender Date ”) that Tenant surrenders the Premises to Landlord in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease. If Tenant timely delivers to Landlord the Termination Notice and the Termination Fee, then this Lease shall terminate on the later of (a) the Termination Date and (b) the Surrender Date, and shall thereafter be of no further force or effect, except for those provisions that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Tenant shall not be permitted to exercise the Termination Option during such period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of this Lease. Any attempted exercise of the Termination Option during a period of time in which Tenant is so in Default shall be void and of no force or effect. The Termination Option is personal to Ignyta, Inc. and may not be exercised by any assignee, sublessee or transferee of this Lease.

4. Possession and Commencement Date .

4.1. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to tender possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Estimated Term Commencement Date, with the work (the “ Tenant Improvements ”) required of Landlord described on Exhibit B Substantially Complete (as defined below). Tenant agrees that in the event such work is not Substantially Complete on or before the Estimated Term Commencement Date for any reason, then (a) this Lease shall not be void or voidable, (b) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, (c) Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Estimated Term Commencement Date (and the Term Commencement Date shall occur on the Estimated Term Commencement Date pursuant to Section 4.2 below) and (d) Landlord shall thereafter use

 

4


commercially reasonable efforts to Substantially Complete the Tenant Improvements as soon as reasonably practicable. The term “ Substantially Complete ” or “ Substantial Completion ” means that the Tenant Improvements are substantially complete in accordance with Exhibit B , except for minor punch list items. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord’s obligation to timely achieve Substantial Completion shall be subject to extension on a day-for-day basis as a result of Force Majeure (as defined below).

4.2. The “ Term Commencement Date ” shall be the earlier to occur of (a) the Estimated Term Commencement Date and (b) the day Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant with the Tenant Improvements Substantially Complete. If possession is delayed by action of Tenant, then the Term Commencement Date shall be the date that the Term Commencement Date would have occurred but for such delay. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord written acknowledgment of the actual Term Commencement Date and the Term Expiration Date within ten (10) days after Tenant takes occupancy of the Premises, in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto. Failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment, however, shall not affect the Term Commencement Date or Landlord’s or Tenant’s liability hereunder. Failure by Tenant to obtain validation by any medical review board or other similar governmental licensing of the Premises required for the Permitted Use by Tenant shall not serve to extend the Term Commencement Date.

4.3. In the event that Landlord permits (in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) Tenant to enter upon the Premises prior to the Term Commencement Date for the purpose of installing improvements or the placement of personal property, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord evidence satisfactory to Landlord that insurance coverages required of Tenant under the provisions of Article 23 are in effect, and such entry shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease other than the payment of Base Rent; and provided , further, that if the Term Commencement Date is delayed due to such early access, then the Term Commencement Date shall be the date that the Term Commencement Date would have occurred but for such delay.

4.4. Landlord shall cause the Tenant Improvements to be constructed in the Premises at Landlord’s sole cost and expense; provided , however, that (a) if Tenant breaches its obligations under this Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligations under Section 4.5 below), and (b) such breach causes Landlord to incur additional costs with respect to the Tenant Improvements, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such additional costs within thirty (30) days after receiving an invoice from Landlord therefor.

4.5. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may be constructing the Tenant Improvements in the Premises after the Term Commencement Date and during Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant shall permit Landlord to enter the Premises at all times (including during business hours) to construct the Tenant Improvements, and Tenant shall otherwise reasonably cooperate with Landlord throughout the construction process to enable Landlord to complete the Tenant Improvements in a timely and efficient manner. In constructing the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as is reasonably possible; provided , however, that in no event shall Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements in the

 

5


Premises (a) cause Tenant’s Rent (as defined below) to abate under this Lease, (b) give rise to any claim by Tenant for damages or (c) constitute a forcible or unlawful entry, a detainer or an eviction of Tenant.

5. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or with respect to the suitability of the Premises, the Building or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is fully familiar with the condition of the Premises and agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Term Commencement Date and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Premises, except with respect to the Tenant Improvements. Tenant’s taking of possession of the Premises shall, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, conclusively establish that the Premises, the Building and the Project were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Landlord hereby represents and warrants that, as of the Term Commencement Date, (a) all Building systems, including the heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical and plumbing systems serving the Premises, are in good working order and condition, and (b) the Premises is in compliance with all Applicable Laws.

6. Rentable Area .

6.1. The term “ Rentable Area ” shall reflect such areas as reasonably calculated by Landlord’s architect, as the same may be reasonably adjusted from time to time by Landlord in consultation with Landlord’s architect to reflect changes to the Premises, the Building or the Project, as applicable.

6.2. The Rentable Area of the Building is generally determined by making separate calculations of Rentable Area applicable to each floor within the Building and totaling the Rentable Area of all floors within the Building. The Rentable Area of a floor is computed by measuring to the outside finished surface of the permanent outer Building walls. The full area calculated as previously set forth is included as Rentable Area, without deduction for columns and projections or vertical penetrations, including stairs, elevator shafts, flues, pipe shafts, vertical ducts and the like, as well as such items’ enclosing walls.

6.3. The term “ Rentable Area ,” when applied to the Premises, is that area equal to the usable area of the Premises, plus an equitable allocation of Rentable Area within the Building that is not then utilized or expected to be utilized as usable area, including that portion of the Building devoted to corridors, equipment rooms, restrooms, elevator lobby, atrium and mailroom.

6.4. The Rentable Area of the Project is the total Rentable Area of all buildings within the Project.

6.5. Review of allocations of Rentable Areas as between tenants of the Building and the Project shall be made as frequently as Landlord deems appropriate, including in order to facilitate an equitable apportionment of Operating Expenses (as defined below). If such review

 

6


is by a licensed architect and allocations are certified by such licensed architect as being correct, then Tenant shall be bound by such certifications.

7. Rent .

7.1. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Base Rent for the Premises, commencing on the Term Commencement Date, the sums set forth in Section 2.3 . Base Rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 2.3 , each in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term.

7.2. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”) at times hereinafter specified in this Lease (a) Tenant’s Share (as defined below) of Operating Expenses (as defined below), (b) the Property Management Fee (as defined below) and (c) any other amounts that Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease that are owed to Landlord, including any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after notice and the lapse of any applicable cure periods.

7.3. Base Rent and Additional Rent shall together be denominated “ Rent .” Rent shall be paid to Landlord, without abatement, deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America at the office of Landlord as set forth in Section 2.8 or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time designate in writing. In the event the Term commences or ends on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the Rent for such fraction of a month shall be prorated for such period on the basis of a thirty (30) day month and shall be paid at the then-current rate for such fractional month.

7.4. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by (a) any Applicable Laws now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, (b) any other restriction on Tenant’s use, (c) except as expressly provided herein, any casualty or taking or (d) any other occurrence; and Tenant waives all rights now or hereafter existing to terminate or cancel this Lease or quit or surrender the Premises or any part thereof, or to assert any defense in the nature of constructive eviction to any action seeking to recover rent.

8. [Intentionally omitted]

9. Operating Expenses .

9.1. As used herein, the term “ Operating Expenses ” shall include:

(a) Government impositions, including property tax costs consisting of real and personal property taxes and assessments (including amounts due under any improvement bond upon the Building or the Project (including the parcel or parcels of real property upon which the Building, the other buildings in the Project and areas serving the Building and the Project are located)) or assessments in lieu thereof imposed by any federal, state, regional, local or municipal governmental authority, agency or subdivision (each, a “ Governmental Authority ”); taxes on or measured by gross rentals received from the rental of space in the Project; taxes

 

7


based on the square footage of the Premises, the Building or the Project, as well as any parking charges, utilities surcharges or any other costs levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Applicable Laws or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use or occupancy of the Project or the parking facilities serving the Project; taxes on this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest in the Premises; any fee for a business license to operate an office building; and any expenses, including the reasonable cost of attorneys or experts, reasonably incurred by Landlord in seeking reduction by the taxing authority of the applicable taxes, less tax refunds obtained as a result of an application for review thereof. Operating Expenses shall not include any net income, franchise, capital stock, estate or inheritance taxes, or taxes that are the personal obligation of Tenant or of another tenant of the Project; and

(b) All other costs of any kind paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation or maintenance of the Building and the Project (including the Amenities Building, which shall include (i) Project office rent at fair market rental for a commercially reasonable amount of space for Project management personnel located in the Amenities Building, to the extent an office used for Project operations is maintained at the Project, plus customary expenses for such office, and (ii) fair market rent for the portion of the Amenities Building used in providing the Amenities Building Services), and costs of repairs and replacements to improvements within the Project as appropriate to maintain the Project as required hereunder, including costs of funding such reasonable reserves as Landlord, consistent with good business practice, may establish to provide for future repairs and replacements; costs of utilities furnished to the Common Areas; sewer fees; cable television; trash collection; cleaning, including windows (including those of the Amenities Building); heating; ventilation; air-conditioning; maintenance of landscaping and grounds; maintenance of drives and parking areas; maintenance of the roof (including that of the Amenities Building); security services and devices; building supplies; maintenance or replacement of equipment utilized for operation and maintenance of the Project; license, permit and inspection fees; sales, use and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Building or Project systems and equipment; telephone, postage, stationery supplies and other expenses incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project; accounting, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Project; costs of furniture, draperies, carpeting, landscaping, snow removal and other customary and ordinary items of personal property provided by Landlord for use in Common Areas or in the Project office; capital expenditures; costs of complying with Applicable Laws (except to the extent such costs are incurred to remedy non-compliance as of the Execution Date with Applicable Laws); costs to keep the Project in compliance with, or fees otherwise required under, any CC&Rs (as defined below); insurance premiums, including premiums for commercial general liability, property casualty, earthquake, terrorism and environmental coverages; portions of insured losses paid by Landlord as part of the deductible portion of a loss pursuant to the terms of insurance policies; service contracts; costs of services of independent contractors retained to do work of a nature referenced above; and costs of compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) of all persons who perform regular and recurring duties connected with the day-to-day operation and maintenance of the Project, its equipment, the adjacent walks, landscaped areas, drives and parking areas, including janitors, floor waxers, window washers, watchmen, gardeners, sweepers, plow trucks and handymen.

 

8


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include any leasing commissions; expenses that relate to preparation of rental space for a tenant; expenses of initial development and construction, including grading, paving, landscaping and decorating (as distinguished from maintenance, repair and replacement of the foregoing); legal expenses relating to other tenants; costs of repairs to the extent reimbursed by payment of insurance proceeds received by Landlord; interest upon loans to Landlord or secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Project or a portion thereof ( provided that interest upon a government assessment or improvement bond payable in installments shall constitute an Operating Expense under Subsection 9.1(a) ); salaries of executive officers of Landlord; depreciation claimed by Landlord for tax purposes ( provided that this exclusion of depreciation is not intended to delete from Operating Expenses actual costs of repairs and replacements and reasonable reserves in regard thereto that are provided for in Subsection 9.1(b) ); and taxes that are excluded from Operating Expenses by the last sentence of Subsection 9.1(a) . To the extent that Tenant uses more than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any item of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall pay Landlord for such excess in addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses (such excess, together with Tenant’s Pro Rata Share, “ Tenant’s Share ”); provided , however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of Operating Expenses actually paid or incurred by Landlord.

9.2. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, as Additional Rent, (a) the Property Management Fee (as defined below) and (b) Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses with respect to the Building and the Project, as applicable, for such month.

(x) The “ Property Management Fee ” shall equal three percent (3%) of Base Rent due from Tenant. Tenant shall pay the Property Management Fee in accordance with Section 9.2 with respect to the entire Term, including any extensions thereof or any holdover periods, regardless of whether Tenant is obligated to pay Base Rent, Operating Expenses or any other Rent with respect to any such period or portion thereof.

(y) Within ninety (90) days after the conclusion of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required by Landlord), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the actual Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year. Any additional sum due from Tenant to Landlord shall be immediately due and payable. If the amounts paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section exceed Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the Rent next due and owing from Tenant; provided that, if the Lease term has expired, Landlord shall accompany such statement with payment for the amount of such difference.

(z) Any amount due under this Section for any period that is less than a full month shall be prorated (based on a thirty (30)-day month) for such fractional month.

9.3. Landlord may, from time to time, modify Landlord’s calculation and allocation procedures for Operating Expenses, so long as such modifications produce Dollar results substantially consistent with Landlord’s then-current practice at the Project. Since the Project consists of multiple buildings, certain Operating Expenses may pertain to a particular building(s)

 

9


and other Operating Expenses to the Project as a whole. Landlord reserves the right in its sole discretion to equitably allocate any such costs applicable to any particular building within the Project to such building, and other such costs applicable to the Project to each building in the Project (including the Building), with the tenants in each building being responsible for paying their respective proportionate shares of their buildings to the extent required under their leases. Landlord shall allocate such costs to the buildings (including the Building) in a reasonable, non-discriminatory manner, and such allocation shall be binding on Tenant.

9.4. [Intentionally omitted]

9.5. Tenant shall not be responsible for Operating Expenses attributable to the time period prior to the Term Commencement Date; provided , however, that if Landlord shall permit Tenant possession of the Premises prior to the Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall be responsible for Operating Expenses from such earlier date of possession. Tenant’s responsibility for Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses shall continue to the latest of (a) the date of termination of the Lease, (b) the date Tenant has fully vacated the Premises and (c) if termination of the Lease is due to a default by Tenant, the date of rental commencement of a replacement tenant.

9.6. Operating Expenses for the calendar year in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein commences and for the calendar year in which such obligation ceases shall be prorated on a basis reasonably determined by Landlord. Expenses such as taxes, assessments and insurance premiums that are incurred for an extended time period shall be prorated based upon the time periods to which they apply so that the amounts attributed to the Premises relate in a reasonable manner to the time period wherein Tenant has an obligation to share in Operating Expenses.

9.7. Within ten (10) business days after the end of each calendar month, Tenant shall submit to Landlord an invoice, or, in the event an invoice is not available, an itemized list, of all costs and expenses that (a) Tenant has incurred (either internally or by employing third parties) during the prior month and (b) for which Tenant reasonably believes it is entitled to reimbursements from Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease or that Tenant reasonably believes is the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to this Lease or Exhibit B .

9.8. In the event that the Building or Project is less than fully occupied during a calendar year, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may extrapolate Operating Expenses that vary depending on the occupancy of the Building or Project, as applicable, to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of what such Operating Expenses would have been had the Building or Project, as applicable, been fully occupied during such calendar year; provided , however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of Operating Expenses.

10. Taxes on Tenant’s Property .

10.1. Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any and all taxes levied against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises.

 

10


10.2. If any such taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or, if the assessed valuation of the Building, the Property or the Project is increased by inclusion therein of a value attributable to Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures, and if Landlord, after written notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based upon any such increase in the assessed value of the Building, the Property or the Project, then Tenant shall, upon demand, repay to Landlord the taxes so paid by Landlord.

10.3. If any improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which improvements conforming to Landlord’s building standards (the “ Building Standard ”) in other spaces in the Building are assessed, then the real property taxes and assessments levied against Landlord or the Building, the Property or the Project by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 10.2 . Any such excess assessed valuation due to improvements in or alterations to space in the Project leased by other tenants at the Project shall not be included in Operating Expenses. If the records of the applicable governmental assessor’s office are available and sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for determining whether such Tenant improvements or alterations are assessed at a higher valuation than the Building Standard, then such records shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant.

11. Security Deposit .

11.1. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord on or before the Execution Date the sum set forth in Section 2.6 (the “ Security Deposit ”), which sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the period commencing on the Execution Date and ending upon the expiration or termination of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. If Tenant Defaults (as defined below) with respect to any provision of this Lease, including any provision relating to the payment of Rent, then Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) days following demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1950.7 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.

11.2. In the event of bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for all periods prior to the filing of such proceedings.

11.3. Landlord may deliver to any purchaser of Landlord’s interest in the Premises the funds deposited hereunder by Tenant, and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any

 

11


further liability with respect to such deposit. This provision shall also apply to any subsequent transfers.

11.4. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, then the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

11.5. [Intentionally omitted]

11.6. If the Security Deposit shall be in cash, Landlord shall hold the Security Deposit in an account at a banking organization selected by Landlord; provided , however, that Landlord shall not be required to maintain a separate account for the Security Deposit, but may intermingle it with other funds of Landlord. Landlord shall be entitled to all interest and/or dividends, if any, accruing on the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to credit Tenant with any interest for any period during which Landlord does not receive interest on the Security Deposit.

11.7. The Security Deposit may be in the form of cash, a letter of credit or any other security instrument acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant may at any time, except when Tenant is in Default (as defined below), deliver a letter of credit (the “ L/C Security ”) as the entire Security Deposit, as follows:

(a) If Tenant elects to deliver L/C Security, then Tenant shall provide Landlord, and maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term and until the date that is six (6) months after the then-current Term Expiration Date, a letter of credit in the form of Exhibit E issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, in the amount of the Security Deposit, with an initial term of at least one year. Landlord may require the L/C Security to be re-issued by a different issuer at any time during the Term if Landlord reasonably believes that the issuing bank of the L/C Security is or may soon become insolvent; provided, however, Landlord shall return the existing L/C Security to the existing issuer immediately upon receipt of the substitute L/C Security. If any issuer of the L/C Security shall become insolvent or placed into FDIC receivership, then Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord (without the requirement of notice from Landlord) substitute L/C Security issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and otherwise conforming to the requirements set forth in this Article. As used herein with respect to the issuer of the L/C Security, “insolvent” shall mean the determination of insolvency as made by such issuer’s primary bank regulator ( i.e ., the state bank supervisor for state chartered banks; the OCC or OTS, respectively, for federally chartered banks or thrifts; or the Federal Reserve for its member banks). If, at the Term Expiration Date, any Rent remains uncalculated or unpaid, then (i) Landlord shall with reasonable diligence complete any necessary calculations, (ii) Tenant shall extend the expiry date of such L/C Security from time to time as Landlord reasonably requires and (iii) in such extended period, Landlord shall not unreasonably refuse to consent to an appropriate reduction of the L/C Security. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord’s legal costs (as estimated by Landlord’s counsel) in handling Landlord’s acceptance of L/C Security or its replacement or extension.

 

12


(b) If Tenant delivers to Landlord satisfactory L/C Security in place of the entire Security Deposit, Landlord shall remit to Tenant any cash Security Deposit Landlord previously held.

(c) Landlord may draw upon the L/C Security, and hold and apply the proceeds in the same manner and for the same purposes as the Security Deposit, if (i) an uncured Default (as defined below) exists, (ii) as of the date forty-five (45) days before any L/C Security expires (even if such scheduled expiry date is after the Term Expiration Date) Tenant has not delivered to Landlord an amendment or replacement for such L/C Security, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, extending the expiry date to the earlier of (1) six (6) months after the then-current Term Expiration Date or (2) the date one year after the then-current expiry date of the L/C Security, (iii) the L/C Security provides for automatic renewals, Landlord asks the issuer to confirm the current L/C Security expiry date, and the issuer fails to do so within ten (10) business days, (iv) Tenant fails to pay (when and as Landlord reasonably requires) any bank charges for Landlord’s transfer of the L/C Security or (v) the issuer of the L/C Security ceases, or announces that it will cease, to maintain an office in the city where Landlord may present drafts under the L/C Security (and fails to permit drawing upon the L/C Security by overnight courier or facsimile). This Section does not limit any other provisions of this Lease allowing Landlord to draw the L/C Security under specified circumstances.

(d) Tenant shall not seek to enjoin, prevent, or otherwise interfere with Landlord’s draw under L/C Security, even if it violates this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the only effect of a wrongful draw would be to substitute a cash Security Deposit for L/C Security, causing Tenant no legally recognizable damage. Landlord shall hold the proceeds of any draw in the same manner and for the same purposes as a cash Security Deposit. In the event of a wrongful draw, the parties shall cooperate to allow Tenant to post replacement L/C Security simultaneously with the return to Tenant of the wrongfully drawn sums, and Landlord shall upon request confirm in writing to the issuer of the L/C Security that Landlord’s draw was erroneous.

(e) If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, then Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense, within five (5) business days after receiving a request from Landlord, deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) an amendment to the L/C Security naming Landlord’s grantee as substitute beneficiary. If the required Security Deposit changes while L/C Security is in force, then Tenant shall deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) a corresponding amendment to the L/C Security.

12. Use .

12.1. Tenant shall use the Premises for the Permitted Use, and shall not use the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be used, for any other purpose without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

12.2. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of Applicable Laws; zoning ordinances; or the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building or the Project, and shall, upon five (5) days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises that is declared or claimed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of any of the above, or that in Landlord’s reasonable opinion violates any of the above. Tenant

 

13


shall comply with any direction of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction that shall, by reason of the nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Premises or with respect to the use or occupation thereof.

12.3. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything that will invalidate or increase the cost of any fire, environmental, extended coverage or any other insurance policy covering the Building or the Project, and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the insurers of the Building and the Project, and Tenant shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for such policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article.

12.4. Tenant shall keep all doors opening onto public corridors closed, except when in use for ingress and egress.

12.5. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made to existing locks or the mechanisms thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall, upon termination of this Lease, return to Landlord all keys to offices and restrooms either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. In the event any key so furnished to Tenant is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change.

12.6. No awnings or other projections shall be attached to any outside wall of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord’s standard window coverings. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without Landlord’s prior written consent, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills. No equipment, furniture or other items of personal property shall be placed on any exterior balcony without Landlord’s prior written consent.

12.7. No sign, advertisement or notice (“ Signage ”) shall be exhibited, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. Exterior Signage shall conform to the criteria and design set forth in Exhibit K attached hereto and shall only be permitted on one glass Signage panel at the Premises entry (which glass panel shall be installed by Landlord at Landlord’s sole cost and expense). For any Signage, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own cost and expense (subject to Landlord’s obligations with respect to the glass Signage panel as described in the immediately preceding grammatical sentence), (a) acquire all permits for such Signage in compliance with Applicable Laws and (b) design, fabricate, install and maintain such Signage in a first-class condition. Tenant shall be responsible for reimbursing Landlord for costs incurred by Landlord in removing any of Tenant’s Signage upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Interior signs on entry doors to the Premises shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and shall be of a size, color and type and be located in a place acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall not place anything on the exterior of the corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. At Landlord’s option, Landlord may install any Tenant Signage, and Tenant shall pay all costs associated with such installation within thirty (30) days after demand therefor.

 

14


12.8. Tenant may only place equipment within the Premises with floor loading consistent with the Building’s structural design unless Tenant obtains Landlord’s prior written approval. Tenant may place such equipment only in a location designed to carry the weight of such equipment.

12.9. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations therefrom from extending into the Common Areas or other offices in the Project.

12.10. Tenant shall not (a) do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises that shall in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Project, or injure or annoy them, (b) use or allow the Premises to be used for immoral, unlawful or objectionable purposes, (c) cause, maintain or permit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Project or (d) take any other action that would in Landlord’s reasonable determination in any manner adversely affect other tenants’ quiet use and enjoyment of their space or adversely impact their ability to conduct business in a professional and suitable work environment.

12.11. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for all liabilities, costs and expenses arising out of or in connection with the compliance of the Premises during the Term with the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq., and any state and local accessibility laws, codes, ordinances and rules (collectively, and together with regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, the “ ADA ”), and Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and its affiliates, employees, agents and contractors; and any lender, mortgagee or beneficiary (each, a “ Lender ” and, collectively with Landlord and its affiliates, employees, agents and contractors, the “ Landlord Indemnitees ”) harmless from and against any demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages, suits or judgments, and all reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements, regardless of whether the applicable demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit is voluntarily withdrawn or dismissed) incurred in investigating or resisting the same (collectively, “ Claims ”) arising out of any such failure of the Premises to comply with the ADA. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

13. Rules and Regulations, CC&Rs, Parking Facilities and Common Areas .

13.1. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with others, to use the Common Areas in conjunction with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use, and such use of the Common Areas and Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be subject to the rules and regulations adopted by Landlord and attached hereto as Exhibit F , together with such other reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations as are hereafter promulgated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (the “ Rules and Regulations ”). Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the violation or non-performance by any other tenant or any agent, employee or invitee thereof of any of the Rules and Regulations.

 

15


13.2. This Lease is subject to any recorded covenants, conditions or restrictions on the Project or Property (the “ CC&R s”), as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. Tenant shall comply with the CC&Rs.

13.3. Tenant shall have a non-exclusive, irrevocable license to use Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of parking facilities serving the Project in common on an unreserved basis with other tenants of the Project during the Term at no additional cost.

13.4. Tenant agrees not to unreasonably overburden the parking facilities and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of the parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right to determine that parking facilities are becoming overcrowded and to limit Tenant’s use thereof in a manner consistent with limitations applied to other tenants at the Project. Upon such determination, Landlord may reasonably allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants of the Building or the Project. Nothing in this Section, however, is intended to create an affirmative duty on Landlord’s part to monitor parking.

13.5. Landlord reserves the right to modify the Common Areas, including the right to add or remove exterior and interior landscaping and to subdivide real property. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord specifically reserves the right to allow the exclusive use of corridors and restroom facilities located on specific floors to one or more tenants occupying such floors; provided , however, that Tenant shall not be deprived of the use of the corridors reasonably required to serve the Premises or of restroom facilities serving the floor upon which the Premises are located.

14. Project Control by Landlord .

14.1. Landlord reserves full control over the Building and the Project to the extent not inconsistent with Tenant’s enjoyment of the Premises as provided by this Lease. This reservation includes Landlord’s right to subdivide the Project; convert the Building and other buildings within the Project to condominium units; change the size of the Project by selling all or a portion of the Project or adding real property and any improvements thereon to the Project; grant easements and licenses to third parties; maintain or establish ownership of the Building separate from fee title to the Property; make additions to or reconstruct portions of the Building and the Project; install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate for service to the Premises and other parts of the Building or the Project pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, wherever located in the Premises, the Building or elsewhere at the Project; and alter or relocate any other Common Area or facility, including private drives, lobbies and entrances; provided , however, that such rights shall be exercised in a way that does not materially adversely affect Tenant’s beneficial use and occupancy of the Premises, including the Permitted Use and Tenant’s access to the Premises.

14.2. Possession of areas of the Premises necessary for utilities, services, safety and operation of the Building is reserved to Landlord.

14.3. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, promptly execute such further documents as may be reasonably appropriate to assist Landlord in the performance of its obligations hereunder; provided that Tenant need not execute any document that creates additional liability

 

16


for Tenant or that deprives Tenant of the quiet enjoyment and use of the Premises as provided for in this Lease.

14.4. Landlord may, at any and all reasonable times during non-business hours (or during business hours, if (a) with respect to Subsections 14.4(u) through 14.4(y) , Tenant so requests, and (b) with respect to Subsection 14.4(z) , if Landlord so requests), and upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice ( provided that no time restrictions shall apply or advance notice be required if an emergency necessitates immediate entry), enter the Premises to (u) inspect the same and to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with its obligations hereunder, (v) supply any service Landlord is required to provide hereunder, (w) alter, improve or repair any portion of the Building other than the Premises for which access to the Premises is reasonably necessary, (x) post notices of nonresponsibility, (y) access the telephone equipment, electrical substation and fire risers and (z) show the Premises to prospective purchasers or tenants during the final year of the Term. In connection with any such alteration, improvement or repair as described in Subsection 14.4(w) , Landlord may erect in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project scaffolding and other structures reasonably required for the alteration, improvement or repair work to be performed. In no event shall Tenant’s Rent abate as a result of Landlord’s activities pursuant to this Section; provided , however, that all such activities shall be conducted in such a manner so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as is reasonably possible. Landlord shall at all times retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises. If an emergency necessitates immediate access to the Premises, Landlord may use whatever force is necessary to enter the Premises, and any such entry to the Premises shall not constitute a forcible or unlawful entry to the Premises, a detainer of the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof.

15. Quiet Enjoyment . Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon paying the Rent and performing its obligations contained in this Lease, may peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises, free from any claim by Landlord or persons claiming under Landlord, but subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof, provisions of Applicable Laws and rights of record to which this Lease is or may become subordinate. This covenant is in lieu of any other quiet enjoyment covenant, either express or implied.

16. Utilities and Services .

16.1. Tenant shall pay for all water (including the cost to service, repair and replace reverse osmosis, de-ionized and other treated water), gas, heat, light, power, telephone, internet service, cable television, other telecommunications and other utilities supplied to the Premises, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon. If any such utility is not separately metered to Tenant, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of all charges of such utility jointly metered with other premises as Additional Rent or, in the alternative, Landlord may, at its option, monitor the usage of such utilities by Tenant and charge Tenant with the cost of purchasing, installing and monitoring such metering equipment, which cost shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent. To the extent that Tenant uses more than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any utilities, then Tenant shall pay Landlord for Tenant’s Share of such utilities to reflect such excess; provided , however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of such utilities. In the event that the Building or Project is less than fully occupied during a calendar year, Tenant

 

17


acknowledges that Landlord may extrapolate utility usage that varies depending on the occupancy of the Building or Project (as applicable) to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of what such utility usage would have been had the Building or Project, as applicable, been fully occupied during such calendar year; provided , however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of such utilities. Tenant shall not be liable for the cost of utilities supplied to the Premises attributable to the time period prior to the Term Commencement Date; provided , however, that, if Landlord shall permit Tenant possession of the Premises prior to the Term Commencement Date and Tenant uses the Premises for any purpose other than placement of personal property as set forth in Section 4.3 , then Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of utilities supplied to the Premises from such earlier date of possession.

16.2. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall any eviction of Tenant result from, the failure to furnish any utility or service, whether or not such failure is caused by accident; breakage; repair; strike, lockout or other labor disturbance or labor dispute of any character; act of terrorism; shortage of materials, which shortage is not unique to Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be; governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action, inaction or delay; or other causes beyond Landlord’s control (collectively, “ Force Majeure ”) or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s negligence. In the event of such failure, Tenant shall not be entitled to termination of this Lease or any abatement or reduction of Rent, nor shall Tenant be relieved from the operation of any covenant or agreement of this Lease.

16.3. Tenant shall pay for, prior to delinquency of payment therefor, any utilities and services that may be furnished to the Premises during or, if Tenant occupies the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, after the Term, beyond those utilities provided by Landlord, including telephone, internet service, cable television and other telecommunications, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon. Upon Landlord’s demand, utilities and services provided to the Premises that are separately metered shall be paid by Tenant directly to the supplier of such utilities or services.

16.4. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use any device in the Premises (including data processing machines) that will in any way (a) increase the amount of ventilation, air exchange, gas, steam, electricity or water required or consumed in the Premises based upon Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or Project (as applicable) beyond the existing capacity of the Building or the Project usually furnished or supplied for the Permitted Use or (b) exceed Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building’s or Project’s (as applicable) capacity to provide such utilities or services.

16.5. If Tenant shall require utilities or services in excess of those usually furnished or supplied for tenants in similar spaces in the Building or the Project by reason of Tenant’s equipment or extended hours of business operations, then Tenant shall first procure Landlord’s consent for the use thereof, which consent Landlord may condition upon the availability of such excess utilities or services, and Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent an amount equal to the cost of providing such excess utilities and services.

16.6. Landlord shall provide water in Common Areas for lavatory and landscaping purposes only, which water shall be from the local municipal or similar source; provided , however, that if Landlord determines that Tenant requires, uses or consumes water provided to

 

18


the Common Areas for any purpose other than ordinary lavatory purposes, Landlord may install a water meter (“ Tenant Water Meter ”) and thereby measure Tenant’s water consumption for all purposes. Tenant shall pay Landlord for the costs of any Tenant Water Meter and the installation and maintenance thereof during the Term. If Landlord installs a Tenant Water Meter, Tenant shall pay for water consumed, as shown on such meter, as and when bills are rendered. If Tenant fails to timely make such payments, Landlord may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant. Any such costs or expenses incurred or payments made by Landlord for any of the reasons or purposes stated in this Section shall be deemed to be Additional Rent payable by Tenant and collectible by Landlord as such.

16.7. Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and utility systems, when Landlord deems necessary or desirable, due to accident, emergency or the need to make repairs, alterations or improvements, until such repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed ( provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to exercise such rights in a manner that minimizes interference with Tenant’s business operations in the Premises), and Landlord shall further have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply elevator facilities, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning or utility service when prevented from doing so by Force Majeure or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s negligence; a failure by a third party to deliver gas, oil or another suitable fuel supply; or Landlord’s inability by exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain gas, oil or another suitable fuel. Without limiting the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that any covenants on Landlord’s part to furnish any service pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, or to perform any act or thing for the benefit of Tenant, shall not be deemed breached if Landlord is unable to furnish or perform the same by virtue of Force Majeure or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s negligence.

16.8. The back-up generator located behind the Building is connected to the Premises’ emergency electrical panel (the “ Generator ”). Tenant shall be entitled to use up to its proportionate share (after deducting any power from the Generator required for the Common Area) of power from the Generator on a non-exclusive basis with other tenants in the Building or Project, as applicable. The cost of maintaining, repairing and replacing the Generator shall constitute Operating Expenses. Landlord expressly disclaims any warranties with regard to the Generator or the installation thereof, including any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Landlord shall maintain the Generator in good working condition, but shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance that is an obligation of Landlord unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance. The provisions of Section 16.2 of this Lease shall apply to the Generator.

16.9. For the Premises, Tenant shall (a) maintain and operate the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (including, without limitation, the exhaust fume hoods) exclusively serving the Premises used for the Permitted Use only (“ HVAC ”) and (b) subject to Subsection 16.9(a) , furnish HVAC as reasonably required (except as this Lease otherwise provides) for reasonably comfortable occupancy of the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, every day during the Term, subject to casualty, eminent domain or as otherwise specified in this Article.

 

19


Tenant shall keep in full force and effect during the Term (and occupancy by Tenant, if any, after termination of this Lease) a preventative maintenance contract for quarterly, semi-annual, and annual HVAC inspections and maintenance using a qualified, licensed, bonded service provider reasonably approved by Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, Landlord shall have no liability, and Tenant shall have no right or remedy, on account of any interruption or impairment in HVAC services. If requested in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall provide to Landlord copies of HVAC maintenance contracts and HVAC maintenance reports on a quarterly basis. In the event Landlord determines that Tenant is not properly maintaining the HVAC, Landlord may take over the responsibilities in (a) and (b) above. Any such costs or expenses incurred, or payments made by Landlord as a result of Tenant failing to properly maintain the HVAC, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent payable by Tenant and collectible by Landlord as such.

16.10. For any utilities serving the Premises for which Tenant is billed directly by such utility provider, Tenant agrees to furnish to Landlord (a) any invoices or statements for such utilities within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, (b) within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request, any other utility usage information reasonably requested by Landlord, and (c) within thirty (30) days after each calendar year during the Term, an ENERGY STAR ® Statement of Performance (or similar comprehensive utility usage report (e.g., related to Labs 21), if requested by Landlord) and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord for the immediately preceding year. Tenant shall retain records of utility usage at the Premises, including invoices and statements from the utility provider, for at least sixty (60) months, or such other period of time as may be requested by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that any utility information for the Premises, the Building and the Project may be shared with third parties, including Landlord’s consultants and Governmental Authorities. In the event that Tenant fails to comply with this Section, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to collect utility usage information directly from the applicable utility providers, and Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per month to collect such utility usage information. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

17. Alterations .

17.1. Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements in or to the Premises or engage in any construction, demolition, reconstruction, renovation, or other work (whether major or minor) of any kind in, at, or serving the Premises (“ Alterations ”) without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; provided , however, that in the event any proposed Alteration affects (a) any structural portions of the Building, including exterior walls, roof, foundation, foundation systems (including barriers and subslab systems), or core of the Building, (b) the exterior of the Building or (c) any Building systems, including elevator, plumbing, air conditioning, heating, electrical, security, life safety and power, then Landlord may withhold its approval with respect thereto in its reasonable discretion (except with respect to Alterations described in Subsection 17.1(a) , ( b ) or ( c ), in which case Landlord may withhold its approval in its sole and absolute discretion). Tenant shall, in making any such Alterations, use only those architects, contractors, suppliers and mechanics of which Landlord has given prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In seeking Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall provide Landlord, at least fourteen (14)

 

20


days in advance of any proposed construction, with plans, specifications, bid proposals, certified stamped engineering drawings and calculations by Tenant’s engineer of record or architect of record, (including connections to the Building’s structural system, modifications to the Building’s envelope, non-structural penetrations in slabs or walls, and modifications or tie-ins to life safety systems), work contracts, requests for laydown areas and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Alterations as Landlord may reasonably request. In no event shall Tenant use or Landlord be required to approve any architects, consultants, contractors, subcontractors or material suppliers that Landlord reasonably believes could cause labor disharmony.

17.2. Tenant shall not construct or permit to be constructed partitions or other obstructions that might interfere with free access to mechanical installation or service facilities of the Building or with other tenants’ components located within the Building, or interfere with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing such installations or facilities.

17.3. Tenant shall accomplish any work performed on the Premises or the Building in such a manner as to permit any life safety systems to remain fully operable at all times.

17.4. Any work performed on the Premises, the Building or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be done at such times and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time designate. Tenant covenants and agrees that all work done by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be performed in full compliance with Applicable Laws. Within thirty (30) days after completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with complete “as-built” drawing print sets and electronic CADD files on disc (or files in such other current format in common use as Landlord reasonably approves or requires) showing any changes in the Premises.

17.5. Before commencing any Alterations, Tenant shall give Landlord at least fourteen (14) days’ prior written notice of the proposed commencement of such work and shall, if required by Landlord, secure, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, a completion and lien indemnity bond satisfactory to Landlord for such work.

17.6. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by Tenant’s removal of any property from the Premises. During any such restoration period, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if such space were otherwise occupied by Tenant. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

17.7. The Premises plus any Alterations, Signage, Tenant Improvements, attached equipment, decorations, fixtures, movable laboratory casework and related appliances, trade fixtures, additions and improvements attached to or built into the Premises, made by either of the Parties (including all floor and wall coverings; paneling; sinks and related plumbing fixtures; laboratory benches; exterior venting fume hoods; walk-in freezers and refrigerators; ductwork; conduits; electrical panels and circuits; business and trade fixtures; attached machinery and equipment; and built-in furniture and cabinets, in each case, together with all additions and accessories thereto), shall (unless, prior to such construction or installation, Landlord elects otherwise) at all times remain the property of Landlord, shall remain in the Premises and shall (unless, prior to construction or installation thereof, Landlord elects otherwise) be surrendered to

 

21


Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. For the avoidance of doubt, the items listed on Exhibit H attached hereto (which Exhibit H may be updated by Tenant from and after the Term Commencement Date, subject to Landlord’s written consent) constitute Tenant’s property and shall be removed by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

17.8. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant remove any improvement from the Premises as to which Landlord contributed payment, including the Tenant Improvements, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

17.9. If Tenant shall fail to remove any of its property from the Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Landlord may, at its option, remove the same in any manner that Landlord shall choose and store such effects without liability to Tenant for loss thereof or damage thereto, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, any costs and expenses incurred due to such removal and storage or Landlord may, at its sole option and without notice to Tenant, sell such property or any portion thereof at private sale and without legal process for such price as Landlord may obtain and apply the proceeds of such sale against any (a) amounts due by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease and (b) any expenses incident to the removal, storage and sale of such personal property.

17.10. Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the cost to Tenant of all Alterations to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision thereof. For purposes of payment of such sum, Tenant shall submit to Landlord copies of all bills, invoices and statements covering the costs of such charges, accompanied by payment to Landlord of the fee set forth in this Section. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any extra expenses incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, or by reason of delays caused by such work, or by reason of inadequate clean-up.

17.11. Within sixty (60) days after final completion of any Alterations performed by Tenant with respect to the Premises, Tenant shall submit to Landlord documentation showing the amounts expended by Tenant with respect to such Alterations, together with supporting documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

17.12. Tenant shall take, and shall cause its contractors to take, commercially reasonable steps to protect the Premises during the performance of any Alterations, including covering or temporarily removing any window coverings so as to guard against dust, debris or damage.

17.13. Tenant shall require its contractors and subcontractors performing work on the Premises to name Landlord and its affiliates and Lenders as additional insureds on their respective insurance policies.

18. Repairs and Maintenance .

18.1. Landlord shall repair, maintain and keep in good condition the structural and exterior portions and Common Areas of the Building and the Project, including roofing and

 

22


covering materials; foundations; exterior walls; plumbing; fire sprinkler systems (if any); heating, ventilating, air conditioning systems; elevators; and electrical systems installed or furnished by Landlord.

18.2. Except for services of Landlord, if any, required by Section 18.1 , Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense maintain and keep the Premises and every part thereof in good condition and repair, damage thereto from ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall, upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, surrender the Premises to Landlord in as good a condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted; and shall, at Landlord’s request and Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove all telephone and data systems, wiring and equipment from the Premises, and repair any damage to the Premises caused thereby. Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof, other than as described in Exhibit B .

18.3. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance that is Landlord’s obligation pursuant to this Lease unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under Applicable Laws now or hereafter in effect to make repairs at Landlord’s expense.

18.4. If any excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to or under the Building, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, license to enter the Premises for the purpose of performing such work as such person shall deem necessary or desirable to preserve and protect the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or liability against Landlord and without reducing or otherwise affecting Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

18.5. This Article relates to repairs and maintenance arising in the ordinary course of operation of the Building and the Project. In the event of a casualty described in Article 24 , Article 24 shall apply in lieu of this Article. In the event of eminent domain, Article 25 shall apply in lieu of this Article.

18.6. Costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Article shall constitute Operating Expenses.

19. Liens .

19.1. Subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any liens arising out of work or services performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien filed against the Premises, the Building or the Project for work or services claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, or obligations incurred by Tenant shall be discharged or bonded by Tenant within ten (10) days after the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

23


19.2. Should Tenant fail to discharge or bond against any lien of the nature described in Section 19.1 , Landlord may, at Landlord’s election, pay such claim or post a statutory lien bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title, and Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof as Additional Rent. Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against any Claims arising from any such liens, including any administrative, court or other legal proceedings related to such liens.

19.3. In the event that Tenant leases or finances the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement shall, upon its face or by exhibit thereto, indicate that such financing statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Premises, the Building or the Project be furnished on a financing statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property located in an identified suite leased by Tenant. Should any holder of a financing statement record or place of record a financing statement that appears to constitute a lien against any interest of Landlord or against equipment that may be located other than within an identified suite leased by Tenant, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after learning of such financing statement, cause (a) a copy of the Lender security agreement or other documents to which the financing statement pertains to be furnished to Landlord to facilitate Landlord’s ability to demonstrate that the lien of such financing statement is not applicable to Landlord’s interest and (b) Tenant’s Lender to amend such financing statement and any other documents of record to clarify that any liens imposed thereby are not applicable to any interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Building or the Project.

20. Estoppel Certificate . Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of receipt of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing substantially in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit I , or on any other form reasonably requested by a proposed Lender or purchaser, (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (b) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (c) setting forth such further information with respect to this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Property. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such the prescribed time shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a Default (as defined below) under this Lease, and, in any event, shall be binding upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

 

24


21. Hazardous Materials .

21.1. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project in violation of Applicable Laws by Tenant or any of its employees, agents, contractors and invitees (collectively with Tenant, each a “ Tenant Party ”). If (a) Tenant breaches such obligation, (b) the presence of Hazardous Materials as a result of such a breach results in contamination of the Project, any portion thereof, or any adjacent property, (c) contamination of the Premises otherwise occurs during the Term or any extension or renewal hereof or holding over hereunder (other than if such contamination results from (i) migration of Hazardous Materials from outside the Premises not caused by a Tenant Party or (ii) to the extent such contamination is caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (d) contamination of the Project occurs as a result of Hazardous Materials that are placed on or under or are released into the Project by a Tenant Party, then Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all Claims, including (w) diminution in value of the Project or any portion thereof, (x) damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Project, (y) damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Project or any portion thereof and (z) sums paid in settlement of Claims that arise during or after the Term as a result of such breach or contamination. This indemnification by Tenant includes costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or groundwater above, on or under or about the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property caused or permitted by any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property, then Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole cost and expense as are necessary to return the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property to its respective condition existing prior to the time of such contamination; provided that Landlord’s written approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; and provided , further, that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if such actions could have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property. Tenant further agrees that it will not bring any Claim against Landlord arising from the presence of Hazardous Materials or the contamination of the Project, during the Term or any extension or renewal hereof or holding over hereunder, unless such Claim results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.

21.2. Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Article to prohibit Tenant from operating its business for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to the custom of Tenant’s industry so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored in accordance with Applicable Laws. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord (a) a list identifying each type of Hazardous Material to be present at the Premises that is subject to regulation under any environmental Applicable Laws, (b) a list of any and all approvals or permits from Governmental Authorities required in connection with the presence of such Hazardous Material at the Premises and (c) correct and complete copies of

 

25


(i) notices of violations of Applicable Laws related to Hazardous Materials and (ii) plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in, on, under or about the Project ( provided that installation of storage tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion) and closure plans or any other documents required by any and all Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on, under or about the Project for the closure of any such storage tanks (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials Documents ”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord updated Hazardous Materials Documents (l) no later than thirty (30) days prior to the initial occupancy of any portion of the Premises or the initial placement of equipment anywhere at the Project, (m) if there are any changes to the Hazardous Materials Documents, annually thereafter no later than December 31 of each year, and (n) thirty (30) days prior to the initiation by Tenant of any Alterations or changes in Tenant’s business that involve any material increase in the types or amounts of Hazardous Materials. For each type of Hazardous Material listed, the Hazardous Materials Documents shall include (t) the chemical name, (u) the material state (e.g., solid, liquid, gas or cryogen), (v) the concentration, (w) the storage amount and storage condition (e.g., in cabinets or not in cabinets), (x) the use amount and use condition (e.g., open use or closed use), (y) the location (e.g., room number or other identification) and (z) if known, the chemical abstract service number. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to provide Landlord with any Hazardous Materials Documents containing information of a proprietary nature, which Hazardous Materials Documents, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or activities related to Hazardous Materials. Landlord may, at Landlord’s expense, cause the Hazardous Materials Documents to be reviewed by a person or firm qualified to analyze Hazardous Materials to confirm compliance with the provisions of this Lease and with Applicable Laws. In the event that a review of the Hazardous Materials Documents indicates non-compliance with this Lease or Applicable Laws, Tenant shall, at its expense, diligently take steps to bring its storage and use of Hazardous Materials into compliance.

21.3. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 21.1 21.2 or 21.9 , if (a) Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, Lender or Governmental Authority to take material remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such party’s action or omission or use of the property in question or (b) Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee is subject to a material enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion (with respect to any such matter involving Tenant), and it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed transfer, assignment or subletting (with respect to any such matter involving a proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee).

21.4. At any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Project or any portion thereof to demonstrate that Hazardous Materials are present or that contamination has occurred due to the acts or omissions of a Tenant Party. Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs of such tests if such tests reveal that Hazardous Materials exist at the Project in violation of this Lease.

 

26


21.5. If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials installed or utilized by Tenant are located on the Premises, or are hereafter placed on the Premises by Tenant (or by any other party, if such storage tanks are utilized by Tenant), then Tenant shall monitor the storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other steps necessary or required under the Applicable Laws. Tenant shall have no responsibility or liability for underground or other storage tanks installed by anyone other than Tenant unless Tenant utilizes such tanks, in which case Tenant’s responsibility for such tanks shall be as set forth in this Section.

21.6. Tenant shall promptly report to Landlord any observed or suspected presence of mold or water intrusion at the Premises.

21.7. Tenant’s obligations under this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time needed by Tenant or Landlord after the termination of this Lease to complete the removal from the Premises of any such Hazardous Materials, Tenant shall be deemed a holdover tenant and subject to the provisions of Article 27 .

21.8. As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste that is or becomes regulated by any Governmental Authority.

21.9. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord shall have sole control over the equitable allocation of fire control areas (as defined in the Uniform Building Code as adopted by the city or municipality(ies) in which the Project is located (the “ UBC ”)) within the Project for the storage of Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the quantity of Hazardous Materials allowed by this Section 21.9 is specific to Tenant and shall not run with the Lease in the event of a Transfer (as defined in Article 29 ). In the event of a Transfer, if the use of Hazardous Materials by such new tenant (“ New Tenant ”) is such that New Tenant utilizes fire control areas in the Project in excess of New Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or the Project, as applicable, then New Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense and upon Landlord’s written request, establish and maintain a separate area of the Premises classified by the UBC as an “H” occupancy area for the use and storage of Hazardous Materials, or take such other action as is necessary to ensure that its share of the fire control areas of the Building and the Project is not greater than New Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or the Project, as applicable.

22. Odors and Exhaust . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord would not enter into this Lease with Tenant unless Tenant assured Landlord that under no circumstances will any other occupants of the Building or the Project (including persons legally present in any outdoor areas of the Project) be subjected to odors or fumes (whether or not noxious), and that the Building and the Project will not be damaged by any exhaust, in each case from Tenant’s operations. Landlord and Tenant therefore agree as follows:

22.1. Tenant shall not cause or permit (or conduct any activities that would cause) any release of any odors or fumes of any kind from the Premises.

 

27


22.2. If the Building has a ventilation system that, in Landlord’s judgment, is adequate, suitable, and appropriate to vent the Premises in a manner that does not release odors affecting any indoor or outdoor part of the Project, Tenant shall vent the Premises through such system. If Landlord at any time determines that any existing ventilation system is inadequate, or if no ventilation system exists, Tenant shall in compliance with Applicable Laws vent all fumes and odors from the Premises (and remove odors from Tenant’s exhaust stream) as Landlord requires. The placement and configuration of all ventilation exhaust pipes, louvers and other equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. Tenant acknowledges Landlord’s legitimate desire to maintain the Project (indoor and outdoor areas) in an odor-free manner, and Landlord may require Tenant to abate and remove all odors in a manner that goes beyond the requirements of Applicable Laws.

22.3. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provide odor eliminators and other devices (such as filters, air cleaners, scrubbers and whatever other equipment may in Landlord’s judgment be necessary or appropriate from time to time) to completely remove, eliminate and abate any odors, fumes or other substances in Tenant’s exhaust stream that, in Landlord’s judgment, emanate from Tenant’s Premises. Any work Tenant performs under this Section shall constitute Alterations.

22.4. Tenant’s responsibility to remove, eliminate and abate odors, fumes and exhaust shall continue throughout the Term. Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements shall not preclude Landlord from requiring additional measures to eliminate odors, fumes and other adverse impacts of Tenant’s exhaust stream (as Landlord may designate in Landlord’s discretion). Tenant shall install additional equipment as Landlord requires from time to time under the preceding sentence. Such installations shall constitute Alterations.

22.5. If Tenant fails to install satisfactory odor control equipment within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s demand made at any time, then Landlord may, without limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies, require Tenant to cease and suspend any operations in the Premises that, in Landlord’s determination, cause odors, fumes or exhaust. For example, if Landlord determines that Tenant’s production of a certain type of product causes odors, fumes or exhaust, and Tenant does not install satisfactory odor control equipment within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s request, then Landlord may require Tenant to stop producing such type of product in the Premises unless and until Tenant has installed odor control equipment satisfactory to Landlord.

23. Insurance; Waiver of Subrogation .

23.1. Landlord shall maintain insurance for the Building and the Project in amounts equal to full replacement cost (exclusive of the costs of excavation, foundations and footings, engineering costs or such other costs that would not be incurred in the event of a rebuild and without reference to depreciation taken by Landlord upon its books or tax returns) or such lesser coverage as Landlord may elect, provided that such coverage shall not be less than the amount of such insurance Landlord’s Lender, if any, requires Landlord to maintain, providing protection against any peril generally included within the classification “Fire and Extended Coverage,” together with insurance against sprinkler damage (if applicable), vandalism and malicious mischief. Landlord, subject to availability thereof, shall further insure, if Landlord deems it

 

28


appropriate, coverage against flood, environmental hazard, earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, rental loss during the period of repairs or rebuilding, Workers’ Compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, but shall not be deemed required to, provide insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or that are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord, without regard to whether or not such are made a part of or are affixed to the Building.

23.2. In addition, Landlord shall carry Commercial General Liability insurance with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence / general aggregate for bodily injury (including death), or property damage with respect to the Project.

23.3. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, procure and maintain in effect, beginning on the Term Commencement Date or the date of occupancy, whichever occurs first, and continuing throughout the Term (and occupancy by Tenant, if any, after termination of this Lease) with insurers financially acceptable and lawfully authorized to do business in the state where the Project is located Commercial General Liability insurance on a broad based occurrence coverage form, with limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence and in the aggregate for bodily injury (including death) and for property damage with respect to the Premises (including $100,000 fire legal liability (each loss)) with a $2,000,000 products and completed operations aggregate. Claims-made coverage is permitted, provided the policy retroactive date is continuously maintained prior to the commencement date of this agreement, and coverage is continuously maintained during all periods in which Tenant occupies the Premises.

23.4. The insurance required to be purchased and maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall name Landlord, BioMed Realty, L.P., BioMed Realty Trust, Inc., and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, general partners, members, subsidiaries, affiliates and Lenders (“ Landlord Parties ”) as additional insureds as respects liability arising from work or operations performed by or on behalf of Tenant and Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. Said insurance shall be with companies authorized to do business in the state in which the Project is located and at all times having a current rating of not less than A- and financial category rating of at least Class VII in “A.M. Best’s Insurance Guide” current edition. Tenant shall obtain for Landlord from the insurance companies or cause the insurance companies to furnish certificates of insurance evidencing all coverages required herein to Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies including any endorsements. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification or cancellation except after twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to Landlord from the insurer (except in the event of non-payment of premium, in which case ten (10) days written notice shall be given). Should carrier be unwilling or unable to provide such notice, Tenant shall provide notice to Landlord in accordance with this Section. All such policies shall be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not in excess of the coverage that Landlord may carry. Tenant’s required policies shall contain severability of interests clauses stating that, except with respect to limits of insurance, coverage shall apply separately to each insured or additional insured. Tenant’s policies shall contain dedicated or per location limits endorsements so that the amounts of insurance required herein shall not be

 

29


prejudiced by losses at other locations. Tenant shall, at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates of insurance or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and at its cost to be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent.

23.5. Tenant assumes the risk of damage to any fixtures, goods, inventory, merchandise, equipment and leasehold improvements, and Landlord shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or any loss of income therefrom, relative to such damage, all as more particularly set forth within this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, carry such insurance as Tenant desires for Tenant’s protection with respect to personal property of Tenant or business interruption.

23.6. In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord Parties as additional insureds, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s written request, also designate and furnish certificates evidencing such Landlord Parties as additional insureds to (a) any Lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Building, the Property or the Project, (b) the landlord under any lease whereunder Landlord is a tenant of the Property if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground lease rather than that of a fee owner and (c) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

23.7. Landlord, Tenant and each of their respective insurers hereby waive any and all rights of recovery or subrogation against one another or against the officers, directors, employees, agents, general partners, members, subsidiaries, affiliates and Lenders of the other as respects any loss, damage, claims, suits or demands, howsoever caused, that are covered, or should have been covered, by valid and collectible insurance, including any deductibles or self-insurance maintained thereunder. If necessary, each party agrees to endorse the required insurance policies to permit waivers of subrogation as required hereunder and hold harmless and indemnify the other party for any loss or expense incurred as a result of a failure to obtain such waivers of subrogation from insurers. Such waivers shall continue so long as their respective insurers so permit. Any termination of such a waiver shall be by written notice to the other party, containing a description of the circumstances hereinafter set forth in this Section. Landlord and Tenant, upon obtaining the policies of insurance required or permitted under this Lease, shall give notice to the insurance carrier or carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease. If such policies shall not be obtainable with such waiver or shall be so obtainable only at a premium over that chargeable without such waiver, then the party seeking such policy shall notify the other of such conditions, and the party so notified shall have ten (10) days thereafter to either (a) procure such insurance with companies reasonably satisfactory to the other party or (b) agree to pay such additional premium (in Tenant’s case, in the proportion that the area of the Premises bears to the insured area). If the parties do not accomplish either (a) or (b), then this Section shall have no effect during such time as such policies shall not be obtainable or the party in whose favor a waiver of subrogation is desired refuses to pay the additional premium. If such policies shall at any time be unobtainable, but shall be subsequently obtainable, then neither party shall be subsequently liable for a failure to obtain such insurance until a reasonable time after notification thereof by the other party. If the release of either Landlord or Tenant, as set forth in the first sentence of this Section, shall

 

30


contravene Applicable Laws, then the liability of the party in question shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other party’s insurer.

23.8. Landlord may require insurance policy limits required under this Lease to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s Lender or to bring coverage limits to levels then being required of new tenants within the Project.

23.9. Any costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Article shall constitute a portion of Operating Expenses.

 

24. Damage or Destruction .

24.1. In the event of a partial destruction of (a) the Premises or (b) Common Areas of the Building or the Project ((a) and (b) together, the “ Affected Areas ”) by fire or other perils covered by extended coverage insurance not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value thereof, and provided that (x) the damage thereto is such that the Affected Areas may be repaired, reconstructed or restored within a period of four (4) months from the date of the happening of such casualty, (y) Landlord shall receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the cost of such repairs, reconstruction and restoration (except for any deductible amount provided by Landlord’s policy, which deductible amount, if paid by Landlord, shall constitute an Operating Expense) and (z) such casualty was not intentionally caused by a Tenant Party, then Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair, reconstruction and restoration of the Affected Areas and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

24.2. In the event of any damage to or destruction of the Building or the Project other than as described in Section 24.1 , Landlord may elect to repair, reconstruct and restore the Building or the Project, as applicable, in which case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Landlord elects not to repair, reconstruct and restore the Building or the Project, as applicable, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such damage or destruction.

24.3. Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days following the date of damage or destruction of its election not to repair, reconstruct or restore the Building or the Project, as applicable.

24.4. Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Article, the parties shall be released thereby without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord, except with regard to (a) items occurring prior to the damage or destruction and (b) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof.

24.5. In the event of repair, reconstruction and restoration as provided in this Article, all Rent to be paid by Tenant under this Lease shall be abated proportionately based on the extent to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired during the period of such repair, reconstruction or restoration, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair, reconstruction and restoration that, in Tenant’s reasonable opinion, is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business; provided , however, that the amount of such abatement

 

31


shall be reduced by the proceeds of business interruption or loss of rental income insurance actually received by Tenant with respect to the Premises.

24.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, should Landlord be delayed or prevented from completing the repair, reconstruction or restoration of the damage or destruction to the Premises after the occurrence of such damage or destruction by Force Majeure or delays caused by a Tenant Party, then the time for Landlord to commence or complete repairs, reconstruction and restoration shall be extended on a day-for-day basis; provided , however, that, at Landlord’s election, Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs, reconstruction and restoration.

24.7. If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair, reconstruct or restore as herein provided, then Landlord shall be obligated to make such repairs, reconstruction or restoration only with regard to (a) those portions of the Premises that were originally provided at Landlord’s expense and (b) the Common Area portion of the Affected Areas. The repairs, reconstruction or restoration of improvements not originally provided by Landlord or at Landlord’s expense shall be the obligation of Tenant. In the event Tenant has elected to upgrade certain improvements from the Building Standard, Landlord shall, upon the need for replacement due to an insured loss, provide only the Building Standard, unless Tenant again elects to upgrade such improvements and pay any incremental costs related thereto, except to the extent that excess insurance proceeds, if received, are adequate to provide such upgrades, in addition to providing for basic repairs, reconstruction and restoration of the Premises, the Building and the Project.

24.8. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct or restore the Premises if the damage resulting from any casualty covered under this Article occurs during the last twenty-four (24) months of the Term or any extension thereof, or to the extent that insurance proceeds are not available therefor.

24.9. Landlord’s obligation, should it elect or be obligated to repair, reconstruct or restore, shall be limited to the Affected Areas. Tenant shall, at its expense, replace or fully repair all of Tenant’s personal property and any Alterations installed by Tenant existing at the time of such damage or destruction. If Affected Areas are to be repaired, reconstructed or restored in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord shall make available to Tenant any portion of insurance proceeds it receives that are allocable to the Alterations constructed by Tenant pursuant to this Lease; provided Tenant is not then in default under this Lease, and subject to the requirements of any Lender of Landlord.

25. Eminent Domain .

25.1. In the event (a) the whole of all Affected Areas or (b) such part thereof as shall substantially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to such authority, except with regard to (y) items occurring prior to

 

32


the taking and (z) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof.

25.2. In the event of a partial taking of (a) the Building or the Project or (b) drives, walkways or parking areas serving the Building or the Project for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of right of appropriation, condemnation, or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, then, without regard to whether any portion of the Premises occupied by Tenant was so taken, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease (except with regard to (y) items occurring prior to the taking and (z) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof) as of such taking if such taking is, in Landlord’s sole opinion, of a material nature such as to make it uneconomical to continue use of the unappropriated portion for purposes of renting office or laboratory space.

25.3. Tenant shall be entitled to any award that is specifically awarded as compensation for (a) the taking of Tenant’s personal property that was installed at Tenant’s expense and (b) the costs of Tenant moving to a new location. Except as set forth in the previous sentence, any award for such taking shall be the property of Landlord.

25.4. If, upon any taking of the nature described in this Article, this Lease continues in effect, then Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Affected Areas to substantially their same condition prior to such partial taking. To the extent such restoration is infeasible, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, the Rent shall be decreased proportionately to reflect the loss of any portion of the Premises no longer available to Tenant.

26. Surrender .

26.1. At least ten (10) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (a) a facility decommissioning and Hazardous Materials closure plan for the Premises (“ Exit Survey ”) prepared by an independent third party reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (b) written evidence of all appropriate governmental releases obtained by Tenant in accordance with Applicable Laws, including laws pertaining to the surrender of the Premises, and (c) proof that the Premises have been decommissioned in accordance with American National Standards Institute (“ ANSI ”) Publication Z9.11-2008 (entitled “Laboratory Decommissioning”) or any successor standards published by ANSI or any successor organization (or, if ANSI and its successors no longer exist, a similar entity publishing similar standards). In addition, Tenant agrees to remain responsible after the surrender of the Premises for the remediation of any recognized environmental conditions set forth in the Exit Survey (to the extent Tenant is responsible for such conditions under this Lease) and compliance with any recommendations relating to such conditions set forth in the Exit Survey. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

26.2. No surrender of possession of any part of the Premises shall release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, unless such surrender is accepted in writing by Landlord.

26.3. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building, the Property or the

 

33


Project, unless Landlord consents in writing, and shall, at Landlord’s option, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all subleases.

26.4. The voluntary or other surrender of any ground or other underlying lease that now exists or may hereafter be executed affecting the Building or the Project, or a mutual cancellation thereof or of Landlord’s interest therein by Landlord and its lessor shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building or the Property and shall, at the option of the successor to Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Project, as applicable, operate as an assignment of this Lease.

 

27. Holding Over .

27.1. If, with Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant holds possession of all or any part of the Premises after the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and in such case Tenant shall continue to pay (a) Base Rent in accordance with Article 7 and (b) any amounts for which Tenant would otherwise be liable under this Lease if the Lease were still in effect, including payments for Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses. Any such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein.

27.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without Landlord’s prior written consent, (a) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that the monthly rent shall be equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Rent in effect during the last thirty (30) days of the Term, and (b) Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any and all damages suffered by Landlord as a result of such holdover, including any lost rent or consequential, special and indirect damages.

27.3. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall not result in an extension, renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

27.4. The foregoing provisions of this Article are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of reentry or any other rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by Applicable Laws.

27.5. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

28. Indemnification and Exculpation .

28.1. Tenant agrees to indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all Claims arising from injury or death to any person or damage to any property occurring within or about the Premises, the Building, the Property or the Project arising directly or indirectly out of a Tenant Party’s use or occupancy of the Premises or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct.

 

34


28.2. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for and Tenant assumes all risk of (a) damage or losses caused by fire, electrical malfunction, gas explosion or water damage of any type (including broken water lines, malfunctioning fire sprinkler systems, roof leaks or stoppages of lines), unless any such loss is due to Landlord’s willful disregard of written notice by Tenant of need for a repair that Landlord is responsible to make for an unreasonable period of time, and (b) damage to personal property or scientific research, including loss of records kept by Tenant within the Premises. Tenant further waives any claim for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property as described in this Section. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing or this Lease to the contrary, except (x) as otherwise provided herein, (y) as may be provided by Applicable Laws or (z) in the event of Tenant’s breach of Article 21 or Section 26.1 , in no event shall Landlord or Tenant be liable to the other for any consequential, special or indirect damages arising out of this Lease.

28.3. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any other tenant in the Building or the Project, or of any other third party.

28.4. Tenant acknowledges that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts. Landlord shall not be liable for injuries or losses caused by criminal acts of third parties, and Tenant assumes the risk that any security device or service may malfunction or otherwise be circumvented by a criminal. If Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain appropriate insurance coverage.

28.5. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

29. Assignment or Subletting .

29.1. Except as hereinafter expressly permitted, Tenant shall not, either voluntarily or by operation of Applicable Laws, directly or indirectly sell, hypothecate, assign, pledge, encumber or otherwise transfer this Lease, or sublet the Premises (each, a “ Transfer ”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In no event shall Tenant perform a Transfer to or with an entity that is a tenant at the Project or that is in discussions or negotiations with Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord to lease premises at the Project.

29.2. In the event Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, then, at least thirty (30) but not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “ Transfer Date ”), Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord (the “ Transfer Notice ”) containing information (including references) concerning the character of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; the Transfer Date; any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; and the consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, all in such detail as Landlord shall reasonably require.

 

35


29.3. Landlord, in determining whether consent should be given to a proposed Transfer, may give consideration to (a) the financial strength of such transferee, assignee or sublessee (notwithstanding Tenant remaining liable for Tenant’s performance), (b) any change in use that such transferee, assignee or sublessee proposes to make in the use of the Premises and (c) Landlord’s desire to exercise its rights under Section 29.8 to cancel this Lease. In no event shall Landlord be deemed to be unreasonable for declining to consent to a Transfer to a transferee, assignee or sublessee of poor reputation, lacking financial qualifications or seeking a change in the Permitted Use, or jeopardizing directly or indirectly the status of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Revenue Code ”). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, (w) no Transfer shall be consummated on any basis such that the rental or other amounts to be paid by the occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits derived by the business activities of such occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee; (x) Tenant shall not furnish or render any services to an occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee with respect to whom transfer consideration is required to be paid, or manage or operate the Premises or any capital additions so transferred, with respect to which transfer consideration is being paid; (y) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person in which Landlord owns an interest, directly or indirectly (by applying constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 856(d)(5) of the Revenue Code); and (z) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person or in any manner that could cause any portion of the amounts received by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or any sublease, license or other arrangement for the right to use, occupy or possess any portion of the Premises to fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Revenue Code, or any similar or successor provision thereto or which could cause any other income of Landlord to fail to qualify as income described in Section 856(c)(2) of the Revenue Code.

29.4. The following are conditions precedent to a Transfer or to Landlord considering a request by Tenant to a Transfer:

(a) Tenant shall remain fully liable under this Lease during the unexpired Term;

(b) Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the value of Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not be diminished or reduced by the proposed Transfer. Such evidence shall include evidence respecting the relevant business experience and financial responsibility and status of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee;

(c) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred in connection with the review, processing and documentation of such request;

(d) If Tenant’s transfer of rights or sharing of the Premises provides for the receipt by, on behalf of or on account of Tenant of any consideration of any kind whatsoever (including a premium rental for a sublease or lump sum payment for an assignment, but excluding Tenant’s reasonable costs in marketing and subleasing the Premises) in excess of the

 

36


rental and other charges due to Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall pay fifty percent (50%) of all of such excess to Landlord, after making deductions for any reasonable marketing expenses, tenant improvement funds expended by Tenant, alterations, cash concessions, brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees and free rent actually paid by Tenant. If such consideration consists of cash paid to Tenant, payment to Landlord shall be made upon receipt by Tenant of such cash payment;

(e) The proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree that, in the event Landlord gives such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments shall be received by Landlord without any liability being incurred by Landlord, except to credit such payment against those due by Tenant under this Lease, and any such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided , however, that in no event shall Landlord or its Lenders, successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment;

(f) Landlord’s consent to any such Transfer shall be effected on Landlord’s forms;

(g) Tenant shall not then be in default hereunder in any respect;

(h) Such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee’s use of the Premises shall be the same as the Permitted Use;

(i) Landlord shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement pertaining to the Transfer, except for Landlord’s written consent to the same;

(j) Tenant shall pay all transfer and other taxes (including interest and penalties) assessed or payable for any Transfer;

(k) Landlord’s consent (or waiver of its rights) for any Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s right to consent to any later Transfer;

(l) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord one executed copy of any and all written instruments evidencing or relating to the Transfer; and

(m) A list of Hazardous Materials (as defined below), certified by the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, that the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee intends to use or store in the Premises. Additionally, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the date any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee takes occupancy of the Premises, all of the items relating to Hazardous Materials of such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee as described in Section 21.2 .

29.5. Any Transfer that is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article shall be void and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate this Lease.

 

37


29.6. The consent by Landlord to a Transfer shall not relieve Tenant or proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee from obtaining Landlord’s consent to any further Transfer, nor shall it release Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under this Lease.

29.7. Notwithstanding any Transfer, Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for the payment of all Rent and other sums due or to become due hereunder, and for the full performance of all other terms, conditions and covenants to be kept and performed by Tenant. The acceptance of Rent or any other sum due hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant or condition thereof, from any person or entity other than Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any Transfer.

29.8. If Tenant delivers to Landlord a Transfer Notice indicating a desire to transfer this Lease to a proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee other than as provided within Section 29.4 , then Landlord shall have the option, exercisable by giving notice to Tenant at any time within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of such Transfer Notice, to terminate this Lease as of the date specified in the Transfer Notice as the Transfer Date, except for those provisions that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof. If Landlord exercises such option, then Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Transfer Notice by delivering to Landlord written notice of such election within five (5) days after Landlord’s delivery of notice electing to exercise Landlord’s option to terminate this Lease. In the event Tenant withdraws the Transfer Notice as provided in this Section, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. No failure of Landlord to exercise its option to terminate this Lease shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to a proposed Transfer.

29.9. If Tenant sublets the Premises or any portion thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and appoints Landlord as assignee and attorney-in-fact for Tenant, and Landlord (or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application) may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided that, until the occurrence of a Default (as defined below) by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

30. Subordination and Attornment .

30.1. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, or lease in which Landlord is tenant now or hereafter in force against the Building or the Project and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof without the necessity of the execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination.

30.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall execute and deliver upon demand such further instrument or instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or mortgages or deeds of trust or lease in which Landlord is tenant as may be required by Landlord. If any such mortgagee, beneficiary or landlord under a lease wherein Landlord is tenant (each, a “ Mortgagee ”) so elects, however, this Lease shall be deemed prior in lien to any such lease, mortgage, or deed of trust upon or including the Premises regardless of

 

38


date and Tenant shall execute a statement in writing to such effect at Landlord’s request. If Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under this Section within ten (10) days after written request therefor, Tenant hereby constitutes and appoints Landlord or its special attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver any such document or documents in the name of Tenant. Such power is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

30.3. Upon written request of Landlord and opportunity for Tenant to review, Tenant agrees to execute any Lease amendments not materially altering the terms of this Lease, if required by a mortgagee or beneficiary of a deed of trust encumbering real property of which the Premises constitute a part incident to the financing of the real property of which the Premises constitute a part.

30.4. In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure, or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made by Landlord covering the Premises, Tenant shall at the election of the purchaser at such foreclosure or sale attorn to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure or sale and recognize such purchaser as Landlord under this Lease.

31. Defaults and Remedies .

31.1. Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due shall cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which shall be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within three (3) days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) an additional sum of six percent (6%) of the overdue Rent as a late charge plus (b) interest at an annual rate (the “ Default Rate ”) equal to the lesser of (a) twelve percent (12%) and (b) the highest rate permitted by Applicable Laws; provided , however, that, with respect to the first instance during the Term in which Tenant fails to timely pay any installment of Rent, the late charge and interest described in this sentence shall not apply until the date that is ten (10) days after such payment is due. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord shall incur by reason of late payment by Tenant and shall be payable as Additional Rent to Landlord due with the next installment of Rent or within five (5) business days after Landlord’s demand, whichever is earlier. Landlord’s acceptance of any Additional Rent (including a late charge or any other amount hereunder) shall not be deemed an extension of the date that Rent is due or prevent Landlord from pursuing any other rights or remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity.

31.2. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease or in equity or at law. If a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall have the right to make payment “under protest,” such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment, and there

 

39


shall survive the right on the part of Tenant to institute suit for recovery of the payment paid under protest.

31.3. If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money required to be paid by it hereunder or perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, in each case within the applicable cure period (if any) described in Section 31.4 , then Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make such payment or perform such act; provided that such failure by Tenant unreasonably interfered with the use of the Building or the Project by any other tenant or with the efficient operation of the Building or the Project, or resulted or could have resulted in a violation of Applicable Laws or the cancellation of an insurance policy maintained by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises and act in accordance with its rights as provided elsewhere in this Lease. In addition to the late charge described in Section 31.1 , Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent all sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest at the Default Rate, computed from the date such sums were paid or incurred.

31.4. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “ Default ” hereunder by Tenant:

(a) Tenant abandons or vacates the Premises;

(b) Tenant fails to make any payment of Rent, as and when due, or to satisfy its obligations under Article 19 , where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant;

(c) Tenant fails to observe or perform any obligation or covenant contained herein (other than described in Sections 31.4(a) and 31.4(b) ) to be performed by Tenant, where such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that, if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that it reasonably requires more than ten (10) days to cure, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if Tenant commences such cure within such ten (10) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion; and provided , further, that such cure is completed no later than thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord;

(d) Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(e) A receiver, trustee or custodian is appointed to or does take title, possession or control of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets;

(f) Tenant files a voluntary petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) or an order for relief is entered against Tenant pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary proceeding commenced under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code;

(g) Any involuntary petition is filed against Tenant under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code and is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days;

 

40


(h) Tenant fails to deliver an estoppel certificate in accordance with Article 20 ; or

(i) Tenant’s interest in this Lease is attached, executed upon or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within one hundred twenty (120) days of the action.

Notices given under this Section shall specify the alleged default and shall demand that Tenant perform the provisions of this Lease or pay the Rent that is in arrears, as the case may be, within the applicable period of time, or quit the Premises. No such notice shall be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice.

31.5. In the event of a Default by Tenant, and at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy that Landlord may have, Landlord has the right to do any or all of the following:

(a) Halt any Tenant Improvements and Alterations and order Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors, consultants, designers and material suppliers to stop work;

(b) Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by written notice to Tenant or by any lawful means, in which case Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby; and

(c) Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default, including:

(i) The sum of:

A. The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent that had accrued at the time of such termination; plus

B. The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have accrued during the period commencing with termination of the Lease and ending at the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

41


C. The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus

D. Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or that in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including the cost of restoring the Premises to the condition required under the terms of this Lease, including any rent payments not otherwise chargeable to Tenant (e.g., during any “free” rent period or rent holiday); plus

E. At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Laws; or

(ii) At Landlord’s election, as minimum liquidated damages in addition to any (A) amounts paid or payable to Landlord pursuant to Section 31.5(c)(i)(A) prior to such election and (B) costs of restoring the Premises to the condition required under the terms of this Lease, an amount (the “ Election Amount ”) equal to either (Y) the positive difference (if any, and measured at the time of such termination) between (1) the then-present value of the total Rent and other benefits that would have accrued to Landlord under this Lease for the remainder of the Term if Tenant had fully complied with the Lease minus (2) the then-present cash rental value of the Premises as determined by Landlord for what would be the then-unexpired Term if the Lease remained in effect, computed using the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus one (1) percentage point (the “ Discount Rate ”) or (Z) twelve (12) months (or such lesser number of months as may then be remaining in the Term) of Base Rent and Additional Rent at the rate last payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, in either case as Landlord specifies in such election. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Election Amount represents a reasonable forecast of the minimum damages expected to occur in the event of a breach, taking into account the uncertainty, time and cost of determining elements relevant to actual damages, such as fair market rent, time and costs that may be required to re-lease the Premises, and other factors; and that the Election Amount is not a penalty.

As used in Sections 31.5(c)(i)(A) and (B) , “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 31.5(c)(i)(C) , the “worth at the time of the award” shall be computed by taking the present value of such amount, using the Discount Rate.

31.6. In addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 and may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, provided Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. In addition, Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its failure or refusal to relet the Premises. For purposes of this Section, the following acts by Landlord will not constitute the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises:

 

42


(a) Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises, including alterations, remodeling, redecorating, repairs, replacements or painting as Landlord shall consider advisable for the purpose of reletting the Premises or any part thereof; or

(b) The appointment of a receiver upon the initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or in the Premises.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Default by Tenant, Landlord may elect at any time to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled.

31.7. If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Section 31.5 , then Landlord may, from time to time, recover all Rent as it becomes due under this Lease. At any time thereafter, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled.

31.8. In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease and relet the Premises, Landlord may execute any new lease in its own name. Tenant hereunder shall have no right or authority whatsoever to collect any Rent from such tenant. The proceeds of any such reletting shall be applied as follows:

(a) First, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord, including storage charges or brokerage commissions owing from Tenant to Landlord as the result of such reletting;

(b) Second, to the payment of the costs and expenses of reletting the Premises, including (i) alterations and repairs that Landlord deems reasonably necessary and advisable and (ii) reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred by Landlord in connection with the retaking of the Premises and such reletting;

(c) Third, to the payment of Rent and other charges due and unpaid hereunder; and

(d) Fourth, to the payment of future Rent and other damages payable by Tenant under this Lease.

31.9. All of Landlord’s rights, options and remedies hereunder shall be construed and held to be nonexclusive and cumulative. Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies, or any other remedy or relief that may be provided by Applicable Laws, whether or not stated in this Lease. No waiver of any default of Tenant hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord of any Rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in such waiver. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be required to mitigate its damages with respect to any default by Tenant. Any obligation imposed by Applicable Law upon Landlord to relet the Premises after any termination of this Lease shall be subject to the reasonable requirements of Landlord to (a) lease to high quality tenants on such terms as Landlord may from time to time deem appropriate in its discretion and (b) develop the Project in

 

43


a harmonious manner with a mix of uses, tenants, floor areas, terms of tenancies, etc., as determined by Landlord. Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises to any party to whom Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord may desire to lease other available space in the Project or at another property owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord.

31.10. Landlord’s termination of (a) this Lease or (b) Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of any liability to Landlord that has previously accrued or that shall arise based upon events that occurred prior to the later to occur of (y) the date of Lease termination and (z) the date Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises.

31.11. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Tenant waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future Applicable Laws if Tenant is evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or if Landlord obtains possession of the Premises due to Tenant’s default hereunder or otherwise.

31.12. Landlord shall not be in default or liable for damages under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event shall such failure continue for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant specifying the nature of Landlord’s failure; provided , however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. In no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or cancel this Lease or to withhold or abate rent or to set off any Claims against Rent as a result of any default or breach by Landlord of any of its covenants, obligations, representations, warranties or promises hereunder, except as may otherwise be expressly set forth in this Lease.

31.13. In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any (a) beneficiary of a deed of trust or (b) mortgagee under a mortgage covering the Premises, the Building or the Project and to any landlord of any lease of land upon or within which the Premises, the Building or the Project is located, and shall offer such beneficiary, mortgagee or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Building or the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided that Landlord shall furnish to Tenant in writing, upon written request by Tenant, the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices.

32. Bankruptcy . In the event a debtor, trustee or debtor in possession under the Bankruptcy Code, or another person with similar rights, duties and powers under any other Applicable Laws, proposes to cure any default under this Lease or to assume or assign this Lease and is obliged to provide adequate assurance to Landlord that (a) a default shall be cured, (b) Landlord shall be compensated for its damages arising from any breach of this Lease and (c) future performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall occur, then such adequate assurances shall include any or all of the following, as designated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion:

 

44


32.1. Those acts specified in the Bankruptcy Code or other Applicable Laws as included within the meaning of “adequate assurance,” even if this Lease does not concern a shopping center or other facility described in such Applicable Laws;

32.2. A prompt cash payment to compensate Landlord for any monetary defaults or actual damages arising directly from a breach of this Lease;

32.3. A cash deposit in an amount at least equal to the then-current amount of the Security Deposit; or

32.4. The assumption or assignment of all of Tenant’s interest and obligations under this Lease.

33. Brokers .

33.1. Tenant represents and warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease other than Jones Lang LaSalle (“ Broker ”), and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent that is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall compensate Broker in relation to this Lease pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Broker.

33.2. Tenant represents and warrants that no broker or agent has made any representation or warranty relied upon by Tenant in Tenant’s decision to enter into this Lease, other than as contained in this Lease.

33.3. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the employment of brokers by Landlord is for the purpose of solicitation of offers of leases from prospective tenants and that no authority is granted to any broker to furnish any representation (written or oral) or warranty from Landlord unless expressly contained within this Lease. Landlord is executing this Lease in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties and agreements contained within Sections 33.1 and 33.2 .

33.4. Tenant agrees to indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any broker or agent, other than Broker, employed or engaged by Tenant or claiming to have been employed or engaged by Tenant.

34. Definition of Landlord . With regard to obligations imposed upon Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the term “ Landlord ,” as used in this Lease, shall refer only to Landlord or Landlord’s then-current successor-in-interest. In the event of any transfer, assignment or conveyance of Landlord’s interest in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the subsequent Landlord) shall be automatically freed and relieved, from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance, from all liability for the performance of any covenants or obligations contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed by Landlord and, without further agreement, the transferee, assignee or conveyee of Landlord’s in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all covenants and obligations of

 

45


Landlord hereunder during the tenure of its interest in the Lease or the Property. Landlord or any subsequent Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises or this Lease without Tenant’s consent.

35. Limitation of Landlord’s Liability .

35.1. If Landlord is in default under this Lease and, as a consequence, Tenant recovers a monetary judgment against Landlord, the judgment shall be satisfied only out of (a) the proceeds of sale received on execution of the judgment and levy against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Building and the Project, (b) rent or other income from such real property receivable by Landlord and (c) the consideration received by Landlord from the sale, financing, refinancing or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title or interest in the Building or the Project.

35.2. Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency under this Lease. If Landlord is a partnership or joint venture, then the partners of such partnership shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no partner of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any partner of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership or joint venture. If Landlord is a corporation, then the shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents of such corporation shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord. If Landlord is a limited liability company, then the members of such limited liability company shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no member of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any member of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the limited liability company. No partner, shareholder, director, employee, member or agent of Landlord shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process, and no judgment shall be taken or writ of execution levied against any partner, shareholder, director, employee, member or agent of Landlord.

35.3. Each of the covenants and agreements of this Article shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by Applicable Laws and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

36. Joint and Several Obligations . If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant, then:

36.1. Each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed or performed by Tenant; and

36.2. The term “ Tenant ,” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them, jointly and severally. The act of, notice from, notice to, refund to, or signature of any one or more of them with respect to the tenancy under this Lease, including any renewal, extension,

 

46


expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted, so given or received such notice or refund, or so signed.

37. Representations . Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Property is located, (c) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder, (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so and (e) neither (i) the execution, delivery or performance of this Lease nor (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or conflict with any provision of documents or instruments under which Tenant is constituted or to which Tenant is a party. In addition, Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that none of (x) it, (y) its affiliates or partners nor (z) to the best of its knowledge, its members, shareholders or other equity owners or any of their respective employees, officers, directors, representatives or agents is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) or other similar governmental action.

38. Confidentiality . Tenant shall keep the terms and conditions of this Lease and any information provided to Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors pursuant to Article 9 confidential and shall not (a) disclose to any third party any terms or conditions of this Lease or any other Lease-related document (including subleases, assignments, work letters, construction contracts, letters of credit, subordination agreements, non-disturbance agreements, brokerage agreements or estoppels) or (b) provide to any third party an original or copy of this Lease (or any Lease-related document). Landlord shall not release to any third party any non-public financial information or non-public information about Tenant’s ownership structure that Tenant gives Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, confidential information under this Section may be released by Landlord or Tenant under the following circumstances: (x) if required by Applicable Laws or in any judicial proceeding; provided that the releasing party has given the other party reasonable notice of such requirement, if feasible, (y) to a party’s attorneys, accountants, brokers and other bona fide consultants or advisers (with respect to this Lease only); provided such third parties agree to be bound by this Section or (z) to bona fide prospective assignees or subtenants of this Lease; provided they agree in writing to be bound by this Section.

39. Notices . Any notice, consent, demand, invoice, statement or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery or by overnight delivery with a reputable nationwide overnight delivery service. If given by personal delivery, any such notice, consent, demand, invoice, statement or other communication shall be deemed delivered upon receipt; if given by overnight delivery, shall be

 

47


deemed delivered one business (1) day after deposit with a reputable nationwide overnight delivery service. Any notices given pursuant to this Lease shall be addressed to Tenant at the Premises, or to Landlord or Tenant at the addresses shown in Sections 2.9 and 2.10 or 2.11 , respectively. Either party may, by notice to the other given pursuant to this Section, specify additional or different addresses for notice purposes.

40. [Intentionally omitted]

41. Miscellaneous .

41.1. Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Building or the Project in its sole discretion.

41.2. To induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant agrees that it shall promptly furnish to Landlord, from time to time, upon Landlord’s written request, the most recent year-end financial statements reflecting Tenant’s current financial condition audited by a nationally recognized accounting firm. Tenant shall, within ninety (90) days after the end of Tenant’s financial year, furnish Landlord with a certified copy of Tenant’s year-end financial statements for the previous year audited by a nationally recognized accounting firm. Tenant represents and warrants that all financial statements, records and information furnished by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease are true, correct and complete in all respects. If audited financials are not otherwise prepared, unaudited financials complying with generally accepted accounting principles and certified by the chief financial officer of Tenant as true, correct and complete in all respects shall suffice for purposes of this Section.

41.3. Where applicable in this Lease, the singular includes the plural and the masculine or neuter includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. The words “include,” “includes,” “included” and “including” shall mean “‘include,’ etc., without limitation.” The section headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

41.4. If either party commences a demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit against the other party arising out of or in connection with this Lease, then the substantially prevailing party shall be reimbursed by the other party for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by the substantially prevailing party in such action or proceeding and in any appeal in connection therewith (regardless of whether the applicable demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit is voluntarily withdrawn or dismissed).

41.5. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

41.6. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

 

48


41.7. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant’s obligations under this Lease are independent and shall not be conditioned upon performance by Landlord.

41.8. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required, that party shall not unreasonably withhold such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary.

41.9. The terms of this Lease are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement with respect to the terms as are included herein, and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous agreement.

41.10. Any provision of this Lease that shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall be interpreted as if the invalid, void or illegal provision did not exist.

41.11. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, record a short form or memorandum hereof without Tenant’s consent. Within ten (10) days after receipt of written request from Landlord, Tenant shall execute a termination of any short form or memorandum of lease recorded with respect hereto. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of recording any short form or memorandum of this Lease, including any transfer or other taxes incurred in connection with such recordation. Neither party shall record this Lease.

41.12. The language in all parts of this Lease shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

41.13. Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs; legatees; devisees; executors; administrators; and permitted successors, assigns, sublessees. Nothing in this Section shall in any way alter the provisions of this Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

41.14. This Lease shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located, without regard to such state’s conflict of law principles.

41.15. Tenant guarantees, warrants and represents that the individual or individuals signing this Lease have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Lease on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed.

41.16. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

41.17. No provision of this Lease may be modified, amended or supplemented except by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. The waiver by Landlord of any breach

 

49


by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained.

41.18. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the parties waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by the other party hereto related to matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease; the relationship between Landlord and Tenant; Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises; or any claim of injury or damage related to this Lease or the Premises.

42. Option to Extend Term . Tenant shall have the option (“ Option ”) to extend the Term by three (3) years as to the entire Premises (and no less than the entire Premises) upon the following terms and conditions. Any extension of the Term pursuant to the Option shall be on all the same terms and conditions as this Lease, except as follows:

42.1. Base Rent at the commencement of the Option term shall equal the then-current fair market value for comparable office and laboratory space in the Sorrento Valley submarket of comparable age, quality, level of finish and proximity to amenities and public transit (“ FMV ”), and shall be further increased on each annual anniversary of the Option term commencement date by three percent (3%). Tenant may, no more than twelve (12) months prior to the date the Term is then scheduled to expire, request Landlord’s estimate of the FMV for the Option term. Landlord shall, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such request, give Tenant a written proposal of such FMV. If Tenant gives written notice to exercise the Option, such notice shall specify whether Tenant accepts Landlord’s proposed estimate of FMV. If Tenant does not accept the FMV, then the parties shall endeavor to agree upon the FMV, taking into account all relevant factors, including (a) the size of the Premises, (b) the length of the Option term, (c) rent in comparable buildings in the relevant submarket, including concessions offered to new tenants, such as free rent, tenant improvement allowances and moving allowances, (d) Tenant’s creditworthiness and (e) the quality and location of the Building and the Project. In the event that the parties are unable to agree upon the FMV within thirty (30) days after Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant is exercising the Option, then either party may request that the same be determined as follows: a senior officer of a nationally recognized leasing brokerage firm with local knowledge of the Sorrento Valley laboratory/research and development leasing submarket (the “ Baseball Arbitrator ”) shall be selected and paid for jointly by Landlord and Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Baseball Arbitrator, then the same shall be designated by the local chapter of the American Arbitration Association or any successor organization thereto (the “ AAA ”). The Baseball Arbitrator selected by the parties or designated by the AAA shall (y) have at least ten (10) years’ experience in the leasing of laboratory/research and development space in the Sorrento Valley submarket and (z) not have been employed or retained by either Landlord or Tenant or any affiliate of either for a period of at least ten (10) years prior to appointment pursuant hereto. Each of Landlord and Tenant shall submit to the Baseball Arbitrator and to the other party its determination of the FMV. The Baseball Arbitrator shall grant to Landlord and Tenant a hearing and the right to submit evidence. The Baseball Arbitrator shall determine which of the two (2) FMV determinations more closely represents the actual FMV. The arbitrator may not select any other FMV for the Premises other than one submitted by Landlord or Tenant. The FMV selected by the Baseball

 

50


Arbitrator shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and shall serve as the basis for determination of Base Rent payable for the Option term. If, as of the commencement date of the Option term, the amount of Base Rent payable during the Option term shall not have been determined, then, pending such determination, Tenant shall pay Base Rent equal to the Base Rent payable with respect to the last year of the then-current Term. After the final determination of Base Rent payable for the Option term, the parties shall promptly execute a written amendment to this Lease specifying the amount of Base Rent to be paid during the Option term. Any failure of the parties to execute such amendment shall not affect the validity of the FMV determined pursuant to this Section.

42.2. The Option is not assignable separate and apart from this Lease.

42.3. The Option is conditional upon Tenant giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise the Option at least nine (9) months prior to the end of the expiration of the then-current Term. Time shall be of the essence as to Tenant’s exercise of the Option. Tenant assumes full responsibility for maintaining a record of the deadlines to exercise the Option. Tenant acknowledges that it would be inequitable to require Landlord to accept any exercise of the Option after the date provided for in this Section.

42.4. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the contrary, Tenant shall not have the right to exercise the Option:

(a) During the time commencing from the date Landlord delivers to Tenant a written notice that Tenant is in default under any provisions of this Lease and continuing until Tenant has cured the specified default to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction; or

(b) At any time after any Default as described in Article 31 of the Lease ( provided , however, that, for purposes of this Section 42.4(b) , Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with notice of such Default) and continuing until Tenant cures any such Default, if such Default is susceptible to being cured; or

(c) In the event that Tenant has defaulted in the performance of its obligations under this Lease two (2) or more times and a service or late charge has become payable under Section 31.1 for each of such defaults during the twelve (12)-month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise the Option, whether or not Tenant has cured such defaults.

42.5. The period of time within which Tenant may exercise the Option shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise such Option because of the provisions of Section 42.4 .

42.6. All of Tenant’s rights under the provisions of the Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Option if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the new term, (a) Tenant fails to pay to Landlord a monetary obligation of Tenant for a period of twenty (20) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant, (b) Tenant fails to commence to cure a default (other than a monetary default) within thirty (30) days after the date Landlord gives notice to Tenant of such default or

 

51


(c) Tenant has defaulted under this Lease two (2) or more times and a service or late charge under Section 31.1 has become payable for any such default, whether or not Tenant has cured such defaults.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

52


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.

LANDLORD :

BMR-COAST 9 LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:

 

/s/ Kevin Simonsen

Name:

  Kevin Simonsen

Title:

  Vice President, Real Estate Legal

TENANT :

IGNYTA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:

 

/s/ Jonathan Lim

Name:

  Jonathan Lim

Title:

  CEO


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

  Install a 2 ton split system that will serve Room 413.

 

  Upsize exhaust air ducting serving room 411.

 

  Test and balance for negative pressurization in rooms 409, 411 & 412.

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE

AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE

THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE is entered into as of [            ], 2013, with reference to that certain Lease (the “ Lease ”) dated as of [            ], 2013, by IGNYTA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), in favor of BMR-COAST 9 LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

Tenant hereby confirms the following:

1. Tenant accepted possession of the Premises for use in accordance with the Permitted Use on [            ], 20[        ]. Tenant first occupied the Premises for the Permitted Use on [            ], 20[        ].

2. The Premises are in good order, condition and repair.

3. The Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete.

4. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord as a condition to the full effectiveness of the Lease have been satisfied, and Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties in the nature of inducements offered to Tenant to lease the Premises.

5. In accordance with the provisions of Article 4 of the Lease, the Term Commencement Date is [            ], 20[        ], and, unless the Lease is terminated prior to the Term Expiration Date pursuant to its terms, the Term Expiration Date shall be [            ], 20[        ].

6. The Lease is in full force and effect, and the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises[, except [            ]].

7. Tenant has no existing defenses against the enforcement of the Lease by Landlord, and there exist no offsets or credits against Rent owed or to be owed by Tenant.

8. The obligation to pay Rent is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant under the Lease commenced to accrue on [            ], 20[        ], with Base Rent payable on the dates and amounts set forth in the chart below:

 

Dates

   Square Feet
of Rentable
Area
     Base Rent per Square
Foot of Rentable Area
     Monthly
Base Rent
     Annual Base
Rent
 

Months 1 - 6

     2,000       $ 2.350000 monthly       $ 4,700.00       $ 56,400.00

Months 6 - 12

     3,000       $ 2.350000 monthly       $ 7,050.00       $ 84,600.00

 

C-1


Months 13 - 24

     3,945       $ 2.420500 monthly       $ 9,548.87       $ 114,586.44   

Months 25 - 36

     3,945       $ 2.493115 monthly       $ 9,835.34       $ 118,024.08   

Months 37 - 42

     3,945       $ 2.567908 monthly       $ 10,130.40       $ 121,564.80

 

* Note: Amount based on twelve (12) months.

9. The undersigned Tenant has not made any prior assignment, transfer, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents thereunder or sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

C-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has executed this Acknowledgment of Term Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date as of the date first written above.

TENANT:

IGNYTA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

[Intentionally omitted]

 

D-1


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

[On letterhead or L/C letterhead of Issuer.]

LETTER OF CREDIT

Date: _______, 20__

 

     (the “Beneficiary”)
    
    

Attention:                                                      

  

L/C. No.:                                                       

  

Loan No. :                                                     

  

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We establish in favor of Beneficiary our irrevocable and unconditional Letter of Credit numbered as identified above (the “ L/C ”) for an aggregate amount of $            , expiring at         :00 p.m. on                      or, if such day is not a Banking Day, then the next succeeding Banking Day (such date, as extended from time to time, the “ Expiry Date ”). “ Banking Day ” means a weekday except a weekday when commercial banks in                          are authorized or required to close.

We authorize Beneficiary to draw on us (the “ Issuer ”) for the account of                      (the “ Account Party ”), under the terms and conditions of this L/C.

Funds under this L/C are available by presenting the following documentation (the “ Drawing Documentation ”): (a) the original L/C and (b) a sight draft substantially in the form of Attachment 1 , with blanks filled in and bracketed items provided as appropriate. No other evidence of authority, certificate, or documentation is required.

Drawing Documentation must be presented at Issuer’s office at                      on or before the Expiry Date by personal presentation, courier or messenger service, or fax. Presentation by fax shall be effective upon electronic confirmation of transmission as evidenced by a printed report from the sender’s fax machine. After any fax presentation, but not as a condition to its effectiveness, Beneficiary shall with reasonable promptness deliver the original Drawing Documentation by any other means. Issuer will on request issue a receipt for Drawing Documentation.

We agree, irrevocably, and irrespective of any claim by any other person, to honor drafts drawn under and in conformity with this L/C, within the maximum amount of this L/C, presented to us on or before the Expiry Date, provided we also receive (on or before the Expiry Date) any other Drawing Documentation this L/C requires.

 

E-1


We shall pay this L/C only from our own funds by check or wire transfer, in compliance with the Drawing Documentation.

If Beneficiary presents proper Drawing Documentation to us on or before the Expiry Date, then we shall pay under this L/C at or before the following time (the “ Payment Deadline ”): (a) if presentment is made at or before noon of any Banking Day, then the close of such Banking Day; and (b) otherwise, the close of the next Banking Day. We waive any right to delay payment beyond the Payment Deadline. If we determine that Drawing Documentation is not proper, then we shall so advise Beneficiary in writing, specifying all grounds for our determination, within one Banking Day after the Payment Deadline.

Partial drawings are permitted. This L/C shall, except to the extent reduced thereby, survive any partial drawings.

We shall have no duty or right to inquire into the validity of or basis for any draw under this L/C or any Drawing Documentation. We waive any defense based on fraud or any claim of fraud.

The Expiry Date shall automatically be extended by one year (but never beyond                      (the “ Outside Date ”)) unless, on or before the date 90 days before any Expiry Date, we have given Beneficiary notice that the Expiry Date shall not be so extended (a “ Nonrenewal Notice ”). We shall promptly upon request confirm any extension of the Expiry Date under the preceding sentence by issuing an amendment to this L/C, but such an amendment is not required for the extension to be effective. We need not give any notice of the Outside Date.

Beneficiary may from time to time without charge transfer this L/C, in whole but not in part, to any transferee (the “ Transferee ”). Issuer shall look solely to Account Party for payment of any fee for any transfer of this L/C. Such payment is not a condition to any such transfer. Beneficiary or Transferee shall consummate such transfer by delivering to Issuer the original of this L/C and a Transfer Notice substantially in the form of Attachment 2 , purportedly signed by Beneficiary, and designating Transferee. Issuer shall promptly reissue or amend this L/C in favor of Transferee as Beneficiary. Upon any transfer, all references to Beneficiary shall automatically refer to Transferee, who may then exercise all rights of Beneficiary. Issuer expressly consents to any transfers made from time to time in compliance with this paragraph.

Any notice to Beneficiary shall be in writing and delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged or by overnight delivery service such as FedEx (with proof of delivery) at the above address, or such other address as Beneficiary may specify by written notice to Issuer. A copy of any such notice shall also be delivered, as a condition to the effectiveness of such notice, to:                      (or such replacement as Beneficiary designates from time to time by written notice).

No amendment that adversely affects Beneficiary shall be effective without Beneficiary’s written consent.

 

E-2


This L/C is subject to and incorporates by reference: (a) the International Standby Practices 98 (“ ISP 98 ”); and (b) to the extent not inconsistent with ISP 98, Article 5 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York.

Very truly yours,

[Issuer Signature]

 

E-3


ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SIGHT DRAFT

[B ENEFICIARY L ETTERHEAD ]

TO:

[Name and Address of Issuer]

SIGHT DRAFT

AT SIGHT, pay to the Order of                     , the sum of                      United States Dollars ($                    ). Drawn under [Issuer] Letter of Credit No.                      dated                     .

[Issuer is hereby directed to pay the proceeds of this Sight Draft solely to the following account:                     .]

[Name and signature block, with signature or purported signature of Beneficiary]

Date:                     

 

E-1-1


ATTACHMENT 2 TO EXHIBIT E

FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE

[B ENEFICIARY L ETTERHEAD ]

TO:

[Name and Address of Issuer] (the “ Issuer ”)

TRANSFER NOTICE

By signing below, the undersigned, Beneficiary (the “ Beneficiary ”) under Issuer’s Letter of Credit No.                          dated                      (the “ L/C ”), transfers the L/C to the following transferee (the “ Transferee ”):

[Transferee Name and Address]

The original L/C is enclosed. Beneficiary directs Issuer to reissue or amend the L/C in favor of Transferee as Beneficiary. Beneficiary represents and warrants that Beneficiary has not transferred, assigned, or encumbered the L/C or any interest in the L/C, which transfer, assignment, or encumbrance remains in effect.

[Name and signature block, with signature or purported signature of Beneficiary]

Date:                      ]

 

E-2-1


EXHIBIT F

RULES AND REGULATIONS

NOTHING IN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS (“ RULES AND REGULATIONS ”) SHALL SUPPLANT ANY PROVISION OF THE LEASE. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT OR INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS AND THE LEASE, THE LEASE SHALL PREVAIL.

1. No Tenant Party shall encumber or obstruct the common entrances, lobbies, elevators, sidewalks and stairways of the Building(s) or the Project or use them for any purposes other than ingress or egress to and from the Building(s) or the Project.

2. Except as specifically provided in the Lease, no sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside of the Premises or the Building(s) without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule.

3. If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades, screens, hanging plants or other similar objects attached to or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises or placed on any windowsill, and (a) such window, door or windowsill is visible from the exterior of the Premises and (b) such curtain, blind, shade, screen, hanging plant or other object is not included in plans approved by Landlord, then Tenant shall promptly remove such curtains, blinds, shades, screens, hanging plants or other similar objects at its sole cost and expense.

4. No deliveries shall be made that impede or interfere with other tenants in or the operation of the Project. Movement of furniture, office equipment or any other large or bulky material(s) through the Common Area shall be restricted to such hours as Landlord may designate and shall be subject to reasonable restrictions that Landlord may impose.

5. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises that exceeds the load per square foot that (a) such floor was designed to carry or (b) is allowed by Applicable Laws. Fixtures and equipment that cause noises or vibrations that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building(s) to such a degree as to be objectionable to other tenants shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate such noises and vibrations to levels reasonably acceptable to Landlord and the affected tenants of the Project.

6. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that present at the Project and serving the Premises as of the Execution Date.

7. Tenant shall not install any radio, television or other antennae; cell or other communications equipment; or other devices on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises except in accordance with the Lease. Tenant shall not interfere with radio, television or other digital or electronic communications at the Project or elsewhere.

 

F-1


8. Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distributing handbills or any other written material within, on or around the Project (other than within the Premises) are prohibited. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to prevent such activities by any Tenant Party.

9. Tenant shall store all of its trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials in receptacles within its Premises or in receptacles designated by Landlord outside of the Premises. Tenant shall not place in any such receptacle any material that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials disposal. Any Hazardous Materials transported through Common Areas shall be held in secondary containment devices.

10. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or for any improper, immoral or objectionable purpose. No cooking shall be done or permitted in the Premises; provided , however, that Tenant may use (a) equipment approved in accordance with the requirements of insurance policies that Landlord or Tenant is required to purchase and maintain pursuant to the Lease for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, (b) microwave ovens for employees’ use and (c) equipment shown on plans approved by Landlord; provided , further, that any such equipment and microwave ovens are used in accordance with Applicable Laws.

11. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use the name of the Project, if any, in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business except as Tenant’s address.

12. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any Governmental Authority.

13. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which responsibility includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

14. Tenant shall not modify any locks to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with copies of keys, pass cards or similar devices for locks to the Premises.

15. Tenant shall cooperate and participate in all reasonable security programs affecting the Premises.

16. Tenant shall not permit any animals in the Project, other than for guide animals or for use in laboratory experiments.

17. Bicycles shall not be taken into the Building(s) except into areas designated by Landlord.

18. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other substances shall be deposited therein.

 

F-2


19. Discharge of industrial sewage shall only be permitted if Tenant, at its sole expense, first obtains all necessary permits and licenses therefor from all applicable Governmental Authorities.

20. Smoking is prohibited inside the Building, but is permitted in designated outdoor areas of the Project.

21. The Project’s hours of operation are currently 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

22. Tenant shall comply with all orders, requirements and conditions now or hereafter imposed by Applicable Laws or Landlord (“ Waste Regulations ”) regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash generated by Tenant (collectively, “ Waste Products ”), including (without limitation) the separation of Waste Products into receptacles reasonably approved by Landlord and the removal of such receptacles in accordance with any collection schedules prescribed by Waste Regulations.

23. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall cause the Premises to be exterminated on a monthly basis to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction and shall cause all portions of the Premises used for the storage, preparation, service or consumption of food or beverages to be cleaned daily in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and to be treated against infestation by insects, rodents and other vermin and pests whenever there is evidence of any infestation. Tenant shall not permit any person to enter the Premises or the Project for the purpose of providing such extermination services, unless such persons have been approved by Landlord. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, store any refuse generated in the Premises by the consumption of food or beverages in a cold box or similar facility.

24. If Tenant desires to use any portion of the Common Area for a Tenant-related event, Tenant must notify Landlord in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to such event on the form attached as Attachment 1 to this Exhibit, which use shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease or the completed and executed Attachment to the contrary, Tenant shall be solely responsible for setting up and taking down any equipment or other materials required for the event, and shall promptly pick up any litter and report any property damage to Landlord related to the event. Any use of the Common Area pursuant to this Section shall be subject to the provisions of Article 28 of the Lease.

Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Project, including Tenant. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety and security, the care and cleanliness of the Project, or the preservation of good order therein; provided , however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to adhere to such additional rules or regulations until Landlord has provided Tenant with written notice thereof. Tenant agrees to abide by these Rules and

 

F-3


Regulations and any additional rules and regulations issued or adopted by Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of these Rules and Regulations by all Tenant Parties.

 

F-4


ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT F

REQUEST FOR USE OF COMMON AREA

[TENANT LETTERHEAD]

VIA [              ]

[Date]

BMR-Coast 9 LP

17190 Bernardo Center Drive

San Diego, California 92128

Attn: Senior Director, West Coast Operations

 

  Re: Notice of Request to Use Common Area

To Whom It May Concern:

Ignyta, Inc. requests that it have use of the common area as described below:

Event Description:                                                                                                                                                                                                                          

 

  Date: 

    

 

  Location at Property: 

    

 

  Number of Attendees: 

    

Open to the Public? [            ] YES [            ] NO

Food and/or Beverages? [            ] YES [            ] NO

If YES:

 

    will alcohol be served (Note: Proof of an insurance endorsement for serving alcohol must be provided) [            ] YES [            ] NO

 

    please describe:                                                                                                                                                                                                 

Other Amenities (tent, band, etc.):                                                                                                                                                                                            

Other Event Details:                                                                                                                                                                                                                      

Please let us know at your earliest convenience whether such use is approved.

Sincerely,

 

F-1-1


[Name]

[Title]

To Be Completed by Landlord :

[            ] APPROVED     DENIED [            ]

The following conditions apply to approval (if approved):

 

1.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

 

2.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

 

3.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

 

4.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

 

5.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

BMR-COAST 9 LP

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Its:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

F-2


EXHIBIT G

[Intentionally omitted]

 

G-1


EXHIBIT H

TENANT’S PROPERTY

 

H-1


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

To: BMR-Coast 9 LP

17190 Bernardo Center Drive

San Diego, California 92128

Attention: Vice President, Real Estate Counsel

BioMed Realty, L.P.

17190 Bernardo Center Drive

San Diego, California 92128

 

Re: 11095 Flintkote Avenue (the “ Premises ”) at the Coast 9 Project, San Diego, California (the “ Property ”)

The undersigned tenant (“ Tenant ”) hereby certifies to you as follows:

1. Tenant is a tenant at the Property under a lease (the “ Lease ”) for the Premises dated as of [            ], 20[        ]. The Lease has not been cancelled, modified, assigned, extended or amended [except as follows: [            ]], and there are no other agreements, written or oral, affecting or relating to Tenant’s lease of the Premises or any other space at the Property. The lease term expires on [            ], 20[        ].

2. Tenant took possession of the Premises, currently consisting of [            ] square feet, on [            ], 20[        ], and commenced to pay rent on [            ], 20[        ]. Tenant has full possession of the Premises, has not assigned the Lease or sublet any part of the Premises, and does not hold the Premises under an assignment or sublease[, except as follows: [            ]].

3. All base rent, rent escalations and additional rent under the Lease have been paid through [            ], 20[        ]. There is no prepaid rent[, except $[            ]][, and the amount of security deposit is $[            ] [in cash][OR][in the form of a letter of credit]]. Tenant currently has no right to any future rent abatement under the Lease.

 

4. Base rent is currently payable in the amount of $[            ] per month.

5. Tenant is currently paying estimated payments of additional rent of $[            ] per month on account of real estate taxes, insurance, management fees and common area maintenance expenses.

6. All work to be performed for Tenant under the Lease has been performed as required under the Lease and has been accepted by Tenant[, except [            ]], and all allowances to be paid to Tenant, including allowances for tenant improvements, moving expenses or other items, have been paid.

7. The Lease is in full force and effect, free from default and free from any event that could become a default under the Lease, and Tenant has no claims against the landlord or offsets or defenses against rent, and there are no disputes with the landlord. Tenant has received

 

I-1


no notice of prior sale, transfer, assignment, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents payable thereunder[, except [            ]].

8. [Tenant has the following expansion rights or options for the Property: [            ].][OR][Tenant has no rights or options to purchase the Property.]

9. To Tenant’s knowledge, no hazardous wastes have been generated, treated, stored or disposed of by or on behalf of Tenant in, on or around the Premises or the Project in violation of any environmental laws.

10. The undersigned has executed this Estoppel Certificate with the knowledge and understanding that [INSERT NAME OF LANDLORD, PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE] or its assignee is acquiring the Property in reliance on this certificate and that the undersigned shall be bound by this certificate. The statements contained herein may be relied upon by [INSERT NAME OF PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE], [LANDLORD], BioMed Realty, L.P., BioMed Realty Trust, Inc., and any [other] mortgagee of the Property and their respective successors and assigns.

Any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given in the Lease.

Dated this [            ] day of [            ], 20[        ].

IGNYTA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

I-2


EXHIBIT J

[Intentionally omitted]

 

J-1


EXHIBIT K

SIGNAGE

Tenant shall be entitled to signage as depicted in the signage criteria photo below. Per Project Signage Standards, Landlord shall provide one glass panel over the main entry of the Premises. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of applying and removing its identity on such sign. No other exterior signage is permitted at the Project.

 

LOGO

 

K-1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 28 th day of February, 2013, by and between BMR-COAST 9 LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and IGNYTA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of February 19, 2013 (as the same may have been amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Premises ”) from Landlord at 11095 Flintkote Avenue in San Diego, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to make certain modifications to the amount of Base Rent (as defined in the Lease) and the scope of the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Lease); and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein. The Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is referred to herein as the “ Amended Lease .”

2. Base Rent. The Base Rent chart set forth in Section 2.3 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Dates

   Square
Feet of
Rentable
Area
    

Base Rent per
Square Foot of
Rentable Area

   Monthly
Base Rent
     Annual Base
Rent
 

Months 1 - 6

     2,000       $2.45 monthly    $ 4,900.00       $ 58,800.00

Months 7 - 12

     3,000       $2.45 monthly    $ 7,350.00       $ 88,200.00

Months 13 - 24

     3,945       $2.52 monthly    $ 9,941.40       $ 119,296.80   

Months 25 - 36

     3,945       $2.60 monthly    $ 10,257.00       $ 123,084.00   

Months 37 - 42

     3,945       $2.68 monthly    $ 10,572.60       $ 126,871.20

 

* Note: Amount based on twelve (12) months.

BMR form dated 2/1/13

 

Approved by:

BMR-Legal

  /s/ RFD


3. Exhibit B . Exhibit B of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit B attached to this Amendment.

4. Exhibit C . Exhibit C of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit C attached to this Amendment.

5. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, other than Jones Lang LaSalle (“ Broker ”), and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent, other than Broker, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it.

6. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord and Tenant are not in default of any of their respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant thereunder

7. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

8. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease, lease amendment or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

9. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

10. Power and Authority . Each party hereby represents and warrants that the individual or individuals signing this Amendment have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Amendment on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf such individual or individuals have signed.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Amendment.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-COAST 9 LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:  

/s/ Kevin M. Simonsen

Name:  

Kevin M. Simonsen

Title:  

Vice President, Real Estate Legal

 

TENANT :

IGNYTA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Jonathan Lim

Name:  

Jonathan Lim

Title:  

CEO


EXHIBIT B

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

  Complete the following HVAC work:

 

    Install a 2 ton split system to serve Room 413

 

    Upsize exhaust ducting in Room 411

 

    Test and balance for negative pressurization in rooms 409, 411 & 412

 

  Purchase and install the following case work in support labs 409, 411 & 412:

 

    3/4” Thick black Toplab Grade Trespa countertops, 30”d. (epoxy seamed) with 4” high splashes

 

    12”d. Two tier metal wall shelving with wall standards, brackets and seismic lips

 

    (2) LLAB18H, 18”w. Base cabinet with 1 drawer / 1 door

 

    (1) LLDD35H, 35”w. Base cabinet with 2 drawers / 2 doors

 

    (4) LLDD47H, 47”w. Base cabinet with 2 drawers / 2 doors

 

    (4) DH135A, 35”w. Drawer housing with 1 drawer

 

    (4) KSP35, 35”w. Knee space filler panels

 

    (1) HL36A, H-leg support

 

  Complete the following electrical modifications:

 

    Lab 409

 

    (1) Existing 120volt 20amp EM receptacle relocated

 

    (1) New 20amp 208volt EM receptacles

 

    (18’) Surface mounted raceway

 

    (1) Cut in data outlet (wiring by tenant)

 

    Lab 411

 

    (12’) Surface mounted raceway

 

    (2) Cut in data outlet (wiring by tenant)

 

    Lab 412

 

    (12’) Surface mounted raceway

 

    (2) Cut in data outlet (wiring by tenant)

 

    Server Room 413

 

    (1) New 20amp 208volt EM L6-20R receptacles

 

    (1) Connection normal power to split unit


EXHIBIT C

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE

AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE

THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE is entered into as of [            ], 2013, with reference to that certain Lease (the “ Lease ”) dated as of [            ], 2013, by IGNYTA, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), in favor of BMR-COAST 9 LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

Tenant hereby confirms the following:

1. Tenant accepted possession of the Premises for use in accordance with the Permitted Use on [            ], 20[    ]. Tenant first occupied the Premises for the Permitted Use on [            ], 20[    ].

2. The Premises are in good order, condition and repair.

3. The Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete.

4. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord as a condition to the full effectiveness of the Lease have been satisfied, and Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties in the nature of inducements offered to Tenant to lease the Premises.

5. In accordance with the provisions of Article 4 of the Lease, the Term Commencement Date is [            ], 20[    ], and, unless the Lease is terminated prior to the Term Expiration Date pursuant to its terms, the Term Expiration Date shall be [            ], 20[    ].

6. The Lease is in full force and effect, and the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises[, except [            ]].

7. Tenant has no existing defenses against the enforcement of the Lease by Landlord, and there exist no offsets or credits against Rent owed or to be owed by Tenant.

8. The obligation to pay Rent is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant under the Lease commenced to accrue on [            ], 20[    ], with Base Rent payable on the dates and amounts set forth in the chart below:

 

Dates

   Square
Feet of
Rentable
Area
     Base Rent per
Square Foot of
Rentable Area
     Monthly
Base Rent
     Annual Base
Rent
 

Months 1 - 6

     2,000       $ 2.45 monthly       $ 4,900.00       $ 58,800.00

Months 7 - 12

     3,000       $ 2.45 monthly       $ 7,350.00       $ 88,200.00

 

C-1


Months 13 - 24

     3,945       $ 2.52 monthly       $ 9,941.40       $ 119,296.80   

Months 25 - 36

     3,945       $ 2.60 monthly       $ 10,257.00       $ 123,084.00   

Months 37 - 42

     3,945       $ 2.68 monthly       $ 10,572.60       $ 126,871.20

 

* Note: Amount based on twelve (12) months.

9. The undersigned Tenant has not made any prior assignment, transfer, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents thereunder or sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

C-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tenant has executed this Acknowledgment of Term Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date as of the date first written above.

 

TENANT:

IGNYTA, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

C-1

Exhibit 10.10

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into, effective as of             ,         , by and between Ignyta, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and [ insert name of director or officer ] (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract qualified directors and officers;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of public companies;

WHEREAS, the amended and restated articles of incorporation of the Company (the “Articles of Incorporation”) and the bylaws of the Company (the “Bylaws”) permit the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Nevada law;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee agreed to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company in part in reliance on the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws;

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for (i) substantial protection against personal liability based on Indemnitee’s reliance on the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, (ii) specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws or any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company), and (iii) an inducement to provide effective services to the Company as a director and/or officer, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted under Nevada law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained by the Company, to provide for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is relying upon the rights afforded under this Agreement in accepting Indemnitee’s position as a director and/or officer of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and covenants contained herein and of Indemnitee agreeing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions :

(a) Affiliate : any corporation or other person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common


control with, the person specified.

(b) Change in Control : shall be deemed to have occurred if: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (other than (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (2) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, (3) any person holding shares of the Company on the date that the Company first registers under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any transferee of such individual if such transferee is a spouse or lineal descendant of the transferee or a trust for the benefit of the individual, his spouse or lineal descendants, or (4) City Hill Ventures I, LLC, Jonathan E. Lim or any of their respective Affiliates), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities; (ii) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; or (iii) the Company’s stockholders approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (iv) one or more of the Company’s stockholders agree to directly sell Voting Securities to a “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), who before such sale held Voting Securities representing less than a majority of the total voting power represented by all of the outstanding Voting Securities of the Company, and who after such sale will hold Voting Securities representing a majority of the total voting power represented by all of the outstanding Voting Securities of the Company; or (v) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(c) Expenses : without limitation, any expense, liability, or loss, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, and all other costs and obligations, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

(d) Indemnifiable Event : any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or while a director or officer is or was serving at the

 

2


request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other enterprise, including without limitation any of the Company’s Affiliates, or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Company or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company, as described above.

(e) Independent Counsel : except provided in Section 3 (in the event of a Change in Control), independent legal counsel who has not otherwise performed services for the Company or Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last five (5) years. Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(f) Proceeding : any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, alternative dispute mechanism, or proceeding (including an action by or in the right of the Company), and any appeal thereof or any inquiry, hearing, or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or other.

(g) Reviewing Party : except as provided in Section 3 (in the event of a Change in Control), the Reviewing Party must (i) be a majority of a quorum of the Board consisting of directors who are not parties to the Proceeding, (ii) if a majority of a quorum of the Board consisting of directors who are not parties to the Proceeding so orders, be Independent Counsel, whom shall provide a written opinion, or (iii) if a quorum of the Board consisting of directors who are not parties to the Proceeding cannot be obtained, be Independent Counsel, whom shall provide a written opinion.

(h) Voting Securities : any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2. Agreement to Indemnify .

(a) General Agreement . In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, any Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation,

 

3


any indemnification provided by the Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws, vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law. The Company shall provide indemnification pursuant to this Section 2(a) as soon as practicable, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after it receives written demand from Indemnitee. By written notice to Indemnitee, the thirty (30) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed fifteen (15) days if the Reviewing Party making the determination requires additional time for obtaining or evaluating documents or information.

(b) Initiation of Proceeding . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 4(b); or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) and Independent Counsel has approved its initiation.

(c) Expense Advances . If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within ten (10) business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”); provided that (i) such an Expense Advance shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay the amount thereof if it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company, and (ii) if and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid. If Indemnitee has commenced or commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, as provided in Section 4, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding, and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or have lapsed). Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.

(d) Mandatory Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

(e) Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

4


(f) Prohibited Indemnification . No indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company on account of any Proceeding in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any federal, state, or local laws.

3. Change in Control . After a Change in Control, Independent Counsel, as selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) shall become the Reviewing Party. With respect to all matters arising after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel. Independent Counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law.

If there has not been a Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be selected as set forth in Section 1(g).

Whether Independent Counsel is appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 1(g) or is appointed in circumstances involving a Change in Control in accordance with this Section 3, the Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully Independent Counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of Independent Counsel pursuant hereto.

4. Indemnification Process and Appeal .

(a) Indemnification Payment . Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses and shall receive payment thereof, from the Company in accordance with this Agreement as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on the Company for indemnification, unless the Reviewing Party has given a written opinion to the Company that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.

(b) Suit to Enforce Rights . Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within thirty (30) days after making a demand in accordance with Section 4(a), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court in the State of Nevada having subject matter jurisdiction thereof seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof. The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by Indemnitee shall be otherwise conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity.

 

5


(c) Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions . It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Company) that it is not permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party or the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party or Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.

5. Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for:

(i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events; and/or

(ii) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, but only in the event that Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be. In addition, the Company shall, if so requested by Indemnitee, advance the foregoing Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to and in accordance with Section 2(c).

6. Notification and Defense of Proceeding .

(a) Notice . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).

(b) Defense . With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate

 

6


in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company; (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding; (iii) after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by Independent Counsel; or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.

(c) Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action; the Company’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if participation in the Proceeding by the Company was barred by this Agreement.

7. Establishment of Trust . In the event of a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) the Company shall, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a Trust for the benefit of Indemnitee and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund the Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Expenses reasonably anticipated at the time of each such request to be incurred in connection with investigating, preparing for, participating in, and/or defending any Proceeding relating to an Indemnifiable Event. The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by Independent Counsel. The terms of the Trust shall provide that (i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded without the written consent of Indemnitee, (ii) the Trustee shall advance, within ten (10) business days of a request by Indemnitee, any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (and Indemnitee hereby agrees to

 

7


reimburse the Trust under the same circumstances for which Indemnitee would be required to reimburse the Company under Section 2(c) of this Agreement), (iii) the Trust shall continue to be funded by the Company in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iv) the Trustee shall promptly pay to Indemnitee all amounts for which Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and (v) all unexpended funds in the Trust shall revert to the Company upon a final determination by Independent Counsel or a court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be, that Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be chosen by Indemnitee. Nothing in this Section 7 shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement. All income earned on the assets held in the Trust shall be reported as income by the Company for federal, state, local, and foreign tax purposes. The Company shall pay all costs of establishing and maintaining the Trust and shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the establishment and maintenance of the Trust.

8. Non-Exclusivity . The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law, or otherwise; provided, however, that this Agreement shall supersede any prior indemnification agreement between the Company and Indemnitee. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

9. Liability Insurance . To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing general and/or directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.

10. Period of Limitations . No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two (2) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, or such longer period as may be required by state law under the circumstances. Any claim or cause of action of the Company or its Affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing and notice of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.

11. Amendment of this Agreement . No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in the form of a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought, and no such waiver shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to

 

8


exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

12. No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, bylaw, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

13. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though he may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

14. Severability . If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void, or unenforceable.

15. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws.

16. Notices . All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:

 

9


Ignyta, Inc.

11095 Flintkote Ave, Suite D

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

and to Indemnitee at:

[ Indemnitee Address ]

[ Indemnitee Address ]

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section 16. All notices complying with this Section 16 shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterpart signature pages to this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile or electronic delivery (i.e., by email of a PDF signature page) and each such counterpart signature page will constitute an original for all purposes.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day specified above.

 

IGNYTA, INC.,

a Nevada corporation

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
INDEMNITEE

 

[ Print Name ]

 

11

Exhibit 16.1

 

LOGO

October 30, 2013

DOV WEINSTEIN & CO. C.P.A. (ISR)

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

  Re: Commission File No. 333-183886 (Ignyta, Inc.)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have read Item 4.01 of Ignyta, Inc.’s (formerly known as Infinity Oil & Gas Company) Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 31, 2013, captioned “Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant,” and are in agreement with the statements contained therein, as they relate to our firm. We have no basis to agree or disagree with the other statements contained therein.

Very truly yours,

Dov Weinstein & Co. C.P.A. (Isr)

 

/s/ Dov Weinstein & Co. C.P.A. (Isr)
Dov Weinstein & Co. C.P.A. (Isr)

Jerusalem, Israel

 

LOGO

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF IGNYTA, INC.

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction

Ignyta Operating, Inc.    Delaware

Exhibit 99.1

Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Contents

 

Unaudited Financial Statements   

Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and December 31, 2012

     2   

Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the period from August 29, 2011 (Inception) through June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     3   

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the period from August 29, 2011 (Inception) through June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     4   

Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the period from August 29, 2011 (Inception) through June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     5   

Notes to Financial Statements (unaudited)

     6-20   

 

1


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Balance Sheets

 

     June 30,     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (Unaudited)        

Assets

    

Current Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,235,431      $ 5,032,307   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     166,838        95,164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     3,402,269        5,127,471   

Fixed Assets—Net

     492,986        294,477   

Other Assets

     39,673        21,697   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     $ 3,934,928      $ 5,443,645   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 317,054      $ 291,955   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     96,286        54,092   

Note payable, current portion

     378,855        112,129   

Warrant liability

     30,900        24,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     823,095        482,676   

Note payable, net of current portion

     594,369        367,701   

Other liabilities

     65,000        32,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,482,464        882,877   

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 9)

    

Stockholders’ Equity

    

Convertible Preferred Stock:

    

Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 2,500,000 shares authorized; 833,334 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference $500,000)

     84        84   

Series B Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 7,000,000 shares authorized; 1,835,000 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference $5,505,000)

     183        183   

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 19,000,000 shares authorized 2,236,670 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013 and 653,334 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012

     223        65   

Additional paid-in capital

     5,967,501        5,919,733   

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (3,515,527     (1,359,297
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     2,452,464        4,560,768   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     $ 3,934,928      $ 5,443,645   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

2


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Unaudited Statements of Operations

 

     Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2013
    Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2012
    Period from
August 29, 2011
(Inception)
through
June 30, 2013
 

Revenue

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Expenses

      

Research and development

     1,220,664        236,224        1,968,577   

General and administrative

     903,696        161,120        1,491,153   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

     (2,124,360     (397,344     (3,459,730
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Expense

      

Other income (expense)

     5,700        —          5,700   

Interest expense

     (35,475     —          (58,094
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Expense

     (29,775     —          (52,394
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss Before Income Taxes

     (2,154,135     (397,344     (3,512,124

Income tax provision

     2,095        1,308        3,403   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ (2,156,230   $ (398,652   $ (3,515,527
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

3


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Unaudited Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

                                              Deficit        
                                              Accumulated        
    Convertible Preferred Stock                 Additional     During the        
    Series A     Series B     Common Stock     Paid-in     Development        
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Stage     Total  

Balance at August 29, 2011

    —        $ —          —        $ —          —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Issuance of Restricted Stock

    —          —          —          —          666,668        66        1,934        —          2,000   

Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock net $29,221 in offering costs

    416,667        42        —          —          —          —          220,736        —          220,778   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          781        —          781   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (79,445     (79,445
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    416,667        42        —          —          666,668        66        223,451        (79,445     144,114   

Repurchase of Common Stock

    —          —          —          —          (13,334     (1     (39     —          (40

Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock net $858 in offering costs

    416,667        42        —          —          —          —          249,100        —          249,142   

Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock net of $80,969 in offering costs

    —          —          1,835,000        183        —          —          5,423,848        —          5,424,031   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          23,373        —          23,373   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,279,852     (1,279,852
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    833,334        84        1,835,000        183        653,334        65      $ 5,919,733        (1,359,297     4,560,768   

Issuance of Restricted Stock due to Actagene merger

    —          —          —          —          1,583,336        158        5,542        —          5,700   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          42,226        —          42,226   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (2,156,230     (2,156,230
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

    833,334      $ 84        1,835,000      $ 183        2,236,670      $ 223      $ 5,967,501      $ (3,515,527   $ 2,452,464   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

4


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Unaudited Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Six Months
ended
June 30, 2013
    Six Months
ended
June 30, 2012
    Period from
August 29, 2011
(Inception)
through
June 30, 2013
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

      

Net loss

   $ (2,156,230   $ (398,652   $ (3,515,527

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     48,076        2,959        61,968   

Stock-based compensation

     42,226        7,950        66,380   

Interest expense

     12,700        —          18,444   

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     (5,700     —          (5,700

Amortization of debt discount

     5,494        —          9,824   

Increase (decrease) in cash resulting from changes in:

      

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (102,349     (70,602     (224,954

Accounts payable trade

     25,098        75,272        317,053   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     74,694        50,184        161,286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (2,055,991     (332,889     (3,111,226
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

      

Purchases of fixed assets

     (246,585     (24,030     (554,954
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

     500,000        500,000        1,000,000   

Net proceeds from issuance of Restricted Stock

     5,700        —          7,700   

Net proceeds from issuance of Preferred Stock

     —          2,328,582        5,893,951   

Repurchase of Common Stock

     —          —          (40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     505,700        2,828,582        6,901,611   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (1,796,876     2,471,663        3,235,431   

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

     5,032,307        155,881        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

   $ 3,235,431      $ 2,627,544      $ 3,235,431   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

      

Interest

   $ 17,282      $ —        $ 27,617   

Income taxes

   $ 2,095      $ 1,308      $ 3,403   

Noncash investing and Financing Activities:

      

Warrants issued with debt financing recorded as debt discount

   $ 12,100      $ 24,500      $ 36,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

5


1.      

  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies    A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies consistently applied in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows.
  Nature of operations   

Ignyta, Inc. (“the Company”) was founded in 2011 and incorporated in the state of Delaware. The Company is a precision medicine biotechnology company dedicated to discovering or acquiring, then developing and commercializing precisely targeted new drugs for cancer patients whose tumors harbor specific molecular alterations. We pursue an integrated drug and diagnostic, or Rx/Dx, strategy, where we aim to pair each of our innovative drugs with biomarker-based companion diagnostics, developed by us or by third parties with which we may partner, that are designed to identify the patients that are most likely to benefit from the use of the drugs we may develop.

 

In May 2013, the Company acquired Actagene Oncology, Inc. (“Actagene”), a San Diego based privately held biotechnology company developing precision medicines for high unmet need cancer indications, based on cancer genome mining and sequencing. With the acquisition, the Company changed its business strategy from a prior focus on molecular diagnostics for autoimmune disease to an integrated Rx/Dx focus on drug and biomarker discovery and development for oncology (see Note 2).

  Development stage    As of June 30, 2013, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to product development, raising capital and building infrastructure, and has not realized revenues from its planned principal operations. Accordingly, the Company is considered to be in the development stage.
  Liquidity   

As of June 30, 2013, the Company had an accumulated deficit of approximately $3,516,000. The Company also had negative cash flow from operations of approximately $2,056,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2013.

 

We do not currently believe that our existing cash resources are sufficient to meet our anticipated needs during the next twelve months. We believe we have sufficient cash resources to satisfy our capital needs through December 2013. However, our estimates of our operating expenses and working capital requirements could be incorrect, and we may use our cash resources faster than we presently anticipate. The uncertainties surrounding our ability to continue to fund our operations raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

    

On February 27, 2013, the Company was advanced $500,000 pursuant to a Loan Agreement with a financial institution. In July 2013 the Company was advanced an additional $500,000 under the Loan Agreement (see Note 4).

 

The Company’s ability to continue its operations is dependent upon its ability to raise significant additional capital through equity or debt financing. Additional financing may not be available when needed on acceptable terms or at all. Any equity financing may result in dilution to existing stockholders

 

6


  Liquidity, cont’d   

and any debt financing may include restrictive covenants.

 

The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

 

Use of

estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates used in preparing the financial statements include those assumed in computing the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, the valuation of warrants, and those assumed in calculating stock-based compensation expense.
 

Cash and cash

equivalents

   The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents primarily represent amounts invested in money market funds whose cost equals market value.
  Fixed assets    Fixed assets are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally three to five years, or, in the case of leasehold improvements, over the lesser of the useful life of the related asset or the lease term.
  Impairment of long-lived assets    In accordance with authoritative guidance related to impairment or disposal of long-lived assets, management reviews the Company’s long-lived asset groups for impairment whenever events indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. When management determines that one or more impairment indicators are present for an asset group, it compares the carrying amount of the asset group to net future undiscounted cash flows that the asset group is expected to generate. If the carrying amount of the asset group is greater than the net future undiscounted cash flows that the asset group is expected to generate, it compares the fair value to the book value of the asset group. If the fair value is less than the book value, it recognizes an impairment loss. The impairment loss would be the excess of the carrying amount of the asset group over its fair value. To date, the Company has not experienced any impairment losses on its long-lived assets used in operations.
  Stock-based compensation    The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation , which establishes accounting for equity instruments exchanged for employee services. Under such provisions, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the calculated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense, under the straight-line method, over the employee’s

 

7


     requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant).
 

Stock-based compensation,

cont’d

   The Company accounts for equity instruments, including restricted stock or stock options, issued to non-employees in accordance with authoritative guidance for equity based payments to non-employees. Stock options issued to non-employees are accounted for at their estimated fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of options granted to non-employees is re-measured as they vest, and the resulting increase in value, if any, is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered. Restricted stock issued to non-employees is accounted for at their estimated fair value as they vest.
  Fair value of financial instruments    The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses and other assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and notes payable. Fair value estimates of these instruments are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information. These estimates may be subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the carrying amounts are generally considered to be representative of their respective fair values because of the short-term nature of those instruments.
  Derivative liabilities    The Company accounts for its warrants as either equity or liabilities based upon the characteristics and provisions of each instrument. Warrants classified as derivative liabilities are recorded on the Company’s balance sheet at their fair value on the date of issuance and revalued on each subsequent balance sheet date until such instruments are exercised or expire, with any changes in the fair value between reporting periods recorded as other income or expense. Management estimates the fair value of these liabilities using option pricing models and assumptions that are based on the individual characteristics of the warrants or instruments on the valuation date, as well as assumptions for future events, expected volatility, expected life, yield, and risk free interest rate.
  Income taxes    Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Income tax expense is the combination of the tax payable for the year and the change during the year in deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 

Research and development

costs

   The Company is actively engaged in new product development efforts for which related costs are expensed as incurred.
 

Fair value measurement

   Financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, which is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the

 

8


  Fair value measurement cont’d   

measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The following is a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value

 

•      Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

•      Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

•      Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

As of June 30, 2013, the Company’s Level 1 investments of cash and cash equivalents were comprised of cash in checking accounts.

 

The Company used Level 3 inputs for its valuation methodology for the warrant derivative liabilities. The estimated fair values were determined using a Binomial option pricing model based on various assumptions (see Note 7). The Company’s derivative liabilities are adjusted to reflect estimated fair value at each period end, with any decrease or increase in the estimated fair value being recorded in other income or expense accordingly, as adjustments to fair value of derivative liabilities

 

At June 30, 2013, the estimated fair values of the liabilities measured on a recurring basis are as follows:

Fair Value Measurements at June 30, 2013

Balance at
June 30, 2013
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
    Significant
Other
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 
$            30,900     —          —        $ 30,900   

 

     The following table presents the activity for liabilities measured at estimated fair value using unobservable inputs for the six months ended June 30, 2013:

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

     Warrant Derivative
Liability
 

Beginning Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 24,500   

Issuances

     12,100   

Adjustments to estimated fair value

     (5,700
  

 

 

 

Ending Balance at June 30, 2013

   $ 30,900   
  

 

 

 

 

9


2.      

  Actagene Merger   

In May 2013 the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Actagene. In accordance with the agreement, Actagene was merged into Ignyta and the separate corporate existence of Actagene ceased and Ignyta continues as the surviving corporation. On May 20, 2013, the merger was effected and Ignyta issued 1,583,336 shares of its Common Stock in exchange for the cancellation of all of the outstanding shares of Actagene.

 

The merger was accounted for as a combination of entities under common control. The majority stockholder of the Company was also the majority stockholder of Actagene, with approximately 60% of the voting power in each entity. Additionally, representatives of the majority stockholder controlled the day to day operations and were on the board of directors of each entity.

 

The financial statements of Ignyta reflect the merger as if it had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented. Actagene was formed in February 2013.

3.      

 

Fixed

Assets

   Fixed assets consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Manufacturing and lab equipment

   $ 392,324       $ 288,434   

Office furniture and equipment

     59,095         6,646   

Computers

     97,578         7,332   

Leasehold improvements

     5,957         5,957   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     554,954         308,369   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     61,968         13,892   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 492,986       $ 294,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Depreciation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the period from inception (August 29, 2011) through June 30, 2013 was $48,076, $2,959 and $61,968, respectively.

4.      

 

Note

Payable

  

During 2012 the Company entered a Loan Agreement (“the Loan Agreement”) with a financial institution with a maximum borrowing amount of $500,000. This Loan Agreement was amended on February 27, 2013 increasing the available maximum borrowing amount to $1,500,000 subject to certain milestones as defined in the Loan Agreement. The loan is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company, other than its intellectual property.

 

The Company was advanced $500,000 on June 28, 2012. The payments of principal and interest are due on the advance on a fully amortized basis of 36

 

10


4.      

 

Note

Payable

Cont’d

  

months in equal monthly installments, commencing after a fifteen-month period of interest only payments. Interest on the $500,000 advanced in June 2012 was fixed on the date of funding at 4.77%.

 

The Company was advanced an additional $500,000 on February 27, 2013 in connection with entering into an amendment to the Loan Agreement with the lender on that date. The payments of principal and interest are due on the advance on a fully amortized basis of 30 months in equal monthly installments, commencing after a six-month period of interest only payments. Interest on the $500,000 advanced in February 2013 was fixed on the date of funding at 4.0%.

 

As additional consideration for the cost and risk associated with the Loan Agreement, the Company issued to the lender a warrant to purchase up to 8,334 shares of Series B Preferred Stock in June 2012, and an additional warrant to purchase up to a number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock equal to 5% of the amount loaned under the Loan Agreement on February 27, 2013 and thereafter, subject to adjustment as set forth in the warrant, including without limitation for stock combinations and splits. As a result, the warrant is exercisable for 8,334 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock as of February 27, 2013. The warrants issued in 2013 and 2012 were recorded at a fair value of $12,100 and $24,500, respectively, and were presented as a debt discount on the related debt, which will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the Agreement (See Note 7).

 

The unamortized debt discount as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 is $26,776 and $20,170 respectively.

 

Interest expense due to amortization of the debt discount for the six month period ending June 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the period from inception to June 30, 2013 is $5,494, $0 and $9,824, respectively.

     Future minimum principal payments on notes payable are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

      

2013

   $ 129,199   

2014

     531,355   

2015

     339,446   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,000,000   
  

 

 

 

 

5.      

  Stockholders’ Equity   

As of June 30, 2013, pursuant to the Company’s certificate of incorporation, the Company is authorized to issue 19,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 2,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 7,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a par value of $0.0001. Each share of the Company’s Common stock is entitled to one vote and all shares rank equally as to voting and other matters.

 

On October 31, 2013 the Company approved a 3-for-1 reverse stock split on its capital stock. The Company did not change the par value of the shares. The stockholders’ equity section of the accompanying financial statements and all

 

11


     share numbers disclosed throughout the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the reverse stock split.
 

Series A Convertible Preferred

Stock

  

During 2012, the Company issued 416,667 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at $0.60 per share for proceeds consisting of $250,000 in cash.

 

During 2011, the Company issued 416,667 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at $0.60 per share for proceeds consisting of $250,000 in cash.

 

Series B Convertible Preferred

Stock

   During 2012, the Company issued 1,835,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at $3.00 per share for proceeds consisting of $5,505,000 in cash.
  Dividends    The holders of each series of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends equal to 8% of the original issue price on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock, when and if declared by the Board of Directors. To date, no dividends have been declared.
  Liquidation preference   

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up, Series B Preferred Stockholders are entitled to receive prior to any assets distributed to Series A Preferred stockholders or Common stockholders, an amount equal to $3.00 for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock plus declared but unpaid dividends, if any. Upon complete distribution to holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred stockholders are entitled to receive $0.60 for each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock plus declared but unpaid dividends, if any.

 

After payment of the full Preferred Stock liquidation amount, the remaining funds and assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably to the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock on an “as if converted to Common Stock” basis.

 

If, upon any such liquidation event, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution are insufficient to pay the holders of Preferred Stock the full amount of the Preferred Stock liquidation payment, each of the holders of Preferred Stock will share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets and funds of the Company in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable.

  Voting rights    Each outstanding share of Preferred Stock is entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock are then convertible.
  Conversion   

Each share of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock determined by multiplying each share of Preferred Stock by the original issue price and dividing the result by the conversion price, subject to adjustment. Initially, the conversion price was

 

12


    

$0.60 for the Series A Preferred Stock and $3.00 for the Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Each share of Preferred Stock will be automatically converted into shares of Common Stock at any time upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock in which the aggregate gross proceeds from such offering to the Company is at least $10,000,000 and the price paid by the public for such shares is at least $6.00 per share, or at the election by the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis.

6.   Stock-Based Compensation    In 2011, the Company adopted the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan provided for the issuance of incentive stock options to employees of the Company and nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights and stock bonuses to directors, employees and consultants of the Company. In February 2013, the Company’s board of directors and the holders of at least a majority of its then-outstanding capital stock approved an amendment to the Plan to, among other things, increase the number of shares of its Common Stock available for issuance thereunder from 166,666 shares to 666,666 shares.
  Stock option activity   

There are a total of 666,666 shares of Common Stock reserved under the plan. As of June 30, 2013, 443,719 shares remained available for grant. The options that are granted under the Plan are exercisable at various dates and will expire no more than ten years from their date of grant. The exercise price of each option shall be determined by the administrator of the Plan, which is the Board of Directors and shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date the option is granted. Generally, options are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of the option grant. For holders of more than 10% of the Company’s total combined voting power of all classes of stock, incentive stock options may not be granted at less than 110% of the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant and for a term not to exceed five years.

 

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information is as follows:

 

     Options
Outstanding
     Weighted
-Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance at August 29, 2011

     —         $ —           —         $ —     

Granted

     12,500         0.18         —           —     

Exercised

     —           —           —           —     

Cancelled

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     12,500         0.18         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

13


Granted

     144,159        0.39         —           —     

Exercised

     —          —           —           —     

Cancelled

     —          —           —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     156,659        0.36         —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     136,328        0.60         —           —     

Exercised

     —          —           —           —     

Expired

     (208     0.18         —           —     

Forfeited

     (67,195     0.45         —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

     225,584        0.48         9.29         121,717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at June 30, 2013

     83,391      $ 0.42         9.18       $ 48,870   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option

activity, cont’d

   The fair value of options granted to employees and non-employee directors was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the weighted-average assumptions stated below.

 

     June 30,
2013
    June 30,2012  

Risk free interest rate

     1.18     0.98

Dividend yield

     0.00     0.00

Volatility

     59.82     60.94

Weighted-average expected life of option (years)

     5.99        5.9   

 

    

The estimated weighted-average fair value of stock options granted to employees during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $0.33 and $0.09 respectively.

 

The fair value of options granted to non-employees was estimated at the vesting date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the weighted-average assumptions stated below.

 

     June 30,
2013
    June 30, 2012  

Risk free interest rate

     2.05     1.83

Dividend yield

     0.00     0.00

Volatility

     59.25     90.00

Weighted-average expected life of option (years)

     10        10   

 

    

The estimated weighted-average fair value of stock options granted to non-employees during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 was $0.42 and $0.15, respectively.

 

Dividend Yield -The Company has never declared or paid dividends on Common Stock and has no plans to do so in the foreseeable future.

 

14


  Stock option activity, cont’d   

Expected Volatility -Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a financial variable such as a share price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate during a period. The Company considered the historical volatility of peer companies and business and economic considerations in order to estimate the expected volatility, due to the Company not being publicly traded.

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate -This is the U.S. Treasury rate for the day of each option grant during the quarter having a term that most closely resembles the expected life of the option.

 

Expected Life of the Option Term -This is the period of time that the options granted are expected to remain unexercised. Options granted during the period have a maximum contractual term of ten years. The Company estimates the expected life of the option term based on the simplified method as defined in Staff Accounting Bulletin 110. For non-employee options granted, this is the remaining contractual term of the option as of the reporting date.

 

Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company assesses the forfeiture rate on an annual basis and revises the rate when deemed necessary.

 

Stock-based compensation expense for employees and non-employees for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and the period from inception (August 29, 2011) through June 30, 2013 was $38,986, $5,200 and $52,440, respectively.

 

As of June 30, 2013, there was an additional $47,985 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards granted under the Company’s stock option plan. This unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.16 years.

  Restricted stock activity   

In 2011 the Company sold 666,668 shares of restricted stock, with a par value of $.0001 per share for proceeds of $2,000, in accordance with restricted stock purchase agreements with various advisors of the Company. Approximately 600,000 shares were vested immediately and the remaining 66,668 are subject to vesting requirements based on future service.

 

Terms of the agreement state that the Company has the right to repurchase the unvested shares of stock if the shareholder stops providing service. The Company repurchased 13,334 shares of Common Stock in 2012. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense, calculated as the difference between the fair value of the Common Stock at each reporting period less the proceeds received, upon vesting of the restricted stock. Stock-based compensation for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and the period from inception (August 29, 2011) through June 30, 2013 was $3,240, $2,750 and $13,940, respectively. At June 30, 2013, 627,334 shares were vested and 26,000 shares remain unvested.

7.   Warrants    During 2012, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 8,334 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in connection with the Loan Agreement. The exercise price of the warrant is $3.00 per share.

 

15


    

On February 27, 2013, the Company issued a second warrant to purchase up to a number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, equal to 5% of the amount loaned under the Loan Agreement on February 27, 2013 and thereafter, subject to adjustment as set forth in the warrant, including without limitation for stock combinations and splits. As a result, the warrant was exercisable for 8,334 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock as of February 27, 2013. The exercise price of the warrant is $3.00 per share and expires February 27, 2020.

 

The exercise price of the warrants is protected against dilutive financing through the term of the warrants. Pursuant to ASC 815-15 and ASC 815-40, the fair value of the warrants was recorded as a derivative liability on the issuance dates.

 

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had a warrant liability of $24,500 for the warrants issued in 2012.

 

The Company revalued all of the warrants at the end of the period, and the estimated fair value of the outstanding warrant liability is $30,900 at June 30, 2013. The change in the estimated fair value of the derivative liability resulted in other income (expense) of $5,700 and $0 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The derivative liabilities were valued at their issuance dates and at June 30, 2013 using a Binomial pricing model and the following assumptions:

 

     Closing date     June 30, 2013  

Expected volatility

     46.3     39.6

Risk-free interest rate

     1.24     1.69

Dividend yield

     0.00     0.00

Remaining expected term of underlying securities (years)

     6.9        6.7   

 

8.

 

Income

Taxes

  

The Company maintains deferred tax assets that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. These deferred tax assets include net operating loss carryforwards, deferred revenue and stock-based compensation. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company considers projected future taxable income and planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on the level of historical operating results and projections for the taxable income for the future, the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to zero. The

 

16


     Company may not ever be able to realize the benefit of some or all of the federal and state loss carryforwards, either due to ongoing operating losses or due to ownership changes, which limit the usefulness of the loss carryforwards.
9.   Commitments and Contingencies   
  Operating leases   

The Company leases office space under non-cancelable operating leases expiring on various dates through August 2016. The Company incurred rent expense of approximately $59,382 and $11,960 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $89,302 inception through June 30, 2013.

In August 2013 the Company entered into a new lease for a second building for a one year period. Monthly payments of $3,774 are due beginning November 14, 2013.

 

The Company leases lab equipment under a non-cancelable operating lease that expires in March 2016. Monthly payments are $5,758. The Company incurred rent expense of $16,368 and $0 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively and $16,368 inception through June 30, 2013.

 

Future minimum lease payments required under the operating leases are as follows:

    

 

Year Ending December 31,

      
2013    $ 81,209   
2014      183,217   
2015      191,556   
2016      101,226   
  

 

 

 
Total    $ 557,208   
  

 

 

 

 

 

License

agreement

  

In March 2012 the Company entered into a license agreement with a university for the use of certain patented rights relating to molecular diagnostics. Under the term of the agreement the Company is required to make annual license payments of $15,000 commencing on the effective date of the agreement and ending upon the sale of a commercially licensed product covered by the licensed patent rights. Additionally, the Company may be required to make milestone payments up to $225,000, contingent on certain product approval and commercialization milestones.

 

The agreement also requires royalty payments of low single digit percentages of net sales. The agreement terminates at the expiration of the longest lived patent rights. The Company made the first license payment under the agreement in 2012. The Company has not met any of the milestones mentioned above.

 

17


10.   Concentrations   
  Credit risk   

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments and trade accounts receivable. The Company grants unsecured credit to its customers. Management believes its credit policies do not result in significant adverse risk and historically has not experienced significant credit-related loss.

 

The Company maintains cash balances at various financial institutions. Accounts at these institutions are secured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. At times these balances exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. Management believes that the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk with respect to its cash and cash equivalents.

11.   Related Parties   

In 2012, the Company executed an employee lease agreement with its majority stockholder. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company is reimbursed for certain administrative services provided to the related party. In addition, the Company was reimbursed for various operating expenses related to shared utilities and telecommunications.

 

Total reimbursements received during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the period from inception through June 30, 2013 were $5,372, $8,228 and $19,397, respectively. There was a balance of approximately $4,500 related to this agreement at December 31, 2012. There was no balance at June 30, 2013.

 

In May 2013, the Company and Actagene effected a merger pursuant to which Actagene merged with and into the Company. The majority stockholder of the Company was also the majority stockholder of Actagene, and representatives of the majority stockholder controlled the day to day operations and were on the board of directors of each entity (see Note 2).

12.   Subsequent Events   
 

License

agreement

   The Company entered into an agreement with Nerviano Medical Sciences S.r.l. (NMS) on October 10, 2013, which was amended on October 25, 2013 whereby the Company will obtain an exclusive license in Nerviano’s API’s and licensed NMS IP rights upon the effective date of the agreement, which will occur upon the completion of a financing by the Company or its affiliates resulting in gross proceeds of at least $20,000,000. An initial payment of $7,000,000 is due by December 31, 2013. In addition, the Company has agreed, following the closing of the Merger (as defined below) and on the effective date of the agreement, to cause Parent (as defined below) to issue a five year warrant to purchase 16,667 shares of its Common Stock. Tiered royalties in the low single digits to mid double digits will be paid based upon aggregate annual net sales. The Company is obligated under the terms of the license agreement to engage NMS to perform services valued at $1 million or more between the effective date of the license agreement and December 31, 2014, which services could include, among others at our

 

18


    

election, manufacture and supply services, technology transfer activities, preclinical activities, process development activities and assay development activities.

 

  Note payable   

In July 2013 the Company was advanced the final $500,000 under the Loan Agreement. Payments of principal and interest are due on the loan on a fully amortized basis of 24 months in equal installments, commencing after a one month period of interest only payments. Interest is fixed at 4.04%.

 

As additional consideration for the cost and risk associated with the Agreement, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 8,334 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, to the holder.

 

Merger

Transaction

  

For purposes of the below description of the Merger and the Ignyta Plan (each as defined below), all references to “Ignyta” shall refer to Ignyta, Inc., a Nevada corporation whose name was changed from Infinity Oil & Gas Company on October 31, 2013 in connection with the closing of the Merger; all references to “Merger Sub” shall refer to IGAS Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Ignyta; and all references to “Ignyta Operating” shall refer to the Company, whose name was changed from Ignyta, Inc. to Ignyta Operating, Inc. on October 31, 2013 in connection with the closing of the Merger.

 

On October 31, 2013, Ignyta, Merger Sub, and Ignyta Operating entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “Merger Agreement”). The Merger Agreement provides for the merger of Merger Sub with and into Ignyta Operating (the “Merger”), with Ignyta Operating surviving the transaction as a wholly owned subsidiary of Ignyta. The Merger closed on October 31, 2013 concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement.

 

Also on October 31, 2013, prior to the execution and delivery of the Merger Agreement and the concurrent closing of the Merger, (i) the holders of all series of outstanding Preferred Stock of Ignyta Operating, consisting of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voluntarily converted such shares into shares of Ignyta Operating’s Common Stock in accordance with the certificate of incorporation of Ignyta Operating and at the then-effective conversion rates therefor, which were one-to-one in all cases, and (ii) Ignyta Operating amended its certificate of incorporation to change its name to “Ignyta Operating, Inc.” and to effect a three-to-one reverse stock split of its capital stock, resulting in 4,916,469 outstanding shares of Ignyta Operating’s Common Stock, outstanding warrants to acquire up to an aggregate of 25,001 shares of Ignyta Operating’s common stock, and outstanding options granted under Ignyta Operating’s 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended and restated, the “Ignyta Plan”) to purchase up to an aggregate of 358,986 shares of Ignyta Operating’s Common Stock.

 

At the closing of the Merger and pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, Ignyta issued an aggregate of 4,916,469 shares of its common stock to the former stockholders of Ignyta Operating in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of Ignyta Operating’s capital stock. That number of shares

 

19


 

Subsequent Events,

Cont’d

   was negotiated and agreed to by Ignyta and Ignyta Operating prior to entering into the Merger Agreement. As a result, the equity holders of Ignyta Operating became entitled to receive one share of Ignyta’s Common Stock, or the right to acquire one share of Ignyta’s Common Stock, in exchange for each one share of Ignyta Operating’s Common Stock, or right to acquire one share of Ignyta Operating’s Common Stock, held by them prior to the closing of the Merger. As of immediately following the closing of the Merger, Ignyta Operating has become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ignyta, and the former stockholders of Ignyta Operating collectively own approximately 99.85% of the outstanding shares of Ignyta’s Common Stock. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, Ignyta has assumed (i) the Ignyta Plan, under which an aggregate of 342,209 shares are reserved for issuance pursuant to future equity grants, (ii) the obligation to issue up to an aggregate of 358,986 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of all options granted under the Ignyta Plan that were outstanding as of immediately prior to the closing of the Merger, and (iii) the obligation to issue up to an aggregate of 25,001 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of two warrants previously issued by Ignyta Operating and outstanding as of immediately prior to the closing of the Merger.
  2011 Equity Incentive Plan   

Effective as of immediately prior to the closing of the Merger on October 31, 2013, Ignyta Operating’s Board of Directors and the holders of at least a majority of its then-outstanding capital stock approved a further amendment to the Ignyta Plan to, among other things, increase the number of shares of its common stock available for issuance thereunder from 666,666 shares to 712,652 shares. Effective upon the closing of the Merger, Ignyta assumed the Ignyta Plan and the obligation to issue all outstanding options and other awards outstanding thereunder as of the closing of the Merger.

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through October 31, 2013, which is the date the financial statements were issued.

 

20

Exhibit 99.2

Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

 

     Contents   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     2   
Audited Financial Statements   

Balance Sheets

     3   

Statements of Operations

     4   

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     5   

Statements of Cash Flows

     6   

Notes to Financial Statements

     7-20   

 

1


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Ignyta, Inc.

San Diego, California

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Ignyta, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the periods then ended and for the period from August 29, 2011 (Inception) through December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ignyta, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the periods then ended and for the period from August 29, 2011 (Inception) through December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

San Diego, CA

July 15, 2013

 

2


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Balance Sheets

 

December 31,

   2012     2011  

Assets

    

Current Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,032,307      $ 155,881   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     95,164        5,183   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     5,127,471        161,064   

Fixed Assets—Net

     294,477        2,273   

Other Assets

     21,697        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 5,443,645      $ 163,337   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 291,955      $ 19,223   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     54,092        —     

Note payable, current portion

     112,129        —     

Warrant liability

     24,500        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     482,676        19,223   

Note payable, net of current portion

     367,701        —     

Other liabilities

     32,500        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     882,877        19,223   

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 8)

    

Stockholders’ Equity

    

Convertible Preferred Stock:

    

Series A Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value; 2,500,000 shares authorized; 833,334 and 416,667 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively (liquidation preference $500,000)

     84        42   

Series B Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value; 7,000,000 shares authorized; 1,835,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 (liquidation preference $5,505,000)

     183        —     

Common Stock, $.0001 par value; 14,000,000 shares authorized; 653,334 and 666,668 shares issued and outstanding at at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

     65        66   

Additional paid-in capital

     5,919,733        223,451   

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (1,359,297     (79,445
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     4,560,768        144,114   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 5,443,645      $ 163,337   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

3


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Statements of Operations

 

Years Ended December 31,

   Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Period Ended
December 31,
2011
    Period from
August 29, 2011
(Inception)
through
December 31,
2012
 

Revenue

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Expenses

      

Research and development

     708,043        39,870        747,913   

General and administrative

     547,882        39,575        587,457   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

     (1,255,925     (79,445     (1,335,370
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Expense

      

Interest expense

     (22,619     —          (22,619
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Expense

     (22,619     —          (22,619
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss Before Income Taxes

     (1,278,544     (79,445     (1,357,989

Income tax provision

     1,308        —          1,308   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ (1,279,852   $ (79,445   $ (1,359,297
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

4


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

                              Deficit        
                                                   Accumulated        
     Convertible Preferred Stock                  Additional     During the        
     Series A      Series B      Common Stock     Paid-in     Development        
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount      Shares     Amount     Capital     Stage     Total  

Balance at August 29, 2011

     —         $ —           —         $ —           —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Issuance of Restricted Stock

     —           —           —           —           666,668        66        1,934        —          2,000   

Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock net $29,221 in offering costs

     416,667         42         —           —           —          —          220,736        —          220,778   

Stock-based compensation expense

     —           —           —           —           —          —          781        —          781   

Net loss

     —           —           —           —           —          —          —          (79,445     (79,445
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     416,667         42         —           —           666,668        66        223,451        (79,445     144,114   

Repurchase of Common Stock

     —           —           —           —           (13,334     (1     (39     —          (40

Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock net $858 in offering costs

     416,667         42         —           —           —          —          249,100        —          249,142   

Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock net of $80,969 in offering costs

     —           —           1,835,000         183         —          —          5,423,848        —          5,424,031   

Stock-based compensation expense

     —           —           —           —           —          —          23,373        —          23,373   

Net loss

     —           —           —           —           —          —          —          (1,279,852     (1,279,852
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     833,334       $ 84         1,835,000       $ 183         653,334      $ 65      $ 5,919,733      $ (1,359,297   $ 4,560,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

5


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Statements of Cash Flows

 

Years Ended December 31,

   Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Period Ended
December 31,
2011
    Period from
August 29, 2011
(Inception)
through
December 31,
2012
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

    

Net loss

   $ (1,279,852   $ (79,445   $ (1,359,297

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     13,892        —          13,892   

Stock-based compensation

     23,373        781        24,154   

Interest expense

     5,744        —          5,744   

Amortization of debt discount

     4,330        —          4,330   

Increase (decrease) in cash resulting from changes in:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (117,422     (5,183     (122,605

Accounts payable trade

     272,732        19,223        291,955   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     86,592        —          86,592   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (990,611     (64,624     (1,055,235
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

    

Purchases of fixed assets

     (306,096     (2,273     (308,369
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

    

Net proceeds from issuance of Preferred Stock

     5,673,173        220,778        5,893,951   

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

     500,000        —          500,000   

Repurchase of Common Stock

     (40     —          (40

Net proceeds from issuance of Restricted Stock

     —          2,000        2,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     6,173,133        222,778        6,395,911   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     4,876,426        155,881        5,032,307   

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period

     155,881        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period

   $ 5,032,307      $ 155,881      $ 5,032,307   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

    

Interest

   $ 10,335      $ —        $ 10,335   

Income taxes

   $ 1,309      $ —        $ 1,309   

Noncash investing and Financing Activities:

    

Warrants issued with debt financing recorded as debt discount

   $ 24,500      $ —        $ 24,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

6


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

1.      

  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies    A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies consistently applied in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows.
  Nature of operations   

Ignyta, Inc. (“the Company”) was founded in 2011 and incorporated in the state of Delaware. The Company is a precision medicine biotechnology company dedicated to discovering or acquiring, then developing and commercializing precisely targeted new drugs for cancer patients whose tumors harbor specific molecular alterations. We pursue an integrated drug and diagnostic, or Rx/Dx, strategy, where we aim to pair each of our innovative drugs with biomarker-based companion diagnostics, developed by us or by third parties with which we may partner, that are designed to identify the patients that are most likely to benefit from the use of the drugs we may develop.

 

In May 2013, the Company acquired Actagene Oncology, Inc. (“Actagene”), a San Diego based privately held biotechnology company developing precision medicines for high unmet need cancer indications, based on cancer genome mining and sequencing. With the acquisition, the Company changed its business strategy from a prior focus on molecular diagnostics for autoimmune disease to an integrated Rx/Dx focus on drug and biomarker discovery and development for oncology (see Note 11).

  Development stage    As of December 31, 2012, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to product development, raising capital and building infrastructure, and has not realized revenues from its planned principal operations. Accordingly, the Company is considered to be in the development stage.
  Liquidity   

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had an accumulated deficit of approximately $1,359,297 and $79,445, respectively. For the periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company also had negative cash flow from operations of approximately $990,611 and $64,624, respectively. The Company expects its available cash balance as of December 31, 2012, together with cash available from its loan agreement described in Notes 3 and 11, to be sufficient to fund operations for the 12 months following December 31, 2012.

 

The Company’s ability to continue its operations is dependent upon its ability to raise significant capital through equity or debt financing. Additional financing may not be available when needed on acceptable terms or at all. Any equity financing may result in dilution to existing stockholders and any debt financing may include restrictive covenants.

 

    

While a liquidity crisis is considered unlikely, should one occur there are no

 

 

7


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

     guarantees that the Company would obtain sufficient cash from outside sources on a timely basis. Management does not believe the situation represents a significant risk to the Company.
 

Use of

estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates used in preparing the financial statements include those assumed in computing the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, the valuation of warrants, and those assumed in calculating stock-based compensation expense.
 

Cash and cash

equivalents

   The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents primarily represent amounts invested in money market funds whose cost equals market value.
 

Fixed assets

   Fixed assets are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally three to five years, or, in the case of leasehold improvements, over the lesser of the useful life of the related asset or the lease term.
 

Impairment of long-lived assets

   In accordance with authoritative guidance related to impairment or disposal of long-lived assets, management reviews the Company’s long-lived asset groups for impairment whenever events indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. When management determines that one or more impairment indicators are present for an asset group, it compares the carrying amount of the asset group to net future undiscounted cash flows that the asset group is expected to generate. If the carrying amount of the asset group is greater than the net future undiscounted cash flows that the asset group is expected to generate, it compares the fair value to the book value of the asset group. If the fair value is less than the book value, it recognizes an impairment loss. The impairment loss would be the excess of the carrying amount of the asset group over its fair value. To date, the Company has not experienced any impairment losses on its long-lived assets used in operations.
 

Stock based compensation

   The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation , which

 

8


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

     establishes accounting for equity instruments exchanged for employee services. Under such provisions, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the calculated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense, under the straight-line method, over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant).
 

Stock based compensation, cont’d

  

The Company accounts for equity instruments, including restricted stock or stock options, issued to non-employees in accordance with authoritative guidance for equity based payments to non-employees. Stock options issued to non-employees are accounted for at their estimated fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of options granted to non-employees is re-measured as they vest, and the resulting increase in value, if any, is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered. Restricted stock issued to non-employees is accounted for at their estimated fair value as they vest.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

   The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses and other assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and notes payable. Fair value estimates of these instruments are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information. These estimates may be subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. As of December 31, 2012, the carrying amounts are generally considered to be representative of their respective fair values because of the short-term nature of those instruments.
 

Derivative liabilities

   The Company accounts for its warrants as either equity or liabilities based upon the characteristics and provisions of each instrument. Warrants classified as derivative liabilities are recorded on the Company’s balance sheet at their fair value on the date of issuance and revalued on each subsequent balance sheet date until such instruments are exercised or expire, with any changes in the fair value between reporting periods recorded as other income or expense. Management estimates the fair value of these liabilities using option pricing models and assumptions that are based on the individual characteristics of the warrants or instruments on the valuation date, as well as assumptions for future events, expected volatility, expected life, yield, and risk free interest rate.
 

Income taxes

   Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce

 

9


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

     deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Income tax expense is the combination of the tax payable for the year and the change during the year in deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 

Research and development costs

   The Company is actively engaged in new product development efforts for which related costs are expensed as incurred.
 

Fair value measurement

  

Financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, which is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The following is a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value

 

•    Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

•    Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

•    Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

As of December 31, 2012, the Company’s Level 1 investments of cash and cash equivalents were comprised of cash in checking accounts.

 

The Company used Level 3 inputs for its valuation methodology for the warrant derivative liabilities. The estimated fair values were determined using a Binomial option pricing model based on various assumptions (see Note 6). The Company’s derivative liabilities are adjusted to reflect estimated fair value at each period end, with any decrease or increase in the estimated fair value being recorded in other income or expense accordingly, as adjustments to fair value of derivative liabilities.

 

 

10


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

  Fair value measurement cont’d    At December 31, 2012, the estimated fair values of the liabilities measured on a recurring basis are as follows:

 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012  

Balance at

December 31, 2012

     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs (Level
2)
     Significant Other
Unobservable Inputs (Level
3)
 
$ 24,500         —           —         $ 24,500   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     The following table presents the activity for liabilities measured at estimated fair value using unobservable inputs for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012:

 

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
     Warrant
Derivative Liability
 

Beginning Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ —     

Issuances

     24,500   
  

 

 

 

Ending Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 24,500   
  

 

 

 

 

2.   Fixed Assets   

Fixedassets consisted of the following:

 

December 31,

   2012      2011  

Manufacturing and lab equipment

   $ 288,434       $ —     

Office furniture and equipment

     6,646         —     

Computers

     7,332         2,273   

Leasehold improvements

     5,957         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     308,369         2,273   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     13,892         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 294,477       $ 2,273   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Depreciation expense for the periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the period from inception (August 29, 2011) through December 31, 2012

 

11


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

     was approximately $13,892, $0 and $13,892, respectively.
3.   Note Payable   

During 2012 the Company entered a Loan Agreement (“the Loan Agreement”) with a financial institution with a maximum borrowing amount of $500,000.

 

The Company was advanced $500,000 on June 28, 2012. The payments of principal and interest are due on the loan on a fully amortized basis of 36 months in equal monthly installments, commencing after a twelve-month period of interest only payments. Interest on the $500,000 advanced under the Loan Agreement in June 2012 was fixed on the date of funding at 4.77%. The loan is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company, other than its intellectual property.

 

As additional consideration for the cost and risk associated with the Loan Agreement, the Company issued to the lender a warrant to purchase up to 8,334 shares of its Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. The warrant was recorded at a fair value of $24,500 and was presented as a debt discount on the related debt which will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the Loan Agreement. The unamortized debt discount was $20,170 at December 31, 2012. See Note 6.

 

On February 27, 2013 the Company entered into a first amendment to the Loan Agreement and was advanced an additional $500,000 (See Note 11).

     Future minimum principal payments on notes payable are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

      

2013

   $ 120,485   

2014

2015

    

 

249,944

129,571

  

  

  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 500,000   
  

 

 

 

 

4.   Stockholders’ Equity    As of December 31, 2012, the Company was authorized to issue 14,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 2,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 7,000,000 of Series B Preferred Stock.
  Series A Convertible Preferred Stock   

During 2012, the Company issued 416,667 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at $0.60 per share for proceeds consisting of $250,000 in cash.

 

 

12


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

     During 2011, the Company issued 416,667 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at $0.60 per share for proceeds consisting of $250,000 in cash.
  Series B Convertible Preferred Stock    During 2012, the Company issued 1,835,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at $3.00 per share for proceeds consisting of $5,505,000 in cash.
  Dividends    The holders of each series of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends equal to 8% of the original issue price on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock, when and if declared by the Board of Directors. To date, no dividends have been declared.
  Liquidation preference    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up, Series B Preferred Stockholders are entitled to receive prior to any assets distributed to Series A Preferred stockholders or Common stockholders, an amount equal to $3.00 for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock plus declared but unpaid dividends, if any. Upon complete distribution to holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred stockholders are entitled to receive $0.60 for each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock plus declared but unpaid dividends, if any.
    

After payment of the full Preferred Stock liquidation amounts, the remaining funds and assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably to the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock on an “as if converted to Common Stock” basis.

 

If, upon any such liquidation event, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution are insufficient to pay the holders of Preferred Stock the full amount of the Preferred Stock liquidation payment, each of the holders of Preferred Stock will share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets and funds of the Company in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable.

  Voting rights    Each outstanding share of Preferred Stock is entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock are then convertible.
  Conversion    Each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock determined by multiplying each share of Preferred Stock by the original issue price and dividing the result

 

13


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

  Conversion, cont’d    by the conversion price, subject to adjustment. Initially, the conversion price was $0.60 for the Series A Preferred Stock and $3.00 for the Series B Preferred Stock.
     Each share of Preferred Stock will be automatically converted into shares of Common Stock at any time upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock in which the aggregate gross proceeds from such offering to the Company is at least $10,000,000 and the price paid by the public for such shares is at least $6.00 per share, or at the election by the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis.
5.   Stock-Based Compensation    In 2011, the Company adopted the 2011 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan provides for the issuance of incentive stock options to employees of the Company and nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights and stock dividend equivalent rights to directors, employees and consultants of the Company.
  Stock option activity    As of December 31, 2012, there were a total of 166,666 shares of Common Stock reserved under the Plan. As of December 31, 2012, 10,007 shares remained available for grant. The options which are granted under the Plan are exercisable at various dates and will expire no more than ten years from their date of grant. The exercise price of each option shall be determined by the administrator of the Plan, which is the Board of Directors, and shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date the option is granted. Generally, options are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of the option grant. For holders of more than 10% of the Company’s total combined voting power of all classes of stock, incentive stock options may not be granted at less than 110% of the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant and for a term not to exceed five years.

 

14


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

  Stock option activity, cont’d    A summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information is as follows:

 

     Options
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance at August 29, 2011

     —         $ —           —         $ —     

Granted

     12,500         0.18         —           —     

Exercised

     —           —           —           —     

Cancelled

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     12,500         0.18         —           —     

Granted

     144,159         0.39         —           —     

Exercised

     —           —           —           —     

Cancelled

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     156,659         0.36         9.45         37,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

     11,850       $ 0.27         9.17       $ 3,966   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     The fair value of options granted to employees and non-employee directors was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the weighted-average assumptions stated below.

 

     2012  

Risk free interest rate

     0.92 %  

Dividend yield

     0.00 %  

Volatility

     62.01 %  

Weighted-average expected life of option (years)

     5.9   

 

    

The estimated weighted-average fair value of stock options granted to employees during 2012 was $0.18. There were no stock options granted to employees and non-employee directors in 2011.

 

The fair value of options granted to non-employees was estimated at the vesting date using a Black-Scholes pricing model with the weighted-average assumptions stated below.

 

For the period ended December 31,

   2012     2011  

Risk free interest rate

     1.77 %       2.07

Dividend yield

     0.00 %       0.00

Volatility

     90.00 %       90.00

Weighted-average expected life of option (years)

     10        10   

 

15


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

  Stock option activity, cont’d   

The estimated weighted-average fair value of stock options granted to non-employees during 2012 and 2011 was $0.39 and $0.15, respectively.

 

Dividend Yield -The Company has never declared or paid dividends on Common Stock and has no plans to do so in the foreseeable future.

 

Expected Volatility -Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a financial variable such as a share price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate during a period. The Company considered the historical volatility of peer companies and business and economic considerations in order to estimate the expected volatility, due to the Company not being publicly traded.

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate -This is the U.S. Treasury rate for the day of each option grant during the quarter having a term that most closely resembles the expected life of the option.

 

Expected Life of the Option Term -This is the period of time that the options granted are expected to remain unexercised. Options granted during the period have a maximum contractual term of ten years. The Company estimates the expected life of the option term based on the simplified method as defined in Staff Accounting Bulletin 110. For non-employee options granted, this is the remaining contractual term of the option as of the reporting date.

 

Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company assesses the forfeiture rate on an annual basis and revises the rate when deemed necessary.

 

Stock-based compensation expense for employees and non-employees for the periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the period from inception (August 29, 2011) through December 31, 2012 was $13,333, $121 and $13,454, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2012, there was an additional $31,540 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards granted under the Company’s stock option plan. This unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.12 years.

 

16


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

Restricted stock activity

   In 2011 the Company sold 666,668 shares of restricted stock, with a par value of $.0001 per share for proceeds of $2,000, in accordance with restricted stock purchase agreements with various advisors of the Company. Approximately 600,000 shares were vested immediately and the remaining 66,668 are subject to vesting requirements based on future service. Terms of the agreement state that the Company has the right to repurchase the unvested shares of stock if the shareholder stops providing service. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense, calculated as the difference between the fair value of the Common Stock at each reporting period less the proceeds received, upon vesting of the restricted stock. Stock-based compensation for the periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $10,040 and $660, respectively. The Company repurchased 13,334 shares of Common Stock in 2012. At December 31, 2012, 623,334 shares of restricted stock were vested and the remaining 30,000 shares are subject to repurchase.

6.      Warrants

  

During 2012, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 8,334 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in connection with the Loan Agreement. The exercise price of the warrant is $3.00 per share. The warrant also contains a provision in which the exercise price could be adjusted if the Company subsequently issued capital stock for capital-raising purposes at a price less than $3.00 per share.

 

The warrant expires on June 25, 2019. The warrant was not exercised as of December 31, 2012. The Company recorded approximately $24,500 as a warrant liability for 2012, related to the fair value of the warrant issued. The warrant was valued using the Binomial pricing model and the following assumptions: contractual term of seven years, an average risk free interest rate of 1.18%, a dividend yield of 0.00%, and volatility of 176.30%. This amount was presented as a discount to the carrying value of the related debt, and accreted as interest expense over the life of the debt. Interest expense of approximately $4,330 was recorded in 2012. Pursuant to ASC 815-15, the warrant was determined ineligible for equity classification, due to the anti-dilution provisions, and included as a warrant liability at December 31, 2012.

7.      Income Taxes

  

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, a non-current deferred tax asset of approximately $553,000 and $34,000, had been recognized for the temporary differences primarily related to federal and state net operating losses and research and development credits.

 

A valuation allowance has been recorded to fully offset the deferred tax asset as it is more likely than not that the assets will not be fully utilized. The valuation

 

17


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

7.      Income Taxes,
Cont’d

  

allowance at December 31, 2012 was approximately $553,000 and increased approximately $519,000 during 2012.

 

At December 31, 2012, the Company had unused federal and state net operating losses of approximately $1,323,000.

 

The federal and state tax net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2031 and California carryforwards have no expiration.

 

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Sections 382 and 383, use of the Company’s net operating loss and credit carryforwards may be limited if a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period.

8.      Commitments and Contingencies

  

Operating leases

   The Company leases office space under a non-cancelable operating lease that expires in October 2013. The Company incurred rent expense of approximately $23,988 and $5,932 in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Rental payments under the lease will be $18,645 in 2013 through the expiration of the lease.

License agreement

  

In March 2012 the Company entered into a license agreement with a university for the use of certain patented rights relating to molecular diagnostics. Under the term of the agreement, the Company is required to make annual license payments of $15,000 commencing on the effective date of the agreement and ending upon the sale of a commercially licensed product covered by the licensed patent rights. Additionally, the Company may be required to make milestone payments of up to $225,000 contingent on certain product approval and commercialization milestones.

 

The agreement also requires royalty payments of low single digit percentages of net sales. The agreement terminates at the expiration of the longest lived patent rights. The Company made the first license payment under the agreement in 2012. The Company has not met any of the milestones mentioned above.

9.      Concentrations

  

Credit risk

  

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments and trade accounts receivable. The Company grants unsecured credit to its customers. Management believes its credit policies do not result in significant adverse risk and historically has not experienced significant credit-related loss.

 

 

18


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

  Credit risk, cont’d    The Company maintains cash balances at various financial institutions. Accounts at these institutions are secured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. At times these balances exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. Management believes that the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk with respect to its cash and cash equivalents.

10.    

  Related Parties    In 2012, the Company executed an employee lease agreement with its majority stockholder. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company is reimbursed for certain administrative services provided to the related party. In addition, the Company was reimbursed for various operating expenses related to shared utilities and telecommunications. Total reimbursements received during 2012 were $14,025. There is a balance of approximately $4,500 related to this agreement in prepaid expenses and other current assets at December 31, 2012.

11.    

  Subsequent Events   

On February 27, 2013 the Company entered into a first amendment to the original Loan Agreement increasing the available maximum borrowing amount to $1,500,000 subject to certain milestones as defined by the agreement. The Company was advanced $500,000 on February 27, 2013. Payments of principal and interest are due on the loan on a fully amortized basis of 24 months in equal installments, commencing after a 6 month period of interest only payments. Interest is fixed at 4.0%.

 

The first amendment to the Loan Agreement also amended the payment terms of the $500,000 advanced in June 2012 to extend the period of interest only payments from 12 months to 15 months.

 

As additional consideration for the cost and risk associated with the Loan Agreement, the Company issued to the lender a warrant to purchase up to a number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock equal to 5% of the amount loaned under the Loan Agreement on February 27, 2013 and thereafter, subject to adjustment as set forth in the warrant, including without limitation for stock combinations and splits. As a result, the warrant is exercisable for 8,334 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock as of February 27, 2013.

 

On May 20, 2013, the Company executed an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Actagene, a San Diego based privately held biotechnology company founded in February 2013. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company issued 1,583,336 shares of Common Stock to Actagene shareholders.

 

19


Ignyta, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

     The Company has evaluated subsequent events through July 15, 2013, which is the date the financial statements were issued.

 

20

Exhibit 99.3

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

As of June 30, 2013

Ignyta, Inc. and Infinity Oil & Gas Company

 

     Ignyta, Inc.     IGAS, Inc.              
     June 30,     June 30,     Pro Forma     Combined  
     2013     2013     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,235,431      $ 185      $ (24,289 )(a)    $ 2,576,327   
         (385,000 )(d)   
         (250,000 )(e)   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     166,838            166,838   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     3,402,269        185        (659,289     2,743,165   

Fixed Assets—Net

     492,986            492,986   

Other Assets

     39,673        46,667        (46,667 )(c)      39,673   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,934,928      $ 46,852      $ (705,956   $ 3,275,824   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

        

Current Liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 317,054      $ 2,000      $ (2,000 )(a)    $ 317,054   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     96,286            96,286   

Note payable, current portion

     378,855        22,474        (22,474 )(a)      378,855   

Warrant liability

     30,900            30,900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     823,095        24,474        (24,474     823,095   

Note payable, net of current portion

     594,369            594,369   

Other liabilities

     65,000            65,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,482,464        24,474        (24,474     1,482,464   

Stockholders’ Equity

        

Convertible Preferred Stock:

        

Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 2,500,000 shares authorized; 833,334 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference $500,000)

     84          (84 )(b)      —     

Series B Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 7,000,000 shares authorized; 1,835,000 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference $5,505,000)

     183          (183 )(b)      —     

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 19,000,000 shares authorized 2,236,670 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2013

     223          (223 )(b)      —     

Common Stock, $0.00001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized 87,336 shares issued and outstanding at
June 30, 2013

       87        (87 )(d)      49   
         49 (b)   

Additional paid-in capital

     5,967,501        91,613        (91,613 )(d)      5,968,029   
         87 (d)   
         490 (b)   
         (49 )(b)   

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (3,515,527     (69,322     (46,667 )(c)      (4,174,718
         185 (a)   
         (385,000 )(d)   
         (250,000 )(e)   
         91,613 (d)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     2,452,464        22,378        (681,482     1,793,360   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,934,928      $ 46,852      $ (705,956   $ 3,275,824   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

Ignyta, Inc. and Infinity Oil & Gas Company

 

     Ignyta, Inc.
Six Months
Ended

June 30, 2013
    IGAS, Inc.
Six Months
Ended

June 30, 2013
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
     Combined Pro
Forma
 

Revenue

   $ —        $ 3,000      $ —         $ 3,000   

Expenses

         

Research and development

     1,220,664          —           1,220,664   

General and administrative

     903,696        52,943        —           956,639   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

     (2,124,360     (49,943     —           (2,174,303
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Expense

         

Other income (expense)

     5,700        —          —           5,700   

Interest expense

     (35,475     (286     —           (35,761
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other Expense

     (29,775     (286     —           (30,061
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss Before Income Taxes

     (2,154,135     (50,229     —           (2,204,364

Income tax provision

     2,095             2,095   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ (2,156,230   $ (50,229   $ —         $ (2,206,459
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted Loss per share

       —           ($ 0.45

Weighted average shares outstanding

       15,879,699           4,923,805   

 

2


UNAUDITED PROFORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2012

Ignyta, Inc. and Infinity Oil & Gas Company

 

     Ignyta, Inc.
Twelve Months
Ended

Dec 31, 2012
    IGAS, Inc.
Twelve Months
Ended

Dec 31, 2012
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
     Combined Pro
Forma
 

Revenue

   $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —     

Expenses

         

Research and development

     708,043          —           708,043   

General and administrative

     547,882        18,985        —           566,867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

     (1,255,925     (18,985     —           (1,274,910
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Expense

         

Other income (expense)

     —          —          —           —     

Interest expense

     (22,619     (108     —           (22,727
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other Expense

     (22,619     (108     —           (22,727
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss Before Income Taxes

     (1,278,544     (19,093     —           (1,297,637

Income tax provision

     1,308             1,308   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ (1,279,852   $ (19,093   $ —         $ (1,298,945
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted Loss per share

       —           ($ 0.26

Weighted average shares outstanding

       10,982,152           4,923,805   

 

3


NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE

SHEET AND STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

JUNE 30, 2013

On October 31, 2013, Ignyta, Inc., a Nevada corporation formerly known as Infinity Oil & Gas Company (Ignyta), IGAS Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ignyta (Merger Sub), and Ignyta Operating, Inc., Delaware corporation formerly known as Ignyta, Inc. (Ignyta Operating) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the Merger Agreement). The Merger Agreement provides for the merger of Merger Sub with and into Ignyta Operating (the merger), with Ignyta Operating surviving the transaction as a wholly owned subsidiary of Ignyta.

The acquisition will be accounted for as a reverse acquisition with Ignyta Operating as the accounting acquirer and Ignyta as the accounting acquiree. The merger of a private operating company into a non-operating public shell corporation with nominal assets is considered a capital transaction, in substance, rather than a business combination, for accounting purposes. Accordingly, Ignyta Operating treated this transaction as a capital transaction without recording goodwill or adjusting any of its other assets or liabilities. Ignyta is a voluntary filer under the public reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Concurrent with the acquisition, the newly merged company was renamed Ignyta, Inc.

(1) UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined consolidated financial statements of the combined enterprise (the “pro forma financial statements”) have been prepared for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the combined entities condensed consolidated financial position or results of operations actually would have been had the merger between Ignyta Operating and Ignyta been completed as of the dates indicated below. In addition, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined consolidated financial information does not purport to project the future financial position or operating results of the combined entities. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected because of various factors.

The pro forma financial statements give effect to the merger as if the merger was already consummated. The historical financial statements have been adjusted in the pro forma financial statements to give effects to events that are (1) directly attributable to the merger, (2) factually supportable, and (3) with respect to the statement of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the combined entities. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined consolidated statements of operations do not reflect any non-recurring charges directly related to the merger that the combined entities may incur upon completion of the merger. The pro forma condensed combined consolidated statements of operations do not include $385,000 paid by Ignyta Operating to Ignyta and $250,000 in professional fees and other costs associated with the merger as these costs are non-recurring. The pro forma financial statements were derived from and should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements of Ignyta Operating and Ignyta.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2013 reflects the merger as if it occurred on June 30, 2013 and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 reflect the merger as if it occurred on January 1, 2012.

(2) UNAUDITED PROFORMA ADJUSTMENTS:

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are as follows:

 

  (a) Adjustment reflects the payment of liabilities by Ignyta out of existing cash and proceeds from merger in conjunction with Merger Agreement.

 

  (b) Reflects the consummation of the merger via the surrender of the various classes of Ignyta Operating’s stock in exchange for the issuance of 4,916,469 shares of Ignyta’s common stock (par value of $.00001) to Ignyta Operating’s stockholders.

 

  (c) The adjustment reflects the write off of royalty interest no longer in use.

 

  (d) The adjustment reflects the consideration paid by Ignyta Operating to Ignyta of $385,000, which includes approximately $79,000 to redeem 80,000 shares of IGAS common stock.

 

  (e) The adjustment reflects Ignyta Operating’s estimated payment of professional fees and other costs of $250,000 directly attributable to this merger.

The following table sets forth the computation of the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share at December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013.

 

     Year    

Six

Months

 
     Ended     Ended  
     12/31/2012     6/30/2013  

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share:

    

Numerator

    

Allocation of undistributed loss

   $ (1,298,945   $ (2,206,459

Denominator

    

Weighted average common shares of Ignyta

     7,336        7,336   

Common stock issued to Ignyta Operating’s stockholders per the Merger Agreement

     4,916,469        4,916,469   

Pro forma basic and diluted weighted common shares outstanding

     4,923,805        4,923,805   

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (0.26   $ (0.45

 

4